Patent Publication Number: US-2017357427-A1

Title: Context-specific user interfaces

Description:
CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS 
     This application claims priority to U.S. provisional patent application 62/348,843, entitled “Context-Specific User Interfaces,” filed Jun. 10, 2016, the content of which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety. 
     This application relates to the following applications: International Patent Application Serial No. PCT/US2013/040087, entitled “Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Moving a User Interface Object Based on an Intensity of a Press Input,” filed May 8, 2013; International Patent Application Serial No. PCT/US2013/040072, entitled “Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Providing Feedback for Changing Activation States of a User Interface Object,” filed May 8, 2013; International Patent Application Serial No. PCT/US2013/040070, entitled “Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Providing Tactile Feedback for Operations Performed in a User Interface,” filed May 8, 2013; International Patent Application Serial No. PCT/US2013/040067, entitled “Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Facilitating User Interaction with Controls in a User Interface,” filed May 8, 2013; International Patent Application Serial No. PCT/US2013/040061, entitled “Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Displaying User Interface Objects Corresponding to an Application,” filed May 8, 2013; International Patent Application Serial No. PCT/US2013/040058, entitled “Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Displaying Additional Information in Response to a User Contact,” filed May 8, 2013; International Patent Application Serial No. PCT/US2013/040056, entitled “Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Scrolling Nested Regions,” filed May 8, 2013; International Patent Application Serial No. PCT/US2013/040054, entitled “Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Manipulating Framed Graphical Objects,” filed May 8, 2013; International Patent Application Serial No. PCT/US2013/069489, entitled “Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Switching Between User Interfaces,” filed Nov. 11, 2013; International Patent Application Serial No. PCT/US2013/069486, entitled “Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Determining Whether to Scroll or Select Content,” filed Nov. 11, 2013; International Patent Application Serial No. PCT/US2013/069484, entitled “Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Moving a Cursor According to a Change in an Appearance of a Control Icon with Simulated Three-Dimensional Characteristics,” filed Nov. 11, 2013; International Patent Application Serial No. PCT/US2013/069483, entitled “Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Transitioning Between Touch Input to Display Output Relationships,” filed Nov. 11, 2013; International Patent Application Serial No. PCT/US2013/069479, entitled “Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Forgoing Generation of Tactile Output for a Multi-Contact Gesture,” filed Nov. 11, 2013; International Patent Application Serial No. PCT/US2013/069472, entitled “Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Navigating User Interface Hierarchies,” filed Nov. 11, 2013; International Patent Application Serial No. PCT/US2013/040108, entitled “Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Moving and Dropping a User Interface Object,” filed May 8, 2013; International Patent Application Serial No. PCT/US2013/040101, entitled “Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Selecting User Interface Objects,” filed May 8, 2013; International Patent Application Serial No. PCT/US2013/040098, entitled “Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Displaying Content Associated with a Corresponding Affordance,” filed May 8, 2013; International Patent Application Serial No. PCT/US2013/040093, entitled “Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Transitioning Between Display States in Response to a Gesture,” filed May 8, 2013; International Patent Application Serial No. PCT/US2013/040053, entitled “Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Selecting Object within a Group of Objects,” filed May 8, 2013; U.S. patent application Ser. No. 61/778,211, entitled “Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Facilitating User Interaction with Controls in a User Interface,” filed Mar. 12, 2013; U.S. patent application Ser. No. 61/778,191, entitled “Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Displaying User Interface Objects Corresponding to an Application,” filed Mar. 12, 2013; U.S. patent application Ser. No. 61/778,171, entitled “Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Displaying Additional Information in Response to a User Contact,” filed Mar. 12, 2013; U.S. patent application Ser. No. 61/778,179, entitled “Device, Method and Graphical User Interface for Scrolling Nested Regions,” filed Mar. 12, 2013; U.S. patent application Ser. No. 61/778,156, entitled “Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Manipulating Framed Graphical Objects,” filed Mar. 12, 2013; U.S. patent application Ser. No. 61/778,125, entitled “Device, Method, And Graphical User Interface for Navigating User Interface Hierarchies,” filed Mar. 12, 2013; U.S. patent application Ser. No. 61/778,092, entitled “Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Selecting Object Within a Group of Objects,” filed Mar. 12, 2013; U.S. patent application Ser. No. 61/778,418, entitled “Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Switching Between User Interfaces,” filed Mar. 13, 2013; U.S. patent application Ser. No. 61/778,416, entitled “Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Determining Whether to Scroll or Select Content,” filed Mar. 13, 2013; U.S. patent application Ser. No. 61/747,278, entitled “Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Manipulating User Interface Objects with Visual and/or Haptic Feedback,” filed Dec. 29, 2012; U.S. patent application Ser. No. 61/778,414, entitled “Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Moving and Dropping a User Interface Object,” filed Mar. 13, 2013; U.S. patent application Ser. No. 61/778,413, entitled “Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Selecting User Interface Objects,” filed Mar. 13, 2013; U.S. patent application Ser. No. 61/778,412, entitled “Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Displaying Content Associated with a Corresponding Affordance,” filed Mar. 13, 2013; U.S. patent application Ser. No. 61/778,373, entitled “Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Managing Activation of a Control Based on Contact Intensity,” filed Mar. 12, 2013; U.S. patent application Ser. No. 61/778,265, entitled “Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Transitioning Between Display States in Response to a Gesture,” filed Mar. 12, 2013; U.S. patent application Ser. No. 61/778,367, entitled “Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Moving a User Interface Object Based on an Intensity of a Press Input,” filed Mar. 12, 2013; U.S. patent application Ser. No. 61/778,363, entitled “Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Transitioning Between Touch Input to Display Output Relationships,” filed Mar. 12, 2013; U.S. patent application Ser. No. 61/778,287, entitled “Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Providing Feedback for Changing Activation States of a User Interface Object,” filed Mar. 12, 2013; U.S. patent application Ser. No. 61/778,284, entitled “Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Providing Tactile Feedback for Operations Performed in a User Interface,” filed Mar. 12, 2013; U.S. patent application Ser. No. 61/778,239, entitled “Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Forgoing Generation of Tactile Output for a Multi-Contact Gesture,” filed Mar. 12, 2013; U.S. patent application Ser. No. 61/688,227, entitled “Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Manipulating User Interface Objects with Visual and/or Haptic Feedback,” filed May 9, 2012; U.S. Provisional Patent Application Ser. No. 61/645,033, filed on May 9, 2012, entitled “Adaptive Haptic Feedback for Electronic Devices;” U.S. Provisional Patent Application Ser. No. 61/665,603, filed on Jun. 28, 2012, entitled “Adaptive Haptic Feedback for Electronic Devices;” and U.S. Provisional Patent Application Ser. No. 61/681,098, filed on Aug. 8, 2012, entitled “Adaptive Haptic Feedback for Electronic Devices;” U.S. Provisional Patent Application Ser. No. 62/044,894, filed on Sep. 2, 2014, entitled “Reduced-Size Interfaces for Managing Alerts;” U.S. Provisional Patent Application Ser. No. 62/044,979, filed on Sep. 2, 2014, entitled “Stopwatch and Timer User Interfaces;” U.S. Provisional Patent Application Ser. No. 62/026,532, “Raise Gesture Detection in a Device,” filed Jul. 18, 2014; U.S. patent application Ser. No. 14/476,700, “Crown Input for a Wearable Electronic Device,” filed Sep. 3, 2014; International Patent Application Serial No. PCT/US2015/034604, titled “Context-Specific User Interfaces,” filed Jun. 7, 2015, published as WIPO Publication No. WO/2016/022203; International Patent Application Serial No. PCT/US2015/034606, titled “Context-Specific User Interfaces,” filed Jun. 7, 2015, published as WIPO Publication No. WO/2016/022204; International Patent Application Serial No. PCT/US2015/034607, titled “Context-Specific User Interfaces,” filed Jun. 7, 2015, published as WIPO Publication No. WO/2016/022205; and International Patent Application Serial No. PCT/US2016/021403, titled “Sharing User-Configurable Graphical Constructs,” filed Mar. 8, 2016. The content of these applications is hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety. 
    
    
     FIELD 
     The present disclosure relates generally to computer user interfaces, and more specifically to context-specific user interfaces for indicating time. 
     BACKGROUND 
     Users rely on portable multifunction devices for keeping time, among a variety of other operations including running software applications. It is desirable to allow the user to access an array of information through a single user interface while keeping the interface simple and intuitive to use. Further, a user may want to access different types of information, such as various aspects related to keeping time, or different application data points, in different contexts. Moreover, different users may find it beneficial to have information (e.g., the same information) presented in different formats and/or arrangements. It is therefore also desirable to allow the user to customize the user interface and the types of information provided through the user interface. 
     SUMMARY 
     Portable multifunction devices are able to provide many different types of information and interfaces to a user, and a user may wish to customize these user interfaces, and the types of information they provide, in different contexts. Therefore, context-specific user interfaces for keeping time are increasingly desirable. 
     Some techniques for managing (e.g., editing) context-specific user interfaces for indicating time using electronic devices, however, are generally cumbersome and inefficient. For example, existing techniques use a complex and time-consuming user interface, which may include multiple inputs (e.g., key presses or keystrokes). Existing techniques require more time than necessary, wasting user time and device energy. This latter consideration is particularly important in battery-operated devices. 
     Accordingly, the present disclosure provides, inter alia, the benefit of portable electronic devices with faster, more efficient methods and interfaces for context-specific user interfaces. Such methods and interfaces optionally complement or replace other methods for context-specific user interfaces. Such methods and interfaces reduce the cognitive burden on a user and produce a more efficient human-machine interface. Such methods and interfaces may also reduce the number of unnecessary, extraneous, repetitive, and/or redundant inputs, and may create a faster and more efficient user interface arrangement, which may reduce the number of required inputs, reduce processing power, and reduce the amount of time for which user interface(s) need to be displayed in order for desired functions to be accessed and carried out. For battery-operated computing devices, such methods and interfaces conserve power and increase the time between battery charges. 
     In some embodiments, a method of providing context-specific user interfaces comprises: at an electronic device with a display, one or more processors, and memory: at a first hour, displaying on the display: a first numeral at a first hour position, wherein the first numeral indicates the first hour, and wherein the first hour position corresponds to a position of the first hour on a clock face, and a complication at a first complication position, wherein the first complication position does not overlap with the first hour position; at a second hour different from the first hour: ceasing to display the first numeral and displaying a second numeral, wherein the second numeral is displayed at a second hour position, wherein the second numeral indicates the second hour, and wherein the second hour position corresponds to a position of the second hour on the clock face; and ceasing to display the complication at the first complication position and displaying the complication at a second complication position, wherein the second complication position does not overlap with the second hour position. 
     In some embodiments, a non-transitory computer-readable storage medium comprises one or more programs for execution by one or more processors of a device with a display, one or more processors, and memory, the one or more programs including instructions which, when executed by the one or more processors, cause the first device to: at a first hour, display on the display: a first numeral at a first hour position, wherein the first numeral indicates the first hour, and wherein the first hour position corresponds to a position of the first hour on a clock face, and a complication at a first complication position, wherein the first complication position does not overlap with the first hour position; at a second hour different from the first hour: cease to display the first numeral and display a second numeral, wherein the second numeral is displayed at a second hour position, wherein the second numeral indicates the second hour, and wherein the second hour position corresponds to a position of the second hour on the clock face; and cease to display the complication at the first complication position and display the complication at a second complication position, wherein the second complication position does not overlap with the second hour position. 
     In some embodiments, a transitory computer-readable storage medium comprises one or more programs for execution by one or more processors of a device with a display, one or more processors, and memory, the one or more programs including instructions which, when executed by the one or more processors, cause the first device to: at a first hour, display on the display: a first numeral at a first hour position, wherein the first numeral indicates the first hour, and wherein the first hour position corresponds to a position of the first hour on a clock face, and a complication at a first complication position, wherein the first complication position does not overlap with the first hour position; at a second hour different from the first hour: cease to display the first numeral and display a second numeral, wherein the second numeral is displayed at a second hour position, wherein the second numeral indicates the second hour, and wherein the second hour position corresponds to a position of the second hour on the clock face; and cease to display the complication at the first complication position and display the complication at a second complication position, wherein the second complication position does not overlap with the second hour position. 
     In some embodiments, a device comprises: a display; one or more processors; a memory; and one or more programs, wherein the one or more programs are stored in the memory and configured to be executed by the one or more processors, the one or more programs including instructions for: at a first hour, displaying on the display: a first numeral at a first hour position, wherein the first numeral indicates the first hour, and wherein the first hour position corresponds to a position of the first hour on a clock face, and a complication at a first complication position, wherein the first complication position does not overlap with the first hour position; at a second hour different from the first hour: ceasing to display the first numeral and displaying a second numeral, wherein the second numeral is displayed at a second hour position, wherein the second numeral indicates the second hour, and wherein the second hour position corresponds to a position of the second hour on the clock face; and ceasing to display the complication at the first complication position and displaying the complication at a second complication position, wherein the second complication position does not overlap with the second hour position. 
     In some embodiments, a device comprises: means for displaying on the display at a first hour: a first numeral at a first hour position, wherein the first numeral indicates the first hour, and wherein the first hour position corresponds to a position of the first hour on a clock face, and a complication at a first complication position, wherein the first complication position does not overlap with the first hour position; means for, at a second hour different from the first hour, ceasing to display the first numeral and displaying a second numeral, wherein the second numeral is displayed at a second hour position, wherein the second numeral indicates the second hour, and wherein the second hour position corresponds to a position of the second hour on the clock face; and means for, at a second hour different from the first hour, ceasing to display the complication at the first complication position and displaying the complication at a second complication position, wherein the second complication position does not overlap with the second hour position. 
     In some embodiments, an electronic device comprises: a display unit; and a processing unit coupled to the display unit, the processing unit configured to: enable display, on the display unit, at a first hour, of: a first numeral at a first hour position, wherein the first numeral indicates the first hour, and wherein the first hour position corresponds to a position of the first hour on a clock face, and a complication at a first complication position, wherein the first complication position does not overlap with the first hour position; enable ceasing of the display, on the display unit, at a second hour different from the first hour, of the first numeral and enable display, on the display unit, of a second numeral, wherein the second numeral is displayed at a second hour position, wherein the second numeral indicates the second hour, and wherein the second hour position corresponds to a position of the second hour on the clock face; and enable ceasing of the display, on the display unit, at a second hour different from the first hour, of the first complication at the first complication position and enable display, on the display unit, of the complication at a second complication position, wherein the second complication position does not overlap with the second hour position. 
     Executable instructions for performing these functions are, optionally, included in a non-transitory computer-readable storage medium or other computer program product configured for execution by one or more processors. Executable instructions for performing these functions are, optionally, included in a transitory computer-readable storage medium or other computer program product configured for execution by one or more processors. 
     Thus, devices are provided with faster, more efficient methods and interfaces for managing (e.g., editing) and/or providing context-specific user interfaces, thereby increasing the effectiveness, efficiency, and user satisfaction with such devices. Such methods and interfaces may complement or replace other methods for managing and/or providing context-specific user interfaces. 
    
    
     
       DESCRIPTION OF THE FIGURES 
       For a better understanding of the various described embodiments, reference should be made to the Description of Embodiments below, in conjunction with the following drawings in which like reference numerals refer to corresponding parts throughout the figures. 
         FIG. 1A  is a block diagram illustrating a portable multifunction device with a touch-sensitive display in accordance with some embodiments. 
         FIG. 1B  is a block diagram illustrating exemplary components for event handling in accordance with some embodiments. 
         FIG. 2  illustrates a portable multifunction device having a touch screen in accordance with some embodiments. 
         FIG. 3  is a block diagram of an exemplary multifunction device with a display and a touch-sensitive surface in accordance with some embodiments. 
         FIG. 4A  illustrates an exemplary user interface for a menu of applications on a portable multifunction device in accordance with some embodiments. 
         FIG. 4B  illustrates an exemplary user interface for a multifunction device with a touch-sensitive surface that is separate from the display in accordance with some embodiments. 
         FIG. 5A  illustrates a personal electronic device in accordance with some embodiments. 
         FIG. 5B  is a block diagram illustrating a personal electronic device in accordance with some embodiments. 
         FIGS. 5C-5D  illustrate exemplary components of a personal electronic device having a touch-sensitive display and intensity sensors in accordance with some embodiments. 
         FIGS. 5E-5H  illustrate exemplary components and user interfaces of a personal electronic device in accordance with some embodiments. 
         FIGS. 6A and 6B  illustrate exemplary context-specific user interfaces. 
         FIGS. 7A and 7B  illustrate exemplary context-specific user interfaces. 
         FIG. 8  illustrates exemplary context-specific user interfaces. 
         FIG. 9  illustrates exemplary context-specific user interfaces. 
         FIG. 10  illustrates exemplary context-specific user interfaces. 
         FIGS. 11A-11C  illustrate exemplary context-specific user interfaces. 
         FIGS. 12A and 12B  illustrate exemplary context-specific user interfaces. 
         FIGS. 13A and 13B  illustrate exemplary context-specific user interfaces. 
         FIG. 14A  illustrates exemplary context-specific user interfaces. 
         FIGS. 14B-14U  illustrate exemplary context-specific user interfaces. 
         FIG. 15  illustrates exemplary context-specific user interfaces. 
         FIGS. 16A-16G  illustrate exemplary context-specific user interfaces. 
         FIGS. 17A and 17B  illustrate exemplary context-specific user interfaces. 
         FIGS. 18A-18C  illustrate exemplary context-specific user interfaces. 
         FIGS. 19A-19D  illustrate exemplary context-specific user interfaces. 
         FIG. 20  is a flow diagram illustrating a process for context-specific user interfaces. 
         FIG. 21  is a flow diagram illustrating a process for context-specific user interfaces. 
         FIG. 22  is a flow diagram illustrating a process for context-specific user interfaces. 
         FIG. 23  is a flow diagram illustrating a process for context-specific user interfaces. 
         FIG. 24  is a flow diagram illustrating a process for context-specific user interfaces. 
         FIG. 25  is a flow diagram illustrating a process for context-specific user interfaces. 
         FIG. 26  is a flow diagram illustrating a process for context-specific user interfaces. 
         FIG. 27A  is a flow diagram illustrating a process for context-specific user interfaces. 
         FIG. 27B  is a flow diagram illustrating a process for context-specific user interfaces. 
         FIG. 27C  is a flow diagram illustrating a process for context-specific user interfaces. 
         FIG. 27D  is a flow diagram illustrating a process for context-specific user interfaces. 
         FIG. 27E  is a flow diagram illustrating a process for context-specific user interfaces. 
         FIG. 27F  is a flow diagram illustrating a process for context-specific user interfaces. 
         FIG. 28  is a flow diagram illustrating a process for context-specific user interfaces. 
         FIG. 29  is a flow diagram illustrating a process for context-specific user interfaces. 
         FIG. 30  is a flow diagram illustrating a process for context-specific user interfaces. 
         FIG. 31  is a flow diagram illustrating a process for context-specific user interfaces. 
         FIG. 32  is a flow diagram illustrating a process for context-specific user interfaces. 
         FIG. 33  is a flow diagram illustrating a process for context-specific user interfaces. 
         FIG. 34  is a functional block diagram of an electronic device in accordance with some embodiments. 
         FIG. 35  is a functional block diagram of an electronic device in accordance with some embodiments. 
         FIG. 36  is a functional block diagram of an electronic device in accordance with some embodiments. 
         FIG. 37  is a functional block diagram of an electronic device in accordance with some embodiments. 
         FIG. 38  is a functional block diagram of an electronic device in accordance with some embodiments. 
         FIG. 39  is a functional block diagram of an electronic device in accordance with some embodiments. 
         FIG. 40  is a functional block diagram of an electronic device in accordance with some embodiments. 
         FIG. 41  is a functional block diagram of an electronic device in accordance with some embodiments. 
         FIG. 42  is a functional block diagram of an electronic device in accordance with some embodiments. 
         FIG. 43  is a functional block diagram of an electronic device in accordance with some embodiments. 
         FIG. 44  is a functional block diagram of an electronic device in accordance with some embodiments. 
         FIG. 45  is a functional block diagram of an electronic device in accordance with some embodiments. 
         FIG. 46  is a functional block diagram of an electronic device in accordance with some embodiments. 
         FIG. 47  is a functional block diagram of an electronic device in accordance with some embodiments. 
         FIG. 48  is a functional block diagram of an electronic device in accordance with some embodiments. 
         FIG. 49  is a functional block diagram of an electronic device in accordance with some embodiments. 
         FIG. 50  is a functional block diagram of an electronic device in accordance with some embodiments. 
         FIG. 51  is a functional block diagram of an electronic device in accordance with some embodiments. 
         FIG. 52  is a functional block diagram of an electronic device in accordance with some embodiments. 
         FIGS. 53A-53F  illustrate exemplary user interfaces in accordance with some embodiments. 
         FIGS. 54A-54E  are flow diagrams illustrating methods of activating a mode of operation in accordance with some embodiments. 
         FIG. 55  is a functional block diagram of an electronic device in accordance with some embodiments. 
         FIGS. 56A-56I  illustrate exemplary context-specific user interfaces. 
         FIG. 57A  is a flow diagram illustrating a process for context-specific user interfaces. 
         FIG. 57B  is a flow diagram illustrating a process for context-specific user interfaces. 
         FIG. 57C  is a flow diagram illustrating a process for context-specific user interfaces. 
         FIG. 57D  is a flow diagram illustrating a process for context-specific user interfaces. 
         FIG. 57E  is a flow diagram illustrating a process for context-specific user interfaces. 
         FIG. 57F  is a flow diagram illustrating a process for context-specific user interfaces. 
         FIG. 58  is a functional block diagram of an electronic device in accordance with some embodiments. 
         FIGS. 59A-59F  illustrate exemplary user interfaces in accordance with some embodiments. 
         FIGS. 60A-60F  are flow diagrams illustrating a process for supplementing displayed information in accordance with some embodiments. 
         FIG. 61  is a functional block diagram of an electronic device in accordance with some embodiments. 
         FIGS. 62A-62F  illustrate exemplary user interfaces in accordance with some embodiments. 
         FIGS. 63A-63E  are flow diagrams illustrating a process for context-specific user interfaces in accordance with some embodiments. 
         FIG. 64  is a functional block diagram of an electronic device in accordance with some embodiments. 
       FIGS. A-FZ illustrate exemplary views of user interfaces in accordance with some embodiments. 
     
    
    
     DESCRIPTION OF EMBODIMENTS 
     The following description sets forth exemplary methods, parameters, and the like. It should be recognized, however, that such description is not intended as a limitation on the scope of the present disclosure but is instead provided as a description of exemplary embodiments. 
     There is a need for electronic devices that provide efficient methods and interfaces for providing context-specific user interfaces, e.g., that display the time along with additional information. This is particularly true for portable multifunction devices with reduced-size displays. For such devices, providing user interfaces that are easy to use at a glance at a smaller display size helps improve and make more time-efficient the user interaction with the device, thus conserving display time, processor resources, and battery life, which are important considerations for smaller devices. Such techniques can reduce the cognitive burden on a user who accesses such interfaces, thereby enhancing productivity. Further, such techniques can reduce processor and battery power otherwise wasted on redundant user inputs. 
     Below,  FIGS. 1A-1B, 2, 3, 4A-4B, and 5A-5B  provide a description of exemplary devices for performing the techniques for providing context-specific user interfaces.  FIGS. 6-19D, 53A-53F, 56A-56I, 59A-59F, and 62A-62F  illustrate exemplary context-specific user interfaces. The user interfaces in the figures are also used to illustrate the processes described below, including the processes in  FIGS. 20-33, 54A-54E, 57A-57F, 60A-60F, and 63A-63E . 
     Although the following description uses terms “first,” “second,” etc. to describe various elements, these elements should not be limited by the terms. These terms are only used to distinguish one element from another. For example, a first touch could be termed a second touch, and, similarly, a second touch could be termed a first touch, without departing from the scope of the various described embodiments. The first touch and the second touch are both touches, but they are not the same touch. 
     The terminology used in the description of the various described embodiments herein is for the purpose of describing particular embodiments only and is not intended to be limiting. As used in the description of the various described embodiments and the appended claims, the singular forms “a,” “an,” and “the” are intended to include the plural forms as well, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise. It will also be understood that the term “and/or” as used herein refers to and encompasses any and all possible combinations of one or more of the associated listed items. It will be further understood that the terms “includes,” “including,” “comprises,” and/or “comprising,” when used in this specification, specify the presence of stated features, integers, steps, operations, elements, and/or components, but do not preclude the presence or addition of one or more other features, integers, steps, operations, elements, components, and/or groups thereof. 
     The term “if” is, optionally, construed to mean “when” or “upon” or “in response to determining” or “in response to detecting,” depending on the context. Similarly, the phrase “if it is determined” or “if [a stated condition or event] is detected” is, optionally, construed to mean “upon determining” or “in response to determining” or “upon detecting [the stated condition or event]” or “in response to detecting [the stated condition or event],” depending on the context. 
     Embodiments of electronic devices, user interfaces for such devices, and associated processes for using such devices are described. In some embodiments, the device is a portable communications device, such as a mobile telephone, that also contains other functions, such as PDA and/or music player functions. Exemplary embodiments of portable multifunction devices include, without limitation, the iPhone®, iPod Touch®, and iPad® devices from Apple Inc. of Cupertino, Calif. Other portable electronic devices, such as laptops or tablet computers with touch-sensitive surfaces (e.g., touch screen displays and/or touchpads), are, optionally, used. It should also be understood that, in some embodiments, the device is not a portable communications device, but is a desktop computer with a touch-sensitive surface (e.g., a touch screen display and/or a touchpad). 
     In the discussion that follows, an electronic device that includes a display and a touch-sensitive surface is described. It should be understood, however, that the electronic device optionally includes one or more other physical user-interface devices, such as a physical keyboard, a mouse, and/or a joystick. 
     The device typically supports a variety of applications, such as one or more of the following: a drawing application, a presentation application, a word processing application, a website creation application, a disk authoring application, a spreadsheet application, a gaming application, a telephone application, a video conferencing application, an e-mail application, an instant messaging application, a workout support application, a photo management application, a digital camera application, a digital video camera application, a web browsing application, a digital music player application, and/or a digital video player application. 
     The various applications that are executed on the device optionally use at least one common physical user-interface device, such as the touch-sensitive surface. One or more functions of the touch-sensitive surface as well as corresponding information displayed on the device are, optionally, adjusted and/or varied from one application to the next and/or within a respective application. In this way, a common physical architecture (such as the touch-sensitive surface) of the device optionally supports the variety of applications with user interfaces that are intuitive and transparent to the user. 
     Attention is now directed toward embodiments of portable devices with touch-sensitive displays.  FIG. 1A  is a block diagram illustrating portable multifunction device  100  with touch-sensitive display system  112  in accordance with some embodiments. Touch-sensitive display  112  is sometimes called a “touch screen” for convenience and is sometimes known as or called a “touch-sensitive display system.” Device  100  includes memory  102  (which optionally includes one or more computer-readable storage mediums), memory controller  122 , one or more processing units (CPUs)  120 , peripherals interface  118 , RF circuitry  108 , audio circuitry  110 , speaker  111 , microphone  113 , input/output (I/O) subsystem  106 , other input control devices  116 , and external port  124 . Device  100  optionally includes one or more optical sensors  164 . Device  100  optionally includes one or more contact intensity sensors  165  for detecting intensity of contacts on device  100  (e.g., a touch-sensitive surface such as touch-sensitive display system  112  of device  100 ). Device  100  optionally includes one or more tactile output generators  167  for generating tactile outputs on device  100  (e.g., generating tactile outputs on a touch-sensitive surface such as touch-sensitive display system  112  of device  100  or touchpad  355  of device  300 ). These components optionally communicate over one or more communication buses or signal lines  103 . 
     As used in the specification and claims, the term “intensity” of a contact on a touch-sensitive surface refers to the force or pressure (force per unit area) of a contact (e.g., a finger contact) on the touch-sensitive surface, or to a substitute (proxy) for the force or pressure of a contact on the touch-sensitive surface. The intensity of a contact has a range of values that includes at least four distinct values and more typically includes hundreds of distinct values (e.g., at least 256). Intensity of a contact is, optionally, determined (or measured) using various approaches and various sensors or combinations of sensors. For example, one or more force sensors underneath or adjacent to the touch-sensitive surface are, optionally, used to measure force at various points on the touch-sensitive surface. In some implementations, force measurements from multiple force sensors are combined (e.g., a weighted average) to determine an estimated force of a contact. Similarly, a pressure-sensitive tip of a stylus is, optionally, used to determine a pressure of the stylus on the touch-sensitive surface. Alternatively, the size of the contact area detected on the touch-sensitive surface and/or changes thereto, the capacitance of the touch-sensitive surface proximate to the contact and/or changes thereto, and/or the resistance of the touch-sensitive surface proximate to the contact and/or changes thereto are, optionally, used as a substitute for the force or pressure of the contact on the touch-sensitive surface. In some implementations, the substitute measurements for contact force or pressure are used directly to determine whether an intensity threshold has been exceeded (e.g., the intensity threshold is described in units corresponding to the substitute measurements). In some implementations, the substitute measurements for contact force or pressure are converted to an estimated force or pressure, and the estimated force or pressure is used to determine whether an intensity threshold has been exceeded (e.g., the intensity threshold is a pressure threshold measured in units of pressure). Using the intensity of a contact as an attribute of a user input allows for user access to additional device functionality that may otherwise not be accessible by the user on a reduced-size device with limited real estate for displaying affordances (e.g., on a touch-sensitive display) and/or receiving user input (e.g., via a touch-sensitive display, a touch-sensitive surface, or a physical/mechanical control such as a knob or a button). 
     As used in the specification and claims, the term “tactile output” refers to physical displacement of a device relative to a previous position of the device, physical displacement of a component (e.g., a touch-sensitive surface) of a device relative to another component (e.g., housing) of the device, or displacement of the component relative to a center of mass of the device that will be detected by a user with the user&#39;s sense of touch. For example, in situations where the device or the component of the device is in contact with a surface of a user that is sensitive to touch (e.g., a finger, palm, or other part of a user&#39;s hand), the tactile output generated by the physical displacement will be interpreted by the user as a tactile sensation corresponding to a perceived change in physical characteristics of the device or the component of the device. For example, movement of a touch-sensitive surface (e.g., a touch-sensitive display or trackpad) is, optionally, interpreted by the user as a “down click” or “up click” of a physical actuator button. In some cases, a user will feel a tactile sensation such as an “down click” or “up click” even when there is no movement of a physical actuator button associated with the touch-sensitive surface that is physically pressed (e.g., displaced) by the user&#39;s movements. As another example, movement of the touch-sensitive surface is, optionally, interpreted or sensed by the user as “roughness” of the touch-sensitive surface, even when there is no change in smoothness of the touch-sensitive surface. While such interpretations of touch by a user will be subject to the individualized sensory perceptions of the user, there are many sensory perceptions of touch that are common to a large majority of users. Thus, when a tactile output is described as corresponding to a particular sensory perception of a user (e.g., an “up click,” a “down click,” “roughness”), unless otherwise stated, the generated tactile output corresponds to physical displacement of the device or a component thereof that will generate the described sensory perception for a typical (or average) user. 
     It should be appreciated that device  100  is only one example of a portable multifunction device, and that device  100  optionally has more or fewer components than shown, optionally combines two or more components, or optionally has a different configuration or arrangement of the components. The various components shown in  FIG. 1A  are implemented in hardware, software, or a combination of both hardware and software, including one or more signal processing and/or application-specific integrated circuits. 
     Memory  102  optionally includes high-speed random access memory and optionally also includes non-volatile memory, such as one or more magnetic disk storage devices, flash memory devices, or other non-volatile solid-state memory devices. Memory controller  122  optionally controls access to memory  102  by other components of device  100 . 
     Peripherals interface  118  can be used to couple input and output peripherals of the device to CPU  120  and memory  102 . The one or more processors  120  run or execute various software programs and/or sets of instructions stored in memory  102  to perform various functions for device  100  and to process data. In some embodiments, peripherals interface  118 , CPU  120 , and memory controller  122  are, optionally, implemented on a single chip, such as chip  104 . In some other embodiments, they are, optionally, implemented on separate chips. 
     RF (radio frequency) circuitry  108  receives and sends RF signals, also called electromagnetic signals. RF circuitry  108  converts electrical signals to/from electromagnetic signals and communicates with communications networks and other communications devices via the electromagnetic signals. RF circuitry  108  optionally includes well-known circuitry for performing these functions, including but not limited to an antenna system, an RF transceiver, one or more amplifiers, a tuner, one or more oscillators, a digital signal processor, a CODEC chipset, a subscriber identity module (SIM) card, memory, and so forth. RF circuitry  108  optionally communicates with networks, such as the Internet, also referred to as the World Wide Web (WWW), an intranet and/or a wireless network, such as a cellular telephone network, a wireless local area network (LAN) and/or a metropolitan area network (MAN), and other devices by wireless communication. The RF circuitry  108  optionally includes well-known circuitry for detecting near field communication (NFC) fields, such as by a short-range communication radio. The wireless communication optionally uses any of a plurality of communications standards, protocols, and technologies, including but not limited to Global System for Mobile Communications (GSM), Enhanced Data GSM Environment (EDGE), high-speed downlink packet access (HSDPA), high-speed uplink packet access (HSUPA), Evolution, Data-Only (EV-DO), HSPA, HSPA+, Dual-Cell HSPA (DC-HSPDA), long term evolution (LTE), near field communication (NFC), wideband code division multiple access (W-CDMA), code division multiple access (CDMA), time division multiple access (TDMA), Bluetooth, Bluetooth Low Energy (BTLE), Wireless Fidelity (Wi-Fi) (e.g., IEEE 802.11a, IEEE 802.11b, IEEE 802.11g, IEEE 802.11n, and/or IEEE 802.11ac), voice over Internet Protocol (VoIP), Wi-MAX, a protocol for e-mail (e.g., Internet message access protocol (IMAP) and/or post office protocol (POP)), instant messaging (e.g., extensible messaging and presence protocol (XMPP), Session Initiation Protocol for Instant Messaging and Presence Leveraging Extensions (SIMPLE), Instant Messaging and Presence Service (IMPS)), and/or Short Message Service (SMS), or any other suitable communication protocol, including communication protocols not yet developed as of the filing date of this document. 
     Audio circuitry  110 , speaker  111 , and microphone  113  provide an audio interface between a user and device  100 . Audio circuitry  110  receives audio data from peripherals interface  118 , converts the audio data to an electrical signal, and transmits the electrical signal to speaker  111 . Speaker  111  converts the electrical signal to human-audible sound waves. Audio circuitry  110  also receives electrical signals converted by microphone  113  from sound waves. Audio circuitry  110  converts the electrical signal to audio data and transmits the audio data to peripherals interface  118  for processing. Audio data is, optionally, retrieved from and/or transmitted to memory  102  and/or RF circuitry  108  by peripherals interface  118 . In some embodiments, audio circuitry  110  also includes a headset jack (e.g.,  212 ,  FIG. 2 ). The headset jack provides an interface between audio circuitry  110  and removable audio input/output peripherals, such as output-only headphones or a headset with both output (e.g., a headphone for one or both ears) and input (e.g., a microphone). 
     I/O subsystem  106  couples input/output peripherals on device  100 , such as touch screen  112  and other input control devices  116 , to peripherals interface  118 . I/O subsystem  106  optionally includes display controller  156 , optical sensor controller  158 , intensity sensor controller  159 , haptic feedback controller  161 , and one or more input controllers  160  for other input or control devices. The one or more input controllers  160  receive/send electrical signals from/to other input control devices  116 . The other input control devices  116  optionally include physical buttons (e.g., push buttons, rocker buttons, etc.), dials, slider switches, joysticks, click wheels, and so forth. In some alternate embodiments, input controller(s)  160  are, optionally, coupled to any (or none) of the following: a keyboard, an infrared port, a USB port, and a pointer device such as a mouse. The one or more buttons (e.g.,  208 ,  FIG. 2 ) optionally include an up/down button for volume control of speaker  111  and/or microphone  113 . The one or more buttons optionally include a push button (e.g.,  206 ,  FIG. 2 ). 
     A quick press of the push button optionally disengages a lock of touch screen  112  or optionally begins a process that uses gestures on the touch screen to unlock the device, as described in U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11/322,549, “Unlocking a Device by Performing Gestures on an Unlock Image,” filed Dec. 23, 2005, U.S. Pat. No. 7,657,849, which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety. A longer press of the push button (e.g.,  206 ) optionally turns power to device  100  on or off. The functionality of one or more of the buttons are, optionally, user-customizable. Touch screen  112  is used to implement virtual or soft buttons and one or more soft keyboards. 
     Touch-sensitive display  112  provides an input interface and an output interface between the device and a user. Display controller  156  receives and/or sends electrical signals from/to touch screen  112 . Touch screen  112  displays visual output to the user. The visual output optionally includes graphics, text, icons, video, and any combination thereof (collectively termed “graphics”). In some embodiments, some or all of the visual output optionally corresponds to user-interface objects. 
     Touch screen  112  has a touch-sensitive surface, sensor, or set of sensors that accepts input from the user based on haptic and/or tactile contact. Touch screen  112  and display controller  156  (along with any associated modules and/or sets of instructions in memory  102 ) detect contact (and any movement or breaking of the contact) on touch screen  112  and convert the detected contact into interaction with user-interface objects (e.g., one or more soft keys, icons, web pages, or images) that are displayed on touch screen  112 . In an exemplary embodiment, a point of contact between touch screen  112  and the user corresponds to a finger of the user. 
     Touch screen  112  optionally uses LCD (liquid crystal display) technology, LPD (light emitting polymer display) technology, or LED (light emitting diode) technology, although other display technologies are used in other embodiments. Touch screen  112  and display controller  156  optionally detect contact and any movement or breaking thereof using any of a plurality of touch sensing technologies now known or later developed, including but not limited to capacitive, resistive, infrared, and surface acoustic wave technologies, as well as other proximity sensor arrays or other elements for determining one or more points of contact with touch screen  112 . In an exemplary embodiment, projected mutual capacitance sensing technology is used, such as that found in the iPhone® and iPod Touch® from Apple Inc. of Cupertino, Calif. 
     A touch-sensitive display in some embodiments of touch screen  112  is, optionally, analogous to the multi-touch sensitive touchpads described in the following U.S. Patents: U.S. Pat. No. 6,323,846 (Westerman et al.), U.S. Pat. No. 6,570,557 (Westerman et al.), and/or U.S. Pat. No. 6,677,932 (Westerman), and/or U.S. Patent Publication 2002/0015024A1, each of which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety. However, touch screen  112  displays visual output from device  100 , whereas touch-sensitive touchpads do not provide visual output. 
     A touch-sensitive display in some embodiments of touch screen  112  is described in the following applications: (1) U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11/381,313, “Multipoint Touch Surface Controller,” filed May 2, 2006; (2) U.S. patent application Ser. No. 10/840,862, “Multipoint Touchscreen,” filed May 6, 2004; (3) U.S. patent application No. 10/903,964, “Gestures For Touch Sensitive Input Devices,” filed Jul. 30, 2004; (4) U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11/048,264, “Gestures For Touch Sensitive Input Devices,” filed Jan. 31, 2005; (5) U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11/038,590, “Mode-Based Graphical User Interfaces For Touch Sensitive Input Devices,” filed Jan. 18, 2005; (6) U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11/228,758, “Virtual Input Device Placement On A Touch Screen User Interface,” filed Sep. 16, 2005; (7) U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11/228,700, “Operation Of A Computer With A Touch Screen Interface,” filed Sep. 16, 2005; (8) U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11/228,737, “Activating Virtual Keys Of A Touch-Screen Virtual Keyboard,” filed Sep. 16, 2005; and (9) U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11/367,749, “Multi-Functional Hand-Held Device,” filed Mar. 3, 2006. All of these applications are incorporated by reference herein in their entirety. 
     Touch screen  112  optionally has a video resolution in excess of 100 dpi. In some embodiments, the touch screen has a video resolution of approximately 160 dpi. The user optionally makes contact with touch screen  112  using any suitable object or appendage, such as a stylus, a finger, and so forth. In some embodiments, the user interface is designed to work primarily with finger-based contacts and gestures, which can be less precise than stylus-based input due to the larger area of contact of a finger on the touch screen. In some embodiments, the device translates the rough finger-based input into a precise pointer/cursor position or command for performing the actions desired by the user. 
     In some embodiments, in addition to the touch screen, device  100  optionally includes a touchpad (not shown) for activating or deactivating particular functions. In some embodiments, the touchpad is a touch-sensitive area of the device that, unlike the touch screen, does not display visual output. The touchpad is, optionally, a touch-sensitive surface that is separate from touch screen  112  or an extension of the touch-sensitive surface formed by the touch screen. 
     Device  100  also includes power system  162  for powering the various components. Power system  162  optionally includes a power management system, one or more power sources (e.g., battery, alternating current (AC)), a recharging system, a power failure detection circuit, a power converter or inverter, a power status indicator (e.g., a light-emitting diode (LED)) and any other components associated with the generation, management and distribution of power in portable devices. 
     Device  100  optionally also includes one or more optical sensors  164 .  FIG. 1A  shows an optical sensor coupled to optical sensor controller  158  in I/O subsystem  106 . Optical sensor  164  optionally includes charge-coupled device (CCD) or complementary metal-oxide semiconductor (CMOS) phototransistors. Optical sensor  164  receives light from the environment, projected through one or more lenses, and converts the light to data representing an image. In conjunction with imaging module  143  (also called a camera module), optical sensor  164  optionally captures still images or video. In some embodiments, an optical sensor is located on the back of device  100 , opposite touch screen display  112  on the front of the device so that the touch screen display is enabled for use as a viewfinder for still and/or video image acquisition. In some embodiments, an optical sensor is located on the front of the device so that the user&#39;s image is, optionally, obtained for video conferencing while the user views the other video conference participants on the touch screen display. In some embodiments, the position of optical sensor  164  can be changed by the user (e.g., by rotating the lens and the sensor in the device housing) so that a single optical sensor  164  is used along with the touch screen display for both video conferencing and still and/or video image acquisition. 
     Device  100  optionally also includes one or more contact intensity sensors  165 .  FIG. 1A  shows a contact intensity sensor coupled to intensity sensor controller  159  in I/O subsystem  106 . Contact intensity sensor  165  optionally includes one or more piezoresistive strain gauges, capacitive force sensors, electric force sensors, piezoelectric force sensors, optical force sensors, capacitive touch-sensitive surfaces, or other intensity sensors (e.g., sensors used to measure the force (or pressure) of a contact on a touch-sensitive surface). Contact intensity sensor  165  receives contact intensity information (e.g., pressure information or a proxy for pressure information) from the environment. In some embodiments, at least one contact intensity sensor is collocated with, or proximate to, a touch-sensitive surface (e.g., touch-sensitive display system  112 ). In some embodiments, at least one contact intensity sensor is located on the back of device  100 , opposite touch screen display  112 , which is located on the front of device  100 . 
     Device  100  optionally also includes one or more proximity sensors  166 .  FIG. 1A  shows proximity sensor  166  coupled to peripherals interface  118 . Alternately, proximity sensor  166  is, optionally, coupled to input controller  160  in I/O subsystem  106 . Proximity sensor  166  optionally performs as described in U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11/241,839, “Proximity Detector In Handheld Device”; Ser. No. 11/240,788, “Proximity Detector In Handheld Device”; Ser. No. 11/620,702, “Using Ambient Light Sensor To Augment Proximity Sensor Output”; Ser. No. 11/586,862, “Automated Response To And Sensing Of User Activity In Portable Devices”; and Ser. No. 11/638,251, “Methods And Systems For Automatic Configuration Of Peripherals,” which are hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety. In some embodiments, the proximity sensor turns off and disables touch screen  112  when the multifunction device is placed near the user&#39;s ear (e.g., when the user is making a phone call). 
     Device  100  optionally also includes one or more tactile output generators  167 .  FIG. 1A  shows a tactile output generator coupled to haptic feedback controller  161  in I/O subsystem  106 . Tactile output generator  167  optionally includes one or more electroacoustic devices such as speakers or other audio components and/or electromechanical devices that convert energy into linear motion such as a motor, solenoid, electroactive polymer, piezoelectric actuator, electrostatic actuator, or other tactile output generating component (e.g., a component that converts electrical signals into tactile outputs on the device). Contact intensity sensor  165  receives tactile feedback generation instructions from haptic feedback module  133  and generates tactile outputs on device  100  that are capable of being sensed by a user of device  100 . In some embodiments, at least one tactile output generator is collocated with, or proximate to, a touch-sensitive surface (e.g., touch-sensitive display system  112 ) and, optionally, generates a tactile output by moving the touch-sensitive surface vertically (e.g., in/out of a surface of device  100 ) or laterally (e.g., back and forth in the same plane as a surface of device  100 ). In some embodiments, at least one tactile output generator sensor is located on the back of device  100 , opposite touch screen display  112 , which is located on the front of device  100 . 
     Device  100  optionally also includes one or more accelerometers  168 .  FIG. 1A  shows accelerometer  168  coupled to peripherals interface  118 . Alternately, accelerometer  168  is, optionally, coupled to an input controller  160  in I/O subsystem  106 . Accelerometer  168  optionally performs as described in U.S. Patent Publication No. 20050190059, “Acceleration-based Theft Detection System for Portable Electronic Devices,” and U.S. Patent Publication No. 20060017692, “Methods And Apparatuses For Operating A Portable Device Based On An Accelerometer,” both of which are incorporated by reference herein in their entirety. In some embodiments, information is displayed on the touch screen display in a portrait view or a landscape view based on an analysis of data received from the one or more accelerometers. Device  100  optionally includes, in addition to accelerometer(s)  168 , a magnetometer (not shown) and a GPS (or GLONASS or other global navigation system) receiver (not shown) for obtaining information concerning the location and orientation (e.g., portrait or landscape) of device  100 . 
     In some embodiments, the software components stored in memory  102  include operating system  126 , communication module (or set of instructions)  128 , contact/motion module (or set of instructions)  130 , graphics module (or set of instructions)  132 , text input module (or set of instructions)  134 , Global Positioning System (GPS) module (or set of instructions)  135 , and applications (or sets of instructions)  136 . Furthermore, in some embodiments, memory  102  ( FIG. 1A ) or  370  ( FIG. 3 ) stores device/global internal state  157 , as shown in  FIGS. 1A and 3 . Device/global internal state  157  includes one or more of: active application state, indicating which applications, if any, are currently active; display state, indicating what applications, views or other information occupy various regions of touch screen display  112 ; sensor state, including information obtained from the device&#39;s various sensors and input control devices  116 ; and location information concerning the device&#39;s location and/or attitude. 
     Operating system  126  (e.g., Darwin, RTXC, LINUX, UNIX, OS X, iOS, WINDOWS, or an embedded operating system such as VxWorks) includes various software components and/or drivers for controlling and managing general system tasks (e.g., memory management, storage device control, power management, etc.) and facilitates communication between various hardware and software components. 
     Communication module  128  facilitates communication with other devices over one or more external ports  124  and also includes various software components for handling data received by RF circuitry  108  and/or external port  124 . External port  124  (e.g., Universal Serial Bus (USB), FIREWIRE, etc.) is adapted for coupling directly to other devices or indirectly over a network (e.g., the Internet, wireless LAN, etc.). In some embodiments, the external port is a multi-pin (e.g., 30-pin) connector that is the same as, or similar to and/or compatible with, the 30-pin connector used on iPod® (trademark of Apple Inc.) devices. 
     Contact/motion module  130  optionally detects contact with touch screen  112  (in conjunction with display controller  156 ) and other touch-sensitive devices (e.g., a touchpad or physical click wheel). Contact/motion module  130  includes various software components for performing various operations related to detection of contact, such as determining if contact has occurred (e.g., detecting a finger-down event), determining an intensity of the contact (e.g., the force or pressure of the contact or a substitute for the force or pressure of the contact), determining if there is movement of the contact and tracking the movement across the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., detecting one or more finger-dragging events), and determining if the contact has ceased (e.g., detecting a finger-up event or a break in contact). Contact/motion module  130  receives contact data from the touch-sensitive surface. Determining movement of the point of contact, which is represented by a series of contact data, optionally includes determining speed (magnitude), velocity (magnitude and direction), and/or an acceleration (a change in magnitude and/or direction) of the point of contact. These operations are, optionally, applied to single contacts (e.g., one finger contacts) or to multiple simultaneous contacts (e.g., “multitouch”/multiple finger contacts). In some embodiments, contact/motion module  130  and display controller  156  detect contact on a touchpad. 
     In some embodiments, contact/motion module  130  uses a set of one or more intensity thresholds to determine whether an operation has been performed by a user (e.g., to determine whether a user has “clicked” on an icon). In some embodiments, at least a subset of the intensity thresholds are determined in accordance with software parameters (e.g., the intensity thresholds are not determined by the activation thresholds of particular physical actuators and can be adjusted without changing the physical hardware of device  100 ). For example, a mouse “click” threshold of a trackpad or touch screen display can be set to any of a large range of predefined threshold values without changing the trackpad or touch screen display hardware. Additionally, in some implementations, a user of the device is provided with software settings for adjusting one or more of the set of intensity thresholds (e.g., by adjusting individual intensity thresholds and/or by adjusting a plurality of intensity thresholds at once with a system-level click “intensity” parameter). 
     Contact/motion module  130  optionally detects a gesture input by a user. Different gestures on the touch-sensitive surface have different contact patterns (e.g., different motions, timings, and/or intensities of detected contacts). Thus, a gesture is, optionally, detected by detecting a particular contact pattern. For example, detecting a finger tap gesture includes detecting a finger-down event followed by detecting a finger-up (liftoff) event at the same position (or substantially the same position) as the finger-down event (e.g., at the position of an icon). As another example, detecting a finger swipe gesture on the touch-sensitive surface includes detecting a finger-down event followed by detecting one or more finger-dragging events, and subsequently followed by detecting a finger-up (liftoff) event. 
     Graphics module  132  includes various known software components for rendering and displaying graphics on touch screen  112  or other display, including components for changing the visual impact (e.g., brightness, transparency, saturation, contrast, or other visual property) of graphics that are displayed. As used herein, the term “graphics” includes any object that can be displayed to a user, including, without limitation, text, web pages, icons (such as user-interface objects including soft keys), digital images, videos, animations, and the like. 
     In some embodiments, graphics module  132  stores data representing graphics to be used. Each graphic is, optionally, assigned a corresponding code. Graphics module  132  receives, from applications etc., one or more codes specifying graphics to be displayed along with, if necessary, coordinate data and other graphic property data, and then generates screen image data to output to display controller  156 . 
     Haptic feedback module  133  includes various software components for generating instructions used by tactile output generator(s)  167  to produce tactile outputs at one or more locations on device  100  in response to user interactions with device  100 . 
     Text input module  134 , which is, optionally, a component of graphics module  132 , provides soft keyboards for entering text in various applications (e.g., contacts  137 , e-mail  140 , IM  141 , browser  147 , and any other application that needs text input). 
     GPS module  135  determines the location of the device and provides this information for use in various applications (e.g., to telephone  138  for use in location-based dialing; to camera  143  as picture/video metadata; and to applications that provide location-based services such as weather widgets, local yellow page widgets, and map/navigation widgets). 
     Applications  136  optionally include the following modules (or sets of instructions), or a subset or superset thereof:
         Contacts module  137  (sometimes called an address book or contact list);   Telephone module  138 ;   Video conference module  139 ;   E-mail client module  140 ;   Instant messaging (IM) module  141 ;   Workout support module  142 ;   Camera module  143  for still and/or video images;   Image management module  144 ;   Video player module;   Music player module;   Browser module  147 ;   Calendar module  148 ;   Widget modules  149 , which optionally include one or more of: weather widget  149 - 1 , stocks widget  149 - 2 , calculator widget  149 - 3 , alarm clock widget  149 - 4 , dictionary widget  149 - 5 , and other widgets obtained by the user, as well as user-created widgets  149 - 6 ;   Widget creator module  150  for making user-created widgets  149 - 6 ;   Search module  151 ;   Video and music player module  152 , which merges video player module and music player module;   Notes module  153 ;   Map module  154 ; and/or   Online video module  155 .       

     Examples of other applications  136  that are, optionally, stored in memory  102  include other word processing applications, other image editing applications, drawing applications, presentation applications, JAVA-enabled applications, encryption, digital rights management, voice recognition, and voice replication. 
     In conjunction with touch screen  112 , display controller  156 , contact/motion module  130 , graphics module  132 , and text input module  134 , contacts module  137  are, optionally, used to manage an address book or contact list (e.g., stored in application internal state  192  of contacts module  137  in memory  102  or memory  370 ), including: adding name(s) to the address book; deleting name(s) from the address book; associating telephone number(s), e-mail address(es), physical address(es) or other information with a name; associating an image with a name; categorizing and sorting names; providing telephone numbers or e-mail addresses to initiate and/or facilitate communications by telephone  138 , video conference module  139 , e-mail  140 , or IM  141 ; and so forth. 
     In conjunction with RF circuitry  108 , audio circuitry  110 , speaker  111 , microphone  113 , touch screen  112 , display controller  156 , contact/motion module  130 , graphics module  132 , and text input module  134 , telephone module  138  are optionally, used to enter a sequence of characters corresponding to a telephone number, access one or more telephone numbers in contacts module  137 , modify a telephone number that has been entered, dial a respective telephone number, conduct a conversation, and disconnect or hang up when the conversation is completed. As noted above, the wireless communication optionally uses any of a plurality of communications standards, protocols, and technologies. 
     In conjunction with RF circuitry  108 , audio circuitry  110 , speaker  111 , microphone  113 , touch screen  112 , display controller  156 , optical sensor  164 , optical sensor controller  158 , contact/motion module  130 , graphics module  132 , text input module  134 , contacts module  137 , and telephone module  138 , video conference module  139  includes executable instructions to initiate, conduct, and terminate a video conference between a user and one or more other participants in accordance with user instructions. 
     In conjunction with RF circuitry  108 , touch screen  112 , display controller  156 , contact/motion module  130 , graphics module  132 , and text input module  134 , e-mail client module  140  includes executable instructions to create, send, receive, and manage e-mail in response to user instructions. In conjunction with image management module  144 , e-mail client module  140  makes it very easy to create and send e-mails with still or video images taken with camera module  143 . 
     In conjunction with RF circuitry  108 , touch screen  112 , display controller  156 , contact/motion module  130 , graphics module  132 , and text input module  134 , the instant messaging module  141  includes executable instructions to enter a sequence of characters corresponding to an instant message, to modify previously entered characters, to transmit a respective instant message (for example, using a Short Message Service (SMS) or Multimedia Message Service (MMS) protocol for telephony-based instant messages or using XMPP, SIMPLE, or IMPS for Internet-based instant messages), to receive instant messages, and to view received instant messages. In some embodiments, transmitted and/or received instant messages optionally include graphics, photos, audio files, video files and/or other attachments as are supported in an MMS and/or an Enhanced Messaging Service (EMS). As used herein, “instant messaging” refers to both telephony-based messages (e.g., messages sent using SMS or MMS) and Internet-based messages (e.g., messages sent using XMPP, SIMPLE, or IMPS). 
     In conjunction with RF circuitry  108 , touch screen  112 , display controller  156 , contact/motion module  130 , graphics module  132 , text input module  134 , GPS module  135 , map module  154 , and music player module, workout support module  142  includes executable instructions to create workouts (e.g., with time, distance, and/or calorie burning goals); communicate with workout sensors (sports devices); receive workout sensor data; calibrate sensors used to monitor a workout; select and play music for a workout; and display, store, and transmit workout data. 
     In conjunction with touch screen  112 , display controller  156 , optical sensor(s)  164 , optical sensor controller  158 , contact/motion module  130 , graphics module  132 , and image management module  144 , camera module  143  includes executable instructions to capture still images or video (including a video stream) and store them into memory  102 , modify characteristics of a still image or video, or delete a still image or video from memory  102 . 
     In conjunction with touch screen  112 , display controller  156 , contact/motion module  130 , graphics module  132 , text input module  134 , and camera module  143 , image management module  144  includes executable instructions to arrange, modify (e.g., edit), or otherwise manipulate, label, delete, present (e.g., in a digital slide show or album), and store still and/or video images. 
     In conjunction with RF circuitry  108 , touch screen  112 , display controller  156 , contact/motion module  130 , graphics module  132 , and text input module  134 , browser module  147  includes executable instructions to browse the Internet in accordance with user instructions, including searching, linking to, receiving, and displaying web pages or portions thereof, as well as attachments and other files linked to web pages. 
     In conjunction with RF circuitry  108 , touch screen  112 , display controller  156 , contact/motion module  130 , graphics module  132 , text input module  134 , e-mail client module  140 , and browser module  147 , calendar module  148  includes executable instructions to create, display, modify, and store calendars and data associated with calendars (e.g., calendar entries, to-do lists, etc.) in accordance with user instructions. 
     In conjunction with RF circuitry  108 , touch screen  112 , display controller  156 , contact/motion module  130 , graphics module  132 , text input module  134 , and browser module  147 , widget modules  149  are mini-applications that are, optionally, downloaded and used by a user (e.g., weather widget  149 - 1 , stocks widget  149 - 2 , calculator widget  149 - 3 , alarm clock widget  149 - 4 , and dictionary widget  149 - 5 ) or created by the user (e.g., user-created widget  149 - 6 ). In some embodiments, a widget includes an HTML (Hypertext Markup Language) file, a CSS (Cascading Style Sheets) file, and a JavaScript file. In some embodiments, a widget includes an XML (Extensible Markup Language) file and a JavaScript file (e.g., Yahoo! Widgets). 
     In conjunction with RF circuitry  108 , touch screen  112 , display controller  156 , contact/motion module  130 , graphics module  132 , text input module  134 , and browser module  147 , the widget creator module  150  are, optionally, used by a user to create widgets (e.g., turning a user-specified portion of a web page into a widget). 
     In conjunction with touch screen  112 , display controller  156 , contact/motion module  130 , graphics module  132 , and text input module  134 , search module  151  includes executable instructions to search for text, music, sound, image, video, and/or other files in memory  102  that match one or more search criteria (e.g., one or more user-specified search terms) in accordance with user instructions. 
     In conjunction with touch screen  112 , display controller  156 , contact/motion module  130 , graphics module  132 , audio circuitry  110 , speaker  111 , RF circuitry  108 , and browser module  147 , video and music player module  152  includes executable instructions that allow the user to download and play back recorded music and other sound files stored in one or more file formats, such as MP3 or AAC files, and executable instructions to display, present, or otherwise play back videos (e.g., on touch screen  112  or on an external, connected display via external port  124 ). In some embodiments, device  100  optionally includes the functionality of an MP3 player, such as an iPod (trademark of Apple Inc.). 
     In conjunction with touch screen  112 , display controller  156 , contact/motion module  130 , graphics module  132 , and text input module  134 , notes module  153  includes executable instructions to create and manage notes, to-do lists, and the like in accordance with user instructions. 
     In conjunction with RF circuitry  108 , touch screen  112 , display controller  156 , contact/motion module  130 , graphics module  132 , text input module  134 , GPS module  135 , and browser module  147 , map module  154  are, optionally, used to receive, display, modify, and store maps and data associated with maps (e.g., driving directions, data on stores and other points of interest at or near a particular location, and other location-based data) in accordance with user instructions. 
     In conjunction with touch screen  112 , display controller  156 , contact/motion module  130 , graphics module  132 , audio circuitry  110 , speaker  111 , RF circuitry  108 , text input module  134 , e-mail client module  140 , and browser module  147 , online video module  155  includes instructions that allow the user to access, browse, receive (e.g., by streaming and/or download), play back (e.g., on the touch screen or on an external, connected display via external port  124 ), send an e-mail with a link to a particular online video, and otherwise manage online videos in one or more file formats, such as H.264. In some embodiments, instant messaging module  141 , rather than e-mail client module  140 , is used to send a link to a particular online video. Additional description of the online video application can be found in U.S. Provisional Patent Application No. 60/936,562, “Portable Multifunction Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Playing Online Videos,” filed Jun. 20, 2007, and U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11/968,067, “Portable Multifunction Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Playing Online Videos,” filed Dec. 31, 2007, the contents of which are hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety. 
     Each of the above-identified modules and applications corresponds to a set of executable instructions for performing one or more functions described above and the methods described in this application (e.g., the computer-implemented methods and other information processing methods described herein). These modules (e.g., sets of instructions) need not be implemented as separate software programs, procedures, or modules, and thus various subsets of these modules are, optionally, combined or otherwise rearranged in various embodiments. For example, video player module is, optionally, combined with music player module into a single module (e.g., video and music player module  152 ,  FIG. 1A ). In some embodiments, memory  102  optionally stores a subset of the modules and data structures identified above. Furthermore, memory  102  optionally stores additional modules and data structures not described above. 
     In some embodiments, device  100  is a device where operation of a predefined set of functions on the device is performed exclusively through a touch screen and/or a touchpad. By using a touch screen and/or a touchpad as the primary input control device for operation of device  100 , the number of physical input control devices (such as push buttons, dials, and the like) on device  100  is, optionally, reduced. 
     The predefined set of functions that are performed exclusively through a touch screen and/or a touchpad optionally include navigation between user interfaces. In some embodiments, the touchpad, when touched by the user, navigates device  100  to a main, home, or root menu from any user interface that is displayed on device  100 . In such embodiments, a “menu button” is implemented using a touchpad. In some other embodiments, the menu button is a physical push button or other physical input control device instead of a touchpad. 
       FIG. 1B  is a block diagram illustrating exemplary components for event handling in accordance with some embodiments. In some embodiments, memory  102  ( FIG. 1A ) or  370  ( FIG. 3 ) includes event sorter  170  (e.g., in operating system  126 ) and a respective application  136 - 1  (e.g., any of the aforementioned applications  137 - 151 ,  155 ,  380 - 390 ). 
     Event sorter  170  receives event information and determines the application  136 - 1  and application view  191  of application  136 - 1  to which to deliver the event information. Event sorter  170  includes event monitor  171  and event dispatcher module  174 . In some embodiments, application  136 - 1  includes application internal state  192 , which indicates the current application view(s) displayed on touch-sensitive display  112  when the application is active or executing. In some embodiments, device/global internal state  157  is used by event sorter  170  to determine which application(s) is (are) currently active, and application internal state  192  is used by event sorter  170  to determine application views  191  to which to deliver event information. 
     In some embodiments, application internal state  192  includes additional information, such as one or more of: resume information to be used when application  136 - 1  resumes execution, user interface state information that indicates information being displayed or that is ready for display by application  136 - 1 , a state queue for enabling the user to go back to a prior state or view of application  136 - 1 , and a redo/undo queue of previous actions taken by the user. 
     Event monitor  171  receives event information from peripherals interface  118 . Event information includes information about a sub-event (e.g., a user touch on touch-sensitive display  112 , as part of a multi-touch gesture). Peripherals interface  118  transmits information it receives from I/O subsystem  106  or a sensor, such as proximity sensor  166 , accelerometer(s)  168 , and/or microphone  113  (through audio circuitry  110 ). Information that peripherals interface  118  receives from I/O subsystem  106  includes information from touch-sensitive display  112  or a touch-sensitive surface. 
     In some embodiments, event monitor  171  sends requests to the peripherals interface  118  at predetermined intervals. In response, peripherals interface  118  transmits event information. In other embodiments, peripherals interface  118  transmits event information only when there is a significant event (e.g., receiving an input above a predetermined noise threshold and/or for more than a predetermined duration). 
     In some embodiments, event sorter  170  also includes a hit view determination module  172  and/or an active event recognizer determination module  173 . 
     Hit view determination module  172  provides software procedures for determining where a sub-event has taken place within one or more views when touch-sensitive display  112  displays more than one view. Views are made up of controls and other elements that a user can see on the display. 
     Another aspect of the user interface associated with an application is a set of views, sometimes herein called application views or user interface windows, in which information is displayed and touch-based gestures occur. The application views (of a respective application) in which a touch is detected optionally correspond to programmatic levels within a programmatic or view hierarchy of the application. For example, the lowest level view in which a touch is detected is, optionally, called the hit view, and the set of events that are recognized as proper inputs are, optionally, determined based, at least in part, on the hit view of the initial touch that begins a touch-based gesture. 
     Hit view determination module  172  receives information related to sub-events of a touch-based gesture. When an application has multiple views organized in a hierarchy, hit view determination module  172  identifies a hit view as the lowest view in the hierarchy which should handle the sub-event. In most circumstances, the hit view is the lowest level view in which an initiating sub-event occurs (e.g., the first sub-event in the sequence of sub-events that form an event or potential event). Once the hit view is identified by the hit view determination module  172 , the hit view typically receives all sub-events related to the same touch or input source for which it was identified as the hit view. 
     Active event recognizer determination module  173  determines which view or views within a view hierarchy should receive a particular sequence of sub-events. In some embodiments, active event recognizer determination module  173  determines that only the hit view should receive a particular sequence of sub-events. In other embodiments, active event recognizer determination module  173  determines that all views that include the physical location of a sub-event are actively involved views, and therefore determines that all actively involved views should receive a particular sequence of sub-events. In other embodiments, even if touch sub-events were entirely confined to the area associated with one particular view, views higher in the hierarchy would still remain as actively involved views. 
     Event dispatcher module  174  dispatches the event information to an event recognizer (e.g., event recognizer  180 ). In embodiments including active event recognizer determination module  173 , event dispatcher module  174  delivers the event information to an event recognizer determined by active event recognizer determination module  173 . In some embodiments, event dispatcher module  174  stores in an event queue the event information, which is retrieved by a respective event receiver  182 . 
     In some embodiments, operating system  126  includes event sorter  170 . Alternatively, application  136 - 1  includes event sorter  170 . In yet other embodiments, event sorter  170  is a stand-alone module, or a part of another module stored in memory  102 , such as contact/motion module  130 . 
     In some embodiments, application  136 - 1  includes a plurality of event handlers  190  and one or more application views  191 , each of which includes instructions for handling touch events that occur within a respective view of the application&#39;s user interface. Each application view  191  of the application  136 - 1  includes one or more event recognizers  180 . Typically, a respective application view  191  includes a plurality of event recognizers  180 . In other embodiments, one or more of event recognizers  180  are part of a separate module, such as a user interface kit (not shown) or a higher level object from which application  136 - 1  inherits methods and other properties. In some embodiments, a respective event handler  190  includes one or more of: data updater  176 , object updater  177 , GUI updater  178 , and/or event data  179  received from event sorter  170 . Event handler  190  optionally utilizes or calls data updater  176 , object updater  177 , or GUI updater  178  to update the application internal state  192 . Alternatively, one or more of the application views  191  include one or more respective event handlers  190 . Also, in some embodiments, one or more of data updater  176 , object updater  177 , and GUI updater  178  are included in a respective application view  191 . 
     A respective event recognizer  180  receives event information (e.g., event data  179 ) from event sorter  170  and identifies an event from the event information. Event recognizer  180  includes event receiver  182  and event comparator  184 . In some embodiments, event recognizer  180  also includes at least a subset of: metadata  183 , and event delivery instructions  188  (which optionally include sub-event delivery instructions). 
     Event receiver  182  receives event information from event sorter  170 . The event information includes information about a sub-event, for example, a touch or a touch movement. Depending on the sub-event, the event information also includes additional information, such as location of the sub-event. When the sub-event concerns motion of a touch, the event information optionally also includes speed and direction of the sub-event. In some embodiments, events include rotation of the device from one orientation to another (e.g., from a portrait orientation to a landscape orientation, or vice versa), and the event information includes corresponding information about the current orientation (also called device attitude) of the device. 
     Event comparator  184  compares the event information to predefined event or sub-event definitions and, based on the comparison, determines an event or sub-event, or determines or updates the state of an event or sub-event. In some embodiments, event comparator  184  includes event definitions  186 . Event definitions  186  contain definitions of events (e.g., predefined sequences of sub-events), for example, event  1  ( 187 - 1 ), event  2  ( 187 - 2 ), and others. In some embodiments, sub-events in an event ( 187 ) include, for example, touch begin, touch end, touch movement, touch cancellation, and multiple touching. In one example, the definition for event  1  ( 187 - 1 ) is a double tap on a displayed object. The double tap, for example, comprises a first touch (touch begin) on the displayed object for a predetermined phase, a first liftoff (touch end) for a predetermined phase, a second touch (touch begin) on the displayed object for a predetermined phase, and a second liftoff (touch end) for a predetermined phase. In another example, the definition for event  2  ( 187 - 2 ) is a dragging on a displayed object. The dragging, for example, comprises a touch (or contact) on the displayed object for a predetermined phase, a movement of the touch across touch-sensitive display  112 , and liftoff of the touch (touch end). In some embodiments, the event also includes information for one or more associated event handlers  190 . 
     In some embodiments, event definition  187  includes a definition of an event for a respective user-interface object. In some embodiments, event comparator  184  performs a hit test to determine which user-interface object is associated with a sub-event. For example, in an application view in which three user-interface objects are displayed on touch-sensitive display  112 , when a touch is detected on touch-sensitive display  112 , event comparator  184  performs a hit test to determine which of the three user-interface objects is associated with the touch (sub-event). If each displayed object is associated with a respective event handler  190 , the event comparator uses the result of the hit test to determine which event handler  190  should be activated. For example, event comparator  184  selects an event handler associated with the sub-event and the object triggering the hit test. 
     In some embodiments, the definition for a respective event ( 187 ) also includes delayed actions that delay delivery of the event information until after it has been determined whether the sequence of sub-events does or does not correspond to the event recognizer&#39;s event type. 
     When a respective event recognizer  180  determines that the series of sub-events do not match any of the events in event definitions  186 , the respective event recognizer  180  enters an event impossible, event failed, or event ended state, after which it disregards subsequent sub-events of the touch-based gesture. In this situation, other event recognizers, if any, that remain active for the hit view continue to track and process sub-events of an ongoing touch-based gesture. 
     In some embodiments, a respective event recognizer  180  includes metadata  183  with configurable properties, flags, and/or lists that indicate how the event delivery system should perform sub-event delivery to actively involved event recognizers. In some embodiments, metadata  183  includes configurable properties, flags, and/or lists that indicate how event recognizers interact, or are enabled to interact, with one another. In some embodiments, metadata  183  includes configurable properties, flags, and/or lists that indicate whether sub-events are delivered to varying levels in the view or programmatic hierarchy. 
     In some embodiments, a respective event recognizer  180  activates event handler  190  associated with an event when one or more particular sub-events of an event are recognized. In some embodiments, a respective event recognizer  180  delivers event information associated with the event to event handler  190 . Activating an event handler  190  is distinct from sending (and deferred sending) sub-events to a respective hit view. In some embodiments, event recognizer  180  throws a flag associated with the recognized event, and event handler  190  associated with the flag catches the flag and performs a predefined process. 
     In some embodiments, event delivery instructions  188  include sub-event delivery instructions that deliver event information about a sub-event without activating an event handler. Instead, the sub-event delivery instructions deliver event information to event handlers associated with the series of sub-events or to actively involved views. Event handlers associated with the series of sub-events or with actively involved views receive the event information and perform a predetermined process. 
     In some embodiments, data updater  176  creates and updates data used in application  136 - 1 . For example, data updater  176  updates the telephone number used in contacts module  137 , or stores a video file used in video player module. In some embodiments, object updater  177  creates and updates objects used in application  136 - 1 . For example, object updater  177  creates a new user-interface object or updates the position of a user-interface object. GUI updater  178  updates the GUI. For example, GUI updater  178  prepares display information and sends it to graphics module  132  for display on a touch-sensitive display. 
     In some embodiments, event handler(s)  190  includes or has access to data updater  176 , object updater  177 , and GUI updater  178 . In some embodiments, data updater  176 , object updater  177 , and GUI updater  178  are included in a single module of a respective application  136 - 1  or application view  191 . In other embodiments, they are included in two or more software modules. 
     It shall be understood that the foregoing discussion regarding event handling of user touches on touch-sensitive displays also applies to other forms of user inputs to operate multifunction devices  100  with input devices, not all of which are initiated on touch screens. For example, mouse movement and mouse button presses, optionally coordinated with single or multiple keyboard presses or holds; contact movements such as taps, drags, scrolls, etc. on touchpads; pen stylus inputs; movement of the device; oral instructions; detected eye movements; biometric inputs; and/or any combination thereof are optionally utilized as inputs corresponding to sub-events which define an event to be recognized. 
       FIG. 2  illustrates a portable multifunction device  100  having a touch screen  112  in accordance with some embodiments. The touch screen optionally displays one or more graphics within user interface (UI)  200 . In this embodiment, as well as others described below, a user is enabled to select one or more of the graphics by making a gesture on the graphics, for example, with one or more fingers  202  (not drawn to scale in the figure) or one or more styluses  203  (not drawn to scale in the figure). In some embodiments, selection of one or more graphics occurs when the user breaks contact with the one or more graphics. In some embodiments, the gesture optionally includes one or more taps, one or more swipes (from left to right, right to left, upward and/or downward), and/or a rolling of a finger (from right to left, left to right, upward and/or downward) that has made contact with device  100 . In some implementations or circumstances, inadvertent contact with a graphic does not select the graphic. For example, a swipe gesture that sweeps over an application icon optionally does not select the corresponding application when the gesture corresponding to selection is a tap. 
     Device  100  optionally also include one or more physical buttons, such as “home” or menu button  204 . As described previously, menu button  204  is, optionally, used to navigate to any application  136  in a set of applications that are, optionally, executed on device  100 . Alternatively, in some embodiments, the menu button is implemented as a soft key in a GUI displayed on touch screen  112 . 
     In some embodiments, device  100  includes touch screen  112 , menu button  204 , push button  206  for powering the device on/off and locking the device, volume adjustment button(s)  208 , subscriber identity module (SIM) card slot  210 , headset jack  212 , and docking/charging external port  124 . Push button  206  is, optionally, used to turn the power on/off on the device by depressing the button and holding the button in the depressed state for a predefined time interval; to lock the device by depressing the button and releasing the button before the predefined time interval has elapsed; and/or to unlock the device or initiate an unlock process. In an alternative embodiment, device  100  also accepts verbal input for activation or deactivation of some functions through microphone  113 . Device  100  also, optionally, includes one or more contact intensity sensors  165  for detecting intensity of contacts on touch screen  112  and/or one or more tactile output generators  167  for generating tactile outputs for a user of device  100 . 
       FIG. 3  is a block diagram of an exemplary multifunction device with a display and a touch-sensitive surface in accordance with some embodiments. Device  300  need not be portable. In some embodiments, device  300  is a laptop computer, a desktop computer, a tablet computer, a multimedia player device, a navigation device, an educational device (such as a child&#39;s learning toy), a gaming system, or a control device (e.g., a home or industrial controller). Device  300  typically includes one or more processing units (CPUs)  310 , one or more network or other communications interfaces  360 , memory  370 , and one or more communication buses  320  for interconnecting these components. Communication buses  320  optionally include circuitry (sometimes called a chipset) that interconnects and controls communications between system components. Device  300  includes input/output (I/O) interface  330  comprising display  340 , which is typically a touch screen display. I/O interface  330  also optionally includes a keyboard and/or mouse (or other pointing device)  350  and touchpad  355 , tactile output generator  357  for generating tactile outputs on device  300  (e.g., similar to tactile output generator(s)  167  described above with reference to  FIG. 1A ), sensors  359  (e.g., optical, acceleration, proximity, touch-sensitive, and/or contact intensity sensors similar to contact intensity sensor(s)  165  described above with reference to  FIG. 1A ). Memory  370  includes high-speed random access memory, such as DRAM, SRAM, DDR RAM, or other random access solid state memory devices; and optionally includes non-volatile memory, such as one or more magnetic disk storage devices, optical disk storage devices, flash memory devices, or other non-volatile solid state storage devices. Memory  370  optionally includes one or more storage devices remotely located from CPU(s)  310 . In some embodiments, memory  370  stores programs, modules, and data structures analogous to the programs, modules, and data structures stored in memory  102  of portable multifunction device  100  ( FIG. 1A ), or a subset thereof. Furthermore, memory  370  optionally stores additional programs, modules, and data structures not present in memory  102  of portable multifunction device  100 . For example, memory  370  of device  300  optionally stores drawing module  380 , presentation module  382 , word processing module  384 , website creation module  386 , disk authoring module  388 , and/or spreadsheet module  390 , while memory  102  of portable multifunction device  100  ( FIG. 1A ) optionally does not store these modules. 
     Each of the above-identified elements in  FIG. 3  is, optionally, stored in one or more of the previously mentioned memory devices. Each of the above-identified modules corresponds to a set of instructions for performing a function described above. The above-identified modules or programs (e.g., sets of instructions) need not be implemented as separate software programs, procedures, or modules, and thus various subsets of these modules are, optionally, combined or otherwise rearranged in various embodiments. In some embodiments, memory  370  optionally stores a subset of the modules and data structures identified above. Furthermore, memory  370  optionally stores additional modules and data structures not described above. 
     Attention is now directed towards embodiments of user interfaces that are, optionally, implemented on, for example, portable multifunction device  100 . 
       FIG. 4A  illustrates an exemplary user interface for a menu of applications on portable multifunction device  100  in accordance with some embodiments. Similar user interfaces are, optionally, implemented on device  300 . In some embodiments, user interface  400  includes the following elements, or a subset or superset thereof:
         Signal strength indicator(s)  402  for wireless communication(s), such as cellular and   Wi-Fi signals;   Time  404 ;   Bluetooth indicator  405 ;   Battery status indicator  406 ;   Tray  408  with icons for frequently used applications, such as:
           Icon  416  for telephone module  138 , labeled “Phone,” which optionally includes an indicator  414  of the number of missed calls or voicemail messages;   Icon  418  for e-mail client module  140 , labeled “Mail,” which optionally includes an indicator  410  of the number of unread e-mails;   Icon  420  for browser module  147 , labeled “Browser;” and   Icon  422  for video and music player module  152 , also referred to as iPod (trademark of Apple Inc.) module  152 , labeled “iPod;” and   
           Icons for other applications, such as:
           Icon  424  for IM module  141 , labeled “Messages;”   Icon  426  for calendar module  148 , labeled “Calendar;”   Icon  428  for image management module  144 , labeled “Photos;”   Icon  430  for camera module  143 , labeled “Camera;”   Icon  432  for online video module  155 , labeled “Online Video;”   Icon  434  for stocks widget  149 - 2 , labeled “Stocks;”   Icon  436  for map module  154 , labeled “Maps;”   Icon  438  for weather widget  149 - 1 , labeled “Weather;”   Icon  440  for alarm clock widget  149 - 4 , labeled “Clock;”   Icon  442  for workout support module  142 , labeled “Workout Support;”   Icon  444  for notes module  153 , labeled “Notes;” and   Icon  446  for a settings application or module, labeled “Settings,” which provides access to settings for device  100  and its various applications  136 .   
               

     It should be noted that the icon labels illustrated in  FIG. 4A  are merely exemplary. For example, icon  422  for video and music player module  152  is labeled “Music” or “Music Player.” Other labels are, optionally, used for various application icons. In some embodiments, a label for a respective application icon includes a name of an application corresponding to the respective application icon. In some embodiments, a label for a particular application icon is distinct from a name of an application corresponding to the particular application icon. 
       FIG. 4B  illustrates an exemplary user interface on a device (e.g., device  300 ,  FIG. 3 ) with a touch-sensitive surface  451  (e.g., a tablet or touchpad  355 ,  FIG. 3 ) that is separate from the display  450  (e.g., touch screen display  112 ). Device  300  also, optionally, includes one or more contact intensity sensors (e.g., one or more of sensors  359 ) for detecting intensity of contacts on touch-sensitive surface  451  and/or one or more tactile output generators  357  for generating tactile outputs for a user of device  300 . 
     Although some of the examples that follow will be given with reference to inputs on touch screen display  112  (where the touch-sensitive surface and the display are combined), in some embodiments, the device detects inputs on a touch-sensitive surface that is separate from the display, as shown in  FIG. 4B . In some embodiments, the touch-sensitive surface (e.g.,  451  in  FIG. 4B ) has a primary axis (e.g.,  452  in  FIG. 4B ) that corresponds to a primary axis (e.g.,  453  in  FIG. 4B ) on the display (e.g.,  450 ). In accordance with these embodiments, the device detects contacts (e.g.,  460  and  462  in  FIG. 4B ) with the touch-sensitive surface  451  at locations that correspond to respective locations on the display (e.g., in  FIG. 4B, 460  corresponds to  468  and  462  corresponds to  470 ). In this way, user inputs (e.g., contacts  460  and  462 , and movements thereof) detected by the device on the touch-sensitive surface (e.g.,  451  in  FIG. 4B ) are used by the device to manipulate the user interface on the display (e.g.,  450  in  FIG. 4B ) of the multifunction device when the touch-sensitive surface is separate from the display. It should be understood that similar methods are, optionally, used for other user interfaces described herein. 
     Additionally, while the following examples are given primarily with reference to finger inputs (e.g., finger contacts, finger tap gestures, finger swipe gestures), it should be understood that, in some embodiments, one or more of the finger inputs are replaced with input from another input device (e.g., a mouse-based input or stylus input). For example, a swipe gesture is, optionally, replaced with a mouse click (e.g., instead of a contact) followed by movement of the cursor along the path of the swipe (e.g., instead of movement of the contact). As another example, a tap gesture is, optionally, replaced with a mouse click while the cursor is located over the location of the tap gesture (e.g., instead of detection of the contact followed by ceasing to detect the contact). Similarly, when multiple user inputs are simultaneously detected, it should be understood that multiple computer mice are, optionally, used simultaneously, or a mouse and finger contacts are, optionally, used simultaneously. 
       FIG. 5A  illustrates exemplary personal electronic device  500 . Device  500  includes body  502 . In some embodiments, device  500  can include some or all of the features described with respect to devices  100  and  300  (e.g.,  FIGS. 1A-4B ). In some embodiments, device  500  has touch-sensitive display screen  504 , hereafter touch screen  504 . Alternatively, or in addition to touch screen  504 , device  500  has a display and a touch-sensitive surface. As with devices  100  and  300 , in some embodiments, touch screen  504  (or the touch-sensitive surface) optionally includes one or more intensity sensors for detecting intensity of contacts (e.g., touches) being applied. The one or more intensity sensors of touch screen  504  (or the touch-sensitive surface) can provide output data that represents the intensity of touches. The user interface of device  500  can respond to touches based on their intensity, meaning that touches of different intensities can invoke different user interface operations on device  500 . 
     Exemplary techniques for detecting and processing touch intensity are found, for example, in related applications: International Patent Application Serial No. PCT/US2013/040061, titled “Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Displaying User Interface Objects Corresponding to an Application,” filed May 8, 2013, published as WIPO Publication No. WO/2013/169849, and International Patent Application Serial No. PCT/US2013/069483, titled “Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Transitioning Between Touch Input to Display Output Relationships,” filed Nov. 11, 2013, published as WIPO Publication No. WO/2014/105276, each of which is hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety. 
     In some embodiments, device  500  has one or more input mechanisms  506  and  508 . Input mechanisms  506  and  508 , if included, can be physical. Examples of physical input mechanisms include push buttons and rotatable mechanisms. In some embodiments, device  500  has one or more attachment mechanisms. Such attachment mechanisms, if included, can permit attachment of device  500  with, for example, hats, eyewear, earrings, necklaces, shirts, jackets, bracelets, watch straps, chains, trousers, belts, shoes, purses, backpacks, and so forth. These attachment mechanisms permit device  500  to be worn by a user. 
       FIG. 5B  depicts exemplary personal electronic device  500 . In some embodiments, device  500  can include some or all of the components described with respect to  FIGS. 1A, 1B, and 3 . Device  500  has bus  512  that operatively couples I/O section  514  with one or more computer processors  516  and memory  518 . I/O section  514  can be connected to display  504 , which can have touch-sensitive component  522  and, optionally, intensity sensor  524  (e.g., contact intensity sensor). In addition, I/O section  514  can be connected with communication unit  530  for receiving application and operating system data, using Wi-Fi, Bluetooth, near field communication (NFC), cellular, and/or other wireless communication techniques. Device  500  can include input mechanisms  506  and/or  508 . Input mechanism  506  is, optionally, a rotatable input device or a depressible and rotatable input device, for example. Input mechanism  508  is, optionally, a button, in some examples. 
     Input mechanism  508  is, optionally, a microphone, in some examples. Personal electronic device  500  optionally includes various sensors, such as GPS sensor  532 , accelerometer  534 , directional sensor  540  (e.g., compass), gyroscope  536 , motion sensor  538 , and/or a combination thereof, all of which can be operatively connected to I/O section  514 . 
     Memory  518  of personal electronic device  500  can include one or more non-transitory computer-readable storage mediums, for storing computer-executable instructions, which, when executed by one or more computer processors  516 , for example, can cause the computer processors to perform the techniques described below, including the processes in  FIGS. 20-33, 54A-54E, 57A-57F, 60A-60F, and 63A-63E . A computer-readable storage medium can be any medium that can tangibly contain or store computer-executable instructions for use by or in connection with the instruction execution system, apparatus, or device. In some examples, the storage medium is a transitory computer-readable storage medium. In some examples, the storage medium is a non-transitory computer-readable storage medium. The non-transitory computer-readable storage medium can include, but is not limited to, magnetic, optical, and/or semiconductor storages. Examples of such storage include magnetic disks, optical discs based on CD, DVD, or Blu-ray technologies, as well as persistent solid-state memory such as flash, solid-state drives, and the like. Personal electronic device  500  is not limited to the components and configuration of  FIG. 5B , but can include other or additional components in multiple configurations. 
     As used here, the term “affordance” refers to a user-interactive graphical user interface object that is, optionally, displayed on the display screen of devices  100 ,  300 , and/or  500  ( FIGS. 1A, 3, and 5A-5B ). For example, an image (e.g., icon), a button, and text (e.g., hyperlink) each optionally constitute an affordance. 
     As used herein, the term “focus selector” refers to an input element that indicates a current part of a user interface with which a user is interacting. In some implementations that include a cursor or other location marker, the cursor acts as a “focus selector” so that when an input (e.g., a press input) is detected on a touch-sensitive surface (e.g., touchpad  355  in  FIG. 3  or touch-sensitive surface  451  in  FIG. 4B ) while the cursor is over a particular user interface element (e.g., a button, window, slider, or other user interface element), the particular user interface element is adjusted in accordance with the detected input. In some implementations that include a touch screen display (e.g., touch-sensitive display system  112  in  FIG. 1A  or touch screen  112  in  FIG. 4A ) that enables direct interaction with user interface elements on the touch screen display, a detected contact on the touch screen acts as a “focus selector” so that when an input (e.g., a press input by the contact) is detected on the touch screen display at a location of a particular user interface element (e.g., a button, window, slider, or other user interface element), the particular user interface element is adjusted in accordance with the detected input. In some implementations, focus is moved from one region of a user interface to another region of the user interface without corresponding movement of a cursor or movement of a contact on a touch screen display (e.g., by using a tab key or arrow keys to move focus from one button to another button); in these implementations, the focus selector moves in accordance with movement of focus between different regions of the user interface. Without regard to the specific form taken by the focus selector, the focus selector is generally the user interface element (or contact on a touch screen display) that is controlled by the user so as to communicate the user&#39;s intended interaction with the user interface (e.g., by indicating, to the device, the element of the user interface with which the user is intending to interact). For example, the location of a focus selector (e.g., a cursor, a contact, or a selection box) over a respective button while a press input is detected on the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., a touchpad or touch screen) will indicate that the user is intending to activate the respective button (as opposed to other user interface elements shown on a display of the device). 
     As used in the specification and claims, the term “characteristic intensity” of a contact refers to a characteristic of the contact based on one or more intensities of the contact. In some embodiments, the characteristic intensity is based on multiple intensity samples. The characteristic intensity is, optionally, based on a predefined number of intensity samples, or a set of intensity samples collected during a predetermined time period (e.g., 0.05, 0.1, 0.2, 0.5, 1, 2, 5, 10 seconds) relative to a predefined event (e.g., after detecting the contact, prior to detecting liftoff of the contact, before or after detecting a start of movement of the contact, prior to detecting an end of the contact, before or after detecting an increase in intensity of the contact, and/or before or after detecting a decrease in intensity of the contact). A characteristic intensity of a contact is, optionally, based on one or more of: a maximum value of the intensities of the contact, a mean value of the intensities of the contact, an average value of the intensities of the contact, a top 10 percentile value of the intensities of the contact, a value at the half maximum of the intensities of the contact, a value at the 90 percent maximum of the intensities of the contact, or the like. In some embodiments, the duration of the contact is used in determining the characteristic intensity (e.g., when the characteristic intensity is an average of the intensity of the contact over time). In some embodiments, the characteristic intensity is compared to a set of one or more intensity thresholds to determine whether an operation has been performed by a user. For example, the set of one or more intensity thresholds optionally includes a first intensity threshold and a second intensity threshold. In this example, a contact with a characteristic intensity that does not exceed the first threshold results in a first operation, a contact with a characteristic intensity that exceeds the first intensity threshold and does not exceed the second intensity threshold results in a second operation, and a contact with a characteristic intensity that exceeds the second threshold results in a third operation. In some embodiments, a comparison between the characteristic intensity and one or more thresholds is used to determine whether or not to perform one or more operations (e.g., whether to perform a respective operation or forgo performing the respective operation), rather than being used to determine whether to perform a first operation or a second operation. 
       FIG. 5C  illustrates detecting a plurality of contacts  552 A- 552 E on touch-sensitive display screen  504  with a plurality of intensity sensors  524 A- 524 D.  FIG. 5C  additionally includes intensity diagrams that show the current intensity measurements of the intensity sensors  524 A- 524 D relative to units of intensity. In this example, the intensity measurements of intensity sensors  524 A and  524 D are each 9 units of intensity, and the intensity measurements of intensity sensors  524 B and  524 C are each 7 units of intensity. In some implementations, an aggregate intensity is the sum of the intensity measurements of the plurality of intensity sensors  524 A- 524 D, which in this example is 32 intensity units. In some embodiments, each contact is assigned a respective intensity that is a portion of the aggregate intensity.  FIG. 5D  illustrates assigning the aggregate intensity to contacts  552 A- 552 E based on their distance from the center of force  554 . In this example, each of contacts  552 A,  552 B, and  552 E are assigned an intensity of contact of 8 intensity units of the aggregate intensity, and each of contacts  552 C and  552 D are assigned an intensity of contact of 4 intensity units of the aggregate intensity. More generally, in some implementations, each contact j is assigned a respective intensity Ij that is a portion of the aggregate intensity, A, in accordance with a predefined mathematical function, Ij=A·(Dj/ΣDi), where Dj is the distance of the respective contact j to the center of force, and ΣDi is the sum of the distances of all the respective contacts (e.g., i=1 to last) to the center of force. The operations described with reference to  FIGS. 5C-5D  can be performed using an electronic device similar or identical to device  100 ,  300 , or  500 . In some embodiments, a characteristic intensity of a contact is based on one or more intensities of the contact. In some embodiments, the intensity sensors are used to determine a single characteristic intensity (e.g., a single characteristic intensity of a single contact). It should be noted that the intensity diagrams are not part of a displayed user interface, but are included in  FIGS. 5C-5D  to aid the reader. 
     In some embodiments, a portion of a gesture is identified for purposes of determining a characteristic intensity. For example, a touch-sensitive surface optionally receives a continuous swipe contact transitioning from a start location and reaching an end location, at which point the intensity of the contact increases. In this example, the characteristic intensity of the contact at the end location is, optionally, based on only a portion of the continuous swipe contact, and not the entire swipe contact (e.g., only the portion of the swipe contact at the end location). In some embodiments, a smoothing algorithm is, optionally, applied to the intensities of the swipe contact prior to determining the characteristic intensity of the contact. For example, the smoothing algorithm optionally includes one or more of: an unweighted sliding-average smoothing algorithm, a triangular smoothing algorithm, a median filter smoothing algorithm, and/or an exponential smoothing algorithm. In some circumstances, these smoothing algorithms eliminate narrow spikes or dips in the intensities of the swipe contact for purposes of determining a characteristic intensity. 
     The intensity of a contact on the touch-sensitive surface is, optionally, characterized relative to one or more intensity thresholds, such as a contact-detection intensity threshold, a light press intensity threshold, a deep press intensity threshold, and/or one or more other intensity thresholds. In some embodiments, the light press intensity threshold corresponds to an intensity at which the device will perform operations typically associated with clicking a button of a physical mouse or a trackpad. In some embodiments, the deep press intensity threshold corresponds to an intensity at which the device will perform operations that are different from operations typically associated with clicking a button of a physical mouse or a trackpad. In some embodiments, when a contact is detected with a characteristic intensity below the light press intensity threshold (e.g., and above a nominal contact-detection intensity threshold below which the contact is no longer detected), the device will move a focus selector in accordance with movement of the contact on the touch-sensitive surface without performing an operation associated with the light press intensity threshold or the deep press intensity threshold. Generally, unless otherwise stated, these intensity thresholds are consistent between different sets of user interface figures. 
     An increase of characteristic intensity of the contact from an intensity below the light press intensity threshold to an intensity between the light press intensity threshold and the deep press intensity threshold is sometimes referred to as a “light press” input. An increase of characteristic intensity of the contact from an intensity below the deep press intensity threshold to an intensity above the deep press intensity threshold is sometimes referred to as a “deep press” input. An increase of characteristic intensity of the contact from an intensity below the contact-detection intensity threshold to an intensity between the contact-detection intensity threshold and the light press intensity threshold is sometimes referred to as detecting the contact on the touch-surface. A decrease of characteristic intensity of the contact from an intensity above the contact-detection intensity threshold to an intensity below the contact-detection intensity threshold is sometimes referred to as detecting liftoff of the contact from the touch-surface. In some embodiments, the contact-detection intensity threshold is zero. In some embodiments, the contact-detection intensity threshold is greater than zero. 
     In some embodiments described herein, one or more operations are performed in response to detecting a gesture that includes a respective press input or in response to detecting the respective press input performed with a respective contact (or a plurality of contacts), where the respective press input is detected based at least in part on detecting an increase in intensity of the contact (or plurality of contacts) above a press-input intensity threshold. In some embodiments, the respective operation is performed in response to detecting the increase in intensity of the respective contact above the press-input intensity threshold (e.g., a “down stroke” of the respective press input). In some embodiments, the press input includes an increase in intensity of the respective contact above the press-input intensity threshold and a subsequent decrease in intensity of the contact below the press-input intensity threshold, and the respective operation is performed in response to detecting the subsequent decrease in intensity of the respective contact below the press-input threshold (e.g., an “up stroke” of the respective press input). 
       FIGS. 5E-5H  illustrate detection of a gesture that includes a press input that corresponds to an increase in intensity of a contact  562  from an intensity below a light press intensity threshold (e.g., “IT L ”) in  FIG. 5E , to an intensity above a deep press intensity threshold (e.g., “IT D ”) in  FIG. 5H . The gesture performed with contact  562  is detected on touch-sensitive surface  560  while cursor  576  is displayed over application icon  572 B corresponding to App 2, on a displayed user interface  570  that includes application icons  572 A- 572 D displayed in predefined region  574 . In some embodiments, the gesture is detected on touch-sensitive display  504 . The intensity sensors detect the intensity of contacts on touch-sensitive surface  560 . The device determines that the intensity of contact  562  peaked above the deep press intensity threshold (e.g., “IT D ”). Contact  562  is maintained on touch-sensitive surface  560 . In response to the detection of the gesture, and in accordance with contact  562  having an intensity that goes above the deep press intensity threshold (e.g., “IT D ”) during the gesture, reduced-scale representations  578 A- 578 C (e.g., thumbnails) of recently opened documents for App 2 are displayed, as shown in  FIGS. 5F-5H . In some embodiments, the intensity, which is compared to the one or more intensity thresholds, is the characteristic intensity of a contact. It should be noted that the intensity diagram for contact  562  is not part of a displayed user interface, but is included in  FIGS. 5E-5H  to aid the reader. 
     In some embodiments, the display of representations  578 A- 578 C includes an animation. For example, representation  578 A is initially displayed in proximity of application icon  572 B, as shown in  FIG. 5F . As the animation proceeds, representation  578 A moves upward and representation  578 B is displayed in proximity of application icon  572 B, as shown in  FIG. 5G . Then, representations  578 A moves upward,  578 B moves upward toward representation  578 A, and representation  578 C is displayed in proximity of application icon  572 B, as shown in  FIG. 5H . Representations  578 A- 578 C form an array above icon  572 B. In some embodiments, the animation progresses in accordance with an intensity of contact  562 , as shown in  FIGS. 5F-5G , where the representations  578 A- 578 C appear and move upwards as the intensity of contact  562  increases toward the deep press intensity threshold (e.g., “IT D ”). In some embodiments, the intensity, on which the progress of the animation is based, is the characteristic intensity of the contact. The operations described with reference to  FIGS. 5E-5H  can be performed using an electronic device similar or identical to device  100 ,  300 , or  500 . 
     In some embodiments, the device employs intensity hysteresis to avoid accidental inputs sometimes termed “jitter,” where the device defines or selects a hysteresis intensity threshold with a predefined relationship to the press-input intensity threshold (e.g., the hysteresis intensity threshold is X intensity units lower than the press-input intensity threshold or the hysteresis intensity threshold is 75%, 90%, or some reasonable proportion of the press-input intensity threshold). Thus, in some embodiments, the press input includes an increase in intensity of the respective contact above the press-input intensity threshold and a subsequent decrease in intensity of the contact below the hysteresis intensity threshold that corresponds to the press-input intensity threshold, and the respective operation is performed in response to detecting the subsequent decrease in intensity of the respective contact below the hysteresis intensity threshold (e.g., an “up stroke” of the respective press input). Similarly, in some embodiments, the press input is detected only when the device detects an increase in intensity of the contact from an intensity at or below the hysteresis intensity threshold to an intensity at or above the press-input intensity threshold and, optionally, a subsequent decrease in intensity of the contact to an intensity at or below the hysteresis intensity, and the respective operation is performed in response to detecting the press input (e.g., the increase in intensity of the contact or the decrease in intensity of the contact, depending on the circumstances). 
     For ease of explanation, the descriptions of operations performed in response to a press input associated with a press-input intensity threshold or in response to a gesture including the press input are, optionally, triggered in response to detecting either: an increase in intensity of a contact above the press-input intensity threshold, an increase in intensity of a contact from an intensity below the hysteresis intensity threshold to an intensity above the press-input intensity threshold, a decrease in intensity of the contact below the press-input intensity threshold, and/or a decrease in intensity of the contact below the hysteresis intensity threshold corresponding to the press-input intensity threshold. Additionally, in examples where an operation is described as being performed in response to detecting a decrease in intensity of a contact below the press-input intensity threshold, the operation is, optionally, performed in response to detecting a decrease in intensity of the contact below a hysteresis intensity threshold corresponding to, and lower than, the press-input intensity threshold. 
     As used herein, an “installed application” refers to a software application that has been downloaded onto an electronic device (e.g., devices  100 ,  300 , and/or  500 ) and is ready to be launched (e.g., become opened) on the device. In some embodiments, a downloaded application becomes an installed application by way of an installation program that extracts program portions from a downloaded package and integrates the extracted portions with the operating system of the computer system. 
     As used herein, the terms “open application” or “executing application” refer to a software application with retained state information (e.g., as part of device/global internal state  157  and/or application internal state  192 ). An open or executing application is, optionally, any one of the following types of applications:
         an active application, which is currently displayed on a display screen of the device that the application is being used on;   a background application (or background processes), which is not currently displayed, but one or more processes for the application are being processed by one or more processors; and   a suspended or hibernated application, which is not running, but has state information that is stored in memory (volatile and non-volatile, respectively) and that can be used to resume execution of the application.       

     As used herein, the term “closed application” refers to software applications without retained state information (e.g., state information for closed applications is not stored in a memory of the device). Accordingly, closing an application includes stopping and/or removing application processes for the application and removing state information for the application from the memory of the device. Generally, opening a second application while in a first application does not close the first application. When the second application is displayed and the first application ceases to be displayed, the first application becomes a background application. 
     1. Context-Specific User Interfaces 
     Attention is now directed towards embodiments of context-specific user interfaces (“UI”) and associated processes that may be implemented on a multifunction device with a display and a touch-sensitive surface, such as devices  100 ,  300 , and/or  500  ( FIGS. 1A, 3A , and/or  5 A). 
     The following examples illustrate exemplary embodiments of context-specific user interfaces. Described herein are overall concepts related to customizable context-specific user interfaces. It is noted that the context-specific user interfaces described herein are editable in a number of ways. A user interface may display or otherwise indicate various types of information related to time, and the type(s) of information may be customizable by the user. A user interface may include aspects such as colors, density of display, and complications (or lack of complications) that are also customizable. As used here, consistent with its accepted meaning in art, a complication refers to any clock face feature other than those used to indicate the hours and minutes of a time (e.g., clock hands or hour/minute indications). Complications may provide different types of information to a user, such as data obtained from an application, and the information conveyed to a user by a complication is also customizable, as described below. 
     These combinatorial features result in many thousands, if not more, of available context-specific user interfaces. Since describing each of these permutations is not practical, particular aspects are highlighted with particular context-specific user interfaces, but these exemplary descriptions are in no way intended to limit such aspects to such context-specific user interfaces, as specific aspects may be used in other context-specific user interfaces, and specific context-specific user interfaces may have other aspects. These embodiments are meant to illustrate the overall concepts presented, but a skilled artisan will recognize that numerous other embodiments are possible within the scope of the techniques described herein. 
       FIG. 6A  shows an exemplary context-specific user interface that may be operated on device  600 . Device  600  may be device  100 ,  300 , or  500  in some embodiments. The electronic device has a display (e.g.,  504 ). 
     A user keeping track of the time of day may wish to gain some sense of how much time has elapsed since a particular event. For example, a user may wish to know how much time has elapsed since the last time the user viewed the time, or how much time has elapsed since a particular time of day, like morning. In addition to viewing a clock face, the user may wish to receive additional visual cues that reinforce the perception of elapsed time. 
     As shown in  FIG. 6A , the device receives data representing user input  602 . In response to receiving the data, the device displays user interface screen  604  on the display. Screen  604  includes clock face  606 . In the example illustrated in  FIG. 6A , the time is currently 7:00. Clock face  606  initially indicates a first time (10:05 as shown in  FIG. 6A ) that precedes the current time. Device  600  updates screen  604  by animating the clock face to transition from indicating the first time to indicating the current time. Updated screen  604  is depicted as screen  610 , which displays clock face  612 . Clock face  612  has been updated to indicate the current time. The animation from screens  604  to  610  represents the passage of time from the first time to the current time. In some embodiments, screen  604  and/or  610  may also include an indication of the date. 
     As described above, the context-specific user interface exemplified in  FIG. 6A  first displays the clock face indicating a first time. The first time may be determined based on different criteria. In some embodiments, the device receives second data representing a time of a previous user movement of the electronic device (e.g., a movement of the device such as a lowering of the user&#39;s wrist, if the device is wearable, or other movement indicative that the user is no longer actively viewing the display). The time of the previous user movement of the device may be the last time the user looked at the device, or the last time the display of the device was turned off, prior to receiving the data representing user input  602 . The time of the previous user movement of the electronic device is then shown as the first time indicated by the clock face. For example, in  FIG. 6A , 10:05 depicted by clock face  606  may be the time of a previous user movement of the device, indicating the time of a previous user interaction. In these examples, when the user interface screen updates, it provides the user an indication of how much time has elapsed since the previous user interaction (e.g., the last time the user looked at device  600 ). 
     In other embodiments, the first time may be based on a predetermined interval of time. For example, the first time may precede the current time by a first duration, and the first duration may be a predetermined duration before the current time. That is to say, rather than being based on a user interaction, the first time indicated by the clock face may be based on a predetermined or fixed duration before the current time. 
     In some embodiments, the predetermined duration is 5 hours. In response to user input, the clock face may depict a time 5 hours before the current time, then animate the clock face to transition from indicating the first time to indicating the current time. For example, if the current time is 6:00, the device may, in response to user input, display a clock face showing 1:00 that is animated to transition from 1:00 to 6:00. 
     In other embodiments, the first time may be based on a predetermined time of day. In this case, the device may begin the animation by indicating the same time of day (i.e., the first time) no matter the current time, and then animate the clock face until it reaches the current time. For example, the first time may be morning (e.g., 8:00 am). In this example, if the current time is 6:00, the device may, in response to user input, display a clock face showing 8:00 that is animated to transition from 8:00 to 6:00. 
     Regardless of how the first time is determined, in some embodiments, the clock face may be animated for a period of time indicative of the duration between the first time and the current time. That is to say, the length of the animation may be roughly proportional to the length of this duration. The length of animation may not be precisely proportional to the first duration, but rather it may convey to the user a general indication of an approximate length of the time. To illustrate using the examples described above, the clock face may be animated for a longer period of time if transitioning from 8:00 to 6:00 than it is if transitioning from 3:00 to 6:00. This may be particularly useful if the duration is variable, such as if the duration is based on the time between user interactions. In this case, a user will immediately comprehend that the time elapsed between interactions is longer if the animation of the clock face is longer, or that the time between interactions is shorter if the animation of the clock face is shorter. 
     In other embodiments, the clock face is animated for a period of time independent of the first duration. That is to say, the length of the animation is not proportional to the duration between the first time and the current time. In some embodiments, the length of animation may be the same for each animation. To illustrate using the examples described above, the clock face may be animated for the same period of time regardless if transitioning from 8:00 to 6:00 or from 3:00 to 6:00. This may be helpful to reduce the time a user is viewing the transition. Alternatively, the clock face is animated for a different period of time if transitioning from 8:00 to 6:00 compared to transitioning from 3:00 to 6:00, but the periods of time may not related to the first duration. 
       FIG. 6B  illustrates optional features of this context-specific user interface. In response to data representing user input  620 , device  600  displays user interface screen  622 , which includes clock face  624 . In this example, the current time is 10:25. Clock face  624  indicates a first time (in this example, 10:05). As a background, clock face  624  also displays an image of a mountain scene that is representative of the first time. For example, as shown in  FIG. 6B , clock face  624  shows a morning view of the mountain scene (see, e.g., the position of sun  626  in the sky). Therefore, a user viewing clock face  624  understands the time based on the clock face itself and the background, which also represents the time indicated by the clock face. Note that this provides additional information to the user because the user understands that the indicated time is 10:05 am, not 10:05 pm, by the display of the scene. 
     In some embodiments, the device accesses an image of a scene that is representative of the time indicated by the clock face. An image of a scene that is representative of a time may connote to the user a similar time of day, in conjunction with the time indicated by the clock face. The image of the scene need not connote the precise time indicated by the clock face, nor does it need to be strictly linked to the time of day at the location of the scene (this will be discussed in greater detail below). In some embodiments, the image of the scene is an image captured at substantially the same time of day as the current time (i.e., the time of day when the image was taken at the scene). In other embodiments, the image of the scene is an image captured at a different time of day, as compared to the current time. 
     In some embodiments, the image of the scene may depict, for example, a city, beach, desert, park, lake, mountain, or valley. In some embodiments, the scene may be recognizable to the user, such as a scene of Yosemite Valley or Big Ben. 
     Device  600  then displays screens  630  and  640 . Screen  630  is optional, as described below, and includes clock face  632 , which is indicating a time between the first time and the current time. This intermediate time is further represented on clock face  632  by the background (see, e.g., setting sun  634 ). Screen  640  includes clock face  642 , which depicts the current time. Clock face  642  also displays a background that represents the current time (see, e.g., moon  644 ). 
     Therefore, in some embodiments, and in response to receiving data representing user input  620 , the device accesses a first image of a scene representative of the first time (e.g., the background of clock face  624 ), accesses a second image of the scene representative of the current time (e.g., the background of clock face  642 ), and in response to receiving the data representing the user input, successively displays the first image of the scene and the second image of the scene. 
     The successive display indicates the passage of time from the first time to the current time. The device may include a series of images for a particular scene (e.g., time lapse images), each depicting a different time of day, such that any first time or current time depicted by the clock face has a corresponding image of the scene that is representative of the depicted time. In some embodiments, the first image of the scene and the second image of the scene are displayed as backgrounds on the user interface screen. 
     In some embodiments, the device accesses a sequence of images of a scene that includes a first image of the scene representative of the first time (e.g., the background of clock face  624 ), one or more second images of the scene representative of one or more times between the first time and the current time (e.g., the background of clock face  632 ), and a third image of the scene representative of the current time (e.g., the background of clock face  642 ). In response to receiving the data representing user input  620 , the device displays the sequence of images of the scene by animating the sequence of images to indicate the passage of time from the first time to the current time (e.g., like a flipbook). In some embodiments, the scene is user-designated (e.g., the device may store a set of time lapse images for different scenes, and the user may select the scene to be displayed). 
     As shown in  FIG. 6B , device  600  sequentially displays screens  622 ,  630 , and  640  to animate the displayed, respective backgrounds, thereby animating the image of the scene like a flipbook to indicate the passage of time. In some embodiments, the transition from screen  620  to  630  to  640  may also be animated, e.g., by animating the hands of the clock face to rotate in a clockwise manner, and/or by animating the display of the images of the scene, as with a flipbook. If the clock face instead or additionally depicts a representation of a digital clock, the numerical indications of the hour and the minute may be animated in some fashion to depict the passage of time. By displaying both the animated clock face and the animated image(s) of the scene, the device provides the user a clearer and readily distinguishable indication of the time between the first time and the current time. 
     In some embodiments, device  600  has a location sensor (e.g., GPS sensor  532  and/or GPS module  135 ), and the device obtains a current location of the device from the location sensor. The first image of the scene represents the first time at the current location, and the second image or the third image of the scene (e.g., whichever is representative of the current time) represents the current time at the current location. That is to say, the indicated passage of time reflects day/night hours at the current location. For example, if the user is at a location near the Arctic Circle, the current day may have daytime hours close to 24 hours (e.g., midnight sun). In this example, the images indicating the first time and the current time may all be daytime images of the scene (e.g., Yosemite Valley), even if the first time and the current time are separated by a long period of time. Therefore, the images of the scene may be representative of the depicted time(s) at the current location, but they may not be representative of the depicted time(s) at the location of the scene. This concept allows the device to display a context-specific user interface for depicting the passage of time at the current location and enhances a user&#39;s interaction with the device, since the animation is grounded in the user&#39;s experience (e.g., perception of time) at the current location. 
     In some embodiments, the device displays a user interface object on the user interface screen at a first position based on the first time. In some embodiments, the position may be based on a position along the clock face, like an hour indication (e.g., 6 o&#39;clock position at the lower center of the display). In some embodiments, the position may be based on a position across a horizon, such as a position of the Sun or the Moon. For example, in  FIG. 6B , the position of sun  626  indicates the first time because it represents the sun in the scene at a position in the east just short of high noon. 
     In some embodiments, the device animates the user interface object by moving the user interface object from the first position to a second position on the user interface screen, where the second position is based on the current time. Moving the user interface object from the first position to a second position indicates the passage of time from the first time to the current time. As shown in  FIG. 6B , sun  626  moves across the sky in the sequence of images of the scene (cf. sun  626  and sun  634 ). The user interface object then depicts moon  644  at a position in the night sky indicating the current time. In some embodiments, the user interface object is a graphical representation of a sun (e.g.,  626  and  634 ). In some embodiments, the user interface object is a graphical representation of a moon (e.g.,  644 ). 
     In any of the embodiments described above, the user input may include a movement of the device. For example, a movement of the device could be raising of the user&#39;s wrist (if the device is wearable), or other movement indicative of the user raising the device to view the display. These movements could be detected, for example, by using an accelerometer (e.g.,  534 ), a gyroscope (e.g.,  536 ), a motion sensor (e.g.,  538 ), and/or a combination thereof. In any of the context-dependent faces described herein, a movement of the device may be a user input that activates the display. 
     Further, in any of the context-dependent faces described herein, a movement of the device such as a lowering of the user&#39;s wrist (if the device is wearable) or other movement indicative that the user is no longer actively viewing the display, or a lack of a movement of the device such as raising of the user&#39;s wrist (if the device is wearable) or other movement indicative of the user raising the device to view the display, may be a user input that causes the device to turn off the display. 
     In other embodiments, the device may have a touch-sensitive display or touch-sensitive surface (e.g., touchpad  355  in  FIG. 3 , touch-sensitive surface  451  in  FIG. 4B , and/or touchscreen  504 ), and the user input may be a contact on the touch-sensitive display. 
     Attention is now directed to the context-specific user interface shown in  FIG. 7A .  FIG. 7A  shows exemplary context-specific user interfaces that may be operated on device  700 . Device  700  may be device  100 ,  300 , or  500  in some embodiments. The electronic device has a touch-sensitive display (e.g., touchscreen  504 ). 
     A user may wish to keep track of the time of day while also accessing a stopwatch function. For example, in contexts such as running or cycling, a user may wish to operate a stopwatch, record laps, and still maintain a view of the time of day. 
     As shown in  FIG. 7A , device  700  displays a clock face that indicates current time, as depicted on user interface screen  702 , on the touch-sensitive display. The clock face includes hour hand and minute hand  704 . The clock face also includes one or more indications of an hourly timescale (e.g., numbers 12, 1, 2, 3, and/or tick marks or other visual indicators displayed at the corresponding positions on the clock face), such as 12 o&#39;clock indicator  706 . The clock face further includes stopwatch hand  708  (which, in some embodiments described below, also serves as a seconds hand. Note that, as used herein, the term seconds hand refers to a hand on a clock face that indicates seconds, not a second hand of two hands on a clock face). 
     As exemplified in  FIG. 7A , device  700  receives user input, which in this case is touch  712  on start affordance  710 . In response, the device replaces the 12 o&#39;clock indicator  706  with stopwatch timescale indicator  724 , as shown on screen  720 . Stopwatch indicator  724  shows that the stopwatch timescale is a  60  second timescale. A timescale for the stopwatch hand may refer to the amount of time needed for the stopwatch hand to complete one full revolution around the displayed clock face. Note that the clock face on screen  720  includes hour hand and minute hand  722  and stopwatch hand  726 , which are the same as hour hand and minute hand  704  and stopwatch hand  708 . 
     Further in response to touch  712 , device  700  animates stopwatch hand  726  to reflect passage of time, as shown by comparing screen  720  and  730 . As shown on screen  730 , the stopwatch hand has moved to a second position on the clock face (note the position of stopwatch hand  736 ), indicating the passage of time. Given that indicator  734  shows that the stopwatch timescale is 60 seconds, the position of stopwatch hand  736  indicates that 25 seconds have passed. As shown in  FIG. 7A , the user accesses this information by touch  740  on lap affordance  738 , which causes the display of time  742 , indicating the time elapsed since touch  712 . Note that hour hand and minute hand  732  are the same as  722  and  704 , and these two hands have not changed position in the last 25 seconds. In this example, the hour hand and minute hand are indicating the same time of day (e.g., 10:10) throughout screens  702 ,  720 , and  730 . 
     Stated another way, the device displays the time of day with the hour hand and the minute hand, and it additionally displays a stopwatch hand. In response to receiving data representing user input, the indication(s) of the hour are replaced with indication(s) of a first timescale of the stopwatch hand, but the hour hand and the minute hand continue to indicate the time of day, even though the hour indication(s) have been replaced. This allows the user to view a stopwatch and the time of day simultaneously, while showing that the stopwatch has started and indicating the timescale for the stopwatch. Also in response to receiving the data, the device animates the stopwatch hand to reflect passage of time. 
     In some embodiments, while animating the stopwatch hand to reflect the passage of time, the device receives second data representing a second user input, and in response to receiving the second data, the device may cease the animation of the stopwatch hand. For example, this may function similar to a “stop” function for the stopwatch. 
     In some embodiments, the device may display on the touch-sensitive display a first affordance representing a start/stop function (e.g., affordance  710 ). The first data representing the first user input (e.g., touch  712 ) and the second data representing the second user input both represent contacts on the displayed first affordance. In other embodiments, the device may display separate affordances for the stopwatch start and stopwatch stop functions. 
     In some embodiments, the device may display on the touch-sensitive display a second affordance representing a lap function (e.g., affordance  738 ). The devices receives third data representing a contact on the displayed second affordance after receiving the first data (e.g., after invoking the start function) and before receiving the second data (e.g., before invoking the stop function). In response to receiving the third data, the device displays a third numerical indication of elapsed time between receiving the first data and receiving the third data. For example, this may function similar to a “lap” function for the stopwatch that causes a display of the time elapsed since invoking the start function. As described above, this feature is illustrated on screen  730 . 
     In some embodiments, the device may display on the touch-sensitive display a third affordance representing a stopwatch application, which is depicted as affordance  714  on screen  702 . The device receives fourth data representing a contact on the displayed third affordance, and in response to receiving the fourth data, the device launches the stopwatch application. This allows the user to access additional information and/or functionality related to the stopwatch feature directly from this context-specific user interface. In one embodiment, the stopwatch application is an application as described in related application: U.S. Provisional Patent Application Ser. No. 62/044,979, filed on Sep. 2, 2014, entitled “Stopwatch and Timer User Interfaces.” 
     In some embodiments, the first timescale for the stopwatch hand may be 60 seconds, 30 seconds, 6 seconds, or 3 seconds. In some embodiments, the movement of the stopwatch hand is animated at a rate based on the first timescale for the stopwatch hand. For example, the stopwatch hand may move faster if the timescale is 3 seconds than if the timescale is 60 seconds. This allows the stopwatch hand to complete a full revolution around the clock face in the amount of time depicted by the first timescale. 
     In some embodiments, the device may substitute the one or more indications of an hourly timescale with an indication of a first timescale for the stopwatch hand by removing the one or more indications of the hourly timescale, displaying the indication of the first timescale for the stopwatch hand, and translating the displayed indication of the first timescale for the stopwatch hand in a rotational motion in a clockwise direction. As an illustrative example, if the display includes 12 numerical indications of hourly timescale, and the first timescale for the stopwatch hand is a 6 second timescale, the device may substitute the 12 numerals with a single 6 numeral. In some embodiments, this may be the same 6 numeral that was previously the indicator for the 6 o&#39;clock hour, such that the substitute and display are not perceptible to the user. The device may display the 6 numerical indicating the first timescale for the stopwatch hand at the 6 o&#39;clock position on the clock face, then translate the 6 in a clockwise motion around the clock face until it arrives at the top of the clock face (formerly the 12 o&#39;clock position), at which point the translation stops. This improves the context-specific interface by reinforcing to the user that the clock face has transitioned from indicating hours and minutes to indicating the first timescale for the stopwatch hand. 
     As illustrated in  FIG. 7B , in some embodiments, the device has a rotatable input mechanism (e.g.,  506 ), which may be used as an optional input to change the stopwatch timescale.  FIG. 7B  shows screen  750  with clock face  752 , which includes hour hand and minute hand  754 , and stopwatch timescale indicator  756  (showing a 60 second timescale). In response to receiving fifth data representing movement of the rotatable input mechanism (e.g., movement  758 ), the device  700  changes the stopwatch timescale to a second timescale, as shown by stopwatch timescale indicator  776 , part of clock face  772  on screen  770 . Note that screen  770  continues to display hour hand and minute hand  774 . The second stopwatch timescale is different from the first stopwatch timescale. This allows the user to customize the timescale for the stopwatch hand through rotating the rotatable input mechanism, allowing for a context-specific user interface depending on the user&#39;s desired stopwatch timescale. 
     In some embodiments, the device substitutes the indication of the first timescale for the stopwatch hand with the indication of the second timescale for the stopwatch hand by removing the indication of the first timescale for the stopwatch hand, displaying the indication of the second timescale for the stopwatch hand, and translating the displayed indication of the second timescale for the stopwatch hand in a rotational motion in a clockwise direction. 
     As shown in  FIG. 7B , indicator of the second timescale for the stopwatch hand  760  is displayed at a position on the clock face that indicates its relative position in the first timescale For example, indicator of a  30  second timescale  760  is displayed on clock face  752  at a position based on the sixty second timescale indicated by  756 . In response to receiving data representing movement  758 , the device removes  756 , displays  760 , and translates  760  in a rotational motion in a clockwise direction until it reaches the former position of the indicator of the first timescale for the stopwatch hand (e.g., (e.g., the former position of  756 , as depicted by the position of  776  on clock face  772 ). 
     In some embodiments, after receiving the first data representing the first user input, the device animates the stopwatch hand to represent a rotational motion about an origin and ceases the animation to display the stopwatch hand at a position at π/2 radians (e.g., the 12 o&#39;clock position) relative to the rotational motion about the origin. For example, the stopwatch hand may function as a seconds hand of the clock face before the first data is received. When the first data is received, the seconds hand may be animated to depict a rotation around the clock face (e.g., by rotating about the center point of the clock face) until it resets at the 12 o&#39;clock position. This signals to the user that the seconds hand has now become the stopwatch hand. 
     Attention is now directed to the context-specific user interface shown in  FIG. 8 .  FIG. 8  shows exemplary context-specific user interfaces that may be operated on device  800 . Device  800  may be device  100 ,  300 , or  500  in some embodiments. The electronic device has a touch-sensitive display (e.g., touchscreen  504 ). 
       FIGS. 8-10  provide context-specific user interfaces that allow the user to view the passage of time while accessing a rich array of geographical, lunar, and astronomical information. For example, a user may have acquaintances all over the world and wish to know what parts of the world are in daytime or nighttime at a current time. A user may have an interest in the moon phase and wish to know what the Moon will look like tomorrow, next week, or next month. A user may have an interest in astronomy and wish to know how the planets are aligned at a particular time of interest, which could be the current day. 
     In  FIG. 8 , device  800  displays user interface screen  802  that includes first affordance  804 . First affordance  804  represents a simulation of a region of the Earth, as illuminated by the Sun at the current time. For example, first affordance  804  shows that North, Central, and South America are currently in daytime, and part of the Pacific Ocean is currently in nighttime, thus simulating a region of the Earth as illuminated by the Sun at the current time. 
     Screen  802  also displays second affordance  806 , which indicates the current time. Second affordance  806  indicates the current time (10:09) and optionally includes an indication of the day of the week (Wednesday) and the day of the month (25 th ). Screen  802  further displays moon affordance  808  and solar system affordance  810 , which are used to invoke additional context-specific user interfaces accessible from this screen that will be described in more detail below. 
     In some embodiments, the simulation of the first region of the Earth as illuminated by the Sun at the current time is a realistic rendering of the Earth at the current time. For example, the simulation of the Earth may include specific geographic features. In some embodiments, the simulation of the Earth is updated to reflect weather patterns at the current time (e.g., by depicting cloud cover or other weather phenomena such as a tropical storm). The device may update the Earth to reflect global-scale by obtaining data from a weather service or external server, such as The Weather Channel, Accuweather, The National Weather Service, Yahoo!™ Weather, Weather Underground, the United States Naval Observatory, or the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration. In some embodiments, the simulation of the first region of the Earth as illuminated by the Sun at the current time may indicate other global events, such as the real-time position of the International Space Station, which may be obtained from a service or external server such as from NASA. 
     Device  800  receives a user input (in this example, swipe  812 ), and in response to receiving the user input, device  800  rotates the simulation of the Earth to display a second region of the Earth as illuminated by the Sun at the current time. This is depicted on screen  820 , which displays first affordance  822  depicting a second region of the Earth as illuminated by the Sun at the current time, which is indicated by second affordance  824 . This feature allows the user to access additional information other than the current time from this context-specific user interface. For example, a user is able to rotate the simulation of the Earth and display which regions are currently in daytime and which regions are currently in nighttime. Tying this information to a simulation of the Earth allows the user to access complex geographical and time-related data in a manner that is instantly intuitive and comprehensible. 
     In some embodiments, the first affordance representing the simulation of the first region of the Earth as illuminated by the Sun at the current time includes a representation of a solar terminator (e.g., a day/night line at the current time). As illustrated by affordances  804  and  822 , the simulation of the Earth may include a depiction of a region of the Earth currently in daytime, a region of the Earth currently in nighttime, and/or a solar terminator dividing the two regions. 
     In some embodiments, the user input includes a swipe on the touch-sensitive display in a first swipe direction, as illustrated by swipe  812 . This allows the user to swipe the display to rotate the simulation of the Earth. In some embodiments, the direction of rotation of the Earth is the same as the swipe direction. In some embodiments, the direction of rotation of the Earth is the opposite as the swipe direction. 
     In some embodiments, the user may rotate the simulation of the Earth in more than one direction using swipes in different directions. For example, a swipe in one direction may cause the representation of the Earth to rotate in one direction, and a swipe in an opposite or otherwise different direction may cause the representation of the Earth to rotate in an opposite direction. This allows the user to swipe in different directions to direct the rotation of the simulation of the Earth. 
     In some embodiments, as illustrated in  FIG. 8 , the device has a rotatable input mechanism (e.g.,  506 ). Device  800  receives user input representing a movement of the rotatable input mechanism (e.g., movement  830 ), and in response, device  800  updates first affordance  822  to represent a simulation of the first region of the Earth as illuminated by the Sun at a non-current time. This is shown on screen  840  with first affordance  842  and second affordance  844 . Comparing screens  820  and  840 , the simulation of the Earth has been updated (cf.  822  and  842 ) from indicating a region of the Earth at the current time (10:09, indicated by  824 ) to indicating the same region of the Earth at a non-current time (12:09, indicated by  844 ). This feature provides the user access to further geographic and time-related information by allowing the user to view the Earth, as illuminated by the Sun, at various times throughout the day. 
     In some embodiments, the device has a location sensor (e.g., GPS sensor  532  and/or GPS module  135 ), and before displaying the user interface screen, the device obtains a current location of the electronic device from the location sensor and displays the first region of the Earth represented by the first affordance to indicate the current location of the electronic device. This allows the device to display the Earth in such a way that the current location is part of the visible portion of the simulation of the Earth, for example as a default or user-selectable state. In some embodiments, the first affordance includes a visual marking of the current location on the representation of the Earth. This allows the user to easily identify the current location on the simulation of the Earth. 
     In some embodiments, the device (e.g., device  800 ) visually marks the current location of the device on the representation of the Earth (e.g., by displaying a symbol at the appropriate location on the representation of the Earth and/or text indicating the current location). In some embodiments, this visual marking may be transitory, e.g., the visual marking may be displayed briefly and then disappear or fade out. In some embodiments, while the user is at the current location, the device does not repeat the visual marking of the current location. However, if the user changes locations, the first time the user looks at the display after changing location, the device will visually mark the new current location on the representation of the Earth as set forth above. In some embodiments, the device detects a user movement of the device (e.g., a movement of the device such as raising of the user&#39;s wrist, if the device is wearable, or other movement indicative that the user is viewing the display) and in response obtains a current location of the electronic device from the location sensor. The device may then determine whether the current location is the same as the location of the device at the last user movement of the device. In accordance with a determination that the current location has changed since the last user movement of the device, the device may visually mark the current location on the representation of the Earth. 
     In some embodiments, the device visually marks a location (e.g., a current location) corresponding to the location of a contact (e.g., the location of the contact&#39;s electronic device) on the representation of the Earth (e.g., by displaying a symbol at the appropriate location on the representation of the Earth and/or text indicating the contact&#39;s location). The contact may be stored, e.g., on the device or on an external device that is coupled to the device via wireless communication (e.g., Wi-Fi, Bluetooth™, near field communication (“NFC”), or any of the other cellular and/or other wireless communication techniques described herein). In some embodiments, the contact may be a contact associated with a user that has agreed to provide their location data to the user of device  800 , such as through a Find My Friends application, and data indicating the location of the contact&#39;s electronic device may be provided through a server, which may provide the location of the contacts stored on device  800 . This provides the user of device  800  a quick visual reference to alert them to the current location of a contact. In some embodiments, the user may further input the travel information for a contact (e.g., flight data for a contact traveling by air, train data, cruise or boat data, etc.). The device may obtain data representing the current or predicted location of the contact (provided, e.g., by an airline&#39;s server in the example of flight data) and update the visual marking of the contact&#39;s location based on the obtained data. 
     In some embodiments, the device detects a user movement of the device (e.g., a movement of the device such as raising of the user&#39;s wrist, if the device is wearable, or other movement indicative that the user is viewing the display). In response to detecting the movement, the device animates the first affordance representing the simulation of the Earth by translating the first affordance on-screen towards the center of the displayed user interface screen. For example, upon detecting a user movement, the device animates the simulation of the Earth to rotate in from a side or edge of the display to the center of the display. 
     In some embodiments, the device displays on the user interface screen a third affordance representing a moon (as depicted by affordances  808 ,  826 , and  846 ). In some embodiments, the third affordance may be a graphical or stylized representation of a moon such as an icon, symbol, or a text indicating a moon. In some embodiments, the third affordance may be a realistic rendering of the Moon as seen from the Earth at the current time with actual lunar features depicted. 
     The device detects a contact on the displayed third affordance, and in response to detecting the contact, the device updates the display of the user interface screen by displaying a fourth affordance representing a simulation of the Moon as seen from the Earth at the current time and a fifth affordance indicating the current time. In some embodiments, updating the display of the user interface screen includes animating the first affordance representing the simulation of the first region of the Earth as illuminated by the Sun by zooming out. This animation allows the user to recognize that the astronomical scale and/or perspective has changed. 
     This transitions the user interface from providing information about the current time within the current day using a simulation of the Earth to providing information about the current time within the current month using a simulation of the Moon. Whereas the context-specific user interface described in reference to  FIG. 8  provides the user worldwide, customizable geographical information about day/night conditions, a context-specific user interface that provides the user customizable information about moon phases and other lunar features is illustrated in  FIG. 9 . 
       FIG. 9  shows exemplary context-specific user interfaces that may be operated on device  900 . Device  900  may be device  100 ,  300 , or  500  in some embodiments. The electronic device has a touch-sensitive display (e.g., touchscreen  504 ). 
     As described above, device  900  is device  800  with an updated display. Device  900  is displaying screen  902 , which includes affordance  904 . Affordance  904  represents a simulation of the Moon as seen from the Earth at the current time (e.g., the current moon phase). In some embodiments, fourth affordance  904  is a realistic rendering of the Moon as seen from the Earth at the current time with actual lunar features depicted. As shown by fourth affordance  904 , the current moon phase is a waning crescent moon. Although  FIG. 9  shows a stylized crescent moon for the representation of the Moon, this is a schematic for illustrative purposes only. Fourth affordance  904  may depict a realistic rendering of the Moon, similar to how the Moon actually appears in the night sky. Screen  904  also includes fifth affordance  906 , which illustrates the current time by showing the current date, day of the week, and month. In some embodiments,  906  indicates the current time of the day. 
     Device  900  receives a user input (e.g., movement  912  of the rotatable input mechanism), and in response to receiving the user input, the device rotates the simulation of the Moon to display the Moon as seen from the Earth at a non-current time, as shown on screen  920  by affordance  922 , which represents the Moon at a non-current time, which is indicated by updated fifth affordance  924 . A non-current time may be within the current month or in a different month. 
     This is somewhat analogous to the user interaction with the simulation of the Earth described for  FIG. 8 . The context-specific user interface exemplified in  FIG. 9  allows the user to access information about the appearance of the Moon (e.g., Moon phase, or which regions of the Moon may be visible from Earth) at various times. In some embodiments, the size of the displayed simulation of the Moon may be representative of the relative distance between the Earth and the Moon at the depicted current or non-current time, or it may be representative of the visual size of the Moon at the depicted current or non-current time as perceived from Earth. The device may obtain such information from, e.g., a service or external server such as from NASA. 
     In some embodiments, a user may rotate the representation of the Moon and view corresponding times by swiping the touch-sensitive display. In some embodiments, the user input may include a swipe on the touch-sensitive display in a first swipe direction. In some embodiments, in response to receiving the user input, the simulation of the Moon as seen from the Earth is rotated in a first direction of rotation. In some embodiments, the first direction of rotation may be based at least in part on the first swipe direction. As used herein, a rotation of the Moon may include a rotation of the Moon on its axis to depict a different region of the Moon (e.g., a region of the Moon not visible from the Earth) and/or updating the appearance of the Moon as viewed from Earth at a particular time of interest, based on a rotation of the relative positions of the Moon, Earth, and Sun (e.g., updating the displayed lunar phase). 
     In some embodiments, the device receives a second user input, and in response to receiving the second user input, the device rotates the simulation of the Moon as seen from the Earth in a second direction of rotation that is different from the first direction. This user input could include, e.g., a swipe on the touch-sensitive display in a second swipe direction that is different from the first swipe direction. 
     This allows the user to direct both the direction of rotation of the Moon, and the time indicated by the fifth affordance, in response to swiping. For example, the user may swipe in one direction to rotate the Moon in a specific direction and view the Moon at later times in the month, and the user may swipe in another direction to rotate the Moon in an opposite direction and view the Moon at earlier times in the month. 
     In some embodiments, as shown in  FIG. 9 , a user may rotate the representation of the Moon and view corresponding times by rotating a rotatable input mechanism. Thus, in some embodiments, the device has a rotatable input mechanism (e.g.,  506 ), and the user input may include a movement of the rotatable input mechanism in a first direction of rotation (e.g., rotation  912 ). In some embodiments, in response to receiving the user input, the simulation of the Moon as seen from the Earth is rotated in a first direction of rotation. In some embodiments, the first direction of rotation may be based at least in part on the direction of movement of the rotatable input mechanism. 
     In some embodiments, the device receives a second user input, and in response to receiving the second user input, the device rotates the simulation of the Moon as seen from the Earth in a second direction of rotation that is different from the first direction. This user input could include, e.g., a movement of the rotatable input mechanism in a second direction of rotation that is different from the first direction of rotation. 
     This allows the user to direct both the direction of rotation of the Moon, and the time indicated by the fifth affordance, in response to rotating the rotatable input mechanism. For example, the user may move the rotatable input mechanism in one direction to rotate the Moon in a specific direction and view the Moon at later times in the month, and the user may move the rotatable input mechanism in another direction to rotate the Moon in an opposite direction and view the Moon at earlier times in the month. 
     In any of the embodiments described herein, the displayed simulation of the Moon may indicate one or more additional lunar attributes, such as special moons (e.g., blue, black, or red moons, lunar eclipses, and so forth), the distance between the Moon and the Earth (as described above, e.g., for a supermoon), and/or moon wobble. In some embodiments, the additional lunar attribute(s) may be indicated by altering the appearance of the displayed simulation of the Moon (e.g., by changing the color, size, and/or tilt of the displayed simulation of the Moon). In some embodiments, the additional lunar attribute(s) may be indicated by text. In some embodiments, the additional lunar attribute(s) may correspond to the current lunar attribute(s). In some embodiments, the additional lunar attribute(s) may correspond to the lunar attribute(s) at the currently displayed date (e.g., if the user has rotated the Moon to view the Moon at earlier or later times in the month, as described above). For example, in some embodiments, while the simulation of the Moon is being rotated to depict the Moon at different times of the month or year, the simulation of the Moon may be updated to reflect one or more additional lunar attributes at the time currently indicated by the displayed simulation of the Moon. 
     In some embodiments, the device may display additional lunar information in response to a user input. The additional lunar information may be displayed, e.g., as part of screen  902  or  920 , or on a user interface screen that replaces screen  902  or  920  (such as a lunar information application). Additional lunar information may include without limitation the name of the lunar phase, the distance from the Earth to the Moon, the time of moonrise and/or moonset (e.g., on the current day and/or at the user&#39;s current location), and the like. In some embodiments, the additional lunar information may correspond to the current lunar information (e.g., the current lunar phase, distance to the Moon, time of moonset/moonrise, etc.). In some embodiments, the additional lunar information may correspond to the lunar information of the currently displayed date, e.g., if the user has rotated the Moon to view the Moon at earlier or later times in the month, as described above. 
     For example, in some embodiments, the device may detect a user input (e.g., a user double tap on the touch-sensitive display, including a first contact on the touch-sensitive display and a second contact on the touch-sensitive display). In the exemplary embodiment and in response to the user double tap, the device may determine whether the first contact and the second contact were received within a predetermined interval. In response to detecting the user double tap, and in accordance with the determination that the first contact and the second contact were received within the predetermined interval, the device may display additional lunar information. 
     In some embodiments, the user interface screen, after updating the display to show the simulation of the Moon, displays an affordance indicating an earth (e.g.,  910  or  928 ). Upon contacting the earth affordance, the user may return to the context-specific user interface described in reference to  FIG. 8 . In some embodiments, the earth affordance may be a graphical or stylized representation of an earth such as an icon, symbol, or a text indicating an earth. In some embodiments, the earth affordance may be a realistic rendering of the Earth. 
     In some embodiments, device  900  displays on the user interface screen a sixth affordance representing a solar system (as depicted by affordances  810 ,  828 ,  848 ,  908 , and  926 ). In some embodiments, the sixth affordance may be a graphical or stylized representation of a solar system such as an icon, symbol, or a text indicating a solar system. In some embodiments, the sixth affordance may be a realistic rendering of the solar system. 
     Device  900  detects a contact on the displayed sixth affordance, and in response to detecting the contact, the device updates the display of the user interface screen by displaying a seventh affordance with representations of the Sun, the Earth, and one or more non-Earth planets at their respective positions at the current time and an eighth affordance indicating the current time. In some embodiments, updating the display of the user interface screen includes animating the first affordance representing the simulation of the first region of the Earth as illuminated by the Sun or animating the fourth affordance representing a simulation of the Moon as seen from the Earth by zooming out. This animation allows the user to recognize that the astronomical scale and/or perspective has changed. 
     This transitions the user from viewing information about the current time within the current month using a simulation of the Moon to viewing information about the current time within the current year using a simulation of the solar system. Whereas the context-specific user interface described in reference to  FIG. 9  provides the user customizable information about lunar conditions, a context-specific user interface that provides the user customizable information about the solar system and relative positions of the Earth and other planet(s) is illustrated in  FIG. 10 . 
       FIG. 10  shows exemplary context-specific user interfaces that may be operated on device  1000 . Device  1000  may be device  100 ,  300 , or  500  in some embodiments. The electronic device has a touch-sensitive display (e.g., touchscreen  504 ). 
     As described above, device  1000  is device  800  and/or device  900  with an updated display. Device  1000  displays screen  1002 , which includes seventh affordance  1004 . Seventh affordance  1004  includes representation of the Sun  1006 , representation of the Earth  1008 , and representations of Mercury, Venus, and Saturn (e.g., Saturn is depicted by planet  1010 ).  1006 ,  1008 , and  1010  are depicted at their respective positions at the current date (in this example, May 25, 2014), indicated by eighth affordance  1012 . In some embodiments, eighth affordance  1012  also indicates the current time of day. 
     Optionally, in some embodiments, the solar system depicts all 8 planets. In some embodiments, the solar system depicts the four inner planets. In some embodiments, the solar system depicts other astronomical features, such as an asteroid or asteroid belt, one or more moons of one or more planets (e.g., the Moon), a manmade satellite or other space probe, a comet, Pluto, and so forth. 
     Device  1000  receives a seventh user input (e.g., movement  1018  of the rotatable input mechanism). In response, device  1000  updates the seventh affordance to depict respective positions of the Sun, the Earth, and the one or more non-Earth planets for a non-current date. This is depicted by seventh affordance  1022  on screen  1020 . Seventh affordance  1022  includes representation of the Sun  1024 , representation of the Earth  1026 , and representations of Mercury, Venus, and Saturn (e.g., Saturn is depicted by planet  1028 ) at their respective positions at the non-current date, which is Nov. 25, 2014, as depicted by eighth affordance  1030 . In some embodiments, eighth affordance  1030  also indicates the current time of day. 
     This context-specific user interface allows the user to access information about the relative positions of the Earth and one or more non-Earth planets at a non-current date, which may be within the current year or in a different year. In some embodiments, the Sun, the Earth, and the one or more non-Earth planets are depicted as realistic renderings. In some embodiments, the Sun, the Earth, and the one or more non-Earth planets are depicted as stylized or symbolic renderings. 
     In some embodiments, a user may rotate the representation of the solar system by swiping on the touch-sensitive display. Thus, in some embodiments, the user input may include a swipe on the touch-sensitive display. In some embodiments, in response to detecting a swipe, the Earth and the one or more non-Earth planets are rotated about the Sun in a first direction of rotation. In some embodiments, the first direction of rotation may be based at least in part on the first swipe direction. 
     In some embodiments, in response to detecting a swipe on the touch-sensitive display in a different direction, the device rotates the Earth and the one or more non-Earth planets about the Sun in a second direction of rotation that is different from the first direction. This allows the user to direct both the direction of rotation of the Earth and the one or more non-Earth planets, and the time indicated by the eighth affordance, in response to swiping. For example, the user may swipe in one direction to rotate the Earth and the one or more non-Earth planets in a specific direction and view the Earth and the one or more non-Earth planets at later dates during the year (or in a different year), and the user may swipe in another direction to rotate the Earth and the one or more non-Earth planets in an opposite direction and view the Earth and the one or more non-Earth planets at earlier dates during the year (or in a different year). 
     In some embodiments, as shown in  FIG. 10 , a user may rotate the representation of the solar system by rotating a rotatable input mechanism (e.g.,  506 ). In these embodiments, the user input may include a movement of the rotatable input mechanism in a first direction of rotation (e.g., movement  1018 ). In some embodiments, in response to receiving the user input, the Earth and the one or more non-Earth planets are rotated about the Sun in a first direction of rotation. In some embodiments, the first direction of rotation may be based at least in part on the direction of movement of the rotatable input mechanism. 
     In some embodiments, the device receives a second user input, and in response to receiving the second user input, the device rotates the Earth and the one or more non-Earth planets about the Sun in a second direction of rotation that is different from the first direction. This user input could include, e.g., a movement of the rotatable input mechanism in a second direction of rotation that is different from the first direction of rotation. 
     This allows the user to direct both the direction of rotation of the Earth and the one or more non-Earth planets, and the time indicated by the eighth affordance, in response to rotating the rotatable input mechanism. For example, the user may move the rotatable input mechanism in one direction to rotate the Earth and the one or more non-Earth planets in a specific direction and view the Earth and the one or more non-Earth planets at later times in the year, and the user may move the rotatable input mechanism in another direction to rotate the Earth and the one or more non-Earth planets in an opposite direction and view the Earth and the one or more non-Earth planets at earlier times in the year. 
     In some embodiments, the representation of the Earth may further include a representation of the orbit of the Earth around the Sun. In some embodiments, the representation of the one or more non-Earth planets may further include a representation of the orbit of the one or more non-Earth planets around the Sun. The representation of an orbit may be a graphical representation, such as a line or ring. In some embodiments, the representation of the orbit may be stylized. In some embodiments, the representation of the orbit may be based on the actual dimensions of the planet&#39;s orbit around the Sun. 
     In some embodiments, the user may contact the touch-sensitive display at a location associated with the representation of the Earth or the one or more non-Earth planets. For example, the contact may be at or near the displayed representation of the planet itself, or the contact may be at or near the displayed representation of the planet&#39;s orbit. In some embodiments, the device may determine the selected planet based on a determination of the displayed representation of a planet or the displayed representation of a planet&#39;s orbit nearest to the location of the contact. In some embodiments, the contact may be a press and hold-type contact on the display. Upon detecting the contact, the device may visually distinguish the representation of the selected planet and/or the representation of the selected planet&#39;s orbit (e.g., by altering the color and/or brightness of the displayed planet and/or orbit, by displaying an outline or other visual demarcation of the planet and/or orbit, by animation the planet and/or orbit, etc.). In some embodiments, while continuing to receive the contact, the device may determine whether the duration of the contact exceeds a predetermined threshold and, in accordance with a determination that the contact exceeds the predetermined threshold, the device may visually distinguish the representation of the selected planet and/or the representation of the selected planet&#39;s orbit. When the user lets go of the contact, the device may display information about the selected planet. Such information may include, without limitation, the size of the planet, the distance (e.g., current distance, average distance, etc.) between the planet and the Sun, the distance (e.g., current distance, average distance, etc.) between the planet and the Earth (if the selected planet is not the Earth), a time and/or location in the sky when the planet will be visible from the Earth (if the selected planet is not the Earth), a temperature on the surface of the planet, the number of moons orbiting the planet, the number and/or identity of any spacecraft currently orbiting or near the planet, a description of the planet (e.g., whether the planet is terrestrial or gas, the date of discovery of the planet, information about the planet&#39;s name, and the like), a time (past, present, or future) of a particular alignment of the planet with another object in the solar system, and so forth. 
     After viewing the information about the planet, the user may wish to dismiss the information or view information about another planet. In some embodiments, the user may tap to dismiss the information or swipe to select another planet. For example, a swipe in a first direction may select the next planet whose orbit is farther from the Sun, relative to the previous planet, and a swipe in the opposite direction may select the next planet whose orbit is nearer to the sun, relative to the previous planet. In some embodiments, after displaying the information about the Earth or the one or more non-Earth planets associated with the contact, the device may receive a user input and determine whether the user input represents a tap or a swipe on the touch-sensitive display (e.g., by using contact/motion module  130  to detect the user gesture). In accordance with a determination that the user input represents a tap, the device may remove the displayed information about the planet. In accordance with a determination that the user input represents a swipe, the device may replace the displayed information about the planet with information about a second planet different from the first planet (e.g., a planet not associated with the user contact). 
     In some embodiments, the user interface screen, after updating the display to show the simulation of the solar system, displays an affordance indicating a moon (e.g.,  1016  or  1034 ) and/or an affordance indicating an earth (e.g.,  1014  or  1032 ). In some embodiments, the moon and/or the earth affordance may be a graphical or stylized representation of an earth or moon such as an icon, symbol, or a text. In some embodiments, the moon and/or the earth affordance may be a realistic rendering of the Moon or the Earth. Upon contacting the earth affordance, the user may return to the context-specific user interface described in reference to  FIG. 8 . Upon contacting the moon affordance, the user may return to the context-specific user interface described in reference to  FIG. 9 . 
     In some embodiments of any of the context specific-user interfaces illustrated in  FIGS. 8-10 , a user may move (e.g., rotate) a rotatable input mechanism to scroll a displayed indication of time forward or backward in time. It is to be appreciated that such a feature may be applied to any of the context-specific user interfaces described herein; however, for ease of explanation, this feature may be described in reference to  FIGS. 8-10 . Any model for mapping a movement of a rotatable input mechanism to the distance or speed of scrolling may be used, such as those described in U.S. patent application Ser. No. 14/476,700, “Crown Input for a Wearable Electronic Device,” filed Sep. 3, 2014, which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety. For example, acceleration, velocity, or the like may be used to determine the amount of speed of scaling of the displayed indication of time. 
     In some embodiments, a user may move the rotatable input mechanism to scroll the indication(s) of time displayed on screen  802 ,  820 , and/or  840 . In response to detecting the movement of the rotatable input mechanism (e.g., movement  830 ), the device may update the displayed representation of the Earth, for example by simulating a rotation of the Earth, to display the Earth as illuminated by the Sun at a different time of day (compare  822  and  842 ). In some embodiments, the device may update the displayed indication of time to show a different time (compare  824  and  844 ). Similarly, as shown in  FIG. 9 , in response to detecting the movement of the rotatable input mechanism (e.g., movement  912 ), the device may update the displayed simulation of the Moon to display a different moon phase at a different time of month (compare, e.g.,  904  and  922 ), and/or update the displayed indication of time to show a different time (compare, e.g.,  906  and  924 ). Similarly, as shown in  FIG. 10 , in response to detecting the movement of the rotatable input mechanism (e.g., movement  1018 ), the device may update the displayed positions of the Earth and the one or more non-Earth planets to display different positions relative to the Sun at different times of year (compare, e.g.,  1008  and  1010  to  1026  and  1028 ), and/or update the displayed indication of time to show a different time (compare, e.g.,  1012  and  1030 ). In some embodiments, the representations of the Earth, the Moon, and/or the positions of the Earth and the one or more non-Earth planets may be rotated in a direction based on the direction of movement of the rotatable input mechanism. In some embodiments, the representations of the Earth, the Moon, and/or the positions of the Earth and the one or more non-Earth planets may be rotated at a rate based on the rate and/or amount of movement of the rotatable input mechanism, e.g., according to any of the models referenced above. It is to be appreciated that, depending on the displayed context-specific user interface, movement of the rotatable input mechanism may cause the displayed indication of time to be updated at different timescales. For example, the same degree and/or rate of rotation may cause the context-specific user interface shown in  FIG. 8  to update by an hour, whereas the context-specific user interface shown in  FIG. 9  may update by a day or week, or the context-specific user interface shown in  FIG. 10  may update by a month or year. 
     In some embodiments of any of the context specific-user interfaces illustrated in  FIGS. 8-10 , the device may indicate other global or astronomical features or objects, such as the real-time position of the International Space Station, as described above. In some embodiments, a user may tap on the display (e.g., at a location corresponding to space), and in response to detecting the tap, the device may provide further information on other global or astronomical features or objects, e.g., the number of people currently in space, the number and/or name(s) of spacecraft currently in space, etc. 
       FIG. 11A  shows exemplary context-specific user interfaces that may be operated on device  1100 . Device  1100  may be device  100 ,  300 , or  500  in some embodiments. The electronic device has a touch-sensitive display (e.g., touchscreen  504 ). 
     A user may wish to view the time of day in the context of daytime and nighttime hours. For example, a user may wish to know the time of dawn or dusk, or access a simple, visual indication of how much time is left before sunset. 
     As shown in  FIG. 11A , device  1100  displays user interface screen  1102 . User interface screen  1102  has two portions: first portion  1104  indicating daytime, and second portion  1106  indicating nighttime. Screen  1102  also displays a user interface object representing a sinusoidal wave  1108 . Sinusoidal wave  1108  may represent the general appearance of a sinusoidal wave without mathematical accuracy or precision. Importantly, however, sinusoidal wave  1108  has a period of approximately a day and indicates the path of the Sun through the day. As shown in  FIG. 11A , the troughs of  1108  represent solar midnight (corresponding to two solar midnights 24 hours apart), and the peak of  1108  represents solar noon for the day. Also displayed on screen  1102  is first affordance  1110 , which is displayed at a position along sinusoidal wave  1108  at a position that indicates the current time of day. Screen  1102  also displays horizon line  1112 , an optional feature which divides the daytime and nighttime portions of the display. As shown, horizon line  1112  intersects sinusoidal wave  1108  at two points, representing sunrise and sunset. Finally, screen  1102  displays second affordance  1114 , which indicates the current time of day. 
     Through the course of the day,  1114  displays the current time (in this example, 5:30 am), and first affordance  1110  tracks along the sinusoidal wave. When  1110  is in daytime portion  1104 , the current time is during daytime. When  1110  is in nighttime portion  1106 , the current time is in nighttime. At 5:30 am, it is just before dawn, as first affordance  1110  is still in the nighttime portion of screen  1102 . The features of this context-specific user interface provide the user a simple and intuitive way to track the current time and understand how long it is until, for example, sunset, or sunrise. In some embodiments, the affordance representing the sun appears hollow (e.g., like a ring) when at a position fully within the nighttime portion (e.g.,  1106 ) of the display, as shown by first affordance  1110 . This further reinforces to the user that it is currently before dawn. 
     For example, screen  1120  shows a second time of day and includes first affordance  1122 , sinusoidal wave  1124 , and second affordance  1126 . As indicated by second affordance  1126 , it is now sunrise at 7:00 am. The position of first affordance  1122  along wave  1124  is between the first portion and the second portion, indicating the transition from nighttime to daytime. This is further depicted on screen  1120  by positioning affordance  1122  on line  1128 , which separates the two portions of the display. This is yet further indicated by the appearance of affordance  1122  itself, which, optionally, may be half-filled when the affordance is at a position intersecting the first and second portions of the display. 
     Screen  1130  shows a third time of day and includes first affordance  1132 , sinusoidal wave  1134 , and second affordance  1136 . As indicated by second affordance  1136 , it is now 2:00 pm. The position of first affordance  1132  along wave  1134  is within the first portion of the display, indicating daytime. This is further depicted by the appearance of affordance  1132  itself, which, optionally, may be filled when the affordance is at a position fully within the first portion. 
     In some embodiments, the color of the first and/or the second portion(s) may indicate daytime (e.g., with a warm or bright color) or nighttime (e.g., with a dark or cool color). In some embodiments, the first and second portions may be the same color, which may be representative of the current light conditions. In these embodiments, the user may still be able to tell the current light conditions through the sinusoidal wave, optional horizon line, and/or optional appearance of the sun affordance (e.g., filled, half-filled, or hollow). In some embodiments, the sinusoidal wave may include two or more colors, and these colors may indicate the daytime and nighttime portions (e.g., parts of the wave in the daytime portion may be one color, and parts of the wave in the nighttime portion may be another). Moreover, the two portions may be of any shape (not limited to rectangular). For example, the daytime portion may appear as an illuminated circle that encompasses the sinusoidal wave, with the nighttime portion appearing all around the circle. 
     In some embodiments, device  1100  may have a location sensor (e.g., GPS sensor  532  and/or GPS module  135 ). In these embodiments, device  1100  may obtain a current location of the device from the location sensor and indicate daytime and nighttime hours at the current location at the current time through the ratio of the displayed first and second portions. That is to say, the size of the daytime and nighttime portions of the display may be adjusted, relative to daytime hours at the current location and date. As an illustrative example, if the current location is near the Arctic Circle during summer, the daytime portion may include all or nearly all of the screen, such that all or nearly all of the displayed sinusoidal wave is within the daytime portion. As another example, if the user were to travel latitudinally across the globe, the position of affordance  1110 ,  1122 , or  1132  (for example) would not change, but the ratio of daytime:nighttime portions and relative amount of the sinusoidal wave within each would be adjusted to reflect the current location. This provides a more realistic depiction of the time of day to the user, thus enhancing the user interface. 
     In some embodiments, the amplitude of the displayed sinusoidal wave is based on the height of the Sun relative to the horizon at the current location and current time. For example, the wave may flatten or otherwise decrease in amplitude to reflect the sun having a lower path through the sky at the location and current day (e.g., in locations more proximal to the poles in winter). 
     Attention is now directed to  FIG. 11B , which illustrates an example of this context-specific user interface that provides a user-interactable feature to view additional day/night information.  FIG. 11B  shows user interface screen  1140  that can be displayed on device  1100 . Screen  1140  includes first affordance  1142 , which represents the position of the sun at the current time along sinusoidal wave  1144 . Screen  1140  also displays second affordance  1146 , which also indicates the current time (10:09 am). Device  1100  receives a user contact at displayed first affordance  1142 , shown by touch  1148 . 
     As detected by device  1100 , the user touches first affordance  1142  and drags the affordance to a second position along the sinusoidal wave in a continuous gesture (as indicated by touch  1166 ). In response, as shown on screen  1160 , device  1100  displays first affordance  1162  at the second position along sinusoidal wave  1164 . Device  1100  also updates the second affordance  1168  to indicate a non-current time. This new time (12:09) corresponds to the time of day indicated by the second position of affordance  1162 . Thus, the user is able to view the time of day represented by any position along the sinusoidal wave by simply moving affordance  1148  and/or  1166 . 
     It is to be noted that the movement of the contact may begin and end at positions on the sinusoidal wave, but the movement itself need not precisely track the sinusoidal wave. That is, the user is not required to track the contact precisely along the sinusoidal wave. The device may simply receive a user contact at the displayed first affordance, and, while continuing to receive the user contact, detect a movement of the contact from the first position to a second position without a break in the user contact on the touch-sensitive display (e.g., the user does not lift their finger off the touch-sensitive display). 
     In response to detecting the contact at the second position, the device may translate the first affordance on-screen to the second position while tracking the sinusoidal wave. Thus, while the user contact does not need to track the sinusoidal wave, the device nonetheless translates the first affordance from the first position to the second position by tracking the first affordance along the sinusoidal wave. In some embodiments, the device may continuously update the time, as indicated by the second affordance. Alternatively, the device may update the time indicated by the second affordance when the continuous contact has come to rest at the second position. In alternative embodiment, after detecting the contact at the first position, the device may translate the first affordance on-screen to the second position on the sinusoidal wave in response to a rotation of a rotatable input mechanism. 
       FIG. 11B  illustrates optional features of this context-specific user interface. As shown on screen  1140 , in response to receiving user touch  1148  at affordance  1142 , device  1100  displays affordances  1150  and  1152 , which depict sunrise and sunset, respectively. Affordances  1150  and  1152  are displayed along wave  1144  at the two points where the wave intersects the boundary between the first portion indicating daytime and the second portion indicating nighttime. This boundary is demarcated on screen  1140  with optional horizon line  1154 . When horizon line  1154  is displayed, affordances  1150  and  1152  are displayed at the two points where line  1154  intersects wave  1144 . In some embodiments, affordances  1150  and  1152  may further include a numerical display of sunrise and sunset times, respectively, for the current day. In some embodiments, these affordances are also displayed while device  1100  receives user contact at the second position. 
     Also displayed on screen  1140  in response to receiving user touch  1148  at affordance  1142  are affordances  1156  and  1158 . Affordances  1156  and  1158  are displayed along wave  1144  at positions corresponding to dawn and dusk, respectively. In some embodiments, these affordances are also displayed while device  1100  receives user contact at the second position. These displayed affordances indicate to the user when first and last light will occur, allowing the user to visually gauge when they will occur, or how long ago they occurred, by the distance from affordance  1142 . In some embodiments, the time of dawn may be astronomical dawn, nautical dawn, or civil dawn. In some embodiments, the time of dusk may be astronomical dusk, nautical dusk, or civil dusk. 
     In some embodiments, device  1100  detects a contact at the displayed first affordance, a movement of the contact, and a break in contact. In response to detecting the break in contact, the device may translate the first affordance back to the position indicating the current time and update the second affordance to indicate the current time. This allows the user to drag the affordance to a position of interest, view the indicated time for that position, and by releasing the contact, “snap back” to the current position. 
       FIG. 11C  illustrates further optional features of this context-specific user interface. In some embodiments, particularly when the user interface screen is displayed on a reduced-size display, it may be desirable to display each of the elements as large as possible for visibility. Screen  1170  displays first affordance  1172 , sinusoidal wave  1174 , and second affordance  1176 . As shown, affordance  1176  intersects wave  1174 . When the current time reaches 2:00, as shown on screen  1180 , the position of affordance  1182  indicating 2:00 along wave  1184  intersects with the position of the second affordance. Device  1100  may determine whether the position of the first affordance intersects with the second affordance (e.g., a position that would overlap with, be obscured by, or otherwise appear close to the second affordance). In response to a determination that the affordances intersect, the device may display the second affordance at another position on the display that does not intersect. As illustrated on screen  1180 , the position of affordance  1186  is different from that of  1176 , because the relative position of  1176  on the screen would intersect with first affordance  1182 . 
     This accommodation allows the device to display a richly informative screen without visual interference between displayed elements. 
     The user may also contact the touch-sensitive display with touch  1188  on screen  1180 . This contact may be, for example, at any position on the display besides the position of the first affordance representing the sun at the current time. In response to detecting the contact, device  1100  displays screen  1190 , which includes sunrise time  1192 , sunset time  1194 , and affordance  1196 , which provides a non-textual indication of daytime and nighttime. This allows the user to access sunrise and sunset times from any user interface screen. 
     The user may also set a reminder for a time of day through this context-specific user interface. For example, if the device has a rotatable input mechanism (e.g.,  506 ), the user may rotate the rotatable input mechanism to set the reminder. In response to detecting a movement of the rotatable input mechanism, the device may translate the first affordance to a third position indicating a non-current time of day. The user may contact the first affordance displayed at the third position, and in response to detecting the contact, the device may set a user reminder for the indicated time of day. 
     For example, the device may display another affordance representing a user prompt to set an alert for the indicated time of day. The reminder could be a visual alert. In this example, the device may display a visual alert that is displayed when the time of day is approaching. Alternatively, the device may display at any time a visual affordance that shows the third position along the sinusoidal wave to help the user understand how far the indicated time of day is from the current time. In some embodiments, the user reminder could include an audio alert that audibly notifies the user when the indicated time of day has arrived or will arrive shortly. In some embodiments, the user reminder could include a haptic alert. The device may create a haptic signal to the user when the indicated time of day is approaching (e.g., using haptic feedback module  133  and tactile output generator  167 ). 
     These features allow the user to further customize this context-specific user interface. It is to be appreciated that this feature does not create a specific alert at a time and date; rather, it allows the user to set a generic alert for a time of day that is not tied to a specific date. For example, a user may notice a certain lighting effect, such as sunlight through a window in their house, and wish to set a reminder so that they can view this effect at the time of day when it occurs. Within the context of daytime/nighttime information, this allows the user to customize the user interface to include not only sunrise, sunset, dawn, dusk, and so forth, but also a time of day that they wish to designate. 
       FIG. 12A  shows exemplary context-specific user interfaces that may be operated on device  1200 . Device  1200  may be device  100 ,  300 , or  500  in some embodiments. In some embodiments, the electronic device has a touch-sensitive display (e.g., touchscreen  504 ). 
     A user may wish to view a certain background image on the user interface screen while retaining as much of the original image as possible. Therefore, it may be advantageous to provide a context-specific user interface that displays the time and/or date not simply as interface objects displayed over the image, but rather interface objects that appear to arise from the image itself, thereby maximizing the user&#39;s view of the image while still providing visible indications of the time and date. This may be particularly true if the user interface is displayed on a reduced-size display. 
     As shown in  FIG. 12A , device  1200  is displaying user interface screen  1202 , which includes background  1204 . Background  1204  is based on an image of a beach. In some embodiments, the image may be a photo. 
     As used here, consistent with its accepted meaning in the art, the phrase “background” refers to the background of a user interface screen that is visually distinguishable from text and user interface objects also displayed in the user interface screen. Basing a background on an image simply means displaying the image as a background of a displayed screen. In some cases, the image and the background may be identical. In other cases, displaying the image as a background may involve modifying one or more aspects of the image to fit on the display, such as image size, image cropping, image resolution, and so forth. 
     Screen  1202  also includes user interface objects  1206  and  1208 .  1206  indicates a date (the 23 rd ), whereas  1208  indicates a time of day (10:09). In some embodiments, the device may indicate the current date and/or the current time of day. 
     Displayed background  1204  includes a plurality of pixels. A subset of these pixels is modified in appearance relative to the image such that the subset comes to represent one or more of user interface object  1206  and user interface object  1208 . That is to say, at least one of these user interface objects is displayed by modifying the background. For example, the subset of pixels may be modified by changing color and/or intensity. 
     In some embodiments, the subset of the pixels may be modified by color blending. In some embodiments, the subset of the pixels may be modified by color blurring. In some embodiments, the subset of the pixels may be modified by applying a gradient. Importantly, these examples illustrate that the appearance of the subset of the pixels may be influenced by both the background image at the position of the user interface object(s) and the user interface object(s) themselves. This allows the user to view the image more clearly (since the user interface object(s) are not simply displayed on top of and obstructing the image), while also maintaining the legibility of the user interface object(s). 
     In some embodiments, one of user interface objects  1206  and  1208  is displayed by modifying the background, and the other is displayed independent of the background (e.g., a set color and/or intensity not produced by modifying the background pixel subset). In these embodiments, the device may receive data representing a background color at the position of the displayed user interface object (e.g.,  1206  or  1208 ), and the color of the displayed user interface object may be different from this background color (e.g., a different color and/or intensity). For example, a background color at the position of the displayed user interface object may include the most prevalent color at that position. This feature ensures that, if one of the user interface objects is a preset color, it will be displayed legibly on the background, no matter the appearance of the background. 
     In some embodiments, the image on which the background is based may be stored on device  1200 . 
     In other embodiments, the image on which the background is based may be stored on an external device that is coupled to device  1200  via wireless communication (e.g., Wi-Fi, Bluetooth™, near field communication (“NFC”), or any of the other cellular and/or other wireless communication techniques described herein). In these embodiments, before displaying screen  1202 , device  1200  may receive (via wireless communication) data representing the background from the external device. Using these data, device  1200  may then display the background. 
     Optionally, when the image is stored on an external device, device  1200  may display a background based on the current background of the external device. For example, the device may receive (via wireless communication) data representing a current background from the external device and display a user interface screen that includes a background corresponding with the current background of the external devices. The device then modifies a subset of the pixels of the background from the external device to represent one or more of a user interface object indicating a date and a user interface object indicating a time of day. In some embodiments, device  1200  may further alter the background from the external device, for example, by changing one or more of the image size, image cropping, image resolution, and the like, particularly if the external device and device  1200  have different display dimensions and/or resolutions. 
     Returning to  FIG. 12A , a user may wish to select an image from a folder of images to serve as the background. Thus, device  1200  may access a folder that includes two or more images (e.g., the images shown on screens  1202  and  1210 ), select a first image, and display a user interface screen that includes a background based on the first image (e.g., background  1204 ). As described above, this background includes a subset of pixels that are modified in appearance relative to the image to represent one or more of a user interface object indicating a date (e.g.,  1206 ) and a user interface object indicating a time (e.g.,  1208 ). 
     Optionally, as shown in  FIG. 12A , after displaying screen  1202 , device  1200  may receive data representing a user input. In response, device  1200  obtains data representing background  1204 , select a second image from the folder that is different from the first image, and display screen  1210 , which includes background  1212  based on the second image. As shown in  FIG. 12 , backgrounds  1204  and  1212  are based on different images: a beach scene and a mountain scene, respectively. This feature ensures that, when the user decides to change the displayed background, the device displays a different image, compared to the image displayed before the user input. 
     As shown on  FIG. 12A , screen  1210  also includes user interface object  1214  indicating a date and user interface object  1216  indicating a time of day. At least one of these user interface objects is displayed by modifying a subset of pixels of background  1212  at the position of the displayed user interface object(s), as described above. This subset may be modified in any of the ways described above, such as color blending, blurring, gradient, etc. In some embodiments, one of the user interface objects may be a color independent of the background, and device  1200  may modify this color to adapt to the background, as set forth above. The image on which the background is based may be stored on device  1200  or on an external device, as described above. 
     A variety of user inputs may serve as the user input to change the background. In some embodiments, the user input may be a touch on the display, a rotation of a rotatable input mechanism, a depression of a depressible and rotatable input mechanism, or a swipe on the display. In some embodiments, the user input may be a user movement of the electronic device (e.g., a movement of the device such as raising of the user&#39;s wrist, if the device is wearable, or other movement indicative that the user is viewing the display). Advantageously, this feature enables the device to display a different image each time the display is viewed, thereby providing the user with a customized display at each viewing and enhancing the user interaction with the device. As described above, a user movement of the device could be detected, for example, by using an accelerometer (e.g.,  534 ), a gyroscope (e.g.,  536 ), a motion sensor (e.g.,  538 ), and/or a combination thereof. 
     In some embodiments, the user may choose to exclude an image from the folder so that it is no longer selected as a background. In these examples, the device may receive data representing a user prohibition of an image from the folder. Such a prohibition may be received through the user interface shown in  FIG. 12A , or it may be received through the folder containing the two or more images (e.g., the folder may include a feature that allows the user to select more images, drag images into the folder, delete images from the folder, and/or prohibit an image for use as a background). In response to receiving the data, the device may prevent the display of the image as a background in response to future user input. 
     Turning now to  FIG. 12B , it may be advantageous to allow the user to alter the position of a displayed user interface object, such as a displayed time or complication. This may be particularly advantageous for a context-specific user interface that displays a background, such as a user-designated image or an image selected from a user-designated folder or album (e.g., as described in reference to  FIG. 12A ). Providing the user with a functionality for editing the position of a displayed user interface object allows the user to view the user interface object and/or the background more clearly. For example, the user can change the position of a user interface object to avoid prominent features or faces in the background, thereby improving the visibility of both the user interface object and background, which is particularly advantageous for devices with a reduced size display and/or any other devices that provide information through displayed complications. 
     As shown in  FIG. 12B , device  1200  displays user interface screen  1220 , which includes background  1224 . Background  1224  is based on an image of a beach. In some embodiments, the image may be a photo. Screen  1220  also includes user interface objects  1226  and  1228 . User interface object  1226  indicates a date (the 23 rd ), whereas user interface object  1228  indicates a time of day (10:09). In some embodiments, the device may indicate the current date and/or the current time of day. In some embodiments, in response to detecting a user input, the device may change the position of user interface objects  1226  and/or  1228 , as shown on screen  1230 . This moves them out of the way of prominent features of background  1224  (e.g., the sun), thereby providing a clearer view of  1224 ,  1226 , and  1228 . For example, any of the techniques useful for editing aspects of context-specific interfaces (e.g., as described in reference to  FIGS. 15-16G ) may be used. In some embodiments, detecting the user input may include detecting a first user input to enter an edit mode of device  1200  (e.g., a touch having a characteristic intensity above an intensity threshold, a long press, and the like), and subsequently detecting a second user input (e.g., a movement of a rotatable input mechanism, such as  506 , a swipe, tap, or other touch gesture on a touch-sensitive display, and the like) to edit the position of user interface objects  1226  and/or  1228 . In response to detecting the second user input, device  1200  edits the position of user interface objects  1226  and/or  1228 , e.g., as shown on screen  1230 . 
     In other embodiments, the system may change the position of user interface objects  1226  and/or  1228 , e.g., based on the type of context-specific user interface selected. For example, if the background image is obtained from a folder or album of saved images (e.g., as opposed to displaying a single, independently selected image as the background), the system may automatically change the position of user interface objects  1226  and/or  1228  (e.g., to avoid faces, which are likely to be displayed near the top of the display and likely to be represented in a user-designated folder or album). 
     In some embodiments, the display may further include one or more complications. In some embodiments, the position of one or more complications may automatically be shifted relative to user interface objects  1226  and/or  1228 . For example, if the position(s) of user interface objects  1226  and/or  1228  is changed, the position of the displayed complication may automatically be changed accordingly (e.g., to display the complication on the display at a position opposite user interface objects  1226  and/or  1228 ). 
       FIG. 13A  shows exemplary context-specific user interfaces that may be operated on device  1300 . Device  1300  may be device  100 ,  300 , or  500  in some embodiments. The electronic device has a touch-sensitive display (e.g., touchscreen  504 ). 
     A user may wish to view a displayed animation on an electronic device in response to an input. Because a user may look at an electronic device many times per day, particularly if the user relies on the device for timekeeping, it may be advantageous to provide the user a different experience each time the display is viewed. This keeps the user interested and engaged with the electronic device. 
     As shown in  FIG. 13A , device  1300  displays user interface screen  1302  in response to detecting user input  1304  at 10:09. Screen  1302  includes user interface object  1306 , which indicates the time, as well as user interface object  1308 , which depicts a butterfly. After displaying screen  1302 , device  1300  animates butterfly  1308  by sequentially displaying three animated sequences that are all different from each other. The first animated sequence is shown by butterfly  1308 , which depicts the butterfly opening its wings. Next, screen  1310  displays the second animated sequence, which depicts butterfly  1314  flying from right to left on the display. Note that screen  1310  also displays user interface object  1312 , which indicates the time. Finally, screen  1320  displays the third animated sequence, which depicts butterfly  1324  closing its wings. Screen  1320  again displays user interface object  1322  indicating the time. 
     Later in the day, as shown in  FIG. 13B , device  1330  detects a second user input  1332 . In response, device  1300  accesses data representing the previously displayed animated sequence (i.e., the sequence shown by butterfly  1314 ). Device  1300  displays screen  1330 . Screen  1330  includes user interface object  1334 , which indicates the time is now 2:09, and user interface object  1336 , which depicts a butterfly. 
     Device  1300  then animates butterfly  1336  by sequentially displaying three animated sequences. Butterfly  1336  on screen  1330  is animated using the same sequence as butterfly  1308  on screen  1302 , showing the butterfly opening its wings. Next, screen  1340  shows butterfly  1334 , which is animated to fly from left to right on the display. The animated sequence of butterfly  1334  is different from the animated sequence of butterfly  1314  on screen  1310  (data representing the sequence of butterfly  1314  had previously been accessed). This ensures that the user will view a different animation, as compared to the last user input. This makes the animation appear more realistic and/or engaging to the user, as this variation imparts a more random, lifelike quality to the animated user interface object. 
     Finally, screen  1350  shows butterfly  1354 , which is animated using the same sequence (a butterfly closing its wings) as butterfly  1324  on screen  1320 . Screens  1340  and  1350  also include user interface objects  1342  and  1342 , respectively, which indicate the time. 
       FIGS. 13A and 13B  show two butterflies ( 1336  and  1308 ) that are displayed in response to user inputs. Butterfly  1336  is related to  1308 , but it need not be identical. In some embodiments, user interface object  1336  may be the same as user interface object  1308 . In other embodiments, user interface object  1336  may be an object related, but not identical, user interface object  1308 . For example, these user interface objects may be animals of the same general type but with different appearances (e.g., different colors, different postures, different species, and so forth). 
     The animated user interface object may be an animal, such as a butterfly or jellyfish, or it may be a plant, like a flower. In some embodiments, it may be a non-living object, single-celled organism, cartoon, human, and so forth. This context-specific user interface is not limited by the particular animated user interface object. The animated sequences may be specific to the displayed objects. For example, a jellyfish may swim across the screen in various directions, a flower may open, close, or be blown about the wind, and so on. In some embodiments, the animated user interface object may be an emoji, e.g., that wakes up and changes facial expression or one or more facial features upon animation. 
     As illustrated by comparing butterfly  1308  to butterfly  1324 , or butterfly  1336  to butterfly  1354 , the third animated sequence may be based on a reverse of the first animated sequence. For example, if the first sequence depicts a butterfly opening its wings, the third sequence may depict a butterfly closing its wings. Since these sequences bookend the full animated sequence, this feature imparts a cohesive feel to the entire sequence. In some embodiments, the state of the user interface object at the beginning of the first animated sequence (e.g., butterfly  1308  has closed wings, which are then animated to open) corresponds with the state of the user interface object at the end of the third animated sequence (e.g., butterfly  1324  is animated to end on closed wings), thereby providing the user with the impression of one seamless animation. 
     A variety of user inputs may serve as the user input to display the screens exemplified in  FIG. 13 . In some embodiments, the user input may be a touch on the display, a rotation of a rotatable input mechanism, a depression of a depressible and rotatable input mechanism, or a swipe on the display. In some embodiments, the user input may be a user movement of the electronic device (e.g., a movement of the device such as raising of the user&#39;s wrist, if the device is wearable, or other movement indicative that the user is viewing the display). Advantageously, this feature enables the device to seemingly display a different animation each time the display is viewed. 
     In some embodiments, the user interface object displayed in response to user input may be the same after each input. In some embodiments, the user interface object could be different each time. For example, a user interface object may be reflected (e.g., about a horizontal and/or a vertical axis), flipped, and/or rotated to create a new user interface object. This is a source of variety for the displayed user interface object and the animated sequences. For example, rotating a single object horizontally, vertically, and horizontally and vertically creates four new objects, which when coupled with an animation that directs the movement of the object creates even more variations. These aspects add combinatorial possibilities which greatly increase the number of available animations for a single object, thus reducing the number of pre-programmed animated sequences. It also helps animate objects with fewer intrinsic features and/or movements, such as a jellyfish. 
     The user may also change the displayed user interface object. For example, device  1300  may detect a contact on the touch-sensitive display, and in response, device  1300  may substitute the displayed user interface object with a second user interface object. This second user interface object may be related to the first (e.g., the user could select an orange butterfly if the previous one was blue). 
     In some embodiments, as shown in  FIGS. 13A and 13B , the user interface object indicating time may be a representation of a digital clock with numerical indications of an hour and a minute (see, e.g., objects  1306 ,  1312 ,  1322 ,  1334 ,  1342 , and  1352 ). In some embodiments, the user interface object may display the current time in response to user input. 
       FIG. 14A  shows exemplary context-specific user interfaces that may be operated on device  1400 . Device  1400  may be device  100 ,  300 , or  500  in some embodiments. The electronic device has a touch-sensitive display (e.g., touchscreen  504 ). 
     A user may wish to keep time with an interactive clock face. For example, a user may wish to view an animation with each viewing of the display, or view a clock face that changes color, to keep the interaction with the device interesting. A user may wish to customize the clock face with a personalized complication, like a monogram, or a personalized widget for displaying application data. 
     As shown in  FIG. 14A , device  1400  has display  1402  turned off. In response to detecting a user movement of device  1400  (e.g., motion  1404 ), device  1400  displays an animated reveal of a clock face. On screen  1410 , device  1400  displays clock face outline  1412 , which is animated as if being filled in or drawn in a clockwise manner On screen  1420 , device  1400  displays full clock face outline  1422  and hour hand and minute hand  1424 . On screen  1430 , device  1400  displays full clock face outline  1432 , hour hand and minute hand  1434 , and hour indications  1436  and  1438  (indicating the 12 o&#39;clock and 1 o&#39;clock hours, respectively). These hour indications are progressively displayed in a clockwise direction, as shown by comparing screens  1430  and  1440 . 
     On screen  1440 , device  1400  displays clock face outline  1442 , hour and minute hand  1444 , and twelve hour indications, as represented by 12 o&#39;clock indication  1446 . On screen  1450 , device  1400  displays clock face outline  1452 , hour and minute hand  1454 , twelve hour indications (as represented by 12 o&#39;clock indication  1456 ), minute indications  1458 , and monogram  1460 , which is described in greater detail below. Therefore, as exemplified in  FIG. 14 , the clock face is animated to progressively reveal its features. 
     Two types of hour indications are depicted in  FIG. 14A : numerical hour indications (e.g., 3, 6, 9, and 12, as indicated by hour indications  1436 ,  1446 , and  1456 ) and symbolic hour indications (e.g., the tick marks displayed between the numerical indications on screens  1440  and  1450 ). Either type of indication may be used, alone or in combination. Any type of symbol may be used as an hour indications; the position around the clock face, rather than the symbol itself, conveys to the user which hour is indicated. The numbers of hour indications and/or minute indications (or lack thereof) may further be customized by the user, which will be explained in greater detail below. 
       FIG. 14A  shows that one or more hour indications may be progressively displayed in a clockwise manner (e.g., they may appear sequentially in a clockwise direction, as depicted on screens  1430  and  1440 ). Similarly, the clock outline may optionally appear in a clockwise direction. This helps to orient the user. Optionally, the minute indications may appear progressively in a clockwise manner The hour hand and the minute hand (and, optionally, a seconds hand) may be animated as well, such as radially (e.g., starting from the center of the clock face and appearing to extend outward towards the outline). In some embodiments, the hour and minute hand appear first, followed by the hour indications, then the minute indications. In some embodiments, the clock face shows current time. 
     In some embodiments, the clock face may include a color. Features such as the background of the clock face, clock face outline, seconds hand, hour indication(s), minute indication(s), hour hand, minute hand, and so forth may be displayed in any color. In some embodiments, device  1400  updates a color displayed on the clock face over time by continuously changing the color, so that the user perceives time passing through color change. This color may be, e.g., a background color, the color of the clock face itself, and/or the color of the seconds hand (e.g., the entire seconds hand, or a portion of the seconds hand, such as a pointer, dot, or other optional feature). As an illustrative example, the color may cycle through a gradient of colors, with the full cycle lasting a minute, an hour, a day, etc. 
     In some embodiments, device  1400  may detect a user movement of the device. As described above, a user movement of the device could be detected, for example, by using an accelerometer (e.g.,  534 ), a gyroscope (e.g.,  536 ), a motion sensor (e.g.,  538 ), and/or a combination thereof. A user movement of the electronic device could include movements such as a movement of the device such as raising of the user&#39;s wrist, if the device is wearable, or other movement indicative that the user is viewing the display. In response to detecting the user movement, device  1400  may display a different color (e.g., a background color, the color of the clock face itself, and/or the color of the seconds hand). In some embodiments, this feature may be used to allow the user to change a static color displayed on the clock face. In other embodiments, this feature may be used to allow the user to change a continuously changing color, as exemplified above. 
     In some embodiments, device  1400  may display a complication on the clock face (e.g., within the clock face itself, or adjacent to the clock face on the display). As used here, consistent with its accepted meaning in art, a complication refers to any clock face feature other than those used to indicate the hours and minutes of a time (e.g., clock hands or hour/minute indications). For example, an affordance may be displayed as a clock face. As will be described in greater detail below, the affordance may represent an application, and in response to detecting a contact on the affordance, device  1400  may launch the application represented by the affordance. 
     Returning now to  FIG. 14A , in some embodiments, a monogram may be displayed as a complication. Screen  1450  shows monogram affordance  1460  displayed as a clock face complication. Device  1400  may receive data representing a name, and in response to receiving the data, generate a monogram and display the monogram as affordance  1460  (in this example, “MJ”). Device  1400  may receive this data from one or more sources, such as a saved contact entry, a V-card, an image containing a monogram (e.g., an image taken or uploaded by a user), and so forth. In some embodiments, device  1400  has a user interface for monogram editing, which may be a feature of the user interface described in FIG. 14 , a separate user interface on device  1400 , or a user interface on an external device in wireless communication with device  1400 . It is to be appreciated that these aspects (e.g., complications, monograms, and/or colors) may also be applied to any of the other context-specific user interfaces described herein. These features provide customizable elements a user may wish to include to personalize one or more clock faces, thereby improving the user interface by enhancing user interactability. 
       FIG. 14B  shows exemplary user interface screen  14602  that device  14000  can display on its display. In some embodiments, device  14000  may be one or more of devices  100  ( FIG. 1 ),  300  ( FIG. 3 ), and/or  500  ( FIG. 5 ). The electronic device has a touch-sensitive display (e.g., touchscreen  504 ). 
     Users rely on personal electronic devices to keep time throughout the day. It is becoming increasingly desirable to present the user with interactive user interfaces that promote user interaction with a personal electronic device. Indicating the time through a character-based user interface may enhance a user&#39;s interaction with the device. Increasing the level of interactivity of a character and improving the impression of natural motion displayed by a character improve the character&#39;s lifelike appearance, thereby enhancing and prolonging user interactions with the device. Enabling the character-based interface to not only keep time, but also provide information related to other events, further enhances user interactions with the device by conveying a more lifelike and interactive character-based user interface. 
     Accordingly, provided herein are context-specific user interfaces that include a character user interface object. A user may wish for such character-based user interface objects to adopt a more natural and lifelike appearance. Further, a user may wish for the character-based user interface object to act in a more dynamic manner, to interact with the user, and/or to provide event-related information to a user. 
     Device  14000  may display a character user interface object such as character user interface object  14604  on the display. Character user interface object  14604  has representations of limbs  14606  and  14608 . As shown on user interface screen  14602 , character user interface object  14604  may indicate a time, for example 7:50, through the positions of limbs  14606  and  14608 . 
     A character user interface object may include any representation of a character, for example a human or anthropomorphized character. In some embodiments, a character may be a cartoon figure. In some embodiments, a character may be a realistic figure. In some embodiments, a character may be a human, animal, plant, other organism, or other object. In some embodiments a character may be a popularized character, such as a cartoon character. 
     Character user interface object  14604  may indicate time by indicating an hour with a first limb (e.g., limb  14606 ) and by indicating a minute with a second limb (e.g., limb  14608 ). In some embodiments, the character user interface object may be a static image that is updatable for different times. In some embodiments, the character user interface object may be animated and may depict movement. For example, the character user interface object may be animated to represent blinking of eyes, shifting its weight, and/or changing an expression (e.g., facial expression). 
     As described herein, a character user interface object may indicate a time through varying degrees of precision. As shown in  FIG. 14B , a user interface screen may include one or more numerical indications of time values, i.e., numbers that indicate hour, minute, or second values on a clock face. However, since users are accustomed to perceiving clock faces, numerical indications of time values are optional, since the relative positioning of two objects resembling the hands of a clock may indicate an approximate time even without such numerical indications. 
     Any of the user interface screens described herein may further include one or more complications, such as indications of a date, a stopwatch, a chronograph, an alarm, and the like. 
     In addition, limbs of a character user interface object may indicate time to a user in various ways. For example, a limb (e.g., an arm or a leg) may indicate a time by its relative position on the display, or by “pointing” to a position on the display along a vector. A limb may also indicate a time by displaying an indicator of direction, such as a representation of a finger that indicates a position on the display corresponding to a time, either through its relative position or by pointing along a vector, as described above. A limb need not be precise in indicating a time. 
     Device  14000  may update the character user interface object to indicate a second time by reversing the roles of the first and second limbs, i.e., by indicating a second hour with the second limb and a second minute with the first limb. For example,  FIG. 14B  shows user interface screen  14610  that device  14000  may display. User interface screen  14610  includes character user interface object  14612 . Character user interface object  14612  may be the same character user interface object as character user interface object  14604  but representing a different time. 
     As shown on user interface screen  14610 , character user interface object  14612  is indicating a time, for example 8:20, through the positions of limbs  14614  and  14616 . Comparing character user interface object  14604  and  14612 , both have a first limb (limb  14606  and limb  14614 , respectively) and a second limb (limb  14608  and limb  14616 , respectively). However, character user interface object  14604 &#39;s first limb (limb  14606 ) is indicating an hour, whereas character user interface object  14612 &#39;s first limb (limb  14614 ) is indicating a minute. Similarly, character user interface object  14604 &#39;s second limb (limb  14608 ) is indicating a minute, whereas character user interface object  14612 &#39;s second limb (limb  14616 ) is indicating an hour. 
     In some embodiments, device  14000  may update the user interface object to indicate a second time by extending the first limb and retracting the second limb. As a user may be accustomed to a standard clock face, wherein the hour hand is shorter than the minute hand, altering the extension and/or retraction of the limbs when reversing their roles may make it easier for the user to keep track of the indicated times. 
     Allowing a character user interface object to indicate time using limbs with reversible roles increases the flexibility for displaying the character user interface object by allowing the character to maintain a natural appearance at all times. Otherwise, if the roles of the limbs were fixed, the character might contort in an awkward way at certain times of day, for example, between 12:30 and 12:40. Enabling the character to switch roles of the limbs affords more options for character postures and positions that may represent a more natural appearance, thereby enhancing the user&#39;s interactions with the device by portraying a more lifelike character user interface object. 
     Turning now to  FIG. 14C , a user may wish to interact with a more natural-looking character user interface object. If a character user interface object indicates time with a limb that is always moving from a fixed position or role, this diminishes the natural appearance of the character because the range of motions and/or postures for the character is restricted. This can lead awkward postures and/or monotonous character appearance. A limb may indicate time via animations representing free movement from both endpoints of the limb, rather than a representation of rotation about an axis whereby one endpoint is always fixed, making the character user interface object appear more natural at different times of day. 
     It is understood that descriptions of mechanical motions (e.g., limb motion) used herein encompass displaying representations or simulations of mechanical motion. 
       FIG. 14C  shows exemplary user interface screen  14702  that device  14000  can display on its display. In some embodiments, device  14000  may be one or more of devices  100  ( FIG. 1 ),  300  ( FIG. 3 ), and/or  500  ( FIG. 5 ). 
     Device  14000  may display a character user interface object such as character user interface object  14704  on the display. Character user interface object  14704  has a representation of a limb  14706 . As shown on user interface screen  14702 , character user interface object  14704  may indicate a time, for example an hour such as  12 , through the position of limb  14706 . In some embodiments, the character user interface object may be a static image that is updatable for different times. In some embodiments, the character user interface object may be animated and may depict movement. 
     Limb  14706  has a first endpoint  14708  at a first position that serves as a representation of an axis of rotation for limb  14706 . That is, the position of limb  14706  may be displayed or animated so as to represent rotation about endpoint  14708  to display different times of day. Limb  14706  also has a second endpoint  14710  at a second position that indicates a time value. In some embodiments, a time value may be an hour, a minute, and/or a second. 
     Device  14000  may update character user interface object  14704  to indicate a second time value by moving first endpoint  14708  to a third position, and moving second endpoint  14710  to a fourth position to indicate a second time value. Importantly, while first endpoint  14708  serves as an axis of rotation for limb  14706 , first endpoint  14708  itself may also move to indicate time. Therefore, limb  14706  is able to adopt more natural postures because its positioning is afforded more flexibility. This enhances the lifelike appearance of the character. 
     As an example, user interface screen  14720  shows character user interface object  14722  with limb  14724  having first endpoint  14726  and second endpoint  14728 . Character user interface object  14722  may be an updated display of character user interface object  14704 . Comparing user interface screens  14702  and  14720 , in particular limb  14706  and limb  14724 , the position of the first endpoint has been updated, as reflected by the positions of first endpoints  14708  and  14726 . First endpoint  14726  is at the third position, and second endpoint  14728  is at a fourth position to indicate the second time. As shown on user interface screens  14702  and  14720 , limb  14706  has been updated to limb  14724  by (i) moving the position of first endpoint and (ii) rotating the limb at the axis of rotation. 
     In some embodiments, a character user interface object may include a representation of a second limb, such as second limb  14712 . Like the first limb, second limb  14712  also has a first endpoint  14714  that is an axis of rotation for second limb  14712  and a second endpoint  14716 . The position of second endpoint  14716  may indicate a third time value. For example, limb  14706  may indicate an hour value and limb  14712  may indicate a minute value. Device  14000  may update character user interface object  14704  to indicate a fourth time value by moving first endpoint  14714  of the second limb  14712  to a third position, and by moving second endpoint  14716  to a fourth position to indicate a second time value. This is depicted on user interface screen  14720 , which depicts second limb  14730  with first endpoint  14732  at the third position and second endpoint  14734  at the fourth position. 
     As described above, first and second limbs of a character user interface object may each have two endpoints that may each change their position. In some embodiments, the first limb is connected to a torso at a first shoulder, and the second limb is connected to the torso at a second shoulder. In some embodiments, the torso connects the movements of each limb by each shoulder, such that a position of one shoulder may affect a position of the other shoulder. This feature adds to the lifelike and natural appearance of the character by coordinating or otherwise inter-relating the movements of both limbs, as with a living body. 
       FIG. 14D  shows exemplary user interface screen  14802  that device  14000  can display on its display. In some embodiments, device  14000  may be one or more of devices  100  ( FIG. 1 ),  300  ( FIG. 3 ), and/or  500  ( FIG. 5 ). 
     Device  14000  may display a character user interface object such as character user interface object  14804  on the display. Character user interface object  14804  has a representation of a limb  14806 . As shown on user interface screen  14802 , character user interface object  14804  may indicate a time, for example an hour such as  12 , through the position of limb  14806 . 
     Limb  14806  has a first segment  14808  with a first endpoint  14810  at one end and a joint  14812  at the other. First endpoint  14810  has a first position. Limb  14806  also has a second segment  14814  with a second endpoint  14816  at one end and joint  14812  at the other. Therefore, first segment  14808  and second segment  14814  connect at joint  14812 , which is an axis of rotation for second segment  14814 . Second endpoint  14816  at the end of second segment  14814  (and hence, at one end of limb  14806 ) has a second position and indicates a first time value, for example an hour such as 12. 
     Device  14000  may update character user interface object  14804  to indicate a second time value by moving second endpoint  14814  along the axis of rotation to a third position to indicate the second time. Described in anthropomorphic terms, limb  14806  has representations of an upper arm  14808  and a forearm  14814  joined at an elbow  14812 . Forearm  14814  may rotate at the elbow  14812  to indicate a different time. Adding a joint to a limb that indicates time is analogous to a hand of a clock, except that the arm is more natural looking than a clock hand because it includes a joint. Further, the joint enhances the potential range of motions that may be depicted by the limb. 
     User interface screen  14820  illustrates this by displaying character user interface object  14822  with limb  14824 . In some embodiments, character user interface object may be the same object as character user interface object  14804  but in a different posture. Limb  14824  has a first endpoint  14826 , first segment  14828 , and joint  14830 . Joint  14830  is connected to second segment  14832 , which has second endpoint  14824 . As demonstrated by comparing the features of character user interface objects  14804  and  14822 , second endpoint  14834  is at a different position than second endpoint  14816 , thus indicating a different time. This change in position is accomplished by rotating the second segment at the joint. 
     In some embodiments, moving the second endpoint may include depicting static images of the second endpoint at the first and third positions. In some embodiments, moving the second endpoint may include animating the character user interface object to translate the motion of the second endpoint on-screen. 
     In some embodiments, updating the character user interface object may include moving the first endpoint. As shown by user interface screen  14802  to user interface screen  14820 , first endpoint  14810  may be moved to change the display of time, e.g., as shown by first endpoint  14826 . Therefore, the character user interface object may have a limb that, in the arm analogy above, may rotate the upper arm at the shoulder, may move the shoulder itself, and may rotate the forearm at the elbow. 
     These features allow the character user interface object to assume a wider range of natural and lifelike postures with which to indicate time. If these features are animated on-screen, this allows the character to simulate the motion of a moving figure such as a person. This greatly improves user interaction with and connection to the device by more accurately simulating a moving figure like a person. It allows for both subtle and dynamic movements, giving the character a wider range of expressions that help simulate a personality of the character. Therefore, the character ceases to be a simple aggregation of two character-like clock hands that can only tell time and becomes more like an actual character that can express a personality, thereby enhancing the user&#39;s experiences with the device. 
     In some embodiments, the character user interface object (e.g., character user interface object  14804  and/or  14822 ) also includes a representation of a second limb, such as second limb  14818  as shown on user interface screen  14802  or second limb  14836  as shown on user interface screen  14820 . As described above in reference to the first limb, a second limb may include a first segment connecting a first endpoint of the second limb to a joint and a second segment connecting a second segment to the joint. The first endpoint of the second limb may be at a first position, and the second endpoint of the second segment may be at a second position. The joint may serve as an axis of rotation for the second segment, which may indicate a third time value. Device  14000  may update the character user interface object by moving the second endpoint of the second limb along the axis of rotation at the joint to indicate a fourth time value. 
     In some embodiments, the first limb indicates an hour and the second limb indicates a minute. In some embodiments, the first limb indicates a minute and the second limb indicates an hour. The first limb and the second limb may be distinguished, for example, by length, as with traditional clock hands. The first limb and the second limb may be distinguished, for example, by the distance between the first and second endpoints. For example, one limb may be bent or the shoulder may be positioned such that, even though it may not be shorter than another limb, it appears shorter or otherwise distinct from another limb. The first limb and the second limb may be distinguished, for example, by the distance between the second endpoint and another object on the display, such as a numerical indication of time. 
     In some embodiments, updating the character user interface object to indicate the second time may include animating the character user interface object by translating the first endpoint on-screen. For example, the character may appear to move one or both shoulders. In some embodiments, the movement or position of one shoulder may affect the movement or position of another shoulder, simulating the connected motion of an actual figure such as a human. 
     In some embodiments, updating the character user interface object to indicate the second time may include animating the character user interface object by rotating the second segment at the joint on-screen. For example, the second segment may rotate at the joint like a forearm. 
     In some embodiments, the character user interface object may also translate on-screen, for example towards a center of the display. 
       FIG. 14E  shows exemplary user interface screen  14902  that device  14000  can display on its display. In some embodiments, device  14000  may be one or more of devices  100  ( FIG. 1 ),  300  ( FIG. 3 ), and/or  500  ( FIG. 5 ). Device  14000  may display a character user interface object such as character user interface object  14904  on the display. User interface screen  14902  shows the translation of the character by sequential displays of character user interface object  14904  at two different locations, first at location  14906  and then at location  14908 . Character user interface object  14904  is closer to the center of the display at location  14908 , thus simulating motion in the right-to-left direction as shown in  FIG. 14E . Motion such as this may be used, for example, when the user initiates an interaction with the device or looks at the device, which prompts the character to move to the center of the display and indicate a time. 
     In some embodiments, translating the character user interface object may include animating the character user interface object to represent walking, for example to the center of the display. Character user interface object  14904  illustrates this by depicting a character with legs and a torso. The different positions and postures represented by the legs and the torso of character user interface object  14904  at locations  14906  and  14908  represent walking. For example, in response to the user interacting with the device, the character may be animated to walk naturally onto the screen and then assume a position corresponding to the current time. The user interaction may include activating the screen, raising the device into a viewing position, pressing a button on the device that corresponds to activating a watch face, etc. 
       FIG. 14F  shows exemplary user interface screen  15002  that device  14000  can display on its display. In some embodiments, device  14000  may be one or more of devices  100  ( FIG. 1 ),  300  ( FIG. 3 ), and/or  500  ( FIG. 5 ). Device  14000  may display a character user interface object such as character user interface object  15004  on the display. Device  14000  may change a visual aspect of the displayed user interface screen to highlight the character user interface object.  FIG. 14F  illustrates an exemplary embodiment of this concept. User interface screen  15002  includes a spotlight  15006  that highlights character user interface object  15004 . 
     In some embodiments, changing a visual aspect of the display could include one or more of changing the color and/or brightness of the user interface screen around the character user interface object, displaying a user interface object such as a spotlight, and so forth. 
     In some embodiments, device  14000  may animate the character user interface object to represent a response by the character user interface object to the changing of the visual aspect. As shown in the exemplary embodiment of  FIG. 14F , character user interface object  15004  may be animated to simulate looking at spotlight  15006 . 
       FIG. 14G  shows exemplary user interface screen  15102  that device  14000  can display on its display. In some embodiments, device  14000  may be one or more of devices  100  ( FIG. 1 ),  300  ( FIG. 3 ), and/or  500  ( FIG. 5 ). Device  14000  may display a character user interface object such as character user interface object  15104  on the display. Character user interface object  15104  may include a representation of a foot  15106 . In some embodiments, character user interface object  15104  includes two limbs that indicate time values and two legs, at least one of which may include a foot. 
     In some embodiments, device  14000  may animate the foot to indicate passage of time. As shown on user interface screens  15102  and  15110 , character user interface objects  15104  and  15112  include a foot ( 15106  and  15114 , respectively). The different positions of feet  15106  and  15114  (different with respect to the position on the display and/or their posture within the character user interface object) depict this animation. For example, the character may be animated to simulate a motion of the foot, such as tapping. This may have a regular or irregular timing. In some embodiments, the foot is animated to move at a regular interval, such as once every second. When coupled with two limbs, this allows the character user interface object to depict, for example, hour, minute, and second time values. 
     In some embodiments, the first time and the second time depicted by the character user interface object are the same. In other words, the character user interface object may move by shifting a limb or any endpoint of a limb without depicting a different time. This allows the character to shift posture without changing the indicated time. 
     In some embodiments, the display may include one or more numerical indications of time. For example, the display may include a representation of a circular clock face with a character user interface object in the center encircled by numerical indicators, as with a clock. 
     The features described above allow a character user interface object to appear more natural and lifelike by adopting a wider range of natural motions while indicating a time. A user may wish to view representations of other events by the character user interface object. Allowing the character user interface object to react to external stimuli or internal system events portrays a more interactive character, thus depicting a closer representation of a personality. The enhanced interactivity of the character further improves the user&#39;s interactions with the device by providing additional notification that an event has occurred, the occurrence of which may not have been as apparent otherwise. A character user interface object may serve to supply notifications, reminders, and/or other information a user may wish to access from a personal electronic device, but the use of a character provides an interactive personality that the device may use to supply these items. Further, making the character responsive to internal system events (e.g., calendar events and the like) means the character is not strictly limited to responding to external user input. Put another way, the character appears to have a more lifelike personality because it responds to events not directly prompted by the immediate actions of the user. 
       FIG. 14H  shows exemplary user interface screen  15202  that device  14000  can display on its display. In some embodiments, device  14000  may be one or more of devices  100  ( FIG. 1 ),  300  ( FIG. 3 ), and/or  500  ( FIG. 5 ). Device  14000  may display a character user interface object such as character user interface object  15204  on the display. Character user interface object  15204  indicates time as described above. 
     Device  14000  may receive first data indicative of an event. Device  14000  may determine whether the event meets a condition. In accordance with the determination that the event meets the condition, device  14000  may update character user interface object  15204  by changing a visual aspect of the character user interface object. 
     In some embodiments, after updating the displayed character user interface object, the character user interface object still indicates time. For example, the appearance or posture of the character may be altered, but the character still indicates time. 
     In some embodiments, after updating the displayed character user interface object, the character user interface object no longer only indicates time. For example, the character may adopt a posture, assume a facial expression, or use its limbs for a function other than indicating time, such as conveying a meaning related to the event and/or the condition. 
     In some embodiments, the first data indicates a calendar event. Device  14000  may receive data indicating a calendar event, for example, by obtaining data representing the event from a calendar application on device  14000 . In this example, the condition may correspond to a duration of the calendar event. Determining whether the event meets the condition may include determining whether a current time is within the duration of the calendar event. For example, device  14000  may obtain a current time and determine whether the current time is within a duration of the calendar event (e.g., during the calendar event, or substantially contemporaneous with the calendar event but slightly preceding or slightly delayed after it). 
     An exemplary embodiment is shown on user interface screen  15202 . In some embodiments, the calendar event is a birthday. In some embodiments, the birthday is a user&#39;s birthday. In some embodiments, updating the displayed character user interface object may include animating the character user interface object to display a birthday greeting. Character user interface object  15204  is animated to display festive hat  15206  and birthday banner  15208 . This animation serves to notify the user of a birthday while making the character more interactive. Importantly, the character may change a visual aspect, such as by displaying a birthday greeting, without immediate input by the user, thus giving the impression that the character is able to act more autonomously, as with a personality. In some embodiments, the modification of the character is an indication of some important event related to one of the user&#39;s contacts, such as their birthday, anniversary, etc. 
     An exemplary embodiment is shown on user interface screen  15210 . In some embodiments, the calendar event is a holiday. In some embodiments, updating the displayed character user interface object may include changing a visual aspect of the character user interface object to reflect the holiday. In this example, character user interface object  15212  depicts this through Santa Claus hat  15214 . This animation serves to notify the user of the holiday while making the character more interactive and decreasing the monotony of character appearance. Other examples of holidays besides Christmas may include New Year&#39;s Eve or New Year&#39;s Day, Thanksgiving, Hanukkah, the 4 th  of July, St. Patrick&#39;s Day, Valentine&#39;s Day, and the like. 
     In some embodiments, device  14000  may receive data indicating a user preference, such as a user&#39;s favorite sports team. In accordance with receiving the data, device  14000  may update character user interface object  15204  by changing a visual aspect of the character user interface object to reflect the sports team. For example, the appearance of the character user interface object may be updated to portray the character user interface object wearing a uniform or other paraphernalia representing the sports team (e.g., a hat, jersey, uniform, or other representation include a logo, icon, or text representing the sports team). The display may also be updated to include with the character user interface object a second user interface object representing a sports object associated with the team&#39;s sport (e.g., a baseball bat and/or baseball, football, basketball, soccer ball, hockey stick and/or hockey puck, checkered flag, and so forth). The character may be updated in accordance with a determination that the team is playing that day or at that time, or in accordance with a determination that the user is going to attend an event featuring the team. The determination that the user is going to attend an event featuring the team may be made through an analysis of the user&#39;s calendar events or through a determination that an electronic ticket for an event is present on the electronic device or a paired electronic device. It is understood that a user&#39;s favorite sports team is merely an exemplary user preference, and other user preferences such as a representation of a flag or country are also contemplated. 
       FIG. 141  shows exemplary user interface screen  15302  that device  14000  can display on its display. In some embodiments, device  14000  may be one or more of devices  100  ( FIG. 1 ),  300  ( FIG. 3 ), and/or  500  ( FIG. 5 ). Device  14000  may display a character user interface object such as character user interface object  15304  on the display. Character user interface object  15304  indicates time as described above. 
     Device  14000  may receive data indicating a notification. A notification may include, for example, an email, text message, reminder, virtual assistant request, or other such notification. Device  14000  may further display the notification, or an affordance or user interface object representing receipt and/or a content of the notification, on user interface screen  15302 , as depicted by notification  15306 . Device  14000  may animate character user interface object  15304  to react to notification  15306 . For example, as shown on user interface screen  15302 , character user interface screen  15304  may appear to look at notification  15306 . This may include, for example, a change in posture such that the character faces the notification, or a change in the appearance of the character, such as a face, to indicate looking in the direction of the notification. Again, by providing this change in posture or change in the character&#39;s focus, the user may be notified of an incoming alert or event that may otherwise have been less apparent. 
       FIG. 14J  shows exemplary user interface screen  15402  that device  14000  can display on its display. In some embodiments, device  14000  may be one or more of devices  100  ( FIG. 1 ),  300  ( FIG. 3 ), and/or  500  ( FIG. 5 ). Device  14000  may display a character user interface object such as character user interface object  15404  on the display. Character user interface object  15404  indicates time as described above. 
     Device  14000  may receive first data indicating a time of day. A time of day could include a current time. Device  14000  may determine that the time of day meets a condition, such as by determining whether the time of day is within the nighttime portion of the day. Device  14000  may change a visual aspect of character user interface object  15404  to represent nighttime. As shown in user interface screen  15402 , character user interface object  15404  represents nighttime by depicting a yawn and holding candle  15406 . In some embodiments, character user interface object  15404  may be altered to depict wearing clothing associated with nighttime, such as pajamas. In some embodiments, the character interface object is modified to yawn or wear pajamas in accordance with a determination that the user should go to sleep. The determination may be based on, for example, any of a preset time, recognition of a pattern of the user&#39;s sleep, indication of an early event on the next day&#39;s calendar, recognition that the user has been active for longer than a predetermined time, etc. 
       FIG. 14K  shows exemplary user interface screen  15502  that device  14000  can display on its display. In some embodiments, device  14000  may be one or more of devices  100  ( FIG. 1 ),  300  ( FIG. 3 ), and/or  500  ( FIG. 5 ). Device  14000  may display a character user interface object such as character user interface object  15504  on the display. Character user interface object  15504  indicates time as described above. 
     Device  14000  may receive data indicating a current time. Device  14000  may determine whether the current time corresponds to an hour on the hour (for example, 1:00, 2:00, and so forth). Device  14000  may determine whether the current time is an hour on the hour and if so, animate the character user interface object to announce the hour on the hour for one or more hours. As shown in user interface screen  15502 , character user interface object  15504  announces the current hour by depicting musical note  15506 . In some embodiments, the announcement of the hour could include a visual depiction of an announcement, such as by displaying a user interface object. In some embodiments, the announcement of an hour could include a sound such as a whistle, chime, one or more spoken words, or a bell toll. 
       FIG. 14L  shows exemplary user interface screen  15602  that device  14000  can display on its display. In some embodiments, device  14000  may be one or more of devices  100  ( FIG. 1 ),  300  ( FIG. 3 ), and/or  500  ( FIG. 5 ). Device  14000  may display a character user interface object such as character user interface object  15604  on the display. Character user interface object  15604  indicates time as described above. 
     Device  14000  may receive data indicating current or forecasted weather. To receive data indicating current or forecasted weather, device  14000  may retrieve weather information from an external server. In some embodiments, device  14000  may retrieve weather information from a weather service, such as The Weather Channel, Accuweather, The National Weather Service, Yahoo!™ Weather, Weather Underground, and the like. 
     Device  14000  may determine whether the current or forecasted weather corresponds to one or more designated weather conditions. Designated weather conditions may be system-designated and may include favorable weather conditions such as sunshine or inclement weather conditions such as rain, thunderstorms, wind, snow, and so forth. If device  14000  determines that the current or forecasted weather corresponds to one or more designated weather conditions, device  14000  may update the character user interface object to reflect the current or forecasted weather. For example, as shown in  FIG. 14L , user interface screen  15602  includes character user interface object  15604  with umbrella  15606 , as well as raindrops  15608 . In some embodiments, device  14000  may display a user interface object to reflect the designated weather condition. In some embodiments, the character user interface object may be animated to react to the user interface object reflective of a designated weather condition. As another example, user interface screen  15610  displays character user interface object  15612  with sunglasses  15614  and surfboard  15616 , as well as sun  15618 . 
       FIG. 14M  shows exemplary user interface screen  15702  that device  14000  can display on its display. In some embodiments, device  14000  may be one or more of devices  100  ( FIG. 1 ),  300  ( FIG. 3 ), and/or  500  ( FIG. 5 ). Device  14000  may display a character user interface object such as character user interface object  15704  on the display. Character user interface object  15704  indicates time as described above. 
     Device  14000  may receive data indicating a second electronic device. Device  14000  may determine whether the data corresponds to a threshold proximity of the second electronic device to device  14000 . If so, device  14000  may update character user interface object  15704  by animating the character user interface object to react to the second electronic device. As shown in user interface screen  15702 , character user interface object  15704  may depict thumbs up  15706  or smile  15708 . In some embodiments, the posture of the character user interface object may be updated to reflect the proximity and/or direction of the second device. For example, the character user interface object may react in the direction of the device or be reflected on the display. In some embodiments, data indicating a second electronic device may be provided through a server, which may provide the location of the user&#39;s contacts that have agreed to provide their location data, such as Find My Friends. Data indicating a second electronic device may also be provided through a local network, for example, a recognition that one of the user&#39;s contacts has joined the same WiFi network. Data indicating a second electronic device may also be provided by the second electronic device itself, such as the second electronic device announcing itself through Bluetooth, Near Field Communication, etc. 
     In some embodiments, a device (such as device  14000 ) displaying a character user interface object indicating time may receive data indicating user activity. For example, the device may include a user activity monitor (such as a workout monitor), an accelerometer, a gyroscope, a motion sensor, and/or a combination thereof. The device may determine whether the data indicating user activity is received outside of a threshold interval after a previous user activity. For example, the device may determine whether a threshold period of time has elapsed since the last data indicating user activity (e.g., the last user workout). If the device determines that the data indicating user activity is received outside of the threshold interval after a previous user activity, the device may animate the character user interface object to reflect inactivity. For example, the character may change an expression and/or posture to represent boredom, a sedentary or recumbent posture, a sullen or apathetic appearance, and so forth. 
       FIG. 14N  shows exemplary user interface screen  15802  that device  14000  can display on its display. In some embodiments, device  14000  may be one or more of devices  100  ( FIG. 1 ),  300  ( FIG. 3 ), and/or  500  ( FIG. 5 ). Device  14000  may display a character user interface object such as character user interface object  15804  on the display. Character user interface object  15804  indicates time as described above. 
     Device  14000  may receive data indicating user activity. For example, the device may include a user activity monitor (such as a workout monitor), an accelerometer, a gyroscope, a motion sensor, and/or a combination thereof. Device  14000  may determine whether the user activity is current user activity, and, if so, animate character user interface object  15804  to represent exercise. For example, user interface screen  15802  includes character user interface object  15804  and barbell  15806 . In some embodiments, device  14000  may animate the character user interface object to depict an activity related to exercise, such as motion, running, weight lifting, swimming, bicycling, pushups, and/or sweat, heavy breathing, or any other signs of physical exertion. In some embodiments, the activity monitor may include options for the user to indicate which activity they are going to begin. In these cases the character appearance may be changed to reflect the selected activity option. 
       FIG. 140  shows exemplary user interface screen  15902  that device  14000  can display on its display. In some embodiments, device  14000  may be one or more of devices  100  ( FIG. 1 ),  300  ( FIG. 3 ), and/or  500  ( FIG. 5 ). Device  14000  may display a character user interface object such as character user interface object  15904  on the display. Character user interface object  15904  indicates time as described above. 
     Device  14000  may receive data indicating user movement of the device, for example by using an accelerometer, directional sensor (e.g., compass), gyroscope, motion sensor, and/or a combination thereof, and so forth. Device  14000  may determine whether the data indicating user movement is received outside of a threshold interval after a previous user movement. For example, device  14000  may determine whether a threshold period of time has elapsed since the last data indicating user movement (e.g., picking up the device, a motion indicative of a user wrist movement, and so forth). If device  14000  determines that the data indicating user movement is received outside of the threshold interval after a previous user movement, device  14000  may animate the character user interface object to indicate fatigue. For example, user interface object  15904  includes limbs  15906  and  15908 . Device  14000  may animate character user interface object  15904  to droop one or more of limbs  15906  and  15908 . In some embodiments, device  14000  may animate character user interface object  15904  to shift position, portray physical effort, and the like. 
       FIG. 14P  shows exemplary user interface screen  16002  that device  14000  can display on its display. In some embodiments, device  14000  may be one or more of devices  100  ( FIG. 1 ),  300  ( FIG. 3 ), and/or  500  ( FIG. 5 ). Device  14000  may display a character user interface object such as character user interface object  16004  on the display. Character user interface object  16004  indicates time as described above. 
     Device  14000  may receive data indicating a user contact on the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., a touchscreen). Device  14000  may determine whether the user contact corresponds to a user contact on character user interface object  16004 . In some embodiments, the user contact may be on a touchscreen at the position of the character user interface object. In some embodiments, the user may input information to manipulate a cursor or other indicator to contact the displayed character user interface object. For example, as shown on user interface screen  16002 , a user may contact character user interface object  16004  with touch  16006 . 
     If device  14000  determines that the user contact corresponds to a user contact on character user interface object  16004 , device  14000  may animate character user interface object  16004  to react to the contact. In some embodiments, the reaction may be a specific to the location of the contact on the character user interface object. In some embodiments, the reaction may be a general reaction. In some embodiments, the reaction may include, for example, reacting as to tickling, hugging, or other forms of friendly contact. In some embodiments, character user interface object  16004  may display a second animation distinct from the first animation in response to a second user contact. 
       FIG. 14Q  shows exemplary user interface screens  16102  and  16202  that device  14000  can display on its display. In some embodiments, device  14000  may be one or more of devices  100  ( FIG. 1 ),  300  ( FIG. 3 ), and/or  500  ( FIG. 5 ). Device  14000  may display character user interface object  16104  on the display. Character user interface object  16104  indicates time as described above. As shown in  FIG. 14Q , in some embodiments, character user interface object  16104  may depict a facial expression, such as a yawn. In some embodiments, character user interface object  16204  may depict speech, such as by presenting text in a displayed user interface object or affordance representing speech balloon  16206  or a thought balloon. Speech may be depicted to visually present an announcement made by a character user interface object, such as an announcement of the hour as described above with reference to character user interface object  15504  in  FIG. 14K . 
       FIG. 14R  shows exemplary user interface screens  16302  and  16402  that device  14000  can display on its display. In some embodiments, device  14000  may be one or more of devices  100  ( FIG. 1 ),  300  ( FIG. 3 ), and/or  500  ( FIG. 5 ). Device  14000  may display character user interface object  16304 . Character user interface object  16304  indicates time as described above. As shown in  FIG. 14R , in some embodiments, character user interface object  16304  may depict boredom or fatigue, as described above. In some embodiments, the character user interface object may depict attire. For example, character user interface object  16404  may depict a sports team or a sports object (e.g., baseball  16406  and bat  16408 ), such as those representing the user&#39;s favorite sports team, as described above. 
       FIG. 14S  shows exemplary user interface screen  16502  that device  14000  can display on its display. In some embodiments, device  14000  may be one or more of devices  100  ( FIG. 1 ),  300  ( FIG. 3 ), and/or  500  ( FIG. 5 ). Device  14000  may display character user interface object  16504 . Character user interface object  16504  indicates time as described above. As shown in  FIG. 14S , in some embodiments, character user interface object  16504  may depict a facial expression, such as blinking, closing, or winking one or more the eyes. The character interface object may change facial expression at predetermined or random intervals to provide an indication to the user that the interface is still active. 
       FIG. 14T  shows exemplary user interface screen  16602  that device  14000  can display on its display. In some embodiments, device  14000  may be one or more of devices  100  ( FIG. 1 ),  300  ( FIG. 3 ), and/or  500  ( FIG. 5 ). Device  14000  may display a character user interface object on the display. The displayed character user interface object indicates time as described above. As shown in  FIG. 14T , in some embodiments, the character user interface object includes one or more second endpoints, such as a second endpoint of a limb and a second endpoint of a second limb, as described above. In some embodiments, the second endpoint  16604  of a first limb may indicate an hour and be positioned along the circumference of a first circle  16606 . The second endpoint  16608  of a second limb may indicate a minute and be positioned along the circumference of a second circle  16610  that encircles the first circle  16606  and has a larger circumference than the first circle  16606 . In this way, the user may distinguish which limb indicates an hour and which limb indicates a minute by the relative closeness to an edge of the display or to one or more displayed numerical indications of time. 
     In some embodiments, a device (such as device  14000 ) may detect a user input and, in response to detecting the user input, display a character user interface object. For example, the display of the device may show another display or be dark, then display the user interface object on the screen in response to the user input. In some embodiments, the user input may be a movement of the device (e.g., picking up the device, a motion indicative of a user wrist movement, and so forth). In some embodiments, the user input may be a touch on the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., a touchscreen). 
     A user may wish to change the displayed character user interface object. For example, it may be advantageous to allow the user to select the displayed different character user interface object from a plurality of selectable options, such as humans, anthropomorphized characters, cartoon figures, realistic figures, animals, plants, other organisms, other objects, or popularized cartoon characters. To provide such a functionality, the techniques for editing and/or selecting a context-specific user interface described in reference to  FIGS. 15-16G  may also be applied to user interface screens with a displayed character user interface object. As one potential example, the particular character user interface object may be an editable aspect of the context-specific user interface. Upon entering edit mode (e.g., as described in reference to  FIGS. 15-16G ), the character user interface object may be visually distinguished as an element of the clock face for editing. Upon receiving a user input to edit the selected element (e.g., in response to detecting movement of a rotatable input mechanism), the device may change the displayed character user interface object. For example, the device can change the particular type or appearance of the character user interface object, such as by substituting the current character user interface object with a different character user interface object (e.g., swapping one character for another). 
     Turning now to  FIG. 14U , users rely on personal electronic devices to keep time throughout the day. It is becoming increasingly desirable to present the user with interactive user interfaces that promote user interaction with a personal electronic device. Indicating the time through a cardinal-numbers-based user interface may enhance a user&#39;s interaction with the device. Increasing the level of simplicity of the interface screen, while still providing adequate cardinal numbers for simple and intuitive timekeeping, may increase the space available on small devices for additional information to be displayed, thereby enhancing and prolonging user interactions with the device. 
     Accordingly, provided herein are context-specific user interfaces that include a clock face featuring four cardinal numbers. A user may wish for such cardinal-numbers-based user interface to be easily readable and to leave adequate room (especially at the corners of a square screen) for additional information. 
       FIG. 14U  shows exemplary user interface screen  16702  that device  14000  can display on its display. In some embodiments, device  14000  may be one or more of devices  100  ( FIG. 1 ),  300  ( FIG. 3 ), and/or  500  ( FIG. 5 ). 
     Device  14000  may display interface  16702 , including a clock face comprising one or more cardinal numbers. The clock face may be a representation of an analog clock featuring an hour hand, a minute hand, and a second hand. The cardinal numbers may each correspond to one of the  12  numbers that traditionally appear on a clock face, and they may appear in a position on the display corresponding to the respective number&#39;s usual position on a clock face. For example, the number “12” may appear at the top center of the display, the number “3” at the center right, the number “6” at the bottom center, and the number “9” at the center left. In some embodiments, fewer than four cardinal numbers may be used, such as only three or only two. In some embodiments, numbers other than “12,” “3,” “6,” and “9” may be used; for example, interface  16702  could display a clock face featuring only the numbers “10, “2,” and “6.” 
     In some embodiments, the cardinal numbers displayed on interface  16702  may be displayed at a large enough size such that all 12 numbers of a traditional clock face could not be simultaneously displayed on a display of device  14000  at the same size. The smaller number of cardinal numbers displayed may thus be easier to read due to their larger size. In some embodiments, the number of cardinal numbers displayed is maintained at less than 12, even though sufficient space is available to display additional numbers, in order to maintain simplicity. 
     In some embodiments, a user is able to modify font settings and color settings of the cardinal-numbers-based interface. In some embodiments, different fonts may be used to render one or more of the displayed cardinal numbers. The same font may be used for all of the cardinal numbers, or a different font may be used for one or more of the numbers. In some embodiments, the font used is a system font that is a default font for an operating system of device  14000 . In some embodiments, other fonts are available that reflect modifications or stylizations of the default system font. For example, fonts may be used that reflect a shadowed stylization of the system font, a rounded stylization of the system font, a striped stylization of the system font, a stencil stylization of the system font, an embossed stylization of the system font, a bold stylization of the system font, an italic stylization of the system font, etc. Stylizations of the system font may be used in place of or in addition to fonts that are unrelated to the system font. Using stylizations of the system font may create a consistent look and feel to the interface of the device while still allowing the user to customize the font. 
     In some embodiments different colors may be selected by a user to apply to all of the cardinal numbers or to one of the individual cardinal numbers. In some embodiments, a user may select a color theme that applies to one or more of the cardinal numbers, or to all of the cardinal numbers; a theme may be a curated selection of colors that are predetermined to correspond to one another. In some embodiments, a user may select an option to apply a gradient color scheme to one or more of the cardinal numbers. In some embodiments, a user may select an option to apply a color setting to one or more of the cardinal numbers such that the color or colors of the one or more cardinal numbers change over time, either according to a predetermined schedule or in accordance with contextual factors. 
     In some embodiments, a user may set the font settings or color settings of the device from an edit interface. For example, a user may apply a hard-press to the clock face of interface  16702  to activate an edit state. In the edit interface, a user may tap the clock face or a specific cardinal number to select one or more of the cardinal numbers. The selected one or more cardinal numbers may be highlighted in any suitable manner, including by being displayed in a larger size, to indicate that the one or more cardinal numbers are selected for editing. While the one or more cardinal numbers are selected for editing, the user may rotate a rotatable input mechanism of device  14000  in order to change the font or color setting by scrolling through settings. The setting may be arranged in an ordered progression such that the user may scroll through the available choices. In some embodiments, the ordered progression may loop around from one end to the other, such that when the user reaches the final setting in the ordered progression, he may proceed in the same direction to the first setting in the ordered progression. 
     In some embodiments, in the edit interface, paging dots may appear at the top of the interface to indicate to the user how many different pages are available in the edit interface. For example, an edit interface may have two pages, a first for editing color and a second for editing font. As described above, a user may select one or more of the cardinal numbers for editing in on one of the pages, and may use the rotatable input mechanism to change the setting. A user may then perform a horizontal swipe input detected by device  14000  in order to page to the adjacent page. For example, if the leftmost page is a page for editing color, then a user may swipe to the left in order to page to the right and access a page for editing font. At the font editing page, the user may edit font settings in a similar manner as described above. In some embodiments, a selection of one or more of the cardinal numbers for editing is maintained when a user pages between pages in the edit interface, while in other embodiments selections are cleared when a user pages. 
     In some embodiments, the edit interface may include additional pages for editing additional settings, or may enable editing one or more settings of the interface (such as an information density setting) in response to rotation of the rotatable input mechanism without having any of the cardinal numbers selected for editing. 
     In some embodiments, interface  16702  may display, in addition to the clock face, one or more other user interface objects, such as complications, that present information to the user. In some embodiments, the complications displayed may be customizable by the user in accordance with the methods described above. In some embodiments, complications may be displayed in predefined locations in interface  16702 , such as at the corners. There may be sufficient room for clear and unobstructed display of complications in the corners of interface  16702  because the cardinal numbers may not occupy that space. In some embodiments, interface  16702  may feature no complications or other user interface objects, and may feature only the cardinal-numbers clock face. 
     2. Editing Context-Specific User Interfaces 
     The context-specific user interfaces described and illustrated herein provide numerous elements and features that a user may customize, depending upon a particular context. As described, these customizable elements enhance the user interfaces, making them more personal and interactive to the user. 
     At the same time, a user also wants a device that is easy and intuitive to use. Providing a multitude of features only serves to frustrate the user if the user interface does not provide comprehensible ways to edit these features. Described below are user interfaces for editing context-specific user interfaces that provide easy and intuitive methods that facilitate user customization. 
     Importantly, it is to be appreciated that, while particular embodiments such as clock faces may be described with respect to particular editing features, these editing features may also apply to one or more of the other user interfaces described herein. For example, a method for customizing a color of a clock face may be used to change the color of a seconds hand, change an animated object (e.g., a butterfly), or change a clock face background (e.g., a photo or image of a scene). Similarly, methods for customizing complications may be used to add and/or edit various complications on any clock face, regardless of whether an embodiment of that clock face bearing a particular complication was described herein. A skilled artisan will recognize that the methods described below provide user interface functionalities that may be applied to elements and aspects of various context-specific user interfaces in numerous combinations, such that each possible combination would be impossible to elaborate individually. 
     It is to be further appreciated that references to a “clock face” with respect to clock face editing and/or selection as described herein are not in any way limited to a traditional notion of a “clock face,” e.g., a circular display with hour indications and one or more hands to indicate time, or a representation of a digital clock. Any context-specific user interface with an indication of time described herein may properly be termed a clock face. 
     Attention is now directed to  FIG. 15 .  FIG. 15  shows exemplary context-specific user interfaces that may be operated on device  1500 . Device  1500  may be device  100 ,  300 , or  500  in some embodiments. The electronic device has a touch-sensitive display (e.g., touchscreen  504 ) configured to detect the intensity of contacts. Exemplary components for detecting the intensity of contacts, as well as techniques for their detection, have been referenced and described in greater detail above. 
     Device  1500  displays user interface screen  1502 , which includes clock face  1504 . Clock face  1504  also includes complication  1506  that displays a set of information from a weather application (e.g., current weather conditions). In this example, the user wishes to change multiple aspects of clock face  1504 . Specifically, the user decides to change the hour indications on clock face  1504  and complication  1506 . 
     The user contacts the touch-sensitive display of device  1500  with touch  1508 . Touch  1508  has a characteristic intensity above an intensity threshold, which prompts device  1500  to enter a clock face edit mode, shown on screen  1510 . Clock face edit mode allows the user to edit one or more aspects of a clock face. Device  1500  indicates that the user has entered clock face edit mode by visually distinguishing the clock face. In this example, screen  1510  shows a smaller version of the display of screen  1502  (e.g.,  1512 ), which includes reduced size clock face  1514  based on clock face  1504 . Reduced size complication  1516 , which is based on complication  1506 , is also displayed. This display indicates to the user that the user is in clock face edit mode while giving the user an indication of what the edited clock face will look like on the display. In some embodiments, a user may be able to select a different clock face by swiping displayed screen  1510 , as described in greater detail below in reference to  FIGS. 16A-C . 
     Screen  1510  also displays paging affordance  1518 . Paging affordances may indicate where the user is within a sequence of options, as well as how many options are available in the sequence. In clock face edit mode, paging affordances may indicate which editable aspect of the clock face a user is editing, where this aspect falls within a sequence of editable aspects, and the total number of editable aspects in the sequence (if clock face selection is available on this screen, paging affordance  1518  may depict the currently selected clock face within a sequence of selectable clock faces and/or clock face options, as described below). A paging affordance may be advantageous in clock face edit mode to help the user navigate the interface and explore all of the editable options available within each type of clock face. 
     The user selects the displayed clock face for editing by contacting  1512  through touch  1520 . In response to detecting touch  1520 , device  1500  visually indicates an element of the clock face for editing. As shown on screen  1530 , the hour indications have been selected for editing, as indicated by outline  1534  around the position of the hour indications. The other elements of the clock face are still retained, as shown by hour hand and minute hand  1532  and complication  1536 . 
     In this example, three aspects of the clock face are available for user editing. This is depicted by paging affordance  1538 . The first editable aspect is the hour indications (e.g., their number and/or appearance). This is relayed to the user by paging affordance  1538 . By viewing outline  1534  in combination with paging affordance  1538 , the user recognizes that the hour indications are the first of three editable aspects of this clock face. 
     Device  1500  also has rotatable input mechanism  1540 . The user may move rotatable input mechanism  1540  to cycle through different options for editing different aspects of the clock face. On screen  1530 , the user may select different options for the hour indications (which are currently editable, as depicted by outline  1534 ) through movement  1542 . Advantageously, using a rotatable input mechanism to cycle through editing options (rather than using, e.g., a touch interaction) frees up touch interactions with the screen to instead provide other functionalities, thus expanding the interactability of the device. Using a rotatable input mechanism is also helpful in cases where smaller elements of the display are being edited, as finer-scale touch gestures may be difficult on a reduced-size display for users with large fingers. 
     Also displayed on screen  1530  is positional indicator  1544 , shown as a column of 9 lines. Positional indicator  1544  is an indicator of a current position along a series of positions. This is may be used, for example, in combination with rotatable input mechanism  1540 . On screen  1530 , positional indicator  1544  indicates to the user the position of the currently selected option (e.g., by line  1546 ) within a series of all selectable options. 
     Upon detecting movement  1542 , device  1500  displays screen  1550 . In response to detecting movement  1542 , device  1500  edits the hour indications, in this case by increasing the number of indications and adding numerals. This is shown by indications  1552 , still highlighted by outline  1534 . The other elements of the clock face, hour hand and minute hand  1532  and complication  1536 , remain the same. Positional indicator  1544  has been updated to indicate the position of this hour indication option, highlighted by line  1554 , within a series of positions of hour indication options. 
     As indicated by paging affordance  1538 , the hour indications are the first editable aspect of this clock face within a sequence of editable aspects. The user may select a second editable aspect by swiping the touch-sensitive display (e.g., swipe  1556 ). In response to detecting the swipe, device  1500  displays screen  1560 . Screen  1560  includes clock face  1562 , which now has 12 hour indications, including  4  numerical indications, as depicted by hour indications  1552 . Note that these hour indications are the hour indications that were selected by the user on the previous screen (see indications  1552 ). Paging affordance  1538  has now been updated to indicate that editing complications is the second editable aspect within the sequence of editable aspects in this clock face. 
     On screen  1560 , complication  1536  is currently editable, as indicated to the user by outline  1564 . Currently, complication  1536  is displaying current weather conditions using information from a weather application. This option is option 3 in a series of options, as indicated by updated positional indicator  1544  and line  1566 . Positional indicator  1544  lets the user know that the currently selected feature (i.e., complication  1536 ) is editable by the rotatable input mechanism. 
     While screen  1560  depicts a single complication, it should be understood that multiple complications may be displayed. When multiple complications are displayed, a user may select a particular complication for editing by contacting the corresponding position of the complication. Outline  1564  then transitions from the previously selected complication or element to the currently selected complication or element and rotatable input mechanism may then be used to edit the complication or element at the selected location. This concept is described in greater detail below in reference to  FIG. 18C . 
     It is to be noted that positional indicator  1544  is displayed on screens  1530 ,  1550 , and  1560 , even though the available options depicted by the indicators are different. A positional indicator may be a universal indicator of options available through a particular type of user input, such as a movement of the rotatable input mechanism. Rather than displaying positions within a particular context, such as editing a certain feature or displaying data from a particular application, a positional indicator shows the user positions available through a type of user input, no matter the particular context in which the user input is being used. This better indicates to the user which user input should be used for this functionality. In some embodiments, a positional indicator is displayed on the display at a position adjacent to the user input for which it is used (e.g., next to the rotatable input mechanism to indicate positions accessible by moving the rotatable input mechanism). 
     A positional indicator (e.g., positional indicator  1544 ) may be responsive to one or more inputs. For example, as shown in  FIG. 15 , the positional indicator  1544  may indicate options available through a movement of the rotatable input mechanism. As described above, the user may scroll through the available options using movement of the rotatable input mechanism. However, a user may also wish to scroll through the available options using a second type of input, such as a contact (e.g., a swipe) on the touch-sensitive display. In some embodiments, a user viewing screen  1530  may swipe the touch-sensitive display in a different direction than the swipe used for removing a visual indication of a first element of the clock face for editing and visually indicating a second element of the clock face for editing (e.g., a downward swipe on the display). For example, to scroll through the available options shown in  FIG. 15 , the user may swipe in a substantially horizontal direction (e.g., swipe  1556 ) to scroll through editable aspects (e.g., with swipes moving left-to-right resulting in scrolling through the sequence of editable aspects in one direction, and swipes moving right-to-left resulting in scrolling through the sequence of editable aspects in a different direction, as depicted by updating the paging affordance  1538 ). In this example, the user may swipe in a substantially vertical direction (e.g., perpendicular to swipe  1556 ) to scroll through available options (e.g., with swipes moving downwards resulting in scrolling through the sequence of available options in one direction, and swipes moving upwards resulting in scrolling through the sequence of available options in a different direction, as depicted by updating the positional indicator  1544 ). In some embodiments, the user may swipe the display at or near the location of the displayed positional indicator to scroll through the sequence of available options. 
     In some embodiments, upon detecting the swipe, the device may update an indicator of position (e.g., an indicator of position along a series of positions that indicates a position of a currently selected option for the editable aspect along a series of selectable options for the editable aspect of the visually indicated element of the clock face) to indicate a second position along the series. In some embodiments, upon detecting the swipe, the device may edit an aspect of the visually indicated element of the clock face. In some embodiments, the device may visually distinguish the positional indicator (e.g., by changing a color, size, shape, animation, or other visual aspect) based on the type of input used to scroll the indicator. For example, in some embodiments, in response to detecting a movement of the rotatable input mechanism, the device may display the positional indicator in a first color (e.g., green), and in some embodiments, in response to detecting a swipe, the device may display the positional indicator in a second color different from the first color (e.g., white). 
     In clock face edit mode depicted on screen  1560 , the user may be able to cycle through different types of information from the weather application, or change the application from which the information is drawn. In this case, the user moves rotatable input mechanism using movement  1568 , which causes device  1500  to display screen  1570 . This updates complication  1536  to display the current date, which is obtained from a calendar application. This option is indicated within positional indicator  1544  by line  1572 . Note that paging affordance  1538  still indicates the second position because the user is still engaged in editing complications, the second editable aspect of this clock face. A determination that the contact has a characteristic intensity above a predetermined threshold may be user to distinguish the contact from other gestures, such as a tap or the beginning of a swipe. 
     Having finished editing the clock face, the user may now exit clock face selection mode and display the edited clock face on the display. In some embodiments, this may be done by detecting a user contact with a characteristic intensity above an intensity threshold. In accordance with a determination that the characteristic intensity is above the intensity threshold, the device may exit clock face edit mode and cease to visually distinguish the displayed clock face for editing (e.g., by increasing the size of the displayed clock face). In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that the characteristic intensity is above the intensity threshold, the device may save this edited clock face as a new clock face that is accessible through clock face selection mode (described below). In accordance with a determination that the characteristic intensity is not above the intensity threshold (where the clock face includes an affordance representing an application, and where the contact is on the affordance representing the application), the device may launch the application represented by the affordance. 
     In some embodiments, the device may have a rotatable and depressible input mechanism (e.g.,  506 ), and in response to detecting a depression of the rotatable and depressible input mechanism, the device may exit clock face edit mode, display the currently edited clock face, and/or save the currently edited clock face for later user selection, as described above. 
       FIG. 15  illustrates an exemplary embodiment of clock face edit mode, but a number of other potential embodiments are possible within the scope of the techniques described herein. For example, in  FIG. 15 , an element was indicated for editing by visibly distinguishing an outline around the element (e.g., by displaying a visible outline, or by distinguishing a pre-existing outline already visible around the element), as illustrated by outlines  1534  and  1564 . In some embodiments, the outline may be animated to depict a rhythmic expansion and contraction (e.g., animation similar to pulsing or breathing). In some embodiments, the element indicated for editing itself may be animated to depict a rhythmic expansion and contraction. In some embodiments, the element may be animated to depict flashing. In some embodiments, a color of the element may be changed (e.g., a change in color and/or intensity). Any or all of these indications may be used to visually indicate the element that is currently editable. 
     As shown in  FIG. 15 , movement of a rotatable input mechanism may be employed as the user input for editing an aspect of the element indicated for editing. In some embodiments, if an outline is used to indicate the currently editable element, the outline may disappear when the rotatable input mechanism is being moved, and reappear when the movement stops. In this way, the user is able to see what the edited element will look like on the clock face as a whole, without any possible obstruction or distraction from the outline. 
     In some embodiments, in response to detecting the movement, the device may change a color of the element. This could include, e.g., changing a color of a clock face background (e.g., substituting a color if the clock face background is a particular color, or selecting a different image if the clock face background includes an image), changing a color of part or all of a seconds hand (if included on the clock face), changing a color of an hour and/or minute indication, and/or changing a color of a number or colon in the display of a representation of a digital clock. Since a seconds hand is a smaller element than a background (and therefore may be more difficult for the user to perceive), changing the color of the seconds hand may include an animated color change. For example, the seconds hand could first change a color of a particular point (e.g., a dot depicted along the seconds hand), then propagate this color change in either direction along the seconds hand. Alternatively, the color change could begin at the origin of the clock face and propagate outward. Animating a color change, particularly a change of a smaller element of the clock face, may be helpful to draw the user&#39;s attention to the color change. 
     In other embodiments, in response to detecting movement of the rotatable input mechanism, the device may change an aspect of a complication. For example, this could be used to change application data displayed by an application complication. In some embodiments, the complication may indicate a first set of information obtained by an application (e.g., application data. For example, if the application is a weather application, a set of information could be a forecasted weather condition, a current temperature, etc.), and upon editing, the complication could be updated to indicate a second set of information from the same application (e.g., if the application is a weather application, the display could be edited from showing a current temperature to showing current precipitation). In other embodiments, upon editing, the complication could be updated to indicate a set of information from a different application (e.g., if the application is a weather application, the display could be edited from showing weather to showing data from a calendar application, as illustrated by complication  1536 ). 
     In other embodiments, in response to detecting movement of the rotatable input mechanism, the device may change an aspect of display density. For example, as illustrated in  FIG. 15 , this could be used to edit the number of visible divisions of time (e.g., the number of displayed hour and/or minute indications, such as numbers 1-12 or other marks/symbols positioned along the clock face at the hour positions). In response to detecting movement of the rotatable input mechanism, the device may increase or decrease the number of visible divisions of time. As illustrated on screens  1530 ,  1550 , and  1560 , this could involve changing the number of visible divisions (e.g., from 4 to 12) and/or changing the number of numerical/symbolic hour indications (e.g., from 0 to 4). 
     In some embodiments, as illustrated in  FIG. 15 , an indicator of positions along a series of positions may be displayed (e.g., positional indicator  1544 ). In response to detecting movement of the rotatable input mechanism, the device may update the indicator from indicating a first to indicating a second position along the series of positions. In some embodiments, the indicated position may reflect a currently selected option for the currently editable aspect along a series of selectable options for the currently editable aspect. As described above, in some embodiments, the indicator is displayed on the display at a position adjacent to the rotatable input mechanism, thereby strengthening the user&#39;s association between the indicator and the input. In some embodiments, if the currently editable aspect is color, the device may display a positional indicator that includes a series of colors, such that the currently selected color option matches the color of the position currently indicated by the positional indicator (e.g., the color could be a similar or identical color). In some embodiments, the number of positions displayed in a position indicator increases or decreases depending on the number of options for the currently selected editable aspect. 
     In some embodiments, upon reaching the last position indicated by the positional indicator, the device may provide an indication to the user that the last option has been displayed. For example, the device may depict a dimming of one or more of the selected element, an outline around the selected element, and the positional indicator. In some embodiments, the device may animate one or more of the selected element, an outline around the selected element, and the positional indicator to expand and contract (e.g., like a rubber band). In some embodiments, the device may animate one or more of the selected element, an outline around the selected element, and the positional indicator to move on the display (e.g., by bouncing). These features may be advantageous to provide an indication to the user that the last option in the series of options has been reached. 
     In some embodiments, a user may select the element on the clock face for editing by contacting the touch-sensitive display at the position of the displayed element. In other embodiments, the element may be selected by swiping the touch-sensitive display, or rotating the rotatable input mechanism. Regardless of the input, selecting a second element for editing may involve removing a visual indication from the previous element and visually indicating a second element for editing (visually indicating may include any or all of the techniques described above). 
     In some embodiments, if the element selected for editing is indicated by an outline around the element, changing an element for editing could involve translating the outline on-screen away from the first element and/or translating a visible on-screen in a continuous on-screen movement towards the second element until the outline is displayed around the second element. 
     As illustrated in  FIG. 15 , clock face edit mode allows the user to alter multiple editable aspects of the clock faces described herein. In some embodiments, in response to detecting a swipe on the touch-sensitive display (e.g., swipe  1556 ), the device may select a second element of the clock face for editing, which in response to detecting another user input (e.g., a movement of the rotatable input mechanism), may be edited. This allows the user to cycle through different editable aspects of the displayed clock face, such as colors, number and/or type of complications, and display density. 
     A user may wish to match a color of a displayed clock face to an image. In some embodiments, the device may receive a user input, and in response to receiving the user input, the device may enter a color selection mode. While in the color selection mode, the device may receive data representing an image, and in response to receiving the data, the device may select a color of the image and update a displayed clock face by changing a color on the clock face (e.g., a clock face background, hour and/or minute indication, and/or seconds hand) to match the color of the image. In some embodiments, the color selected may have the greatest prevalence of the colors in the image. This allows the user to further customize a clock face to display a designated color. For example, if the user is wearing a blue shirt, the user could take an image of the blue shirt and match the color of the clock face to the shirt. In some embodiments, the data representing the image may be obtained from an image stored on the device, an image stored on an external device in wireless communication with the device (e.g., Wi-Fi, Bluetooth™, near field communication (“NFC”), or any of the other cellular and/or other wireless communication techniques described herein), or an image taken using a camera on the device, such as camera module  143  or optical sensor  164 . 
     Having described various context-specific user interfaces and methods of user editing thereof, attention is now directed to methods of selecting a context-specific user interface shown in  FIGS. 16A-C . Numerous individual context-specific user interfaces are possible using the techniques described here. A user may wish to select a particular clock face (e.g., from a saved library of clock faces) or make a new one, depending on a particular context. For example, a user may wish to display a particular clock face during working hours to project a professional appearance, but change the clock face during the weekend to reflect an interest (such as astronomy, exercise, or photography). A user may wish for quick access to a stopwatch in one context, while desiring an indication of daytime hours in another. 
       FIG. 16A  shows exemplary context-specific user interfaces that may be operated on device  1600 . Device  1600  may be device  100 ,  300 , or  500  in some embodiments. The electronic device has a touch-sensitive display (e.g., touchscreen  504 ) configured to detect the intensity of contacts. Exemplary components for detecting the intensity of contacts, as well as techniques for their detection, have been referenced and described in greater detail above. 
     Device  1600  displays user interface screen  1602 , which includes clock face  1604 . In this example, the user wishes to switch from clock face  1604  to a different clock face. The user contacts the touch-sensitive display of device  1600  with touch  1606 . Touch  1606  has a characteristic intensity above an intensity threshold, which prompts device  1600  to enter a clock face selection mode, shown on screen  1610 . Clock face selection mode allows the user to select a clock face. 
     Device  1600  indicates that the user has entered clock face selection mode by visually distinguishing the clock face. This is shown on screen  1610 . Screen  1610  visually distinguishes that the user has entered clock face selection mode by centering reduced size clock face  1612  on the display (reduced size clock face  1612  is based on clock face  1604 ). This indicates to the user that the user is in clock face selection mode while giving the user an indication of what the clock face will look like when displayed at full size. 
     Screen  1610  also includes paging affordance  1614 . As described above, paging affordances may indicate where the user is within a sequence of options, as well as how many options are available in the sequence. Paging affordance  1614  indicates to the user that clock face  1612  is the first in a series of three selectable clock faces and/or clock face options (e.g., an option to add a new clock face or randomly generate a clock face, as described below). In clock face selection mode, a paging affordance may indicate a currently centered clock face and/or clock face option, a position of the currently centered clock face and/or clock face option within a sequence of clock faces and/or clock face options, and a total number of available clock faces and/or clock face options. This helps the user navigate the clock faces and clock face options. 
     Screen  1610  also includes a partial view of a second clock face, as shown by a partial view of second clock face  1616 . In some embodiments, when the device is in clock face selection mode, the device may include a display a partial view of another clock face, or clock face option, particularly the clock face or clock face option next in the sequence (e.g., as indicated by the paging affordance). This further helps the user understand that additional options are available. In other embodiments, only one clock face is displayed at any time. 
     Clock face selection mode may be used to select a clock face for display as a context-specific user interface, or to select a clock face for editing. Therefore, in some embodiments, when a clock face such as clock face  1612  and/or clock face  1616  is centered on the display, a user may contact the displayed clock face on the touch-sensitive display to select the centered clock face for editing and enter into clock face editing mode (as described above in reference to  FIG. 15 ). In some embodiments, clock face editing mode is entered when the contact has a characteristic intensity above an intensity threshold. Coupling clock face edit and selection modes in a single interface allows the user to select different clock faces and edit them quickly and easily. 
     A user may select a different clock face (for editing or for display as a context-specific user interface) by swiping. Device  1600  detects a swipe on the touch-sensitive display (e.g., swipe  1618 ). In response to detecting swipe  1618 , device  1600  displays screen  1620 . Screen  1620  includes second clock face  1616  centered on the display (part of second clock face  1616  was depicted on screen  1610 ). Screen  1620  also shows paging affordance  1614 , which has been updated to indicate that the currently centered clock face  1616  is second within the sequence of clock faces and/or clock face options. Also shown is a partial view clock face  1612 . This helps the user understand the sequence of clock faces, similar to a paging affordance but with the added benefit of displaying a partial view of the clock faces for user recognition. 
     To select clock face  1616 , the user contacts the touch-sensitive display on clock face  1616  (e.g., touch  1622 ). In response to detecting touch  1622 , device  1600  exits the clock face selection mode and displays screen  1630 . Screen  1630  includes full-sized clock face  1632 , which is based on clock face  1616 . In this example, clock face  1632  is a context-specific user interface similar to those described in reference to  FIGS. 11A-C  and includes affordance  1634  indicating the time of day, user interface object  1636  (a sinusoidal wave indicating a path of the Sun through the day), and affordance  1638  representing the Sun. 
     As described above and illustrated in FIG. 16 A, a user may select a clock face from a plurality of clock faces in the device&#39;s clock face selection mode. In some embodiments, at least a first and a second clock face are shown when the device is in clock face selection mode. These clock faces may be shown in sequence, but at a reduced size. In some embodiments, one clock face is centered on the display at any time, and the one or more additional clock faces on the display are shown in partial view, as depicted by partial views of clock faces  1612  and  1616 . Centering a clock face may include includes translating the prior clock face in the sequence on-screen and displaying the prior clock face in partial view. In other embodiments, only a single clock face is displayed on the device at any one time (i.e., no partial views). 
     In some embodiments, centering a clock face on the display includes simulating a movement of the clock face towards the user on the display, as if it is approaching the user. This helps draw the user&#39;s attention to the clock face while conveying to the user a sense of the clock face sequence. 
     As depicted by screen  1620 , device  1600  may display multiple available clock faces and/or clock face options in a sequence for selection by the user. A user may wish to re-order one or more clock faces within the sequence. Therefore, device  1600  may provide a clock face rearrangement mode to allow the user to select a particular clock face and change its order within the sequence of available clock faces and/or clock face options. In some embodiments, a user may contact the touch-sensitive display on a clock face (e.g., clock face  1616 ) and maintain the contact beyond a threshold interval (e.g., a “press and hold”-type user input). In response to detecting the contact, and in accordance with a determination that the contact exceeds a predetermined threshold, device  1600  may enter a clock face rearrangement mode. Device  1600  may highlight, outline, animate, or otherwise visually distinguish the clock face to indicate to the user that device  1600  has entered clock face rearrangement mode, and that the clock face has been selected for rearrangement. In some embodiments, while continuing to receive the user contact, device  1600  may detect movement of the user contact from a first position within the sequence of displayed clock faces and/or clock face options to a second position, which is different from the first position, without a break in contact of the user contact on the touch-sensitive display. In other embodiments, the contact comprising the movement from a first position within the sequence of displayed clock faces and/or clock face options to a second position, which is different from the first position, without a break in contact of the user contact on the touch-sensitive display may be a separate contact subsequent to entry into clock face rearrangement mode. In response to detecting the contact at the second position, device  1600  may translate the clock face on-screen from the first position to the second position. Optionally, other partial or complete clock faces and/or clock face options on the display may be moved accordingly to accommodate the new position of the user-selected clock face. A user may then cease the contact to select the second position as the new position for the clock face within the sequence of displayed clock faces and/or clock face options. In some embodiments, device  1600  may exit clock face rearrangement mode in response to detecting the break in contact on the touch-sensitive display after the position of at least one clock face has been rearranged. In other embodiments, in response to detecting a user input subsequent to the break in contact on the touch-sensitive display (e.g., a depression of a rotatable and depressible input mechanism such as  506 ), device  1600  may exit clock face rearrangement mode. In some embodiments, upon exiting clock face rearrangement mode, device  1600  may re-enter clock face selection mode. 
     In addition to selecting an existing context-specific user interface, a user may also wish to add a new one.  FIG. 16B  illustrates an exemplary user interface for generating a new clock face. Shown on  FIG. 16B  is device  1600 , which displays screen  1640 . Screen  1640  displays clock face  1642  and paging affordance  1644 , which indicates to the user that the currently centered clock face is the first in a sequence of three selectable clock faces and/or clock face options. Screen  1640  also displays a partial view of a clock face generation affordance (e.g.,  1646 ). 
     In this example, the user swipes the display (e.g., swipe  1648 ), and in response to detecting the swipe, device  1600  displays a full view of clock face generation affordance  1646  centered on screen  1650 . In some embodiments, as depicted by affordance  1646 , a clock face generation affordance may include a plus sign (or other text and/or symbol) to convey to the user that, upon activation of affordance  1646 , device  1600  will generate a new clock face. 
     Note that screen  1650  also displays a partial view of previously displayed clock face  1642 . This partial view of  1642  and updated paging affordance  1644  (updated to indicate that clock face generation is the second available user interface in the sequence) help orient the user within the sequence of available clock faces and/or clock face options. Further note that the partial view of clock face generation affordance  1646  on screen  1640  indicates to the user that a swipe will center affordance  1646  on the display (e.g., as displayed on screen  1650 ) for user activation. 
     A user may activate affordance  1646 , for example by contacting affordance  1646  on the touch-sensitive display (e.g., touch  1652 ). In response to detecting the contact, device  1600  displays screen  1660 , which includes newly generated clock face  1662  centered on the display. As shown on screen  1660 , new clock face  1662  includes affordance  1664 , which displays the current date (e.g., obtained from a calendar application), and affordance  1666 , which displays the current weather conditions (e.g., obtained from a weather application). 
     In response to detecting an activation of affordance  1646 , in some embodiments, the device remains in clock face selection mode after centering the displayed new clock face. In other embodiments, upon centering the newly generated clock face on the display, the device enters into clock face edit mode, as described above. This allows the user to edit one or more aspects of the newly generated clock face. In some embodiments, the device exits clock face selection mode and centers the new clock face as a full-size clock face on the display. 
     It is to be appreciated that, while new clock face  1662  depicts a representation of an analog clock, any of the context-specific user interfaces described herein (with any of the optional features described herein) may be a new clock face generated in response to activating the clock face generation affordance. In some embodiments, a new clock face may have a different customizable aspect, as compared to existing clock faces on the device. For example, if the user already has a clock face that includes a blue seconds hand, the device may generate a new clock face that includes a red seconds hand. This helps the user explore the options available for context-specific user interfaces described herein, thus enhancing the user interface by increasing variety. 
     In addition to selecting an existing context-specific user interface or generating a new context-specific user interface, a user may also wish to create a random context-specific user interface.  FIG. 16C  illustrates an exemplary user interface for generating a random clock face. Shown on  FIG. 16C  is device  1600 , which displays screen  1670 . Screen  1670  displays clock face  1672  and paging affordance  1674 , which indicates to the user that the currently centered clock face is the first in a sequence of three selectable clock faces and/or clock face options. Screen  1670  also displays a partial view of a random clock face generation affordance (e.g.,  1676 ). 
     In this example, the user swipes the display (e.g., swipe  1678 ), and in response to detecting the swipe, device  1600  displays a full view of random clock face generation affordance  1676  centered on screen  1680 . In some embodiments, as depicted by affordance  1676 , a random clock face generation affordance may include a question mark (or other text and/or symbol, such as the letter “R”) to convey to the user that, upon activation of affordance  1676 , device  1600  will generate a random clock face. 
     Note that screen  1680  also displays a partial view of previously displayed clock face  1672 . The partial view of  1672 , along with updated paging affordance  1674  (updated to indicate that random clock face generation is the second available user interface in the sequence), helps orient the user to the sequence of clock faces and/or options available in the sequence. Further note that the partial view of random clock face generation affordance  1676  on screen  1670  indicates to the user that a swipe will center affordance  1676  on the display (e.g., as displayed on screen  1680 ) for user activation. 
     A user may activate affordance  1676 , for example by contacting affordance  1676  on the touch-sensitive display (e.g., touch  1682 ). In response to detecting the contact, device  1600  displays screen  1690 , which includes randomly generated clock face  1692  centered on the display. As shown on screen  1690 , new clock face  1692  includes affordance  1694 , which represents an affordance for launching a stopwatch application, and affordance  1696 , which displays the current temperature (e.g., obtained from a weather application). 
     In response to detecting an activation of affordance  1676 , in some embodiments, the device remains in clock face selection mode after centering the displayed random clock face. In other embodiments, upon centering the randomly generated clock face on the display, the device enters into clock face edit mode, as described above. This allows the user to edit one or more aspects of the randomly generated clock face. In some embodiments, the device exits clock face selection mode and centers the random clock face as a full-size clock face on the display. 
     It is to be appreciated that, while random clock face  1692  depicts a representation of an analog clock, any of the context-specific user interfaces described herein (with any of the optional features described herein) may be a random clock face generated in response to activating the random clock face generation affordance. 
     In some embodiments, the random clock face may be different from any of the other clock faces available in clock face selection mode. The device may accomplish this in multiple ways. In some embodiments, the device may randomly generate a random clock face, and then check the random clock face against the other stored clock faces to ensure that it is different. In other embodiments, the device may generate a random clock face and rely on the inherent probability that it will be different from the stored clock faces, given the sheer number of potential clock faces made available by the techniques described herein. 
     In some embodiments, upon displaying the random clock face, the device may display a user prompt for generating a second random clock face. This allows the user to randomly generate another clock face if the user does not like the particular type of context-specific user interface and/or customized features of the random clock face. In some embodiments, the random clock face generation affordance may depict, e.g., a slot machine or other indication of a user prompt for generating a second random clock face, to provide this feature. 
     In addition to centering a clock face on the display for selection, the device may also highlight the centered clock face in one or more ways. For example, in some embodiments, the centered clock face may be displayed by visibly distinguishing an outline around the centered clock face (e.g., by displaying a visible outline, or by distinguishing a pre-existing outline already visible around the clock face), as illustrated by  1612 ,  1622 ,  1642 , and  1672 . In some embodiments, the outline may be animated to depict a rhythmic expansion and contraction (e.g., animation similar to pulsing or breathing). In some embodiments, the centered clock face itself may be animated to depict a rhythmic expansion and contraction. In some embodiments, the centered clock face may be animated to depict flashing. In some embodiments, a color of the centered clock face may be changed (e.g., a change in color and/or intensity). Any or all of these indications may be used to visually indicate that the centered clock face is currently selectable. 
     As described above, the techniques presented herein related to selection of a clock face may be applied to any of the context-specific user interfaces of the present disclosure. A user may wish to display a clock face with an image, such as a user photo or other image file, as the background (see, e.g., the context specific user-interfaces, components, and techniques described in reference to  FIGS. 12A and 12B, 24, and 39 ). It is therefore desirable to provide a user interface that allows the user to select an image from a set of multiple images (e.g., from an image folder or photo album). A user may also wish to customize the appearance of a selected image. For example, the image may have been taken on a device with a different resolution or aspect ratio, and the user may wish to customize the look of the image to fit a device with a reduced size display. As such, it is also desirable to provide a user interface that allows for quick customization of a selected image (e.g., by cropping, zooming, and/or re-centering the image) to fit a reduced size display. Advantageously, the techniques described below allow for an efficient interface that provides both of these functionalities, thereby improving battery life and reducing processor power by lessening the number of user inputs required to select and edit images. 
       FIG. 16D  shows additional exemplary user interfaces that may be operated on device  1600 . In  FIG. 16D , device  1600  displays screen  1603 , which, similar to screen  1610  in  FIG. 16A , includes reduced size clock face  1605 , paging affordance  1609 , and a partial view of clock face  1607 . In response to detecting user swipe  1611 , device  1600  displays screen  1613 , which includes a partial view of clock face  1605 , an updated paging affordance  1609  (updated to indicate to the user that the clock face represented by  1607  is the second of three available clock faces or clock face options), and reduced size clock face  1607 . 
     In this example, reduced size clock face  1607  represents a user image by displaying a reduced size version of the user image. While  1607  shows a single, reduced size image that represents the user image, any representation of an image could be displayed, such as a set of multiple images (e.g., a representation of a photo album), or an affordance that represents an image and/or photo album via text, such as a text that reads “Photo,” “Album,” or the like. These representations indicate to the user that this option, when selected, displays a clock face with a background image along with an indication of the time of day and/or date. In some embodiments, more than one image, and/or more than one representation of an image, may displayed. 
     To select clock face  1607 , the user contacts the touch-sensitive display on clock face  1607  (e.g., touch  1615 ). In response to detecting touch  1615 , device  1600  exits the clock face selection mode and displays screen  1617 . Screen  1617  displays a full-sized clock face that includes background  1619 , affordance  1621  indicating a time of day, and affordance  1623  indicating a date or day of the month. Background  1619  may be based on the image represented by  1607 . For example, it may be a larger version of the same image (e.g., if  1607  displays a single image), a larger version of an image thumbnail displayed as part of an album (e.g., if  1607  displays more than one image, as described below), or it may be an image represented via text by  1607 . As used herein, a background “based on” an image may refer to a background that is based on at least the first image, i.e., additional images may be displayed. In some embodiments, affordance  1621  and/or  1623  may be generated by modifying in appearance a subset of pixels constituting background  1619  (e.g., as described in reference to  FIG. 12A , such as by color blurring, blending, gradient, etc.). 
       FIG. 16E  illustrates an alternative technique for selecting an image-based clock face. Rather than immediately selecting a single image for display (e.g., as background  1619 ), a user may wish to first access a set of multiple images (e.g., a photo album).  FIG. 16E  begins with the same user interfaces and inputs described in relation to screens  1603  and  1613 . However, in response to a user selection of the image-based clock face option (e.g., touch  1615  on reduced size clock face  1607 ), device  1600  instead displays screen  1625 , which in this example includes representations of nine different images, including representation  1627 , which represents the image on which background  1619  is based. 
     Screen  1625  represents a set of images (e.g., from a user photo album) in a grid-type layout with rows and columns Any type of layout may be used. In some embodiments, screen  1625  may display a composite image comprising representations associated with individual images, such as photos from a photo album. These representations may include indications (e.g., labels) and/or visual representations (e.g., thumbnail images) of the corresponding images. The user may select the image associated with representation  1627  by contacting the displayed representation with touch  1629 . In response to detecting touch  1629 , device  1600  displays screen  1617 , as described above. 
     In some embodiments, the user may have the option of pre-selecting a preference as to whether device  1600  displays a single image, as illustrated by  FIG. 16D , or multiple images, as illustrated by  FIG. 16E . In some embodiments, in response to a user selection of an image-based clock face (e.g., touch  1615 ), device  1600  may provide a user prompt for viewing a single image or multiple images. A user may then provide an input (e.g., a touch on the touch-sensitive display) to select the appropriate option. 
     Once an image has been selected for the background of the clock face, a user may wish to modify the image or replace it with a different image. Advantageously, both functionalities may be provided from a single user interface using the zoom/crop operations described below. As an example,  FIGS. 16F &amp; 16G  illustrate how simple rotations of a rotatable input mechanism in different directions may allow the user to navigate seamlessly from a single image to image modifications (e.g., zooming, cropping, and the like), or from a single image back out to a photo album (e.g., for selecting a different image). It will be appreciated that other user inputs, such as various touch gestures, may alternatively or additionally be employed. 
     As illustrated in  FIG. 16F , while screen  1617  is displayed, the user may move a rotatable input mechanism is a first direction of rotation (e.g., movement  1631 ) to crop the image on which background  1619  is based. In response to detecting movement  1631 , device  1600  displays screen  1633  with image  1635 , a cropped image based on background  1619 . Image  1635  may be generated, for example, by modifying background  1619  in one or more of the following ways: removing one or more outer portions of background  1619 , increasing the magnification of at least a portion of background  1619  (e.g., zooming), or altering the aspect ratio of background  1619 . This allows the user to quickly crop an image, for example to improve the appearance of the image on a reduced-size display. 
     In some embodiments, the amount of cropping used to generate image  1635  based on background  1619  is proportional to the degree, amount, speed, and/or number of rotations of the rotatable input mechanism. In other embodiments, the amount of cropping used to generate image  1635  based on background  1619  is not proportional to the degree, amount, speed, and/or number of rotations of the rotatable input mechanism. Any model for mapping a movement of a rotatable input mechanism to the amount or speed of cropping may be used, such as those described in reference to scrolling in U.S. patent application Ser. No. 14/476,700, “Crown Input for a Wearable Electronic Device,” filed Sep. 3, 2014, which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety. For example, acceleration, velocity, or the like may be used to determine the amount of speed of scaling of the cropped image. 
     Other image manipulations are possible using other user inputs. For example, as illustrated in  FIG. 16F , the user may provide a drag gesture (e.g., drag  1637 ) on screen  1633  to re-center or translate image  1635  on the display. In response to detecting drag  1637 , device  1600  displays screen  1639  with image  1641 . Image  1641  is based on a translation of  1635  on the display. The degree and/or orientation of the translation may be based at least in part on the amount, direction, and/or speed of drag  1637 . Other user inputs are possible, such as taps or other contacts on the touch-sensitive display. For example, the user may tap or double-tap the image, and, in response, device  1600  may re-center the image based at least in part on the location of the received tap(s). 
     Once the user is satisfied with image  1641 , it may be selected as the new background by a touch input, such as touch  1643 . Touch  1643  has a characteristic intensity above an intensity threshold (which may be the same or different threshold described above in reference to touch  1606 ), which prompts device  1600  to display user prompt  1645  asking the user to confirm setting image  1641  as the background. In response to detecting a user confirmation of image  1641  (e.g., by touch  1647  on a “YES” affordance), device  1600  displays screen  1649 , which includes image  1641  as the background and affordances  1621  and  1623 . In other embodiments, device  1600  may forego displaying user prompt  1645  and instead display screen  1649  in response to touch  1643 . If touch  1643  has a characteristic intensity that is not above the intensity threshold, device  1600  may forego displaying screen  1649  and/or modify image  1641  in appearance, e.g., as described above. 
     In some embodiments, affordances  1621  and/or  1623  may be modified in appearance, compared to when they are displayed on background  1619 , based on the different appearance of  1641  compared to  1619 . For example, they may constitute a modification of a subset of pixels of a different image, or a different subset of pixels from the same image (e.g.,  1641  vs.  1619 ). In other embodiments, affordances  1621  and/or  1623  may have the same appearance on both screens. 
       FIG. 16G  illustrates an exemplary technique for allowing the user to select a different image. While screen  1617  with background  1619  is displayed, the user may move a rotatable input mechanism is a second direction of rotation (e.g., movement  1651 ). In some embodiments, movement  1651  may have a direction of rotation opposite that of movement  1631 . In response to detecting movement  1651 , device  1600  displays screen  1625 , which as described above represents a set of images (e.g., from a user photo album). The user may select the image corresponding to representation  1653  (which as described above may be an image such as a thumbnail or an indication such as a label) by touch  1655 . 
     In response to detecting touch  1655 , device  1600  displays screen  1657 , which includes a background based on image  1659 . Similar to  FIG. 16F , the user may crop, zoom, or otherwise modify image  1659  through one or more rotations of the rotatable input mechanism or one or more touch gestures. Similar to  FIG. 16F , the user may touch screen  1657  with touch  1661  to select image  1659  as the background image. Touch  1661  has a characteristic intensity above an intensity threshold (which may be the same or different threshold described above in reference to touch  1606  or  1643 ), so in accordance with a determination that touch  1661  has a characteristic intensity above the intensity threshold, device  1600  displays user prompt  1663  to confirm setting image  1659  as the background. In response to detecting a user confirmation of image  1659  (e.g., by touch  1663  on a “YES” affordance), device  1600  displays screen  1667 , which includes image  1659  as the background and affordances  1669  and  1671 . In other embodiments, device  1600  may forego displaying user prompt  1663  and instead display screen  1667  in response to touch  1661 . If touch  1661  has a characteristic intensity that is not above the intensity threshold, device  1600  may forego displaying screen  1667  and/or modify image  1659  in appearance, e.g., as described above. In some embodiments, affordances  1669  and  1671  may be the same as affordances  1621  and  1623 , respectively. In other embodiments, affordances  1669  and  1671  may be distinct from affordances  1621  and  1623 , respectively, e.g., as modifications of a subset of pixels of a different image (image  1659  vs.  1619 ). 
     The techniques described above allow for a single user interface for selecting and modifying images to generate an image-based context-specific user interface of the present disclosure. Providing a single user interface for these functionalities reduces the number of user inputs required to accomplish these tasks, thereby reducing battery consumption and processor power. While these operations are illustrated in  FIGS. 16F &amp; 16G  using the movement of a rotatable input mechanism (e.g.,  506 ) and specific touch gestures, it will be appreciated that other combinations of user inputs such as touch gestures may be used. 
     In some embodiments, the user may access clock face edit mode and clock face selection mode through a shared interface. For example, a contact with a characteristic intensity above the intensity threshold may cause the device to enter clock face selection mode. In this example, screen  1510  in  FIG. 15  may represent clock face selection mode, with a paging affordance that indicates the currently selected clock face within a sequence of selectable clock faces and/or clock face options. Upon entering clock face selection mode, in some embodiments, a second contact with a characteristic intensity above the intensity threshold may cause the device to enter into the clock face edit mode and select the currently centered clock face for editing. In other embodiments, upon entering clock face selection mode, the device may display an affordance representing clock face edit mode. Upon detecting a contact on the displayed affordance, the device may enter into the clock face edit mode and select the currently centered clock face for editing. These features help tie the context-specific user interface selection and editing functionalities into a single interface that is user-friendly and intuitive. 
     3. Additional Functionalities for Context-Specific User Interfaces 
     A user may wish for additional functionalities in a context-specific user interface that may be applied to the user interfaces described above. For example, a user may wish to set reminders, launch applications, and view the time at a designated location. Such functionalities are not limited to particular user interfaces described herein, but rather may be generally applied to any or all of them. The following functionalities are generalizable features that may be incorporated into any of the context-specific user interfaces described herein. While a specific functionality may be described in reference to a particular context-specific user interface below, this is in no way intended to be limiting. 
       FIG. 17A  shows exemplary context-specific user interfaces that may be operated on device  1700 . Device  1700  may be device  100 ,  300 , or  500  in some embodiments. In some embodiments, the electronic device has a touch-sensitive display (e.g., touchscreen  504 ) and a rotatable input mechanism (e.g.,  506  or  1540 ). 
     In this example, a user wants to set a reminder for 6:00 (this may be a reminder for 6:00 at a specific day or a general reminder for 6:00 every day). Device  1700  displays user interface screen  1702 . Screen  1702  depicts a clock face similar to those described in reference to  FIGS. 11A-C  and includes affordance  1704 , which indicates the time of day, and a sinusoidal wave indicating a path of the Sun through the day. Screen  1702  further includes affordance  1708 , which as described in  FIG. 11A  indicates a current time of day by its position along the sinusoidal wave (10:09). 
     A user may contact the display, which then prompts the device to enter into a user interaction mode. User interaction mode provides the user additional interactions available within the user interface, such as setting a user reminder. Once in user interaction mode, a user moves the rotatable input mechanism (e.g., movement  1708 ), and in response to detecting the movement, device  1700  displays screen  1710 . Screen  1710  displays a non-current time of day (6:00), as indicated by affordance  1712  and the position of affordance  1714  along the sinusoidal wave. The user may use movement  1708  to scroll through times of day until a designated time is displayed (in this case 6:00) so the user can set a reminder for the designated time of day. 
     The user contacts the display at affordance  1714  (e.g., touch  1716 ), and in response to detecting the contact, device  1700  sets a reminder for the indicated time of day (6:00). This allows the user to set a designate a time of day for a user reminder. 
       FIG. 17B  shows device  1700  at a later time of day (11:00). Device  1700  displays screen  1720 . Screen  1720  includes affordance  1722 , which indicates the current time, and affordance  1724 , which indicates a current time of day by its position along the sinusoidal wave. As shown in  FIG. 11B , in this context-specific user interface, a user may contact affordance  1724  (e.g., touch  1726 ) to view user interface objects representing dawn, dusk, sunrise, and sunset. 
     In response to detecting the contact, device  1700  displays screen  1730 . Screen  1730  includes affordance  1732 , which indicates the current time of day, and affordance  1734 , which also indicates the current time of day by its position along sinusoidal wave  1736 . Line  1738  depicts the boundary between the daytime and nighttime portions of the display. As described above, screen  1730  includes user interface objects  1740  (representing a time of dawn),  1742  (representing a time of sunrise),  1744  (representing a time of sunset), and  1746  (representing a time of dusk). 
     Importantly, screen  1730  also displays affordance  1748 . Affordance  1748  is a visual reminder of the time of day designated by the user (6:00) in  FIG. 17A . Thus, the device now displays a user reminder for this time of day, in this case in response to a user contact on affordance  1724 . 
     In some embodiments, setting the user reminder may include displaying an affordance representing a user prompt to set an alert for the designated time of day. This affordance may include a user interface for setting one or more properties of the alert. 
     In some embodiments, a user reminder may include a calendar event. For example, instead of a user setting the user reminder as described above, the device may import a calendar event from a calendar application. Using the example illustrated in  FIG. 17B , affordance  1748  may represent a calendar event imported from a calendar application. Importing a calendar event from a calendar application allows the user to track the time of the calendar event compared with the current time and/or other times of interest (e.g., sunrise, sunset, dawn, or dusk). For example, the user may be able to view the time of a tennis match (stored as a calendar event) as part of screen  1730  and thereby gauge how much time is left before the match is scheduled, or how much time is available between the start of the match and sunset. In some embodiments, the user may move the rotatable input mechanism (e.g., movement  1708 ), and in response to detecting the movement, the device may snap to the user reminder by visually distinguishing affordance  1748  and/or by updating a displayed indication of time to indicate the time associated with the user reminder represented by affordance  1748 . 
     In some embodiments, the user reminder represents a recurring event. In some embodiments, the time of the user reminder is based on a fixed chronological time. To use  FIG. 17B  as an example, if the user reminder is a tennis match, it may recur at the same chronological time throughout the year, but the position of affordance  1748  relative to line  1738  may change throughout the year. This would allow the user to determine whether sufficient daylight will be present throughout the match on a given date simply by viewing the position of affordance  1748 . In other embodiments, the time of the user reminder is based on a solar condition (e.g., the amount of daylight or lack thereof). For example, a user reminder may reflect the time of a solar condition, such as a particular time before sunset, or the time that the sun is at a particular angle above the horizon. Therefore, if such a user reminder is recurring, the chronological time of the user reminder may vary over time while still representing the same solar condition, allowing the user to plan for viewing this solar condition at any time of the year. 
     The user reminder for the designated time of day may include one or more optional features. In some embodiments, the reminder may include a visual alert for the designated time of day. For example, the device may display a visual alert on or before the designated time of day. Alternatively, the device may display at any time a visual affordance that shows the designated time of day within the context of the current user interface. In the example of  FIG. 17B , visual affordance  1748  is displayed along the sinusoidal wave to help the user understand how far the designated time of day is from the current time of day. 
     In some embodiments, the user reminder may include an audio alert for the designated time of day. For example, the device may play a sound on or before the designated time of day. In some embodiments, the user reminder may include a haptic alert generated on or before the designated time of day (e.g., using haptic feedback module  133  and tactile output generator  167 ). This haptic signal lets the user know when the designated time of day is approaching. 
     Turning now to  FIG. 18A , any or all of the context-specific user interfaces described herein may include one or more complications. One type of complication a user may wish to use is a complication for launching an application. For example, the affordance representing the complication on the clock face may display a set of information from the corresponding application. However, a user may wish to view additional information from the application, or launch the full application itself. 
       FIG. 18A  shows exemplary context-specific user interfaces that may be operated on device  1800 . Device  1800  may be device  100 ,  300 , or  500  in some embodiments. In some embodiments, the electronic device has a touch-sensitive display (e.g., touchscreen  504 ). 
     Device  1800  displays user interface screen  1802 . Screen  1802  includes clock face  1804  and affordances  1806  and  1808 , which are displayed as complications. Affordances  1806  and  1808  represent applications and include a set of information obtained from the corresponding application. In this example, affordance  1806  represents a weather application and displays weather conditions obtained from the weather application. Affordance  1808  represents a calendar application and displays the current date obtained from the calendar application. Affordance  1806  and affordance  1808  are updated in accordance with data from the corresponding application. For example, affordance  1806  is updated to display current weather conditions obtained from the weather application. Affordance  1808  is updated to display the current date obtained from the calendar application. For example, these complications may be application widgets updated based on application data. 
     To launch the weather application, a user contacts the display at affordance  1806  (e.g., touch  1810 ). In response, device  1800  launches the weather application, which is depicted on screen  1820 . Screen  1820  shows further weather information, including current weather conditions (e.g., user interface object  1822 ), an indication of the current location (e.g., user interface object  1824 ), and an indication of the current temperature (e.g., user interface object  1826 ). 
       FIG. 18B  also depicts device  1800  displaying screen  1802 . As depicted in  FIG. 18A , screen  1802  includes clock face  1804  and affordances  1806  and  1808 , which are displayed as complications. 
     If a user wishes to launch the calendar application instead of the weather application, the user contacts the display at affordance  1808  (e.g., touch  1812 ). In response, device  1800  launches the calendar application, which is depicted on screen  1830 . Screen  1830  shows further calendar information, including user interface object  1832 , which depicts the full date, and user interface object  1834 , which represents a calendar event (in this case, a meeting at 1). 
     In some embodiments, a user interface screen may display a complication that represents an application and includes a set of information obtained from the corresponding application. In some embodiments, as illustrated by  FIGS. 18A and 18B , a user interface screen may display a plurality of complications that represent applications and include sets of information obtained from a plurality of applications, or a plurality of sets of information obtained from a single application. 
     In some embodiments, as described above, a user may move a rotatable input mechanism to scroll a displayed indication of time forward or backward. In some embodiments, the device may display two or more indications of time, and in response to detecting a movement of the rotatable input mechanism, the device may update one or more of the displayed indications of time and keep another indication of time constant. To illustrate using screen  1802  in  FIGS. 18A  and B as an example, if affordance  1808  represents an indication of current time (e.g., a digital display), the device may update the displayed clock face in response to detecting the movement of the rotatable input mechanism while continuing to display the current time with affordance  1808 . The displayed clock face may be updated, for example, by animating a clockwise or counter-clockwise movement of one or more clock hands, depending on whether the displayed time is scrolled forward or backward. 
     In some embodiments, the device may update other displayed complications (e.g., those that do not indicate a time per se) in response to detecting the movement of the rotatable input mechanism. For example, in addition to updating the time displayed by clock face  1804 , the device may also update the forecasted or historical weather condition displayed by affordance  1806  to correspond with the time indicated by clock face  1804 . In these embodiments, the device may forego updating another displayed complication in response to scrolling the displayed time. For example, a displayed stopwatch complication may remain the same while the displayed clock face is updated. In some embodiments, a displayed complication that is not updated in response to detecting the movement of the rotatable input mechanism may be visually distinguished, such as by changing a hue, saturation, and/or lightness of the displayed complication. This allows the user to distinguish which complications are updated and which remain constant. 
     Advantageously, these context-specific user interface methods, which may be applied to any of the context-user interfaces described herein simply by including an application complication, allow the user to view updated information from a particular application while also presenting a quick way to launch the corresponding application in the same user interface object. Moreover, the application and/or application information depicted by the complication may further be customized using the editing methods described in reference to  FIG. 15  (see, e.g., screen  1560  and  1570 ). 
     A user may navigate screens on, e.g., a portable multifunction device, that include many affordances. These affordances may represent, for example, applications that may be launched on the device. One such affordance may activate a context-specific user interface, such as those described herein. In order to help the user recognize that a particular affordance corresponds to launching a context-specific user interface, an animation that visually connects the affordance to the interface may be desirable. 
       FIG. 18C  shows an exemplary user interface for editing a clock face that contains more than one complication, such as the ones depicted in  FIGS. 18A and 18B .  FIG. 18C  again depicts device  1800  displaying screen  1802 , which includes clock face  1804 , affordance  1806  representing a weather application, and affordance  1808  representing a calendar application. 
     As discussed above in reference to  FIG. 15 , a user may customize the complications displayed on screen  1802  by entering clock face edit mode. The user contacts the touch-sensitive display of device  1800  with touch  1814 . Touch  1814  has a characteristic intensity above an intensity threshold, which prompts device  1800  to enter a clock face edit mode, shown on screen  1840 . Device  1800  indicates that the user has entered clock face edit mode by visually distinguishing the clock face. In this example, screen  1840  shows a smaller version of the display of screen  1802  (e.g.,  1842 ), which includes a reduced size clock face, reduced size complication  1844 , which is based on complication  1806 , and reduced size complication  1846 , which is based on complication  1808 . 
     A user selects this clock face for editing by contacting displayed clock face  1842  (e.g., touch  1850 ). In some embodiments, touch  1850  is a contact on the touch-sensitive display. In some embodiments, touch  1850  is a contact on the touch-sensitive display with a characteristic intensity above an intensity threshold. This causes device  1800  to enter into clock face edit mode and display screen  1860 . Screen  1860  displays clock face  1862  for editing. Currently, affordance  1864  representing the weather application is selected for editing, as highlighted by outline  1866 . Also displayed is positional indicator  1868 , which indicates the position of the displayed complication in a series of complication options using line  1870 . Positional indicator  1868  further indicates to the user that a rotatable input mechanism may be used to cycle through options available for editing affordance  1864  (e.g., which set of information from the weather application to display, or another application from which a set of information may be displayed). Paging affordance  1872  also displays the position of the aspect of clock face  1862  currently selected for editing (i.e., complication  1864 ) in a series of editable aspects. 
     Screen  1860  also displays affordance  1874 , which represents the calendar application. To select this complication for editing, the user contacts displayed affordance  1874  (e.g., touch  1876 ). In response, device  1800  displays screen  1880 . Like screen  1860 , screen  1880  displays clock face  1862 , affordance  1864  (which represents the weather application), positional indicator  1868 , and affordance  1874  (which represents the weather application). Affordance  1874  is now highlighted for editing, as shown by outline  1882 . The position of this complication option is depicted by line  1884  in positional indicator  1868 . Finally, paging affordance  1886  has been updated to display the position of affordance complication  1874  in a series of editable aspects of clock face  1862 . The user may now edit the set of information displayed by affordance  1874  using the rotatable input mechanism (e.g., which set of information from the calendar application to display, or another application from which a set of information may be displayed). In summary, while in clock face edit mode, a user may select a complication for editing when more than one complication is displayed by contacting the displayed complication. In some embodiments, this causes the affordance to be highlighted (e.g., by a visible outline or other means for visibly distinguishing the affordance described herein). 
       FIG. 19A  shows exemplary context-specific user interfaces that may be operated on device  1900 . Device  1900  may be device  100 ,  300 , or  500  in some embodiments. In some embodiments, the electronic device has a touch-sensitive display (e.g., touchscreen  504 ). 
     Device  1900  displays user interface screen  1902 , which includes a plurality of affordances (e.g., affordances  1904  and  1906 ). Affordance  1906  represents a clock face that includes an indication of time (e.g., the hour hand, minute hand, and tick marks) and an outline (e.g., a circle or a polygon such as a square with rounded corners). In some embodiments, the clock face may indicate the current time. The user contacts the touch-sensitive display (e.g., touch  1908 ) at affordance  1906 , and in response, device  1900  displays, sequentially, screens  1910 ,  1920 , and  1930  in continuous on-screen animation. 
     Screen  1910  shows outline  1912  being animated by progressively displaying the element in a rotational motion (e.g., as if it is being filled in or drawn in a clockwise manner). Next, screen  1920  shows full outline  1922  and hour hand and minute hand  1924 . Finally, screen  1930  shows full outline  1932 , hour hand and minute hand  1934 , and hour indication  1936 . Like the outline, the hour indications may also be progressively filled in sequentially (e.g., in a clockwise manner). Importantly, at least one of the elements from affordance  1906  is maintained on screen  1930  (e.g., an outline, or the hour and minute hands), but at a larger display size. 
     While  FIG. 19A  depicts an analog clock face with an hour hand and a minute hand, the techniques described in reference to  FIG. 19A  may apply to many context-specific user interfaces. For example, if the user interface displays a representation of the Earth (as shown in  FIG. 8 ), the affordance in the plurality of affordances may depict an Earth, and the outline of the Earth may be retained and/or drawn in using a clockwise motion. 
     A user may also wish to receive an indication from a portable multifunction device that a missed or unread notification is available. Thus, in any of the embodiments described herein, a device may receive a notification, determine whether the notification has been missed (e.g., not viewed or marked as not read), and in accordance with a determination that the notification has been missed, display an affordance indicating a missed notification. In accordance with a determination that the notification has not been missed, the device may forego displaying the affordance indicating a missed notification. In some embodiments, an aspect of the displayed affordance represents a number of missed notifications received by the electronic device. For example, the displayed affordance may change color, change size, or be animated (e.g., to depict pulsing) to represent a number of missed notifications. In some embodiments, in response to receiving data representing user viewing of the missed notification, the device may remove the displayed affordance. This provides the user a quick visual reminder that a notification may be viewed. 
     A user may also wish to launch an application, such as a stopwatch application, from any of the context-specific user interfaces described herein. Thus, in any of the embodiments described herein, a device may display a stopwatch progress affordance that indicates a currently running stopwatch application. For example, the stopwatch progress affordance may depict a representation of a digital stopwatch (e.g., similar to affordance  1694  in  FIG. 16C ). This representation may be continuously updated to indicate a stopwatch time generated by the currently running stopwatch application. A user may contact the stopwatch progress affordance, and in response to detecting the contact, the device may launch the stopwatch application. This provides a functional reminder that a stopwatch is currently running from any context-specific user interface. 
     When traveling, a user may wish to quickly access the time at home, or another designated location. Thus, in any of the embodiments described herein, a device may include a location sensor (e.g., GPS sensor  532  and/or GPS module  135 ). While any clock face is displayed on the display, a user may contact the display, and in response to detecting the contact, the device may access a designated home location (e.g., a home time zone). The device may obtain a current time zone (i.e., at the current location of the device), determine whether the current time zone is different from the home time zone, and in accordance with a determination that the current time zone is different from the home time zone, update the displayed clock face to indicate current time at the home time zone. In accordance with a determination that the current time zone is not different from the home time zone, the device may continue to display the same clock face to indicate current time at both the home time zone and the current time zone. 
     In some embodiments, a user may designate the home time zone. For example, the device may provide a user interface for designating the home time zone. 
     In other embodiments, the device may designate the home time zone. For example, the device could base this designation on data representing amount of time spent at a location, which times of day are spent at the location, and/or a number of contact entries associated with the location. In this way, the device may automatically be able to designate a home time zone. 
     A user may wish to display different context-specific user interfaces, such as those described herein, depending on a particular context. For example, a user may wish to display a specific context-specific user interface or specific content (e.g., information provided by a displayed complication) while at work, then display a different context-specific user interface or different content while at home. In some embodiments, a user may designate a time of day to change the displayed context-specific user interface. In some embodiments, a user may designate an interval during the day wherein a particular context-specific user interface is displayed. In other embodiments, the device may include a location sensor, and a user may designate a context-specific user interface to be displayed at a particular location (e.g., a home or office). In some embodiments, the device may employ a heuristic method to track previous user interactions, such as a time of day and/or location whereupon a user has changed context-specific user interfaces, a particular context-specific user interface that has been selected or de-selected, and the like. For example, if a user has changed context-specific user interfaces at an approximately regular time after returning home from work, the device may display a prompt asking if the user would like to change context-specific user interfaces at the same time on the following day. In some embodiments, the device automatically changes the context-specific user interface based on a previous user interaction. In other embodiments, the device prompts the user to change the context-specific user interface based on a previous user interaction. 
     It may be desirable to vary the display of any of the devices described herein. Thus, in any of the embodiments described herein, a device may display a clock face that includes a plurality of pixels, detect a movement of the device (as described above), and in response to detecting the movement, move the displayed clock face on the display. Moving may include modifying a subset of the pixels in the plurality (e.g., by changing color and/or intensity of one or more pixels). 
     A user may wish to use a virtual tachymeter (e.g., a tachymeter that is not based on a physical tachymeter dial built onto the device) on any of the devices described herein. A virtual tachymeter may be provided, for example, by a tachymeter user interface object that may be displayed on a dedicated tachymeter user interface screen, or on any of the user interface screens described herein (e.g., as a tachymeter complication). The user may provide a user input to start the virtual tachymeter and, subsequently the user may stop the virtual tachymeter by providing a second user input. For example, the tachymeter user interface object may include a start affordance, a stop affordance, or a combined start/stop affordance. The user may start the virtual tachymeter by contacting the start affordance or the start/stop affordance and stop the virtual tachymeter by contacting the stop affordance or the start/stop affordance. In another example, one or both user inputs may be an input on a mechanical button (e.g., a rotation and/or depression of the rotatable and depressible input mechanism  506 , and/or a press on button  508 ) to start and/or stop the virtual tachymeter. In some embodiments, one or both user inputs may be an audio (e.g., verbal) input. 
     After the user has stopped the virtual tachymeter, the device may display a time value based on the time elapsed between start and stop. This time value may be based on, for example, a number of units of time in a predetermined interval (e.g., the number of seconds in an hour). In some embodiments, the displayed time value may be based on the number of units of time in the predetermined interval (e.g., the number of seconds in an hour) divided by the time elapsed between start and stop. In some embodiments, the user may customize the units of time used by the tachymeter, the units of time in the predetermined interval, and/or the predetermined interval. In some embodiments, while the virtual tachymeter is running, the tachymeter user interface object may include an updating display to indicate the passage of time, such as a running or continuously updated countdown of the time value, a rotating shape, and the like. Advantageously, since the tachymeter is virtual, it may measure any increment or interval of time because it is not constrained or fixed like a traditional tachymeter, such as a watch tachymeter. For example, a watch tachymeter is typically limited to measuring times less than or equal to 60 seconds, because the displayed time values are fixed (e.g., painted or etched onto a tachymeter dial) and only apply to values within one full rotation of the second hand. 
     A user may wish to use a virtual telemeter (e.g., a telemeter that is not based on a physical telemeter dial built onto the device) on any of the devices described herein. A virtual telemeter may be provided, for example, by a telemeter user interface object that may be displayed on a dedicated telemeter user interface screen, or on any of the user interface screens described herein (e.g., as a telemeter complication). 
     The user may provide a user input to start the virtual telemeter and, subsequently the user may stop the virtual telemeter by providing a second user input. For example, the telemeter user interface object may include a start affordance, a stop affordance, or a combined start/stop affordance. The user may start the virtual telemeter by contacting the start affordance or the start/stop affordance and stop the virtual telemeter by contacting the stop affordance or the start/stop affordance. In another example, one or both user inputs may be an input on a mechanical button (e.g., a rotation and/or depression of the rotatable and depressible input mechanism  506 , and/or a press on button  508 ) to start and/or stop the virtual telemeter. In some embodiments, one or both user inputs may be an audio (e.g., verbal) input. After the user has stopped the virtual telemeter, the device may display a distance based on the time elapsed between start and stop. This distance may be based on the speed of sound. For example, the user may see lightning, start the telemeter, and stop the telemeter when the user hears thunder. In this case, the distance reported by the telemeter will indicate the distance between the user and the lightning, based on the time interval between when the light reaches the user and when the sound reaches the user. In some embodiments, the user may designate the units for reporting the distance (e.g., kilometers, miles, etc.). In some embodiments, while the virtual telemeter is running, the telemeter user interface object may include an updating display to indicate the passage of time, such as a running or continuously updated distance, a rotating shape, and the like. Advantageously, since the telemeter is virtual, it may measure any increment or interval of time because it is not constrained or fixed like a traditional telemeter, such as a watch telemeter. For example, a watch telemeter is typically limited to measuring times less than or equal to 60 seconds, because the displayed time values are fixed (e.g., painted or etched onto a telemeter dial) and only apply to values within one full rotation of the second hand. 
     A user may wish to use a repeated interval timer on any of the devices described herein, e.g., a timer that provides a user alert that is repeated at a certain interval. For example, if the user is exercising (e.g., interval training), they may wish to receive an alert every 30 seconds to change their mode of exercise or take a break. In another example, a user taking medication may wish to receive an alert to take their medication every hour, 4 hours, 6 hours, 12 hours, 24 hours, and so forth. Any suitable interval or duration of time may be used. In some embodiments, the device may display a repeated interval timer user interface. The repeated interval timer user interface may include, for example, an affordance for the user to designate the interval, the timescale for the interval (e.g., seconds, minutes, hours, days, weeks, months, years, etc.), and the like. In response to receiving data representing a user-designated time interval, the device may provide a user alert that is repeated at times based on the user-designated time interval. In some embodiments, the alert may include a visual alert, an audio alert, and/or a haptic alert (e.g., using haptic feedback module  133  and tactile output generator  167 ), or any combination thereof. Rather than being based on a designated end point (e.g., a reminder for a particular day or time), the repeated interval timer is based on providing the user a demarcation of a particular interval of time. In some embodiments, the repeated interval timer runs until the user ends the timer. In some embodiments, the device may further display an affordance for ending the repeated interval timer (e.g., as part of the repeated interval timer user interface, or at the time of the user alert). 
     In some embodiments, any of the devices described herein may further generate or receive a user alert including information and display a user notification based on the alert on any of the user interface screens described herein. The user notification may be, for example, a notification banner displayed across a portion of the display. The notification banner may include a portion of the information of the alert. An example of a user alert may include without limitation a determination that the user has crossed the boundary of a time zone. In some embodiments, the device has a location sensor (e.g., GPS sensor  532  and/or GPS module  135 ), and the device obtains a current location of the device from the location sensor. Using the location sensor, the device may determine whether the current location of the device is in a different time zone, as compared to a previous location of the device, for example the location of the device at the time of a previous user interaction (e.g., the last time the user looked at the display, or the last time the device detected a user movement of the device, such as a wrist raise). In accordance with the determination that the current location is in a different time zone than the previous location, the device may display a notification banner across a portion of the display. In some embodiments, the notification banner may include an alert indicating that the user has crossed a time zone, a notification of the current time in the new time zone, and so forth. In some embodiments, the device may prompt the user whether to accept the time change (e.g., the device may display an affordance for accepting the time change and/or an affordance for rejecting the time change). The user prompt may be displayed as part of the notification banner, or the user prompt may be displayed in response to detecting a user contact on the displayed notification banner. In response to receiving data indicating a user acceptance of the time change (e.g., a contact on the displayed affordance for accepting the time change), the device may update the displayed time based on the new time zone. In response to receiving data indicating a user rejection of the time change (e.g., a contact on the displayed affordance for rejecting the time change), the device may forego updating the displayed time based on the new time zone. 
     A user may wish to track various types of physical activity throughout the day. For example, it may be desirable to provide a user with indications of various types of physical activity on a user interface that also displays the time and/or one or more additional complications, such as affordances that may serve to launch applications and/or display data obtained therefrom. Further descriptions and techniques for activity and workout monitoring are provided in International Patent Application Serial No. PCT/US2015/047282, titled “Physical Activity and Workout Monitor,” filed Aug. 27, 2015, published as WIPO Publication No. WO/2016/036582, which is hereby incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. 
       FIGS. 19B-19D  show exemplary context-specific user interfaces that may be operated on device  1900 . Device  1900  may be device  100 ,  300 , or  500  in some embodiments. In some embodiments, the electronic device has a touch-sensitive display (e.g., touchscreen  504 ). 
       FIG. 19B  illustrates user interface screen  1938  displayed on device  1900 . Shown on screen  1938  are clock  1930 , which includes an hour hand, minute hand, seconds hand, and a clock face with hour indicators, and complications  1932 ,  1934 , and  1936 . In some embodiments, one or more of complications  1932 ,  1934 , and  1936  may be affordances that display information obtained from an associated application and/or serve to launch the associated application in response to a user input (e.g., a contact on the displayed affordance). In this example, complication  1932  represents a heart-rate monitoring application that optionally displays heart rate information (e.g., by displaying an animation timed to a detected user heart rate) and/or serves as an affordance for launching the heart-rate monitoring application. Complication  1934  represents an affordance for launching a workout application. Complication  1936  represents a weather application that optionally displays weather data and/or serves as an affordance for launching the weather application. 
     Displayed on clock face  1930  are three activity indicators:  1940 ,  1942 , and  1944 . These indicators may indicate user progress in a variety of types of activities, e.g., over a predetermined interval (such as an hour, a day, or a week). For example, the activity indicators may be displayed as concentric rings, with indicator  1940  displayed as an outer ring representing a daily number of active Calories expended, indicator  1942  displayed as a center ring representing a daily number of minutes spent performing physical activity above a physical activity threshold (e.g., an intensity above a brisk walk or 3 METs), and indicator  1944  displayed as an inner ring that can represent a number of hours in the day during which the user stood for at least 60 seconds within a 90 second segment of time. In some embodiments, one or more of indicators  1940 ,  1942 , and  1944  may serve as an affordance that, when contacted by the user, launches an activity monitoring application. 
       FIG. 19C  illustrates user interface screen  1958  displayed on device  1900 . Like screen  1938 , screen  1958  includes clock  1930  and complications  1932 ,  1934 , and  1936 . In addition, screen  1958  includes complication  1956 , which in this example displays a date and day of the week (e.g., as obtained from a calendar application). Screen  1958  also includes three activity indicators— 1950 ,  1952 , and  1954 —that optionally can display similar information as indicators  1940 ,  1942 , and  1944 . However, rather than being displayed as concentric rings, indicators  1950 ,  1952 , and  1954  are displayed as individual rings that are arrayed on the face of clock  1930  and optionally include a numerical representation of user progress in each respective activity (e.g., as indicated by the ring itself). 
       FIG. 19D  illustrates user interface screen  1966  displayed on device  1900 . Like screens  1938  and  1958 , screen  1966  includes complications  1932 ,  1934 , and  1936 . Screen  1966  also includes digital clock  1968 , which displays hours, minutes, and seconds. Screen  1966  also includes three activity indicators— 1960 ,  1962 , and  1964 —that optionally display similar information as indicators  1940 / 1950 ,  1942 / 1952 , and  1944 / 1954 . Indicators  1960 ,  1962 , and  1964  are displayed as concentric rings, similar to indicators  1940 ,  1942 , and  1944  on screen  1938 . Screen  1966  also includes numerical indicators  1970 ,  1972 , and  1974 , which display numerical representations of user progress in the activities indicated by indicators  1960 ,  1962 , and  1964 , respectively. 
       FIG. 20  is a flow diagram illustrating process  2000  for providing context-specific user interfaces. In some embodiments, process  2000  may be performed at an electronic device with a touch-sensitive display, such as device  100  ( FIG. 1A ),  300  ( FIG. 3 ),  500  ( FIG. 5 ) or  600  ( FIGS. 6A and 6B ). Some operations in process  2000  may be combined, the order of some operations may be changed, and some operations may be omitted. Process  2000  provides context-specific user interfaces that give the user an immediate indication of elapsed time before viewing, making these interfaces less confusing and, thus, conserving power and increasing battery life. 
     At block  2002 , the device receives data representing a user input (e.g.,  602 ). At block  2004 , responsive at least in part to receiving the data, the device displays a user interface screen including a clock face (e.g.,  606 ) indicating a first time (the first time precedes a current time). At block  2006 , the device updates the user interface screen by animating the clock face to transition from indicating the first time to indicating the current time (animation represents the passage of time from the first time to the current time; see, e.g.,  612 ). 
     Note that details of the processes described above with respect to process  2000  ( FIG. 20 ) are also applicable in an analogous manner to the methods described below. For example, process  2100  ( FIG. 21 ), process  2200  ( FIG. 22 ), process  2300  ( FIG. 23 ), process  2400  ( FIG. 24 ), process  2500  ( FIG. 25 ), process  2600  ( FIG. 26 ), process  2700  ( FIG. 27A ), process  2710  ( FIG. 27B ), process  2720  ( FIG. 27C ), process  2730  ( FIG. 27D ), process  2740  ( FIG. 27E ), process  2750  ( FIG. 27F ), process  2800  ( FIG. 28 ), process  2900  ( FIG. 29 ), process  3000  ( FIG. 30 ), process  3100  ( FIG. 31 ), process  3200  ( FIG. 32 ), and/or process  3300  ( FIG. 33 ) may include one or more of the characteristics of the various methods described above with reference to process  2000 . For brevity, these details are not repeated below. 
     It should be understood that the particular order in which the operations in  FIG. 20  have been described is exemplary and not intended to indicate that the described order is the only order in which the operations could be performed. One of ordinary skill in the art would recognize various ways to reorder the operations described herein, as well as excluding certain operations. For brevity, these details are not repeated here. Additionally, it should be noted that aspects of process  2100  ( FIG. 21 ), process  2200  ( FIG. 22 ), process  2300  ( FIG. 23 ), process  2400  ( FIG. 24 ), process  2500  ( FIG. 25 ), process  2600  ( FIG. 26 ), process  2700  ( FIG. 27A ), process  2710  ( FIG. 27B ), process  2720  ( FIG. 27C ), process  2730  ( FIG. 27D ), process  2740  ( FIG. 27E ), process  2750  ( FIG. 27F ), process  2800  ( FIG. 28 ), process  2900  ( FIG. 29 ), process  3000  ( FIG. 30 ), process  3100  ( FIG. 31 ), process  3200  ( FIG. 32 ), and process  3300  ( FIG. 33 ) may be incorporated with one another. Thus, the techniques described with respect to process  2000  may be relevant to process  2100  ( FIG. 21 ), process  2200  ( FIG. 22 ), process  2300  ( FIG. 23 ), process  2400  ( FIG. 24 ), process  2500  ( FIG. 25 ), process  2600  ( FIG. 26 ), process  2700  ( FIG. 27A ), process  2710  ( FIG. 27B ), process  2720  ( FIG. 27C ), process  2730  ( FIG. 27D ), process  2740  ( FIG. 27E ), process  2750  ( FIG. 27F ), process  2800  ( FIG. 28 ), process  2900  ( FIG. 29 ), process  3000  ( FIG. 30 ), process  3100  ( FIG. 31 ), process  3200  ( FIG. 32 ), and/or process  3300  ( FIG. 33 ). 
       FIG. 21  is a flow diagram illustrating process  2100  for providing context-specific user interfaces. In some embodiments, process  2100  may be performed at an electronic device with a touch-sensitive display, such as device  100  ( FIG. 1A ),  300  ( FIG. 3 ),  500  ( FIG. 5 ) or  700  ( FIGS. 7A and 7B ). Some operations in process  2100  may be combined, the order of some operations may be changed, and some operations may be omitted. Process  2100  provides context-specific user interfaces that combine a stopwatch function and a timekeeping function, making these interfaces at once multifunctional and less confusing to the user, thus conserving power and increasing battery life. 
     At block  2102 , the device displays a clock face that indicates current time and includes a user interface object with an hour hand and a minute hand, one or more indications of an hourly timescale, and a stopwatch hand (e.g., as on screen  702 ). At block  2104 , the device receives data representing a user input (e.g., touch  712 ). At block  2106 , responsive at least in part to receiving the data, the device substitutes the one or more indications of an hourly timescale with an indication of a first timescale for the stopwatch hand (e.g.,  724 ). At block  2108 , the device animates the stopwatch hand to reflect passage of time (e.g., cf.  726  and  736 ). 
     Note that details of the processes described above with respect to process  2100  ( FIG. 21 ) are also applicable in an analogous manner to the methods described below. For example, process  2000  ( FIG. 20 ), process  2200  ( FIG. 22 ), process  2300  ( FIG. 23 ), process  2400  ( FIG. 24 ), process  2500  ( FIG. 25 ), process  2600  ( FIG. 26 ), process  2700  ( FIG. 27A ), process  2710  ( FIG. 27B ), process  2720  ( FIG. 27C ), process  2730  ( FIG. 27D ), process  2740  ( FIG. 27E ), process  2750  ( FIG. 27F ), process  2800  ( FIG. 28 ), process  2900  ( FIG. 29 ), process  3000  ( FIG. 30 ), process  3100  ( FIG. 31 ), process  3200  ( FIG. 32 ), and/or process  3300  ( FIG. 33 ) may include one or more of the characteristics of the various methods described above with reference to process  2100 . For brevity, these details are not repeated below. 
     It should be understood that the particular order in which the operations in  FIG. 21  have been described is exemplary and not intended to indicate that the described order is the only order in which the operations could be performed. One of ordinary skill in the art would recognize various ways to reorder the operations described herein, as well as excluding certain operations. For brevity, these details are not repeated here. Additionally, it should be noted that aspects of process  2000  ( FIG. 20 ), process  2200  ( FIG. 22 ), process  2300  ( FIG. 23 ), process  2400  ( FIG. 24 ), process  2500  ( FIG. 25 ), process  2600  ( FIG. 26 ), process  2700  ( FIG. 27A ), process  2710  ( FIG. 27B ), process  2720  ( FIG. 27C ), process  2730  ( FIG. 27D ), process  2740  ( FIG. 27E ), process  2750  ( FIG. 27F ), process  2800  ( FIG. 28 ), process  2900  ( FIG. 29 ), process  3000  ( FIG. 30 ), process  3100  ( FIG. 31 ), process  3200  ( FIG. 32 ), and process  3300  ( FIG. 33 ) may be incorporated with one another. Thus, the techniques described with respect to process  2100  may be relevant to process  2000  ( FIG. 20 ), process  2200  ( FIG. 22 ), process  2300  ( FIG. 23 ), process  2400  ( FIG. 24 ), process  2500  ( FIG. 25 ), process  2600  ( FIG. 26 ), process  2700  ( FIG. 27A ), process  2710  ( FIG. 27B ), process  2720  ( FIG. 27C ), process  2730  ( FIG. 27D ), process  2740  ( FIG. 27E ), process  2750  ( FIG. 27F ), process  2800  ( FIG. 28 ), process  2900  ( FIG. 29 ), process  3000  ( FIG. 30 ), process  3100  ( FIG. 31 ), process  3200  ( FIG. 32 ), and/or process  3300  ( FIG. 33 ). 
       FIG. 22  is a flow diagram illustrating process  2200  for providing context-specific user interfaces. In some embodiments, process  2200  may be performed at an electronic device with a touch-sensitive display, such as device  100  ( FIG. 1A ),  300  ( FIG. 3 ),  500  ( FIG. 5 ),  800  ( FIG. 8 ),  900  ( FIG. 9 ), or  1000  ( FIG. 10 ). Some operations in process  2200  may be combined, the order of some operations may be changed, and some operations may be omitted. Process  2200  provides context-specific user interfaces that provide timekeeping and geographical/astronomical information, making these interfaces at once multifunctional and less confusing to the user, thus conserving power and increasing battery life. 
     At block  2202 , the device displays a user interface screen that includes a first affordance representing a simulation of a first region of the Earth as illuminated by the Sun at current time (e.g.,  804 ) and a second affordance that indicates the current time (e.g.,  806 ). At block  2204 , the device receives data representing a user input (e.g., swipe  812 ). At block  2206 , responsive at least in part to receiving the data, the device rotates the simulation of the Earth to display a second region of the Earth as illuminated by the Sun at the current time (e.g.,  822 ). Optionally, at block  2206 , the device displays a third affordance representing a moon (e.g.,  808 ,  826 ,  846 ,  1016 , and  1034 ), detects a contact on the displayed third affordance, and responsive at least in part to detecting the contact, updates the user interface screen by displaying a fourth affordance representing a simulation of the Moon as seen from the Earth at the current time (e.g.,  904 ) and a fifth affordance that indicates the current time (e.g.,  906 ). Optionally, at block  2206 , the device displays a sixth affordance representing a solar system (e.g.,  810 ,  828 , and  848 ), detects a contact on the displayed sixth affordance, and responsive at least in part to detecting the contact, updates the user interface screen by displaying a seventh affordance including representations of the Sun, the Earth, and one or more non-Earth planets at their respective positions at a current time (e.g.,  1004 ) and an eighth affordance that indicates the current time (e.g.,  1012 ). 
     Note that details of the processes described above with respect to process  2200  ( FIG. 22 ) are also applicable in an analogous manner to the methods described below. For example, process  2000  ( FIG. 20 ), process  2100  ( FIG. 21 ), process  2300  ( FIG. 23 ), process  2400  ( FIG. 24 ), process  2500  ( FIG. 25 ), process  2600  ( FIG. 26 ), process  2700  ( FIG. 27A ), process  2710  ( FIG. 27B ), process  2720  ( FIG. 27C ), process  2730  ( FIG. 27D ), process  2740  ( FIG. 27E ), process  2750  ( FIG. 27F ), process  2800  ( FIG. 28 ), process  2900  ( FIG. 29 ), process  3000  ( FIG. 30 ), process  3100  ( FIG. 31 ), process  3200  ( FIG. 32 ), and/or process  3300  ( FIG. 33 ) may include one or more of the characteristics of the various methods described above with reference to process  2200 . For brevity, these details are not repeated below. 
     It should be understood that the particular order in which the operations in  FIG. 22  have been described is exemplary and not intended to indicate that the described order is the only order in which the operations could be performed. One of ordinary skill in the art would recognize various ways to reorder the operations described herein, as well as excluding certain operations. For brevity, these details are not repeated here. Additionally, it should be noted that aspects of process  2000  ( FIG. 20 ), process  2100  ( FIG. 21 ), process  2300  ( FIG. 23 ), process  2400  ( FIG. 24 ), process  2500  ( FIG. 25 ), process  2600  ( FIG. 26 ), process  2700  ( FIG. 27A ), process  2710  ( FIG. 27B ), process  2720  ( FIG. 27C ), process  2730  ( FIG. 27D ), process  2740  ( FIG. 27E ), process  2750  ( FIG. 27F ), process  2800  ( FIG. 28 ), process  2900  ( FIG. 29 ), process  3000  ( FIG. 30 ), process  3100  ( FIG. 31 ), process  3200  ( FIG. 32 ), and process  3300  ( FIG. 33 ) may be incorporated with one another. Thus, the techniques described with respect to process  2200  may be relevant to process  2000  ( FIG. 20 ), process  2100  ( FIG. 21 ), process  2300  ( FIG. 23 ), process  2400  ( FIG. 24 ), process  2500  ( FIG. 25 ), process  2600  ( FIG. 26 ), process  2700  ( FIG. 27A ), process  2710  ( FIG. 27B ), process  2720  ( FIG. 27C ), process  2730  ( FIG. 27D ), process  2740  ( FIG. 27E ), process  2750  ( FIG. 27F ), process  2800  ( FIG. 28 ), process  2900  ( FIG. 29 ), process  3000  ( FIG. 30 ), process  3100  ( FIG. 31 ), process  3200  ( FIG. 32 ), and/or process  3300  ( FIG. 33 ). 
       FIG. 23  is a flow diagram illustrating process  2300  for providing context-specific user interfaces. In some embodiments, process  2300  may be performed at an electronic device with a touch-sensitive display, such as device  100  ( FIG. 1A ),  300  ( FIG. 3 ),  500  ( FIG. 5 ) or  1100  ( FIGS. 11A-C ). Some operations in process  2300  may be combined, the order of some operations may be changed, and some operations may be omitted. Process  2300  provides context-specific user interfaces that allow the user to view current time of day with respect to daylight/nighttime conditions, making these interfaces at once multifunctional and less confusing to the user, thus conserving power and increasing battery life. 
     At block  2302 , the device displays a user interface screen that includes a first portion indicating daytime (e.g.,  1104 ); a second portion indicating nighttime (e.g., 1106 ); a user interface object representing a sinusoidal wave with a period representing a day (e.g.,  1108 ); a first affordance representing the Sun displayed at a first position on the sinusoidal wave indicating a current time of the day and whether the current time of the day is during daytime or nighttime (e.g.,  1110 ); and a second affordance, the second affordance indicating the current time of day (e.g.,  1114 ). Optionally, at block  2304 , the device receives a contact on the touch-sensitive display at the first affordance at the first position indicating the current time (e.g.,  1148 ). Optionally, at block  2306 , while continuing to receive the user contact, the device detects movement of the user contact from the first position to a second position on the displayed sinusoidal wave without a break in contact of the user contact on the touch-sensitive display (second position on the sinusoidal wave indicates a non-current time; see, e.g., touch  1166 ). Optionally, at block  2308 , responsive at least in part to detecting the contact at the second position, the device translates the first affordance on-screen from the first position on the sinusoidal wave to the second position on the sinusoidal wave (translation tracks the displayed sinusoidal wave; see, e.g.,  1162 ). Optionally, at block  2310 , the device updates the second affordance to indicate the non-current time (e.g.,  1168 ). 
     Note that details of the processes described above with respect to process  2300  ( FIG. 23 ) are also applicable in an analogous manner to the methods described below. For example, process  2000  ( FIG. 20 ), process  2100  ( FIG. 21 ), process  2200  ( FIG. 22 ), process  2400  ( FIG. 24 ), process  2500  ( FIG. 25 ), process  2600  ( FIG. 26 ), process  2700  ( FIG. 27A ), process  2710  ( FIG. 27B ), process  2720  ( FIG. 27C ), process  2730  ( FIG. 27D ), process  2740  ( FIG. 27E ), process  2750  ( FIG. 27F ), process  2800  ( FIG. 28 ), process  2900  ( FIG. 29 ), process  3000  ( FIG. 30 ), process  3100  ( FIG. 31 ), process  3200  ( FIG. 32 ), and/or process  3300  ( FIG. 33 ) may include one or more of the characteristics of the various methods described above with reference to process  2300 . For brevity, these details are not repeated below. 
     It should be understood that the particular order in which the operations in  FIG. 23  have been described is exemplary and not intended to indicate that the described order is the only order in which the operations could be performed. One of ordinary skill in the art would recognize various ways to reorder the operations described herein, as well as excluding certain operations. For brevity, these details are not repeated here. Additionally, it should be noted that aspects of process  2000  ( FIG. 20 ), process  2100  ( FIG. 21 ), process  2200  ( FIG. 22 ), process  2400  ( FIG. 24 ), process  2500  ( FIG. 25 ), process  2600  ( FIG. 26 ), process  2700  ( FIG. 27A ), process  2710  ( FIG. 27B ), process  2720  ( FIG. 27C ), process  2730  ( FIG. 27D ), process  2740  ( FIG. 27E ), process  2750  ( FIG. 27F ), process  2800  ( FIG. 28 ), process  2900  ( FIG. 29 ), process  3000  ( FIG. 30 ), process  3100  ( FIG. 31 ), process  3200  ( FIG. 32 ), and process  3300  ( FIG. 33 ) may be incorporated with one another. Thus, the techniques described with respect to process  2300  may be relevant to process  2000  ( FIG. 20 ), process  2100  ( FIG. 21 ), process  2200  ( FIG. 22 ), process  2400  ( FIG. 24 ), process  2500  ( FIG. 25 ), process  2600  ( FIG. 26 ), process  2700  ( FIG. 27A ), process  2710  ( FIG. 27B ), process  2720  ( FIG. 27C ), process  2730  ( FIG. 27D ), process  2740  ( FIG. 27E ), process  2750  ( FIG. 27F ), process  2800  ( FIG. 28 ), process  2900  ( FIG. 29 ), process  3000  ( FIG. 30 ), process  3100  ( FIG. 31 ), process  3200  ( FIG. 32 ), and/or process  3300  ( FIG. 33 ). 
       FIG. 24  is a flow diagram illustrating process  2400  for providing context-specific user interfaces. In some embodiments, process  2400  may be performed at an electronic device with a touch-sensitive display, such as device  100  ( FIG. 1A ),  300  ( FIG. 3 ),  500  ( FIG. 5 ) or  1200  ( FIGS. 12A &amp; 12B ). Some operations in process  2400  may be combined, the order of some operations may be changed, and some operations may be omitted. Process  2400  provides context-specific user interfaces that provide an easily distinguishable background image and indications of date and/or time created out of the background, making these interfaces easier for the user to view, thus conserving power and increasing battery life. 
     At block  2402 , the device displays a user interface screen that includes a background, based on an image (e.g.,  1204  and  1212 ), with a plurality of pixels (a subset of the pixels are modified in appearance relative to the image such that the subset of pixels represents one or more of a first user interface object indicating a date and a second user interface object indicating a time of day; see, e.g.,  1206  and/or  1208 ). Optionally, at block  2402 , one of the first user interface object and the second user interface object is a color independent of the background. Optionally, at block  2404 , if one of the first user interface object and the second user interface object is a color independent of the background, the device receives data representing a background color of the background at a position of the displayed first user interface object or the displayed second user interface object (first color is different from background color at the position of the displayed first user interface object or the displayed second user interface object). 
     Note that details of the processes described above with respect to process  2400  ( FIG. 24 ) are also applicable in an analogous manner to the methods described below. For example, process  2000  ( FIG. 20 ), process  2100  ( FIG. 21 ), process  2200  ( FIG. 22 ), process  2300  ( FIG. 23 ), process  2500  ( FIG. 25 ), process  2600  ( FIG. 26 ), process  2700  ( FIG. 27A ), process  2710  ( FIG. 27B ), process  2720  ( FIG. 27C ), process  2730  ( FIG. 27D ), process  2740  ( FIG. 27E ), process  2750  ( FIG. 27F ), process  2800  ( FIG. 28 ), process  2900  ( FIG. 29 ), process  3000  ( FIG. 30 ), process  3100  ( FIG. 31 ), process  3200  ( FIG. 32 ), and/or process  3300  ( FIG. 33 ) may include one or more of the characteristics of the various methods described above with reference to process  2400 . For brevity, these details are not repeated below. 
     It should be understood that the particular order in which the operations in  FIG. 24  have been described is exemplary and not intended to indicate that the described order is the only order in which the operations could be performed. One of ordinary skill in the art would recognize various ways to reorder the operations described herein, as well as excluding certain operations. For brevity, these details are not repeated here. Additionally, it should be noted that aspects of process  2000  ( FIG. 20 ), process  2100  ( FIG. 21 ), process  2200  ( FIG. 22 ), process  2300  ( FIG. 23 ), process  2500  ( FIG. 25 ), process  2600  ( FIG. 26 ), process  2700  ( FIG. 27A ), process  2710  ( FIG. 27B ), process  2720  ( FIG. 27C ), process  2730  ( FIG. 27D ), process  2740  ( FIG. 27E ), process  2750  ( FIG. 27F ), process  2800  ( FIG. 28 ), process  2900  ( FIG. 29 ), process  3000  ( FIG. 30 ), process  3100  ( FIG. 31 ), process  3200  ( FIG. 32 ), and process  3300  ( FIG. 33 ) may be incorporated with one another. Thus, the techniques described with respect to process  2400  may be relevant to process  2000  ( FIG. 20 ), process  2100  ( FIG. 21 ), process  2200  ( FIG. 22 ), process  2300  ( FIG. 23 ), process  2500  ( FIG. 25 ), process  2600  ( FIG. 26 ), process  2700  ( FIG. 27A ), process  2710  ( FIG. 27B ), process  2720  ( FIG. 27C ), process  2730  ( FIG. 27D ), process  2740  ( FIG. 27E ), process  2750  ( FIG. 27F ), process  2800  ( FIG. 28 ), process  2900  ( FIG. 29 ), process  3000  ( FIG. 30 ), process  3100  ( FIG. 31 ), process  3200  ( FIG. 32 ), and/or process  3300  ( FIG. 33 ). 
       FIG. 25  is a flow diagram illustrating process  2500  for providing context-specific user interfaces. In some embodiments, process  2500  may be performed at an electronic device with a touch-sensitive display, such as device  100  ( FIG. 1A ),  300  ( FIG. 3 ),  500  ( FIG. 5 ) or  1200  ( FIGS. 12A &amp; 12B ). Some operations in process  2500  may be combined, the order of some operations may be changed, and some operations may be omitted. Process  2500  provides context-specific user interfaces that provide an easily distinguishable background image and indications of date and/or time created out of the background, making these interfaces easier for the user to view, thus conserving power and increasing battery life. 
     At block  2502 , the device accesses a folder with two or more images. At block  2504 , the device selects a first image from the folder. At block  2506 , the device displays a user interface screen (e.g.,  1202 ) that includes a background based on the first image, the background containing a plurality of pixels (a subset of the pixels are modified in appearance relative to the image such that the subset of pixels represents one or more of a first user interface object indicating a date and second user interface object indicating a time of day; see, e.g.,  1204 ). Optionally, at block  2508 , after displaying the first user interface screen, the device receives first data representing a user input. Optionally, at block  2510 , responsive at least in part to receiving the first data, the device receives second data representing the displayed first background. Optionally, at block  2512 , the device selects a second image from the folder (second image is different from the first image; see, e.g.,  1212 ). Optionally, at block  2514 , the device displays a second user interface screen (e.g.,  1210 ) that includes a background based on the first image, the background containing a plurality of pixels (a subset of the pixels are modified in appearance relative to the image such that the subset of pixels represents one or more of a first user interface object indicating a date and second user interface object indicating a time of day. 
     Note that details of the processes described above with respect to process  2500  ( FIG. 25 ) are also applicable in an analogous manner to the methods described below. For example, process  2000  ( FIG. 20 ), process  2100  ( FIG. 21 ), process  2200  ( FIG. 22 ), process  2300  ( FIG. 23 ), process  2400  ( FIG. 24 ), process  2600  ( FIG. 26 ), process  2700  ( FIG. 27A ), process  2710  ( FIG. 27B ), process  2720  ( FIG. 27C ), process  2730  ( FIG. 27D ), process  2740  ( FIG. 27E ), process  2750  ( FIG. 27F ), process  2800  ( FIG. 28 ), process  2900  ( FIG. 29 ), process  3000  ( FIG. 30 ), process  3100  ( FIG. 31 ), process  3200  ( FIG. 32 ), and/or process  3300  ( FIG. 33 ) may include one or more of the characteristics of the various methods described above with reference to process  2500 . For brevity, these details are not repeated below. 
     It should be understood that the particular order in which the operations in  FIG. 25  have been described is exemplary and not intended to indicate that the described order is the only order in which the operations could be performed. One of ordinary skill in the art would recognize various ways to reorder the operations described herein, as well as excluding certain operations. For brevity, these details are not repeated here. Additionally, it should be noted that aspects of process  2000  ( FIG. 20 ), process  2100  ( FIG. 21 ), process  2200  ( FIG. 22 ), process  2300  ( FIG. 23 ), process  2400  ( FIG. 24 ), process  2600  ( FIG. 26 ), process  2700  ( FIG. 27A ), process  2710  ( FIG. 27B ), process  2720  ( FIG. 27C ), process  2730  ( FIG. 27D ), process  2740  ( FIG. 27E ), process  2750  ( FIG. 27F ), process  2800  ( FIG. 28 ), process  2900  ( FIG. 29 ), process  3000  ( FIG. 30 ), process  3100  ( FIG. 31 ), process  3200  ( FIG. 32 ), and process  3300  ( FIG. 33 ) may be incorporated with one another. Thus, the techniques described with respect to process  2500  may be relevant to process  2000  ( FIG. 20 ), process  2100  ( FIG. 21 ), process  2200  ( FIG. 22 ), process  2300  ( FIG. 23 ), process  2400  ( FIG. 24 ), process  2600  ( FIG. 26 ), process  2700  ( FIG. 27A ), process  2710  ( FIG. 27B ), process  2720  ( FIG. 27C ), process  2730  ( FIG. 27D ), process  2740  ( FIG. 27E ), process  2750  ( FIG. 27F ), process  2800  ( FIG. 28 ), process  2900  ( FIG. 29 ), process  3000  ( FIG. 30 ), process  3100  ( FIG. 31 ), process  3200  ( FIG. 32 ), and/or process  3300  ( FIG. 33 ). 
       FIG. 26  is a flow diagram illustrating process  2600  for providing context-specific user interfaces. In some embodiments, process  2600  may be performed at an electronic device with a touch-sensitive display, such as device  100  ( FIG. 1A ),  300  ( FIG. 3 ),  500  ( FIG. 5 ) or  1300  ( FIGS. 13A and 13B ). Some operations in process  2600  may be combined, the order of some operations may be changed, and some operations may be omitted. Process  2600  provides context-specific user interfaces that provide timekeeping and a variable animated sequence, making these interfaces more interactive and engaging to the user, thus improving the interface while conserving power and increasing battery life. 
     At block  2602 , the device detects a user input at a first time (e.g.,  1304 ). At block  2604 , responsive at least in part to detecting the user input, the device displays a user interface screen including a first user interface object indicating the first time (e.g.,  1306 ) and a second user interface object (e.g.,  1308 ). At block  2606 , the device animates the second user interface object with a sequential display of a first animated sequence, a second animated sequence after the first animated sequence, and a third animated sequence after the second animated sequence (first animated sequence, second animated sequence, and third animated sequences are different; see, e.g., screens  1302 ,  1310 , and  1320 ). At block  2608 , the device detects a second user input at a second time of day (e.g.,  1332 ). At block  2610 , responsive at least in part to detecting the second user input, the device accesses data representing the previously displayed second animated sequence. At block  2612 , the device selects a fourth animated sequence different from the first animated sequence and the second animated sequence. At block  2614 , the device displays a second user interface screen including the first user interface object (first user interface object indicates second time of day; see, e.g.,  1334 ) and a third user interface object related to the second user interface object (e.g.,  1336 ). At block  2616 , the device animates the third user interface object with a sequential display of the first animated sequence, the fourth animated sequence after the first animated sequence, and the third animated sequence after the fourth animated sequence (see, e.g., screens  1330 ,  1340 , and  1350 ). 
     Note that details of the processes described above with respect to process  2600  ( FIG. 26 ) are also applicable in an analogous manner to the methods described below. For example, process  2000  ( FIG. 20 ), process  2100  ( FIG. 21 ), process  2200  ( FIG. 22 ), process  2300  ( FIG. 23 ), process  2400  ( FIG. 24 ), process  2500  ( FIG. 25 ), process  2700  ( FIG. 27A ), process  2710  ( FIG. 27B ), process  2720  ( FIG. 27C ), process  2730  ( FIG. 27D ), process  2740  ( FIG. 27E ), process  2750  ( FIG. 27F ), process  2800  ( FIG. 28 ), process  2900  ( FIG. 29 ), process  3000  ( FIG. 30 ), process  3100  ( FIG. 31 ), process  3200  ( FIG. 32 ), and/or process  3300  ( FIG. 33 ) may include one or more of the characteristics of the various methods described above with reference to process  2600 . For brevity, these details are not repeated below. 
     It should be understood that the particular order in which the operations in  FIG. 26  have been described is exemplary and not intended to indicate that the described order is the only order in which the operations could be performed. One of ordinary skill in the art would recognize various ways to reorder the operations described herein, as well as excluding certain operations. For brevity, these details are not repeated here. Additionally, it should be noted that aspects of process  2000  ( FIG. 20 ), process  2100  ( FIG. 21 ), process  2200  ( FIG. 22 ), process  2300  ( FIG. 23 ), process  2400  ( FIG. 24 ), process  2500  ( FIG. 25 ), process  2700  ( FIG. 27A ), process  2710  ( FIG. 27B ), process  2720  ( FIG. 27C ), process  2730  ( FIG. 27D ), process  2740  ( FIG. 27E ), process  2750  ( FIG. 27F ), process  2800  ( FIG. 28 ), process  2900  ( FIG. 29 ), process  3000  ( FIG. 30 ), process  3100  ( FIG. 31 ), process  3200  ( FIG. 32 ), and process  3300  ( FIG. 33 ) may be incorporated with one another. Thus, the techniques described with respect to process  2600  may be relevant to process  2000  ( FIG. 20 ), process  2100  ( FIG. 21 ), process  2200  ( FIG. 22 ), process  2300  ( FIG. 23 ), process  2400  ( FIG. 24 ), process  2500  ( FIG. 25 ), process  2700  ( FIG. 27A ), process  2710  ( FIG. 27B ), process  2720  ( FIG. 27C ), process  2730  ( FIG. 27D ), process  2740  ( FIG. 27E ), process  2750  ( FIG. 27F ), process  2800  ( FIG. 28 ), process  2900  ( FIG. 29 ), process  3000  ( FIG. 30 ), process  3100  ( FIG. 31 ), process  3200  ( FIG. 32 ), and/or process  3300  ( FIG. 33 ). 
       FIG. 27A  is a flow diagram illustrating process  2700  for providing context-specific user interfaces. In some embodiments, process  2700  may be performed at an electronic device with a touch-sensitive display, such as device  100  ( FIG. 1A ),  300  ( FIG. 3 ),  500  ( FIG. 5 ) or  1400  ( FIG. 14A ). Some operations in process  2700  may be combined, the order of some operations may be changed, and some operations may be omitted. Process  2700  provides context-specific user interfaces that are less confusing to the user, thus conserving power and increasing battery life. 
     At block  2702 , the device detects a user movement of the device (e.g.,  1404 ). At block  2704 , responsive at least in part to detecting the movement, the device displays an animated reveal of a clock face by displaying an hour hand and a minute hand (e.g.,  1424 ), displaying a first hour indication (e.g.,  1436 ), and displaying a second hour indication after the first (second hour indication is after the first hour indication on clock face in clockwise direction; see, e.g.,  1438 ). 
     Note that details of the processes described above with respect to process  2700  ( FIG. 27A ) are also applicable in an analogous manner to the methods described below. For example, process  2000  ( FIG. 20 ), process  2100  ( FIG. 21 ), process  2200  ( FIG. 22 ), process  2300  ( FIG. 23 ), process  2400  ( FIG. 24 ), process  2500  ( FIG. 25 ), process  2600  ( FIG. 26 ), process  2710  ( FIG. 27B ), process  2720  ( FIG. 27C ), process  2730  ( FIG. 27D ), process  2740  ( FIG. 27E ), process  2750  ( FIG. 27F ), process  2800  ( FIG. 28 ), process  2900  ( FIG. 29 ), process  3000  ( FIG. 30 ), process  3100  ( FIG. 31 ), process  3200  ( FIG. 32 ), and/or process  3300  ( FIG. 33 ) may include one or more of the characteristics of the various methods described above with reference to process  2700 . For brevity, these details are not repeated below. 
     It should be understood that the particular order in which the operations in  FIG. 27A  have been described is exemplary and not intended to indicate that the described order is the only order in which the operations could be performed. One of ordinary skill in the art would recognize various ways to reorder the operations described herein, as well as excluding certain operations. For brevity, these details are not repeated here. Additionally, it should be noted that aspects of process  2000  ( FIG. 20 ), process  2100  ( FIG. 21 ), process  2200  ( FIG. 22 ), process  2300  ( FIG. 23 ), process  2400  ( FIG. 24 ), process  2500  ( FIG. 25 ), process  2600  (FIG.  26 ), process  2710  ( FIG. 27B ), process  2720  ( FIG. 27C ), process  2730  ( FIG. 27D ), process  2740  ( FIG. 27E ), process  2750  ( FIG. 27F ), process  2800  ( FIG. 28 ), process  2900  ( FIG. 29 ), process  3000  ( FIG. 30 ), process  3100  ( FIG. 31 ), process  3200  ( FIG. 32 ), and process  3300  ( FIG. 33 ) may be incorporated with one another. Thus, the techniques described with respect to process  2700  may be relevant to process  2000  ( FIG. 20 ), process  2100  ( FIG. 21 ), process  2200  ( FIG. 22 ), process  2300  ( FIG. 23 ), process  2400  ( FIG. 24 ), process  2500  ( FIG. 25 ), process  2600  ( FIG. 26 ), process process  2710  ( FIG. 27B ), process  2720  ( FIG. 27C ), process  2730  ( FIG. 27D ), process  2740  ( FIG. 27E ), process  2750  ( FIG. 27F ), process  2800  ( FIG. 28 ), process  2900  ( FIG. 29 ), process  3000  ( FIG. 30 ), process  3100  ( FIG. 31 ), process  3200  ( FIG. 32 ), and/or process  3300  ( FIG. 33 ). 
       FIG. 27B  is a flow diagram illustrating process  2710  for indicating time using a character-based user interface. In some embodiments, process  2710  may be performed at an electronic device with a display and a touch-sensitive surface, such as device  100  ( FIG. 1 ),  300  ( FIG. 3 ),  500  ( FIG. 5 ), and/or  14000  ( FIGS. 14B-T ). Some operations in process  2710  may be combined, the order of some operations may be changed, and some operations may be omitted. Process  2710  provides character-based user interfaces that are less confusing, more interactive, and more engaging to the user, thus improving the interface while conserving power and increasing battery life. 
     At block  2712 , a character user interface object that indicates a first time is displayed. The character user interface object includes representations of a first limb and a second limb and indicates a first time by indicating a first hour with the first limb and a first minute with the second limb. At block  2714 , the character user interface object is updated to indicate a second time by indicating a second hour with the first limb and a second minute with the second limb. Optionally, at block  2714 , updating the character user interface object to indicate a second time includes an extension of the first limb and a retraction of the second limb. 
     Note that details of the processes described above with respect to process  2710  ( FIG. 27B ) are also applicable in an analogous manner to the methods described below. For example, process  2000  ( FIG. 20 ), process  2100  ( FIG. 21 ), process  2200  ( FIG. 22 ), process  2300  ( FIG. 23 ), process  2400  ( FIG. 24 ), process  2500  ( FIG. 25 ), process  2600  ( FIG. 26 ), process  2700  ( FIG. 27A ), process  2720  ( FIG. 27C ), process  2730  ( FIG. 27D ), process  2740  ( FIG. 27E ), process  2750  ( FIG. 27F ), process  2800  ( FIG. 28 ), process  2900  ( FIG. 29 ), process  3000  ( FIG. 30 ), process  3100  ( FIG. 31 ), process  3200  ( FIG. 32 ), and/or process  3300  ( FIG. 33 ) may include one or more of the characteristics of the various methods described above with reference to process  2710 . For brevity, these details are not repeated below. 
     It should be understood that the particular order in which the operations in  FIG. 27B  have been described is exemplary and not intended to indicate that the described order is the only order in which the operations could be performed. One of ordinary skill in the art would recognize various ways to reorder the operations described herein, as well as excluding certain operations. For brevity, these details are not repeated here. Additionally, it should be noted that aspects of process  2000  ( FIG. 20 ), process  2100  ( FIG. 21 ), process  2200  ( FIG. 22 ), process  2300  ( FIG. 23 ), process  2400  ( FIG. 24 ), process  2500  ( FIG. 25 ), process  2600  ( FIG. 26 ), process  2700  ( FIG. 27A ), process  2720  ( FIG. 27C ), process  2730  ( FIG. 27D ), process  2740  ( FIG. 27E ), process  2750  ( FIG. 27F ), process  2800  ( FIG. 28 ), process  2900  ( FIG. 29 ), process  3000  ( FIG. 30 ), process  3100  ( FIG. 31 ), process  3200  ( FIG. 32 ), and process  3300  ( FIG. 33 ) may be incorporated with one another. Thus, the techniques described with respect to process  2710  may be relevant to process  2000  ( FIG. 20 ), process  2100  ( FIG. 21 ), process  2200  ( FIG. 22 ), process  2300  ( FIG. 23 ), process  2400  ( FIG. 24 ), process  2500  ( FIG. 25 ), process  2600  ( FIG. 26 ), process  2700  ( FIG. 27A ), process  2720  ( FIG. 27C ), process  2730  ( FIG. 27D ), process  2740  ( FIG. 27E ), process  2750  ( FIG. 27F ), process  2800  ( FIG. 28 ), process  2900  ( FIG. 29 ), process  3000  ( FIG. 30 ), process  3100  ( FIG. 31 ), process  3200  ( FIG. 32 ), and/or process  3300  ( FIG. 33 ). 
       FIG. 27C  is a flow diagram illustrating process  2720  for indicating time using a character-based user interface. In some embodiments, process  2720  may be performed at an electronic device with a display and a touch-sensitive surface, such as device  100  ( FIG. 1 ),  300  ( FIG. 3 ),  500  ( FIG. 5 ), and/or  14000  ( FIGS. 14B-T ). Some operations in process  2720  may be combined, the order of some operations may be changed, and some operations may be omitted. Process  2720  provides character-based user interfaces that are less confusing, more interactive, and more engaging to the user, thus improving the interface while conserving power and increasing battery life. 
     At block  2722 , a character user interface object that indicates a first time value is displayed. The character user interface object includes a representation of a first limb with a first endpoint and a second endpoint. The first endpoint is an axis of rotation for the limb, and the second endpoint indicates a first time value. At block  2724 , the character user interface object is updated to indicate a second time value. Updating the character user interface object includes moving the first endpoint and moving the second endpoint to indicate the second time value. 
     Note that details of the processes described above with respect to process  2720  ( FIG. 27C ) are also applicable in an analogous manner to the methods described below. For example, process  2000  ( FIG. 20 ), process  2100  ( FIG. 21 ), process  2200  ( FIG. 22 ), process  2300  ( FIG. 23 ), process  2400  ( FIG. 24 ), process  2500  ( FIG. 25 ), process  2600  ( FIG. 26 ), process  2700  ( FIG. 27A ), process  2710  ( FIG. 27B ), process  2730  ( FIG. 27D ), process  2740  ( FIG. 27E ), process  2750  ( FIG. 27F ), process  2800  ( FIG. 28 ), process  2900  ( FIG. 29 ), process  3000  ( FIG. 30 ), process  3100  ( FIG. 31 ), process  3200  ( FIG. 32 ), and/or process  3300  ( FIG. 33 ) may include one or more of the characteristics of the various methods described above with reference to process  2720 . For brevity, these details are not repeated below. 
     It should be understood that the particular order in which the operations in  FIG. 27C  have been described is exemplary and not intended to indicate that the described order is the only order in which the operations could be performed. One of ordinary skill in the art would recognize various ways to reorder the operations described herein, as well as excluding certain operations. For brevity, these details are not repeated here. Additionally, it should be noted that aspects of process  2000  ( FIG. 20 ), process  2100  ( FIG. 21 ), process  2200  ( FIG. 22 ), process  2300  ( FIG. 23 ), process  2400  ( FIG. 24 ), process  2500  ( FIG. 25 ), process  2600  ( FIG. 26 ), process  2700  ( FIG. 27A ), process  2710  ( FIG. 27B ), process  2730  ( FIG. 27D ), process  2740  ( FIG. 27E ), process  2750  ( FIG. 27F ), process  2800  ( FIG. 28 ), process  2900  ( FIG. 29 ), process  3000  ( FIG. 30 ), process  3100  ( FIG. 31 ), process  3200  ( FIG. 32 ), and process  3300  ( FIG. 33 ) may be incorporated with one another. Thus, the techniques described with respect to process  2720  may be relevant to process  2000  ( FIG. 20 ), process  2100  ( FIG. 21 ), process  2200  ( FIG. 22 ), process  2300  ( FIG. 23 ), process  2400  ( FIG. 24 ), process  2500  ( FIG. 25 ), process  2600  ( FIG. 26 ), process  2700  ( FIG. 27A ), process  2710  ( FIG. 27B ), process  2730  ( FIG. 27D ), process  2740  ( FIG. 27E ), process  2750  ( FIG. 27F ), process  2800  ( FIG. 28 ), process  2900  ( FIG. 29 ), process  3000  ( FIG. 30 ), process  3100  ( FIG. 31 ), process  3200  ( FIG. 32 ), and/or process  3300  ( FIG. 33 ). 
       FIG. 27D  is a flow diagram illustrating process  2730  for indicating time using a character-based user interface. In some embodiments, process  2730  may be performed at an electronic device with a display and a touch-sensitive surface, such as device  100  ( FIG. 1 ),  300  ( FIG. 3 ),  500  ( FIG. 5 ), and/or  14000  ( FIGS. 14B-T ). Some operations in process  2730  may be combined, the order of some operations may be changed, and some operations may be omitted. Process  2730  provides character-based user interfaces that are less confusing, more interactive, and more engaging to the user, thus improving the interface while conserving power and increasing battery life. 
     At block  2732 , a character user interface object that indicates a first time value is displayed. The character user interface object includes a representation of a first limb with a first segment and a second segment. The first segment of the limb connects a first endpoint to a joint. The second segment connects a second endpoint to the joint. The joint is an axis of rotation for the second segment. The position of the second endpoint indicates a first time value. At block  2734 , the character user interface object is updated to indicate a second time value. Updating the character user interface object includes moving the second endpoint along the axis of rotation to indicate the second time value. 
     Note that details of the processes described above with respect to process  2730  ( FIG. 27D ) are also applicable in an analogous manner to the methods described below. For example, process  2000  ( FIG. 20 ), process  2100  ( FIG. 21 ), process  2200  ( FIG. 22 ), process  2300  ( FIG. 23 ), process  2400  ( FIG. 24 ), process  2500  ( FIG. 25 ), process  2600  ( FIG. 26 ), process  2700  ( FIG. 27A ), process  2710  ( FIG. 27B ), process  2720  ( FIG. 27C ), process  2740  ( FIG. 27E ), process  2750  ( FIG. 27F ), process  2800  ( FIG. 28 ), process  2900  ( FIG. 29 ), process  3000  ( FIG. 30 ), process  3100  ( FIG. 31 ), process  3200  ( FIG. 32 ), and/or process  3300  ( FIG. 33 ) may include one or more of the characteristics of the various methods described above with reference to process  2730 . For brevity, these details are not repeated below. 
     It should be understood that the particular order in which the operations in  FIG. 27D  have been described is exemplary and not intended to indicate that the described order is the only order in which the operations could be performed. One of ordinary skill in the art would recognize various ways to reorder the operations described herein, as well as excluding certain operations. For brevity, these details are not repeated here. Additionally, it should be noted that aspects of process  2000  ( FIG. 20 ), process  2100  ( FIG. 21 ), process  2200  ( FIG. 22 ), process  2300  ( FIG. 23 ), process  2400  ( FIG. 24 ), process  2500  ( FIG. 25 ), process  2600  ( FIG. 26 ), process  2800  ( FIG. 28 ), process  2900  ( FIG. 29 ), process  3000  ( FIG. 30 ), process  3100  ( FIG. 31 ), process  3200  ( FIG. 32 ), and process  3300  ( FIG. 33 ) may be incorporated with one another. Thus, the techniques described with respect to process  2730  may be relevant to process  2000  ( FIG. 20 ), process  2100  ( FIG. 21 ), process  2200  ( FIG. 22 ), process  2300  ( FIG. 23 ), process  2400  ( FIG. 24 ), process  2500  ( FIG. 25 ), process  2600  ( FIG. 26 ), process  2700  ( FIG. 27A ), process  2710  ( FIG. 27B ), process  2720  ( FIG. 27C ), process  2740  ( FIG. 27E ), process  2750  ( FIG. 27F ), process  2800  ( FIG. 28 ), process  2900  ( FIG. 29 ), process  3000  ( FIG. 30 ), process  3100  ( FIG. 31 ), process  3200  ( FIG. 32 ), and/or process  3300  ( FIG. 33 ). 
       FIG. 27E  is a flow diagram illustrating process  2740  for indicating time using a character-based user interface. In some embodiments, process  2740  may be performed at an electronic device with a display and a touch-sensitive surface, such as device  100  ( FIG. 1 ),  300  ( FIG. 3 ),  500  ( FIG. 5 ), and/or  14000  ( FIGS. 14B-T ). Some operations in process  2740  may be combined, the order of some operations may be changed, and some operations may be omitted. Process  2740  provides character-based user interfaces that are less confusing, more interactive, and more engaging to the user, thus improving the interface while conserving power and increasing battery life. 
     At block  2742 , a character user interface object that indicates time is displayed. At block  2744 , first data indicative of an event is received. At block  2746 , a determination is made as to whether the event meets a condition. At block  2748 , in accordance with the determination that the event meets the condition, the character user interface object is updated by changing a visual aspect of the character user interface object. 
     Note that details of the processes described above with respect to process  2740  ( FIG. 27E ) are also applicable in an analogous manner to the methods described below. For example, process  2000  ( FIG. 20 ), process  2100  ( FIG. 21 ), process  2200  ( FIG. 22 ), process  2300  ( FIG. 23 ), process  2400  ( FIG. 24 ), process  2500  ( FIG. 25 ), process  2600  ( FIG. 26 ), process  2700  ( FIG. 27A ), process  2710  ( FIG. 27B ), process  2720  ( FIG. 27C ), process  2730  ( FIG. 27D ), process  2750  ( FIG. 27F ), process  2800  ( FIG. 28 ), process  2900  ( FIG. 29 ), process  3000  ( FIG. 30 ), process  3100  ( FIG. 31 ), process  3200  ( FIG. 32 ), and/or process  3300  ( FIG. 33 ) may include one or more of the characteristics of the various methods described above with reference to process  2740 . For brevity, these details are not repeated below. 
     It should be understood that the particular order in which the operations in  FIG. 27E  have been described is exemplary and not intended to indicate that the described order is the only order in which the operations could be performed. One of ordinary skill in the art would recognize various ways to reorder the operations described herein, as well as excluding certain operations. For brevity, these details are not repeated here. Additionally, it should be noted that aspects of process  2000  ( FIG. 20 ), process  2100  ( FIG. 21 ), process  2200  ( FIG. 22 ), process  2300  ( FIG. 23 ), process  2400  ( FIG. 24 ), process  2500  ( FIG. 25 ), process  2600  ( FIG. 26 ), process  2700  ( FIG. 27A ), process  2710  ( FIG. 27B ), process  2720  ( FIG. 27C ), process  2730  ( FIG. 27D ), process  2750  ( FIG. 27F ), process  2800  ( FIG. 28 ), process  2900  ( FIG. 29 ), process  3000  ( FIG. 30 ), process  3100  ( FIG. 31 ), process  3200  ( FIG. 32 ), and process  3300  ( FIG. 33 ) may be incorporated with one another. Thus, the techniques described with respect to process  2740  may be relevant to process  2000  ( FIG. 20 ), process  2100  ( FIG. 21 ), process  2200  ( FIG. 22 ), process  2300  ( FIG. 23 ), process  2400  ( FIG. 24 ), process  2500  ( FIG. 25 ), process  2600  ( FIG. 26 ), process  2700  ( FIG. 27A ), process  2710  ( FIG. 27B ), process  2720  ( FIG. 27C ), process  2730  ( FIG. 27D ), process  2750  ( FIG. 27F ), process  2800  ( FIG. 28 ), process  2900  ( FIG. 29 ), process  3000  ( FIG. 30 ), process  3100  ( FIG. 31 ), process  3200  ( FIG. 32 ), and/or process  3300  ( FIG. 33 ). 
       FIG. 27F  is a flow diagram illustrating process  2750  for indicating time using a character-based user interface. In some embodiments, process  2750  may be performed at an electronic device with a display and a touch-sensitive surface, such as device  100  ( FIG. 1 ),  300  ( FIG. 3 ),  500  ( FIG. 5 ), and/or  14000  ( FIGS. 14B-T ). Some operations in process  2750  may be combined, the order of some operations may be changed, and some operations may be omitted. Process  2750  provides character-based user interfaces that are less confusing, more interactive, and more engaging to the user, thus improving the interface while conserving power and increasing battery life. 
     At block  2752 , the display is set to an inactive state. At block  2754 , first data indicative of an event is received. At block  2756 , in response to receiving the first data, the display is set to an active state. At block  2758 , a character user interface object is displayed on a side of the display. At block  2760 , the character user interface object is animated towards a center of the display. At block  2762 , the character user interface object is displayed at the center of the display in a position that indicates a current time. 
     Note that details of the processes described above with respect to process  2750  ( FIG. 27F ) are also applicable in an analogous manner to the methods described below. For example, process  2000  ( FIG. 20 ), process  2100  ( FIG. 21 ), process  2200  ( FIG. 22 ), process  2300  ( FIG. 23 ), process  2400  ( FIG. 24 ), process  2500  ( FIG. 25 ), process  2600  ( FIG. 26 ), process  2700  ( FIG. 27A ), process  2710  ( FIG. 27B ), process  2720  ( FIG. 27C ), process  2730  ( FIG. 27D ), process  2740  ( FIG. 27E ), process  2800  ( FIG. 28 ), process  2900  ( FIG. 29 ), process  3000  ( FIG. 30 ), process  3100  ( FIG. 31 ), process  3200  ( FIG. 32 ), and/or process  3300  ( FIG. 33 ) may include one or more of the characteristics of the various methods described above with reference to process  2750 . For brevity, these details are not repeated below. 
     It should be understood that the particular order in which the operations in  FIG. 27F  have been described is exemplary and not intended to indicate that the described order is the only order in which the operations could be performed. One of ordinary skill in the art would recognize various ways to reorder the operations described herein, as well as excluding certain operations. For brevity, these details are not repeated here. Additionally, it should be noted that aspects of process  2000  ( FIG. 20 ), process  2100  ( FIG. 21 ), process  2200  ( FIG. 22 ), process  2300  ( FIG. 23 ), process  2400  ( FIG. 24 ), process  2500  ( FIG. 25 ), process  2600  ( FIG. 26 ), process  2700  ( FIG. 27A ), process  2710  ( FIG. 27B ), process  2720  ( FIG. 27C ), process  2730  ( FIG. 27D ), process  2740  ( FIG. 27E ), process  2800  ( FIG. 28 ), process  2900  ( FIG. 29 ), process  3000  ( FIG. 30 ), process  3100  ( FIG. 31 ), process  3200  ( FIG. 32 ), and process  3300  ( FIG. 33 ) may be incorporated with one another. Thus, the techniques described with respect to process  2750  may be relevant to process  2000  ( FIG. 20 ), process  2100  ( FIG. 21 ), process  2200  ( FIG. 22 ), process  2300  ( FIG. 23 ), process  2400  ( FIG. 24 ), process  2500  ( FIG. 25 ), process  2600  ( FIG. 26 ), process  2700  ( FIG. 27A ), process  2710  ( FIG. 27B ), process  2720  ( FIG. 27C ), process  2730  ( FIG. 27D ), process  2740  ( FIG. 27E ), process  2800  ( FIG. 28 ), process  2900  ( FIG. 29 ), process  3000  ( FIG. 30 ), process  3100  ( FIG. 31 ), process  3200  ( FIG. 32 ), and/or process  3300  ( FIG. 33 ). 
       FIG. 28  is a flow diagram illustrating process  2800  for providing context-specific user interfaces. In some embodiments, process  2800  may be performed at an electronic device with a touch-sensitive display configured to detect intensity of contacts, such as  500  ( FIG. 5 ) or  1500  ( FIG. 15 ). Some operations in process  2800  may be combined, the order of some operations may be changed, and some operations may be omitted. Process  2800  provides for editing multiple aspects of various context-specific user interfaces in a comprehensive yet easy-to-use manner, thus conserving power and increasing battery life. 
     At block  2802 , the device displays a user interface screen that includes a clock face (e.g.,  1504 ). At block  2804 , the device detects a contact on the display (contact has characteristic intensity; see, e.g., touch  1508 ). At block  2806 , a determination is made as to whether the characteristic intensity is above an intensity threshold. At block  2808 , in accordance with a determination that the characteristic intensity is above the intensity threshold, the device enters a clock face edit mode (see, e.g., screen  1510 ). In accordance with a determination that the characteristic intensity is not above the intensity threshold (where the clock face includes an affordance representing an application, and where the contact is on the affordance representing the application), the device may launch the application represented by the affordance. At block  2810 , the device visually distinguishes the displayed clock face to indicate edit mode (e.g.,  1512 ). At block  2812 , the device detects a second contact on the display at the visually distinguished clock face (e.g.,  1520 ). At block  2814 , responsive at least in part to detecting the second contact, the device visually indicates an element of the clock face for editing (e.g.,  1534 ). 
     Note that details of the processes described above with respect to process  2800  ( FIG. 28 ) are also applicable in an analogous manner to the methods described below. For example, process  2000  ( FIG. 20 ), process  2100  ( FIG. 21 ), process  2200  ( FIG. 22 ), process  2300  ( FIG. 23 ), process  2400  ( FIG. 24 ), process  2500  ( FIG. 25 ), process  2600  ( FIG. 26 ), process  2700  ( FIG. 27A ), process  2710  ( FIG. 27B ), process  2720  ( FIG. 27C ), process  2730  ( FIG. 27D ), process  2740  ( FIG. 27E ), process  2750  ( FIG. 27F ), process  2900  ( FIG. 29 ), process  3000  ( FIG. 30 ), process  3100  ( FIG. 31 ), process  3200  ( FIG. 32 ), and/or process  3300  ( FIG. 33 ) may include one or more of the characteristics of the various methods described above with reference to process  2800 . For brevity, these details are not repeated below. 
     It should be understood that the particular order in which the operations in  FIG. 28  have been described is exemplary and not intended to indicate that the described order is the only order in which the operations could be performed. One of ordinary skill in the art would recognize various ways to reorder the operations described herein, as well as excluding certain operations. For brevity, these details are not repeated here. Additionally, it should be noted that aspects of process  2000  ( FIG. 20 ), process  2100  ( FIG. 21 ), process  2200  ( FIG. 22 ), process  2300  ( FIG. 23 ), process  2400  ( FIG. 24 ), process  2500  ( FIG. 25 ), process  2600  ( FIG. 26 ), process  2700  ( FIG. 27A ), process  2710  ( FIG. 27B ), process  2720  ( FIG. 27C ), process  2730  ( FIG. 27D ), process  2740  ( FIG. 27E ), process  2750  ( FIG. 27F ), process  2900  ( FIG. 29 ), process  3000  ( FIG. 30 ), process  3100  ( FIG. 31 ), process  3200  ( FIG. 32 ), and process  3300  ( FIG. 33 ) may be incorporated with one another. Thus, the techniques described with respect to process  2800  may be relevant to process  2000  ( FIG. 20 ), process  2100  ( FIG. 21 ), process  2200  ( FIG. 22 ), process  2300  ( FIG. 23 ), process  2400  ( FIG. 24 ), process  2500  ( FIG. 25 ), process  2600  ( FIG. 26 ), process  2700  ( FIG. 27A ), process  2710  ( FIG. 27B ), process  2720  ( FIG. 27C ), process  2730  ( FIG. 27D ), process  2740  ( FIG. 27E ), process  2750  ( FIG. 27F ), process  2900  ( FIG. 29 ), process  3000  ( FIG. 30 ), process  3100  ( FIG. 31 ), process  3200  ( FIG. 32 ), and/or process  3300  ( FIG. 33 ). 
       FIG. 29  is a flow diagram illustrating process  2900  for providing context-specific user interfaces. In some embodiments, process  2900  may be performed at an electronic device with a touch-sensitive display configured to detect intensity of contacts, such as  500  ( FIG. 5 ) or  1600  ( FIGS. 16A-C ). Some operations in process  2900  may be combined, the order of some operations may be changed, and some operations may be omitted. Process  2900  provides for selecting context-specific user interfaces in a comprehensive yet easy-to-use manner, thus conserving power and increasing battery life. 
     At block  2902 , the device displays a user interface screen that includes a clock face (e.g.,  1604 ). At block  2904 , the device detects a contact on the display (contact has characteristic intensity (e.g.,  1606 ). At block  2906 , a determination is made as to whether the characteristic intensity is above an intensity threshold. At block  2908 , in accordance with a determination that the characteristic intensity is above the intensity threshold, the device enters a clock face selection mode (see, e.g., screen  1610 ). In accordance with a determination that the characteristic intensity is not above the intensity threshold (where the clock face includes an affordance representing an application, and where the contact is on the affordance representing the application), the device may launch the application represented by the affordance. At block  2910 , the device visually distinguishes the displayed clock face to indicate selection mode (the clock face is centered on the display; see, e.g.,  1612 ). At block  2912 , the device detects a swipe on the display at the visually distinguished clock face (e.g.,  1618 ). At block  2914 , responsive at least in part to detecting the swipe, the device centers a second clock face on the display (e.g.,  1616  on screen  1620 ). 
     Note that details of the processes described above with respect to process  2900  ( FIG. 29 ) are also applicable in an analogous manner to the methods described below. For example, process  2000  ( FIG. 20 ), process  2100  ( FIG. 21 ), process  2200  ( FIG. 22 ), process  2300  ( FIG. 23 ), process  2400  ( FIG. 24 ), process  2500  ( FIG. 25 ), process  2600  ( FIG. 26 ), process  2700  ( FIG. 27A ), process  2710  ( FIG. 27B ), process  2720  ( FIG. 27C ), process  2730  ( FIG. 27D ), process  2740  ( FIG. 27E ), process  2750  ( FIG. 27F ), process  2800  ( FIG. 28 ), process  3000  ( FIG. 30 ), process  3100  ( FIG. 31 ), process  3200  ( FIG. 32 ), and/or process  3300  ( FIG. 33 ) may include one or more of the characteristics of the various methods described above with reference to process  2900 . For brevity, these details are not repeated below. 
     It should be understood that the particular order in which the operations in  FIG. 29  have been described is exemplary and not intended to indicate that the described order is the only order in which the operations could be performed. One of ordinary skill in the art would recognize various ways to reorder the operations described herein, as well as excluding certain operations. For brevity, these details are not repeated here. Additionally, it should be noted that aspects of process  2000  ( FIG. 20 ), process  2100  ( FIG. 21 ), process  2200  ( FIG. 22 ), process  2300  ( FIG. 23 ), process  2400  ( FIG. 24 ), process  2500  ( FIG. 25 ), process  2600  ( FIG. 26 ), process  2700  ( FIG. 27A ), process  2710  ( FIG. 27B ), process  2720  ( FIG. 27C ), process  2730  ( FIG. 27D ), process  2740  ( FIG. 27E ), process  2750  ( FIG. 27F ), process  2800  ( FIG. 28 ), process  3000  ( FIG. 30 ), process  3100  ( FIG. 31 ), process  3200  ( FIG. 32 ), and process  3300  ( FIG. 33 ) may be incorporated with one another. Thus, the techniques described with respect to process  2900  may be relevant to process  2000  ( FIG. 20 ), process  2100  ( FIG. 21 ), process  2200  ( FIG. 22 ), process  2300  ( FIG. 23 ), process  2400  ( FIG. 24 ), process  2500  ( FIG. 25 ), process  2600  ( FIG. 26 ), process  2700  ( FIG. 27A ), process  2710  ( FIG. 27B ), process  2720  ( FIG. 27C ), process  2730  ( FIG. 27D ), process  2740  ( FIG. 27E ), process  2750  ( FIG. 27F ), process  2800  ( FIG. 28 ), process  3000  ( FIG. 30 ), process  3100  ( FIG. 31 ), process  3200  ( FIG. 32 ), and/or process  3300  ( FIG. 33 ). 
       FIG. 30  is a flow diagram illustrating process  3000  for providing context-specific user interfaces. In some embodiments, process  3000  may be performed at an electronic device with a touch-sensitive display configured to detect intensity of contacts, such as  500  ( FIG. 5 ),  1500  ( FIG. 15 ), or  1600  ( FIGS. 16A-C ). Some operations in process  3000  may be combined, the order of some operations may be changed, and some operations may be omitted. For example,  FIG. 30  illustrates an exemplary embodiment for accessing clock face selection and edit modes from a single interface, but other orders of operation are possible. Process  3000  provides for selecting and editing context-specific user interfaces in a comprehensive yet easy-to-use manner, thus conserving power and increasing battery life. 
     At block  3002 , the device displays a user interface screen that includes a clock face (e.g.,  1502  and/or  1602 ). At block  3004 , the device detects a contact on the display (contact has characteristic intensity; see, e.g.,  1508  and/or  1606 ). At block  3006 , a determination is made as to whether the characteristic intensity is above an intensity threshold. At block  3008 , in accordance with a determination that the characteristic intensity is above the intensity threshold, the device enters a clock face selection mode and visually distinguishes the displayed clock face to indicate selection mode (the clock face is centered on the display; see, e.g.,  1512  and/or  1612 ). In accordance with a determination that the characteristic intensity is not above the intensity threshold (where the clock face includes an affordance representing an application, and where the contact is on the affordance representing the application), the device may launch the application represented by the affordance. At block  3010 , the device detects a swipe on the display at the visually distinguished clock face (e.g.,  1618 ). At block  3012 , responsive at least in part to detecting the swipe, the device centers a second clock face on the display (e.g.,  1616  on screen  1620 ). At block  3014 , the device detects a contact on the touch-sensitive display at the displayed second clock face (e.g.,  1520 ). At block  3016 , responsive at least in part to detecting the contact, the device enters a clock face edit mode for editing the second clock face (see, e.g., screen  1530 ). 
     Note that details of the processes described above with respect to process  3000  ( FIG. 30 ) are also applicable in an analogous manner to the methods described below. For example, process  2000  ( FIG. 20 ), process  2100  ( FIG. 21 ), process  2200  ( FIG. 22 ), process  2300  ( FIG. 23 ), process  2400  ( FIG. 24 ), process  2500  ( FIG. 25 ), process  2600  ( FIG. 26 ), process  2700  ( FIG. 27A ), process  2710  ( FIG. 27B ), process  2720  ( FIG. 27C ), process  2730  ( FIG. 27D ), process  2740  ( FIG. 27E ), process  2750  ( FIG. 27F ), process  2800  ( FIG. 28 ), process  2900  ( FIG. 29 ), process  3100  ( FIG. 31 ), process  3200  ( FIG. 32 ), and/or process  3300  ( FIG. 33 ) may include one or more of the characteristics of the various methods described above with reference to process  3000 . For brevity, these details are not repeated below. 
     It should be understood that the particular order in which the operations in  FIG. 30  have been described is exemplary and not intended to indicate that the described order is the only order in which the operations could be performed. One of ordinary skill in the art would recognize various ways to reorder the operations described herein, as well as excluding certain operations. For example, the device could detect a contact on the displayed first clock face before detecting the swipe. In this case, the device may enter clock face edit mode to edit the first clock face. For brevity, all of these details are not repeated here. Additionally, it should be noted that aspects of process  2000  ( FIG. 20 ), process  2100  ( FIG. 21 ), process  2200  ( FIG. 22 ), process  2300  ( FIG. 23 ), process  2400  ( FIG. 24 ), process  2500  ( FIG. 25 ), process  2600  ( FIG. 26 ), process  2700  ( FIG. 27A ), process  2710  ( FIG. 27B ), process  2720  ( FIG. 27C ), process  2730  ( FIG. 27D ), process  2740  ( FIG. 27E ), process  2750  ( FIG. 27F ), process  2800  ( FIG. 28 ), process  2900  ( FIG. 29 ), process  3100  ( FIG. 31 ), process  3200  ( FIG. 32 ), and process  3300  ( FIG. 33 ) may be incorporated with one another. Thus, the techniques described with respect to process  2900  may be relevant to process  2000  ( FIG. 20 ), process  2100  ( FIG. 21 ), process  2200  ( FIG. 22 ), process  2300  ( FIG. 23 ), process  2400  ( FIG. 24 ), process  2500  ( FIG. 25 ), process  2600  ( FIG. 26 ), process  2700  ( FIG. 27A ), process  2710  ( FIG. 27B ), process  2720  ( FIG. 27C ), process  2730  ( FIG. 27D ), process  2740  ( FIG. 27E ), process  2750  ( FIG. 27F ), process  2800  ( FIG. 28 ), process  2900  ( FIG. 29 ), process  3100  ( FIG. 31 ), process  3200  ( FIG. 32 ), and/or process  3300  ( FIG. 33 ). 
       FIG. 31  is a flow diagram illustrating process  3100  for providing context-specific user interfaces. In some embodiments, process  3100  may be performed at an electronic device with a touch-sensitive display and a rotatable input mechanism, such as  500  ( FIG. 5 ) or  1600  ( FIGS. 17A and 17B ). Some operations in process  3100  may be combined, the order of some operations may be changed, and some operations may be omitted. Process  3100  provides for setting a user reminder in various context-specific user interfaces in a less confusing and easy-to-access manner, thus conserving power and increasing battery life. 
     At block  3102 , the device displays a user interface screen that includes a clock face (e.g., screen  1702 ) and an affordance on the clock face (affordance indicates first time of day; see, e.g.,  1706 ). At block  3104 , the device detects a contact on the display. At block  3106 , responsive at least in part to detecting the contact, the device enters a user interaction mode. At block  3108 , while in user interaction mode, the device detects a movement of the rotatable input mechanism (e.g.,  1708 ). At block  3110 , responsive at least in part to detecting the movement, the device updates the affordance to indicate a second time of day (e.g.,  1714 ). At block  3112 , the device detects a second contact at the affordance (e.g.,  1716 ). At block  3114 , responsive at least in part to detecting the contact, the device sets a user reminder for the second time of day (e.g.,  1748 ). 
     Note that details of the processes described above with respect to process  3100  ( FIG. 31 ) are also applicable in an analogous manner to the methods described below. For example, process  2000  ( FIG. 20 ), process  2100  ( FIG. 21 ), process  2200  ( FIG. 22 ), process  2300  ( FIG. 23 ), process  2400  ( FIG. 24 ), process  2500  ( FIG. 25 ), process  2600  ( FIG. 26 ), process  2700  ( FIG. 27A ), process  2710  ( FIG. 27B ), process  2720  ( FIG. 27C ), process  2730  ( FIG. 27D ), process  2740  ( FIG. 27E ), process  2750  ( FIG. 27F ), process  2800  ( FIG. 28 ), process  2900  ( FIG. 29 ), process  3000  ( FIG. 30 ), process  3200  ( FIG. 32 ), and/or process  3300  ( FIG. 33 ) may include one or more of the characteristics of the various methods described above with reference to process  3100 . For brevity, these details are not repeated below. 
     It should be understood that the particular order in which the operations in  FIG. 31  have been described is exemplary and not intended to indicate that the described order is the only order in which the operations could be performed. One of ordinary skill in the art would recognize various ways to reorder the operations described herein, as well as excluding certain operations. For brevity, these details are not repeated here. Additionally, it should be noted that aspects of process  2000  ( FIG. 20 ), process  2100  ( FIG. 21 ), process  2200  ( FIG. 22 ), process  2300  ( FIG. 23 ), process  2400  ( FIG. 24 ), process  2500  ( FIG. 25 ), process  2600  ( FIG. 26 ), process  2700  ( FIG. 27A ), process  2710  ( FIG. 27B ), process  2720  ( FIG. 27C ), process  2730  ( FIG. 27D ), process  2740  ( FIG. 27E ), process  2750  ( FIG. 27F ), process  2800  ( FIG. 28 ), process  2900  ( FIG. 29 ), process  3000  ( FIG. 30 ), process  3200  ( FIG. 32 ), and process  3300  ( FIG. 33 ) may be incorporated with one another. Thus, the techniques described with respect to process  3100  may be relevant to process  2000  ( FIG. 20 ), process  2100  ( FIG. 21 ), process  2200  ( FIG. 22 ), process  2300  ( FIG. 23 ), process  2400  ( FIG. 24 ), process  2500  ( FIG. 25 ), process  2600  ( FIG. 26 ), process  2700  ( FIG. 27A ), process  2710  ( FIG. 27B ), process  2720  ( FIG. 27C ), process  2730  ( FIG. 27D ), process  2740  ( FIG. 27E ), process  2750  ( FIG. 27F ), process  2800  ( FIG. 28 ), process  2900  ( FIG. 29 ), process  3000  ( FIG. 30 ), process  3200  ( FIG. 32 ), and/or process  3300  ( FIG. 33 ). 
       FIG. 32  is a flow diagram illustrating process  3200  for providing context-specific user interfaces. In some embodiments, process  3200  may be performed at an electronic device with a touch-sensitive display, such as device  100  ( FIG. 1A ),  300  ( FIG. 3 ),  500  ( FIG. 5 ) or  1800  ( FIGS. 18A-18C ). Some operations in process  3200  may be combined, the order of some operations may be changed, and some operations may be omitted. Process  3200  provides for launching an application directly from an application complication (which also provides application information) through various context-specific user interfaces, thus conserving power and increasing battery life by easily linking various user applications and a timekeeping clock face. 
     At block  3202 , the device displays a user interface screen that includes a clock face (e.g.,  1804 ) and an affordance (affordance represents an application and displays a set of information from the application) as a complication (e.g.,  1806  and/or  1808 ). At block  3204 , the device detects a contact on the affordance (e.g.,  1810  and/or  1812 ). At block  3206 , responsive at least in part to detecting the contact, the device launches the application represented by the affordance (see, e.g., screen  1820  and/or  1830 ). 
     Note that details of the processes described above with respect to process  3200  ( FIG. 32 ) are also applicable in an analogous manner to the methods described below. For example, process  2000  ( FIG. 20 ), process  2100  ( FIG. 21 ), process  2200  ( FIG. 22 ), process  2300  ( FIG. 23 ), process  2400  ( FIG. 24 ), process  2500  ( FIG. 25 ), process  2600  ( FIG. 26 ), process  2700  ( FIG. 27A ), process  2710  ( FIG. 27B ), process  2720  ( FIG. 27C ), process  2730  ( FIG. 27D ), process  2740  ( FIG. 27E ), process  2750  ( FIG. 27F ), process  2800  ( FIG. 28 ), process  2900  ( FIG. 29 ), process  3000  ( FIG. 30 ), process  3100  ( FIG. 31 ), and/or process  3300  ( FIG. 33 ) may include one or more of the characteristics of the various methods described above with reference to process  3100 . For brevity, these details are not repeated below. 
     It should be understood that the particular order in which the operations in  FIG. 32  have been described is exemplary and not intended to indicate that the described order is the only order in which the operations could be performed. One of ordinary skill in the art would recognize various ways to reorder the operations described herein, as well as excluding certain operations. For brevity, these details are not repeated here. Additionally, it should be noted that aspects of process  2000  ( FIG. 20 ), process  2100  ( FIG. 21 ), process  2200  ( FIG. 22 ), process  2300  ( FIG. 23 ), process  2400  ( FIG. 24 ), process  2500  ( FIG. 25 ), process  2600  ( FIG. 26 ), process  2700  ( FIG. 27A ), process  2710  ( FIG. 27B ), process  2720  ( FIG. 27C ), process  2730  ( FIG. 27D ), process  2740  ( FIG. 27E ), process  2750  ( FIG. 27F ), process  2800  ( FIG. 28 ), process  2900  ( FIG. 29 ), process  3000  ( FIG. 30 ), process  3100  ( FIG. 31 ), and process  3300  ( FIG. 33 ) may be incorporated with one another. Thus, the techniques described with respect to process  3200  may be relevant to process  2000  ( FIG. 20 ), process  2100  ( FIG. 21 ), process  2200  ( FIG. 22 ), process  2300  ( FIG. 23 ), process  2400  ( FIG. 24 ), process  2500  ( FIG. 25 ), process  2600  ( FIG. 26 ), process  2700  ( FIG. 27A ), process  2710  ( FIG. 27B ), process  2720  ( FIG. 27C ), process  2730  ( FIG. 27D ), process  2740  ( FIG. 27E ), process  2750  ( FIG. 27F ), process  2800  ( FIG. 28 ), process  2900  ( FIG. 29 ), process  3000  ( FIG. 30 ), process  3100  ( FIG. 31 ), and/or process  3300  ( FIG. 33 ). 
       FIG. 33  is a flow diagram illustrating process  3300  for providing context-specific user interfaces. In some embodiments, process  3300  may be performed at an electronic device with a touch-sensitive display, such as device  100  ( FIG. 1A ),  300  ( FIG. 3 ),  500  ( FIG. 5 ) or  1900  ( FIG. 19A ). Some operations in process  3300  may be combined, the order of some operations may be changed, and some operations may be omitted. Process  3300  provides a simple means by which to access various context-specific user interfaces, thus conserving power and increasing battery life. 
     At block  3302 , the device displays a user interface screen that includes a plurality of affordances (a first affordance in the plurality indicates a clock face, which includes an indication of time and an outline; see, e.g., screen  1902  and affordance  1906 ). At block  3304 , the device detects a contact on first affordance (e.g.,  1908 ). At block  3306 , responsive at least in part to detecting the contact, the device substitutes the display of user interface screen with a second user interface screen (substitution includes retaining the indication of time or the outline at a larger size; see, e.g., screen  1930  with outline  1932  and/or hour hand and minute hand  1934 ). 
     Note that details of the processes described above with respect to process  3300  ( FIG. 33 ) are also applicable in an analogous manner to the methods described below. For example, process  2000  ( FIG. 20 ), process  2100  ( FIG. 21 ), process  2200  ( FIG. 22 ), process  2300  ( FIG. 23 ), process  2400  ( FIG. 24 ), process  2500  ( FIG. 25 ), process  2600  ( FIG. 26 ), process  2700  ( FIG. 27A ), process  2710  ( FIG. 27B ), process  2720  ( FIG. 27C ), process  2730  ( FIG. 27D ), process  2740  ( FIG. 27E ), process  2750  ( FIG. 27F ), process  2800  ( FIG. 28 ), process  2900  ( FIG. 29 ), process  3000  ( FIG. 30 ), process  3100  ( FIG. 31 ), and/or process  3200  ( FIG. 32 ) may include one or more of the characteristics of the various methods described above with reference to process  3300 . For brevity, these details are not repeated below. 
     It should be understood that the particular order in which the operations in  FIG. 33  have been described is exemplary and not intended to indicate that the described order is the only order in which the operations could be performed. One of ordinary skill in the art would recognize various ways to reorder the operations described herein, as well as excluding certain operations. For brevity, these details are not repeated here. Additionally, it should be noted that aspects of process  2000  ( FIG. 20 ), process  2100  ( FIG. 21 ), process  2200  ( FIG. 22 ), process  2300  ( FIG. 23 ), process  2400  ( FIG. 24 ), process  2500  ( FIG. 25 ), process  2600  ( FIG. 26 ), process  2700  ( FIG. 27A ), process  2710  ( FIG. 27B ), process  2720  ( FIG. 27C ), process  2730  ( FIG. 27D ), process  2740  ( FIG. 27E ), process  2750  ( FIG. 27F ), process  2800  ( FIG. 28 ), process  2900  ( FIG. 29 ), process  3000  ( FIG. 30 ), process  3100  ( FIG. 31 ), and process  3200  ( FIG. 32 ) may be incorporated with one another. Thus, the techniques described with respect to process  3300  may be relevant to process  2000  ( FIG. 20 ), process  2100  ( FIG. 21 ), process  2200  ( FIG. 22 ), process  2300  ( FIG. 23 ), process  2400  ( FIG. 24 ), process  2500  ( FIG. 25 ), process  2600  ( FIG. 26 ), process  2700  ( FIG. 27A ), process  2710  ( FIG. 27B ), process  2720  ( FIG. 27C ), process  2730  ( FIG. 27D ), process  2740  ( FIG. 27E ), process  2750  ( FIG. 27F ), process  2800  ( FIG. 28 ), process  2900  ( FIG. 29 ), process  3000  ( FIG. 30 ), process  3100  ( FIG. 31 ), and/or process  3200  ( FIG. 32 ). 
     The operations in the information processing methods described above may be implemented by running one or more functional modules in information processing apparatus such as general purpose processors or application specific chips. These modules, combinations of these modules, and/or their combination with general hardware (e.g., as described above with respect to  FIGS. 1A, 1B, 3, 5A, and 5B ) are all included within the scope of the techniques described herein. 
       FIG. 34  shows exemplary functional blocks of an electronic device  3400  that, in some embodiments, performs the features described above. As shown in  FIG. 34 , an electronic device  3400  includes a display unit  3402  configured to display graphical objects; a touch-sensitive surface unit  3404  configured to receive user gestures; one or more RF units  3406  configured to detect and communicate with external electronic devices; and a processing unit  3408  coupled to display unit  3402 , touch-sensitive surface unit  3404 , and RF unit(s)  3406 . In some embodiments, processing unit  3408  is configured to support an operating system  3410  and an applications unit  3412 . In some embodiments, operating system  3410  is configured to launch applications with applications unit  3412  or enter a device mode. In some embodiments, operating system  3410  is configured to launch an application, enter a clock face edit mode of the electronic device, enter a clock face selection mode of the electronic device, or enter a user interaction mode of the electronic device. In some embodiments, applications unit  3412  is configured to launch or run applications with applications unit  3412 . For example, applications unit  3412  may be used for launching an application, running a launched application, or setting a user reminder. 
     In some embodiments, the processing unit  3408  includes a display enabling unit  3414 , a detecting unit  3416 , a determining unit  3418 , and an accessing unit  3420 . In some embodiments, the display enabling unit  3414  is configured to cause a display of a user interface (or portions of a user interface) in conjunction with the display unit  3402 . For example, the display enabling unit  3414  may be used for displaying a user interface screen, updating a user interface screen, displaying a clock face, substituting one or more indications of an hourly timescale with an indication of a first timescale for a stopwatch hand, animating a stopwatch hand, rotating a simulation of the Earth (or Moon, or solar system), animating a user interface object, displaying an animated reveal of a clock face, displaying a character user interface object, updating a displayed character user interface object (e.g., updating a displayed character user interface object to indicate a second time or updating a displayed character user interface object by changing a visual aspect of the displayed character user interface object), visually distinguishing a displayed clock face to indicate a clock face edit mode, visually indicating an element of a clock face for editing, visually distinguishing a displayed clock face to indicate a clock face selection mode, centering a clock face on the display, updating an affordance to indicate a time of day, or substituting the display of a first user interface screen with a second user interface screen. In some embodiments, the detecting unit  3416  is configured to detect and/or receive user input, e.g., through the use of touch-sensitive surface unit  3404  or a rotatable input mechanism (e.g.,  506  or  1540 ). For example, the detecting  3416  may be used for detecting a user input, receiving data representing a user input, receiving a user input, detecting a user movement of the device, detecting a contact on the touch-sensitive display, detecting a swipe on the touch-sensitive display, or detecting a movement of the rotatable input mechanism. In some embodiments, the determining unit  3418  is configured to make determinations. For example, determining unit  3418  may be used for determining whether characteristic intensity of a contact on the touch-sensitive display is above an intensity threshold or determining whether an event meets a condition. In some embodiments, the accessing unit  3420  is configured to access and/or select information. For example, accessing unit  3420  may be used for accessing a folder, selecting an image from the folder, accessing data representing a previously displayed animated sequence, or selecting an animated sequence. The units of  FIG. 34  may be used to implement the various techniques and methods described above with respect to  FIGS. 6-19D . 
     The functional blocks of the device  3400  are, optionally, implemented by hardware, software, or a combination of hardware and software to carry out the principles of the various described examples. It is understood by persons of skill in the art that the functional blocks described in  FIG. 34  are, optionally, combined or separated into sub-blocks to implement the principles of the various described examples. Therefore, the description herein optionally supports any possible combination or separation or further definition of the functional blocks described herein. 
     In accordance with some embodiments,  FIG. 35  shows an exemplary functional block diagram of an electronic device  3500  configured in accordance with the principles of the various described embodiments. In accordance with some embodiments, the functional blocks of electronic device  3500  are configured to perform the techniques described above. The functional blocks of the device  3500  are, optionally, implemented by hardware, software, or a combination of hardware and software to carry out the principles of the various described examples. It is understood by persons of skill in the art that the functional blocks described in  FIG. 35  are, optionally, combined or separated into sub-blocks to implement the principles of the various described examples. Therefore, the description herein optionally supports any possible combination or separation or further definition of the functional blocks described herein. 
     As shown in  FIG. 35 , an electronic device  3500  includes a display unit  3502  configured to display a graphic user interface, optionally, a touch-sensitive surface unit  3504  configured to receive contacts, optionally, a location sensing unit  3518  configured to sense location, optionally, a movement detection unit  3520 , and a processing unit  3506  coupled to the display unit  3502 , optionally, the touch-sensitive surface unit  3504 , optionally, the location sensing unit  3518 , and optionally, the movement detection unit  3520 . In some embodiments, the processing unit  3506  includes a receiving unit  3508 , a display enabling unit  3510 , an update enabling unit  3512 , an accessing unit  3514 , and an animation enabling unit  3516 . 
     The processing unit  3506  is configured to receive (e.g., with receiving unit  3508 ) data representing a user input, and in response to receiving the data: enable display (e.g., with display enabling unit  3510 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  3502 ), of a user interface screen, the user interface screen including a clock face indicating a first time, wherein the first time precedes a current time; and enable update (e.g., with update enabling unit  3512 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  3502 ), of the user interface screen by enabling animation (e.g., with animation enabling unit  3516 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  3502 ), of the clock face to transition from indicating the first time to indicating the current time, wherein the animation represents the passage of time from the first time to the current time. 
     In some embodiments, the processing unit  3506  is further configured to receive (e.g., with receiving unit  3508 ) second data representing a time of a previous user movement of electronic device  3500 , wherein the previous user movement of electronic device  3500  is before receipt of the data representing the user input, and wherein the time of the previous user movement of electronic device  3500  is the first time indicated by the clock face. In some embodiments, the first time precedes the current time by a first duration, and wherein the first duration is a predetermined duration before the current time. In some embodiments, the predetermined duration is 5 hours. In some embodiments, the first time is a predetermined time of day. In some embodiments, the clock face is animated for a period of time indicative of the first duration. In some embodiments, the clock face is animated for a period of time independent of the first duration. In some embodiments, the clock face comprises a representation of a digital clock including a numerical indication of an hour and a numerical indication of a minute. In some embodiments, the clock face comprises a representation of an analog clock including an hour hand and a minute hand. In some embodiments, enabling animation (e.g., with animation enabling unit  3516 ) of the first user interface object (e.g., on the user interface screen displayed on display unit  3502 ) comprises rotating one or more of the hour hand and the minute hand in a clockwise motion on-screen. In some embodiments, the processing unit  3506  is further configured to access (e.g., with accessing unit  3514 ) an image of a scene, wherein the image of the scene is representative of the time indicated by the clock face; and enable display (e.g., with display enabling unit  3510 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  3502 ), of the image as a background on the user interface screen. In some embodiments, the image of the scene is an image captured at substantially the same time of day as the time indicated by the clock face. In some embodiments, the processing unit  3506  is further configured to access (e.g., with accessing unit  3514 ) a first image of a scene, wherein the first image is representative of the first time; and access (e.g., with accessing unit  3514 ) a second image of the scene, wherein the second image is representative of the current time; and in response to receiving (e.g., with receiving unit  3508 ) the data representing the user input: enable successive display (e.g., with display enabling unit  3510 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  3502 ), of the first image of the scene and the second image of the scene, the successive display indicating the passage of time from the first time to the current time. In some embodiments, the first image of the scene and the second image of the scene are displayed as backgrounds on the user interface screen. In some embodiments, the processing unit  3506  is further configured to access (e.g., with accessing unit  3514 ) a sequence of images of a scene, the sequence of images including: a first image of the scene, wherein the first image of the scene is representative of the first time; one or more second images of the scene, wherein the one or more second images are representative of one or more times between the first time and the current time, and wherein the one or more second images are after the first image of the scene within the sequence of images; and a third image of the scene, wherein the third image of the scene is representative of the current time, and wherein the third image of the scene is after the one or more second images of the scene within the sequence of images; and in response to receiving (e.g., with receiving unit  3508 ) the data representing the user input: enable display (e.g., with display enabling unit  3510 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  3502 ), of the sequence of images of the scene as an animated sequence, wherein displaying the sequence of images comprises enabling animation (e.g., with animation enabling unit  3516 ) of the sequence of images to indicate the passage of time from the first time to the current time. In some embodiments, the sequence of images of the scene is displayed as an animated background on the user interface screen. In some embodiments, the scene is user-designated. In some embodiments, electronic device  3500  further comprises a location sensing unit (e.g., location sensing unit  3730 ), processing unit  3506  is coupled to the location sensing unit (e.g., location sensing unit  3730 ), and the processing unit  3506  is further configured to enable obtaining a current location of electronic device  3500  from the location sensor (e.g., location sensing unit  3518 ), wherein the first image represents the first time at the current location, and wherein the second image or the third image represents the current time at the current location. In some embodiments, the processing unit  3506  is further configured to enable display (e.g., with display enabling unit  3510 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  3502 ), of a user interface object on the user interface screen at a first position, wherein the first position of the user interface object is based on the first time. In some embodiments, the processing unit  3506  is further configured to enable animation (e.g., with animation enabling unit  3516 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  3502 ), of the user interface object by moving the user interface object from the first position to a second position on the user interface screen, wherein the second position is based on the current time, and wherein moving the user interface object from the first position to a second position indicates the passage of time from the first time to the current time. In some embodiments, the user interface object is a graphical representation of a sun. In some embodiments, the user interface object is a graphical representation of a moon. In some embodiments, the electronic device  3500  further includes a movement detection unit (e.g., movement detection unit  3520 ), the processing unit  3506  is coupled to the movement detection unit, and the processing unit  3506  is further configured to: detect a movement of the electronic device (e.g., with movement detection unit  3520 ), wherein the user input comprises the movement of the electronic device  3500 . In some embodiments, the user input is a contact on the touch-sensitive surface unit (e.g., touch-sensitive surface unit  3504 ). 
     The operations described above with reference to  FIG. 20  are, optionally, implemented by components depicted in  FIGS. 1A-1B  or  FIG. 35 . For example, receiving operation  2002 , displaying operation  2004 , and updating operation  2006  may be implemented by event sorter  170 , event recognizer  180 , and event handler  190 . Event monitor  171  in event sorter  170  detects a contact on touch-sensitive display  112 , and event dispatcher module  174  delivers the event information to application  136 - 1 . A respective event recognizer  180  of application  136 - 1  compares the event information to respective event definitions  186 , and determines whether a first contact at a first location on the touch-sensitive surface corresponds to a predefined event or sub event, such as activation of an affordance on a user interface. When a respective predefined event or sub-event is detected, event recognizer  180  activates an event handler  190  associated with the detection of the event or sub-event. Event handler  190  may utilize or call data updater  176  or object updater  177  to update the application internal state  192 . In some embodiments, event handler  190  accesses a respective GUI updater  178  to update what is displayed by the application. Similarly, it would be clear to a person having ordinary skill in the art how other processes can be implemented based on the components depicted in  FIGS. 1A-1B . 
     In accordance with some embodiments,  FIG. 36  shows an exemplary functional block diagram of an electronic device  3600  configured in accordance with the principles of the various described embodiments. In accordance with some embodiments, the functional blocks of electronic device  3600  are configured to perform the techniques described above. The functional blocks of the device  3600  are, optionally, implemented by hardware, software, or a combination of hardware and software to carry out the principles of the various described examples. It is understood by persons of skill in the art that the functional blocks described in  FIG. 36  are, optionally, combined or separated into sub-blocks to implement the principles of the various described examples. Therefore, the description herein optionally supports any possible combination or separation or further definition of the functional blocks described herein. 
     As shown in  FIG. 36 , an electronic device  3600  includes a display unit  3602  configured to display a graphic user interface, optionally, a touch-sensitive surface unit  3604  configured to receive contacts, optionally, a rotatable input unit  3624  configured to receive rotatable input (e.g., from a rotatable input mechanism), and a processing unit  3606  coupled to the display unit  3602 , optionally, the touch-sensitive surface unit  3604 , and optionally, the rotatable input unit  3624 . In some embodiments, the processing unit  3606  includes a receiving unit  3608 , a display enabling unit  3610 , a substitution enabling unit  3612 , a cessation enabling unit  3614 , an animation enabling unit  3616 , a launching unit  3618 , a removal enabling unit  3620 , and a translation enabling unit  3622 . 
     The processing unit  3606  is configured to enable display (e.g., with display enabling unit  3610 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  3602 ), of a clock face that indicates current time, the clock face including: a user interface object comprising an hour hand and a minute hand, wherein the user interface object indicates the current time; one or more indications of an hourly timescale; and a stopwatch hand; receive data (e.g., with receiving unit  3608 ) representing a user input; and enable substitution (e.g., with substitution enabling unit  3612 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  3602 ), of the one or more indications of an hourly timescale with an indication of a first timescale for the stopwatch hand; and enable animation (e.g., with animation enabling unit  3616 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  3602 ), of the stopwatch hand to reflect passage of time. 
     In some embodiments, the processing unit  3606  is further configured to, while enabling animation (e.g., with animation enabling unit  3616 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  3602 ), of the stopwatch hand to reflect the passage of time, receive second data (e.g., with receiving unit  3608 ) representing a second user input; and in response to receiving the second data: enable cessation (e.g., with cessation enabling unit  3614 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  3602 ) of the animation of the stopwatch hand. In some embodiments, the processing unit  3606  is further configured to enable display (e.g., with display enabling unit  3610 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  3602 ), of a first affordance, the first affordance representing a start/stop function, wherein the first data representing the first user input and the second data representing the second user input both represent contacts on the displayed first affordance. In some embodiments, the processing unit  3606  is further configured to enable display (e.g., with display enabling unit  3610 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  3602 ), of a second affordance, the second affordance representing a lap function; receive third data (e.g., with receiving unit  3608 ) representing a contact on the displayed second affordance, wherein the third data is received after receiving the first data and before receiving the second data; and enable display (e.g., with display enabling unit  3610 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  3602 ), of a third numerical indication of elapsed time between receiving the first data and receiving the third data. In some embodiments, the processing unit  3606  is further configured to enable display (e.g., with display enabling unit  3610 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  3602 ), of a third affordance, the third affordance representing a stopwatch application; receive fourth data (e.g., with receiving unit  3608 ) representing a contact on the displayed third affordance; and in response to receiving the fourth data: launch (e.g., with launching unit  3618 ) the stopwatch application. In some embodiments, the first timescale for the stopwatch hand is 60 seconds. In some embodiments, the first timescale for the stopwatch hand is 30 seconds. In some embodiments, the first timescale for the stopwatch hand is 6 seconds. In some embodiments, the first timescale for the stopwatch hand is 3 seconds. In some embodiments, movement of the stopwatch hand is animated at a rate based on the first timescale for the stopwatch hand. In some embodiments, enabling substitution (e.g., with substitution enabling unit  3612 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  3602 ), of the one or more indications of an hourly timescale with an indication of a first timescale for the stopwatch hand comprises: enabling removal (e.g., with removal enabling unit  3620 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  3602 ), of the one or more indications of the hourly timescale; enabling display (e.g., with display enabling unit  3610 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  3602 ), of the indication of the first timescale for the stopwatch hand; and enabling translation (e.g., with translation enabling unit  3622 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  3602 ), of the displayed indication of the first timescale for the stopwatch hand in a rotational motion, wherein the rotational motion is in a clockwise direction. In some embodiments, electronic device  3600  further comprises a rotatable input unit (e.g., rotatable input unit  3624 ), wherein the processing unit is coupled to the rotatable input unit (e.g., rotatable input unit  3624 ), and processing unit  3606  is further configured to receive fifth data representing a rotatable input from the rotatable input unit (e.g., with rotatable input unit  3624 ); and enable substitution (e.g., with substitution enabling unit  3612 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  3602 ) of the indication of the first timescale for the stopwatch hand with an indication of a second timescale for the stopwatch hand, wherein the second timescale is different from the first timescale. In some embodiments, enabling substitution (e.g., with substitution enabling unit  3612 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  3602 ) of the indication of the first timescale for the stopwatch hand with the indication of the second timescale for the stopwatch hand comprises: enabling removal (e.g., with removal enabling unit  3620 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  3602 ), of the indication of the first timescale for the stopwatch hand; enabling display (e.g., with display enabling unit  3610 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  3602 ) of the indication of the second timescale for the stopwatch hand; and enabling translation (e.g., with translation enabling unit  3622 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  3602 ), of the displayed indication of the second timescale for the stopwatch hand in a rotational motion, wherein the rotational motion is in a clockwise direction. In some embodiments, the processing unit  3606  is further configured to after receiving the first data representing the first user input: enable animation (e.g., with animation enabling unit  3616 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  3602 ), of the stopwatch hand to represent a rotational motion about an origin; and enable cessation (e.g., with cessation enabling unit  3614 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  3602 ), of the animation to display the stopwatch hand at a position at n/ 2  radians relative to the rotational motion about the origin. 
     The operations described above with reference to  FIG. 21  are, optionally, implemented by components depicted in  FIGS. 1A-1B  or  FIG. 36 . For example, displaying operation  2102 , receiving operation  2104 , and substituting operation  2106  may be implemented by event sorter  170 , event recognizer  180 , and event handler  190 . Event monitor  171  in event sorter  170  detects a contact on touch-sensitive display  112 , and event dispatcher module  174  delivers the event information to application  136 - 1 . A respective event recognizer  180  of application  136 - 1  compares the event information to respective event definitions  186 , and determines whether a first contact at a first location on the touch-sensitive surface corresponds to a predefined event or sub event, such as activation of an affordance on a user interface. When a respective predefined event or sub-event is detected, event recognizer  180  activates an event handler  190  associated with the detection of the event or sub-event. Event handler  190  may utilize or call data updater  176  or object updater  177  to update the application internal state  192 . In some embodiments, event handler  190  accesses a respective GUI updater  178  to update what is displayed by the application. Similarly, it would be clear to a person having ordinary skill in the art how other processes can be implemented based on the components depicted in  FIGS. 1A-1B . 
     In accordance with some embodiments,  FIG. 37  shows an exemplary functional block diagram of an electronic device  3700  configured in accordance with the principles of the various described embodiments. In accordance with some embodiments, the functional blocks of electronic device  3700  are configured to perform the techniques described above. The functional blocks of the device  3700  are, optionally, implemented by hardware, software, or a combination of hardware and software to carry out the principles of the various described examples. It is understood by persons of skill in the art that the functional blocks described in  FIG. 37  are, optionally, combined or separated into sub-blocks to implement the principles of the various described examples. Therefore, the description herein optionally supports any possible combination or separation or further definition of the functional blocks described herein. 
     As shown in  FIG. 37 , an electronic device  3700  includes a display unit  3702  configured to display a graphic user interface, optionally, a touch-sensitive surface unit  3704  configured to receive contacts, optionally, a rotatable input unit  3728  configured to receive rotatable input (e.g., from a rotatable input mechanism), optionally, a location sensing unit  3730  configured to sense location, and a processing unit  3706  coupled to the display unit  3702 , optionally, the touch-sensitive surface unit  3704 , optionally, the rotatable input unit  3728 , and optionally, the location sensing unit  3730 . In some embodiments, the processing unit  3706  includes a receiving unit  3708 , a display enabling unit  3710 , a rotation enabling unit  3712 , an update enabling unit  3714 , a detecting unit  3716 , an animation enabling unit  3718 , a visual distinguishment enabling unit  3720 , a removal enabling unit  3722 , a replacement enabling unit  3724 , and a determining unit  3726 . 
     The processing unit  3706  is configured to enable display (e.g., with display enabling unit  3710 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  3702 ), of a user interface screen, the user interface screen including: a first affordance representing a simulation of a first region of the Earth as illuminated by the Sun at a current time; and a second affordance indicating the current time; receive (e.g., with receiving unit  3708 ) a user input; and in response to receiving the user input: enable rotation (e.g., with rotation enabling unit  3712 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  3702 ), of the simulation of the Earth to display a second region of the Earth as illuminated by the Sun at the current time. 
     In some embodiments, the first affordance representing the simulation of the first region of the Earth as illuminated by the Sun at the current time comprises a representation of a solar terminator. In some embodiments, the user input comprises a swipe on the touch-sensitive surface unit (e.g., touch-sensitive surface unit  3704 ) in a first swipe direction. In some embodiments, the simulation of the first region of the Earth is rotated in a first direction of rotation, and the processing unit  3706  is further configured to: receive (e.g., with receiving unit  3708 ) a second user input; and in response to receiving the second user input: enable rotation (e.g., with rotation enabling unit  3712 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  3702 ), of the simulation of the first region of the Earth in a second direction of rotation, wherein the second direction of rotation and the first direction of rotation are different. In some embodiments, the second user input comprises a swipe on the touch-sensitive surface unit (e.g., touch-sensitive surface unit  3704 ) in a second swipe direction, and the first swipe direction and the second swipe direction are different. In some embodiments, electronic device  3700  further comprises a rotatable input unit (e.g., rotatable input unit  3728 ), wherein the processing unit  3706  is coupled to the rotatable input unit, and wherein the processing unit  3706  is further configured to: receive a third user input representing a rotatable input from the rotatable input unit (e.g., rotatable input unit  3728 ) and in response to receiving the third user input: enable update (e.g., with update enabling unit  3714 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  3702 ), of the first affordance to represent a simulation of the first region of the Earth as illuminated by the Sun at a non-current time. In some embodiments, the processing unit  3706  is further configured to: enable update (e.g., with update enabling unit  3714 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  3702 ), of the second affordance to indicate the non-current time. In some embodiments, electronic device  3700  further comprises a location sensing unit (e.g., location sensing unit  3730 ), wherein the processing unit  3706  is coupled to the location sensing unit, and wherein the processing unit  3706  is further configured to: before displaying the user interface screen, obtain a current location of electronic device  3700  from the location sensing unit (e.g., location sensing unit  3730 ), wherein the displayed first region of the Earth represented by the first affordance indicates the current location of electronic device  3700 . In some embodiments, the processing unit  3706  is further configured to: detect (e.g., with detecting unit  3716 ) a user movement of electronic device  3700 ; and in response to detecting the user movement: enable animation (e.g., with animation enabling unit  3718 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  3702 ), of the first affordance representing the simulation of the Earth by translating the first affordance on-screen towards the center of the displayed user interface screen. In some embodiments, the processing unit  3706  is further configured to: enable display (e.g., with display enabling unit  3710 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  3702 ), of a third affordance, the third affordance representing a moon; detect (e.g., with detecting unit  3716 ) a contact on the displayed third affordance on the touch-sensitive surface unit (e.g., touch-sensitive surface unit  3704 ), and in response to detecting the contact: enable update (e.g., with update enabling unit  3714 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  3702 ), of the user interface screen, wherein enabling update of the display of the user interface screen comprises: enabling display (e.g., with display enabling unit  3710 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  3702 ), of a fourth affordance representing a simulation of the Moon, the fourth affordance representing a simulation of the Moon as seen from the Earth at the current time; and enabling display (e.g., with display enabling unit  3710 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  3702 ), of a fifth affordance indicating the current time. In some embodiments, enabling update (e.g., with update enabling unit  3714 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  3702 ), of the user interface screen comprises enabling animation (e.g., with animation enabling unit  3718 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  3702 ), of the first affordance representing the simulation of the first region of the Earth as illuminated by the Sun by zooming out. In some embodiments, the processing unit  3706  is further configured to: receive (e.g., with receiving unit  3708 ) a fourth user input; and in response to receiving the fourth user input: enable rotation (e.g., with rotation enabling unit  3712 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  3702 ), of the simulation of the Moon to display the Moon as seen from the Earth at a non-current time; and enable update (e.g., with update enabling unit  3714 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  3702 ), of the fifth affordance to indicate the non-current time. In some embodiments, the fourth user input comprises a swipe on the touch-sensitive surface unit (e.g., touch-sensitive surface unit  3704 ) in a first swipe direction. In some embodiments, the simulation of the Moon as seen from the Earth is rotated in a first direction of rotation, and the processing unit  3706  is further configured to: receive (e.g., with receiving unit  3708 ) a fifth user input; and in response to receiving the fifth user input: enable rotation (e.g., with rotation enabling unit  3712 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  3702 ), of the simulation of the Moon as seen from the Earth in a second direction of rotation, wherein the second direction of rotation and the first direction of rotation are different. In some embodiments, the fifth user input comprises a swipe on the touch-sensitive surface unit (e.g., touch-sensitive surface unit  3704 ) in a second swipe direction, and the first swipe direction and the second swipe direction are different. In some embodiments, electronic device  3700  further comprises a rotatable input unit (e.g., rotatable input unit  3728 ), the processing unit  3706  is coupled to the rotatable input unit, and receiving the fourth user input comprises receiving a rotatable input from the rotatable input unit (e.g., rotatable input unit  3728 ) in a first direction of rotation. In some embodiments, electronic device  3700  further comprises a rotatable input unit (e.g., rotatable input unit  3728 ), the processing unit  3706  is coupled to the rotatable input unit, and the simulation of the Moon as seen from the Earth is rotated in a first direction of rotation, wherein the processing unit is further configured to: receive (e.g., with receiving unit  3708 ) a sixth user input; and in response to receiving the sixth user input: enable rotation (e.g., with rotation enabling unit  3712 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  3702 ), of the simulation of the Moon as seen from the Earth in a second direction of rotation, wherein the second direction of rotation and the first direction of rotation are different. In some embodiments, the sixth user input comprises a rotatable input from the rotatable input unit (e.g., rotatable input unit  3728 ) in a second direction of rotation, and wherein the first direction of rotation and the second direction of rotation are different. In some embodiments, the processing unit  3706  is further configured to: detect (e.g., with detecting unit  3716 ) a user double tap on the touch-sensitive surface unit (e.g., touch-sensitive surface unit  3704 ), the user double tap comprising a first contact on the touch-sensitive surface unit and a second contact on the touch-sensitive surface unit; determine (e.g., with determining unit  3726 ) whether the first contact and the second contact were received within a predetermined interval; and in response to detecting the user double tap, and in accordance with a determination that the first contact and the second contact were received within the predetermined interval: enable display (e.g., with display enabling unit  3710 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  3702 ), of additional lunar information. In some embodiments, the processing unit  3706  is further configured to: enable display (e.g., with display enabling unit  3710 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  3702 ), of a sixth affordance on the touch-sensitive surface unit (e.g., touch-sensitive surface unit  3704 ), the sixth affordance representing a solar system; detect (e.g., with detecting unit  3716 ) a contact on the displayed sixth affordance, and in response to detecting the contact: enable update (e.g., with update enabling unit  3714 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  3702 ), of the user interface screen, wherein enabling update (e.g., with update enabling unit  3714 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  3702 ), of the user interface screen comprises: enabling display (e.g., with display enabling unit  3710 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  3702 ), of a seventh affordance representing a solar system, the seventh affordance comprising representations of the Sun, the Earth, and one or more non-Earth planets at their respective positions at a current time; and enabling display (e.g., with display enabling unit  3710 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  3702 ), of an eighth affordance indicating the current time. In some embodiments, enabling update (e.g., with update enabling unit  3714 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  3702 ), of the user interface screen comprises enabling animation (e.g., with animation enabling unit  3718 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  3702 ), of the first affordance representing the simulation of the first region of the Earth as illuminated by the Sun or enabling animation (e.g., with animation enabling unit  3718 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  3702 ), of the fourth affordance representing a simulation of the Moon as seen from the Earth by zooming out. In some embodiments, the processing unit  3706  is further configured to: receive (e.g., with receiving unit  3708 ) a seventh user input; and in response to receiving the seventh user input: enable update (e.g., with update enabling unit  3714 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  3702 ), of the seventh affordance to depict respective positions of the Sun, the Earth, and the one or more non-Earth planets for a non-current time, wherein updating the seventh affordance comprises rotating the Earth and the one or more non-Earth planets about the Sun; and enable update (e.g., with update enabling unit  3714 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  3702 ), of the eighth affordance to indicate the non-current time. In some embodiments, the seventh user input comprises a swipe on the touch-sensitive surface unit (e.g., touch-sensitive surface unit  3704 ) in a first swipe direction. In some embodiments, the Earth and the one or more non-Earth planets are rotated about the Sun in a first direction of rotation, and the processing unit  3706  is further configured to: receive (e.g., with receiving unit  3708 ) an eighth user input; and in response to receiving the eighth user input: enable rotation (e.g., with rotation enabling unit  3712 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  3702 ), of the Earth and the one or more non-Earth planets about the Sun in a second direction of rotation, wherein the second direction of rotation and the first direction of rotation are different. In some embodiments, the eighth user input comprises a swipe on the touch-sensitive surface unit (e.g., touch-sensitive surface unit  3704 ) in a second swipe direction, and wherein the first swipe direction and the second swipe direction are different. In some embodiments, electronic device  3700  further comprises a rotatable input unit (e.g., rotatable input unit  3728 ), the processing unit  3706  is coupled to the rotatable input unit (e.g., rotatable input unit  3728 ), and receiving the seventh user input comprises receiving a rotatable input from the rotatable input unit (e.g., rotatable input unit  3728 ) in a first direction of rotation. In some embodiments, electronic device  3700  further comprises a rotatable input unit (e.g., rotatable input unit  3728 ), the processing unit  3706  is coupled to the rotatable input unit, wherein the Earth and the one or more non-Earth planets are rotated about the Sun in a first direction of rotation, and the processing unit  3706  is further configured to: receive (e.g., with receiving unit  3708 ) a ninth user input; and in response to receiving the ninth user input: enable rotation (e.g., with rotation enabling unit  3712 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  3702 ), of the Earth and the one or more non-Earth planets about the Sun in a second direction of rotation, wherein the second direction of rotation and the first direction of rotation are different. In some embodiments, the ninth user input comprises a rotatable input from the rotatable input unit (e.g., rotatable input unit  3728 ) in a second direction of rotation, and wherein the first direction of rotation and the second direction of rotation are different. In some embodiments, the representation of the Earth further comprises a representation of the orbit of the Earth around the Sun, and wherein the representation of the one or more non-Earth planets further comprises a representation of the orbit of the one or more non-Earth planets around the Sun. In some embodiments, the processing unit  3706  is further configured to: receive (e.g., with receiving unit  3708 ) a tenth user input comprising a contact on the touch-sensitive surface unit (e.g., touch-sensitive surface unit  3704 ), wherein the contact is associated with the representation of the Earth or the representation of the one or more non-Earth planets, the contact on the touch-sensitive surface unit having an associated duration; while continuing to receive the contact, determine (e.g., with determining unit  3726 ) whether the duration of the contact exceeds a predetermined threshold; in response to receiving the tenth user input, and in accordance with a determination that the duration of the contact exceeds the predetermined threshold: enable visual distinguishment (e.g., with visual distinguishment enabling unit  3720 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  3702 ), of the representation of the Earth or the representation of the one or more non-Earth planets associated with the contact; detect (e.g., with detecting unit  3716 ) a break in the contact; and in response to detecting the break in the contact: enable display (e.g., with display enabling unit  3710 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  3702 ), of information about the Earth or the one or more non-Earth planets associated with the contact. In some embodiments, the processing unit  3706  is further configured to: after enabling display, on the display unit, of the information about the Earth or the one or more non-Earth planets associated with the contact, receive (e.g., with receiving unit  3708 ) an eleventh user input; determine (e.g., with determining unit  3732 ) whether the eleventh user input represents a tap or a swipe on the touch-sensitive surface unit (e.g., touch-sensitive surface unit  3704 ); in accordance with a determination that the eleventh user input represents a tap: enable removal (e.g., with removal enabling unit  3724 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  3702 ), of the displayed information about the Earth or the one or more non-Earth planets; and in accordance with a determination that the eleventh user input represents a swipe: enable replacement (e.g., with replacement enabling unit  3724 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  3702 ), of the displayed information about the Earth or the one or more non-Earth planets with information about a second planet selected from the group consisting of the Earth and the one or more non-Earth planets, wherein the second planet is not the planet associated with the contact. 
     The operations described above with reference to  FIG. 22  are, optionally, implemented by components depicted in  FIGS. 1A-1B  or  FIG. 37 . For example, displaying operation  2202 , receiving operation  2204 , and rotating operation  2206  may be implemented by event sorter  170 , event recognizer  180 , and event handler  190 . Event monitor  171  in event sorter  170  detects a contact on touch-sensitive display  112 , and event dispatcher module  174  delivers the event information to application  136 - 1 . A respective event recognizer  180  of application  136 - 1  compares the event information to respective event definitions  186 , and determines whether a first contact at a first location on the touch-sensitive surface corresponds to a predefined event or sub event, such as activation of an affordance on a user interface. When a respective predefined event or sub-event is detected, event recognizer  180  activates an event handler  190  associated with the detection of the event or sub-event. Event handler  190  may utilize or call data updater  176  or object updater  177  to update the application internal state  192 . In some embodiments, event handler  190  accesses a respective GUI updater  178  to update what is displayed by the application. Similarly, it would be clear to a person having ordinary skill in the art how other processes can be implemented based on the components depicted in  FIGS. 1A-1B . 
     In accordance with some embodiments,  FIG. 38  shows an exemplary functional block diagram of an electronic device  3800  configured in accordance with the principles of the various described embodiments. In accordance with some embodiments, the functional blocks of electronic device  3800  are configured to perform the techniques described above. The functional blocks of the device  3800  are, optionally, implemented by hardware, software, or a combination of hardware and software to carry out the principles of the various described examples. It is understood by persons of skill in the art that the functional blocks described in  FIG. 38  are, optionally, combined or separated into sub-blocks to implement the principles of the various described examples. Therefore, the description herein optionally supports any possible combination or separation or further definition of the functional blocks described herein. 
     As shown in  FIG. 38 , an electronic device  3800  includes a display unit  3802  configured to display a graphic user interface, optionally, a touch-sensitive surface unit  3804  configured to receive contacts, optionally, a rotatable input unit  3820  configured to receive rotatable input (e.g., from a rotatable input mechanism), optionally, a location sensing unit  3822  configured to sense location, optionally, an audio unit  3826 , optionally, a haptic unit  3828 , and a processing unit  3806  coupled to the display unit  3802 , optionally, the touch-sensitive surface unit  3804 , optionally, the rotatable input unit  3820 , optionally, the location sensing unit  3822 , optionally, the audio unit  3826 , and optionally, the haptic unit  3828 . In some embodiments, the processing unit  3806  includes a receiving unit  3808 , a display enabling unit  3810 , a translation enabling unit  3812 , an update enabling unit  3814 , a determining unit  3816 , a setting unit  3818 , and a detecting unit  3824 . 
     The processing unit  3806  is configured to enable display (e.g., with display enabling unit  3810 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  3802 ), of a user interface screen, the user interface screen comprising: a first portion of the user interface screen, the first portion indicating daytime; a second portion of the user interface screen, the second portion indicating nighttime; a user interface object, the user interface object representing a sinusoidal wave with a period representing a day, wherein the sinusoidal wave indicates a path of the Sun through the day, and wherein the sinusoidal wave is displayed in one or more of the first portion and the second portion; a first affordance representing the Sun, wherein the first affordance is displayed at a first position on the displayed sinusoidal wave, the first position indicating a current time of the day and whether the current time of the day is during daytime or nighttime; and a second affordance, the second affordance indicating the current time of day. 
     In some embodiments, electronic device  3800  further comprises a location sensing unit (e.g., location sensing unit  3822 ), processing unit  3806  is coupled to the location sensing unit (e.g., location sensing unit  3822 ), and processing unit  3806  is further configured to: obtain a current location of the electronic device from the location sensing unit (e.g., with location sensing unit  3822 ), wherein the ratio of the displayed first portion indicating daytime relative to the second portion indicating nighttime indicates daylight hours at the current location at the current time. In some embodiments, amplitude of the sinusoidal wave is based on height of the Sun relative to horizon at the current location and at the current time. In some embodiments, the processing unit  3806  is further configured to: enable display (e.g., with display enabling unit  3810 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  3802 ), of a line on the user interface screen, wherein the line divides the first portion of the user interface screen indicating daytime and the second portion of the user interface screen indicating nighttime, wherein the line intersects the sinusoidal wave at a first point representing sunrise and at a second point representing sunset. In some embodiments, the processing unit  3806  is further configured to: receive (e.g., with receiving unit  3808 ) a user contact on the touch-sensitive surface unit (e.g., touch-sensitive surface unit  3804 ) at the first affordance, the first affordance displayed at the first position on the displayed sinusoidal wave, the first position indicating the current time; while continuing to receive the user contact, detect (e.g., with detecting unit  3824 ) movement (e.g., on touch-sensitive surface unit  3804 ) of the user contact from the first position to a second position on the displayed sinusoidal wave without a break in contact of the user contact on the touch-sensitive surface unit, the second position on the displayed sinusoidal wave indicating a non-current time; and in response to detecting the contact at the second position: enable translation (e.g., with translation enabling unit  3812 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  3802 ), of the first affordance on-screen from the first position on the displayed sinusoidal wave to the second position on the displayed sinusoidal wave, wherein the translation tracks the displayed sinusoidal wave; and enable update (e.g., with update enabling unit  3814 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  3802 ), of the second affordance to indicate the non-current time. In some embodiments, the processing unit  3806  is further configured to: in response to detecting the contact at the first affordance: enable display (e.g., with display enabling unit  3810 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  3802 ), of, on the user interface screen: a third user interface object, wherein the third user interface object is displayed at the first point along the sinusoidal wave representing sunrise; and a fourth user interface object, wherein the fourth user interface object is displayed at the second point along the sinusoidal wave representing sunset. In some embodiments, the processing unit  3806  is further configured to: in response to detecting (e.g., with detecting unit  3824 ) the contact at the first affordance (e.g., on touch-sensitive surface unit  3804 ): enable display (e.g., with display enabling unit  3810 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  3802 ), of, on the user interface screen: a fifth user interface object, wherein the fifth user interface object is displayed along the sinusoidal wave at a third point representing dawn; and a sixth user interface object, wherein the sixth user interface object is displayed along the sinusoidal wave at a fourth point representing dusk. In some embodiments, the processing unit  3806  is further configured to: detect (e.g., with detecting unit  3824 ) a break in contact of the user contact on the touch-sensitive surface unit (e.g., touch-sensitive surface unit  3804 ), and in response to detecting the break in contact of the user contact on the touch-sensitive surface unit: enable translation (e.g., with translation enabling unit  3812 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  3802 ), of the first affordance on-screen from the second position to the first position, wherein the translation tracks the displayed sinusoidal wave; and enable update (e.g., with update enabling unit  3814 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  3802 ), of the second affordance to indicate the current time of day. In some embodiments, the first affordance representing the sun appears filled when the first affordance is displayed at a position fully within the first portion of the user interface screen. In some embodiments, the first affordance representing the sun appears hollow when the first affordance is displayed at a position fully within the second portion of the user interface screen. In some embodiments, the first affordance representing the sun appears half-filled when the first affordance is displayed at a position intersecting both the first portion and the second portion of the user interface screen. In some embodiments, the processing unit  3806  is further configured to: determine (e.g., with determining unit  3816 ) whether the position of the first affordance on the displayed sinusoidal wave intersects with a position of the second affordance indicating the current time of day; and in accordance with a determination that the position of the first affordance on the displayed sinusoidal wave intersects with a position of the second affordance indicating the current time of day: enable display (e.g., with display enabling unit  3810 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  3802 ), of the second affordance at a second position that does not intersect the position of the displayed sinusoidal wave. In some embodiments, the processing unit  3806  is further configured to: detect (e.g., with detecting unit  3824 ) a user input; and in response to detecting the user input: enable display (e.g., with display enabling unit  3810 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  3802 ), of a second user interface screen, the second user interface screen comprising an indication of a time of sunrise and an indication of a time of sunset. In some embodiments, the electronic device  3800  further comprises a rotatable input unit (e.g., rotatable input unit  3820 ), the processing unit  3806  is coupled to the rotatable input unit, and the processing unit  3806  is further configured to: detect (e.g., with detecting unit  3824 ) a movement corresponding to a rotatable input from the rotatable input unit (e.g., rotatable input unit  3820 ); and in response to detecting the movement: enable translation (e.g., with translation enabling unit  3812 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  3802 ), of the first affordance representing the Sun to a third position on the displayed sinusoidal wave, wherein the third position indicates a third time of day, wherein the third time of day is not the current time of day; detect (e.g., with detecting unit  3824 ) a contact on the touch-sensitive surface unit (e.g., with touch-sensitive surface unit  3804 ) on the displayed first affordance at the third position; and in response to detecting the contact: set (e.g., with setting unit  3818 ) a user reminder for the third time of day. In some embodiments, setting the user reminder for the third time of day comprises: enabling display, on the display unit (e.g., display unit  3802 ), of a third affordance on the display, the third affordance representing a user prompt to set an alert for the third time of day. 
     In some embodiments, the processing unit  3806  is further configured to enable display (e.g., with display enabling unit  3810 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  3802 ), of a visual alert for the third time of day, and the user reminder for the third time of day comprises the visual alert for the third time of day. In some embodiments, the electronic device  3800  further comprises an audio unit (e.g., audio unit  3826 ), the processing unit  3806  is coupled to the audio unit, the processing unit  3806  is further configured to enable an audio alert for the third time of day via the audio unit (e.g., with audio unit  3826 ), and the user reminder for the third time of day comprises the audio alert for the third time of day. In some embodiments, the electronic device  3800  further comprises a haptic unit (e.g., haptic unit  3828 ), the processing unit  3806  is coupled to the haptic unit, the processing unit  3806  is further configured to enable a haptic alert for the third time of day via the haptic unit (e.g., with haptic unit  3828 ), and the user reminder for the third time of day comprises the haptic alert for the third time of day. 
     The operations described above with reference to  FIG. 23  are, optionally, implemented by components depicted in  FIGS. 1A-1B  or  FIG. 38 . For example, displaying operation  2302 , optional receiving operation  2304 , and optional detecting operation  2306  may be implemented by event sorter  170 , event recognizer  180 , and event handler  190 . Event monitor  171  in event sorter  170  detects a contact on touch-sensitive display  112 , and event dispatcher module  174  delivers the event information to application  136 - 1 . A respective event recognizer  180  of application  136 - 1  compares the event information to respective event definitions  186 , and determines whether a first contact at a first location on the touch-sensitive surface corresponds to a predefined event or sub event, such as activation of an affordance on a user interface. When a respective predefined event or sub-event is detected, event recognizer  180  activates an event handler  190  associated with the detection of the event or sub-event. Event handler  190  may utilize or call data updater  176  or object updater  177  to update the application internal state  192 . In some embodiments, event handler  190  accesses a respective GUI updater  178  to update what is displayed by the application. Similarly, it would be clear to a person having ordinary skill in the art how other processes can be implemented based on the components depicted in  FIGS. 1A-1B . 
     In accordance with some embodiments,  FIG. 39  shows an exemplary functional block diagram of an electronic device  3900  configured in accordance with the principles of the various described embodiments. In accordance with some embodiments, the functional blocks of electronic device  3900  are configured to perform the techniques described above. The functional blocks of the device  3900  are, optionally, implemented by hardware, software, or a combination of hardware and software to carry out the principles of the various described examples. It is understood by persons of skill in the art that the functional blocks described in  FIG. 39  are, optionally, combined or separated into sub-blocks to implement the principles of the various described examples. Therefore, the description herein optionally supports any possible combination or separation or further definition of the functional blocks described herein. 
     As shown in  FIG. 39 , an electronic device  3900  includes a display unit  3902  configured to display a graphic user interface, optionally, a touch-sensitive surface unit  3904  configured to receive contacts, optionally, a wireless communication unit  3912  configured to send and/or receive wireless communication, and a processing unit  3906  coupled to the display unit  3902 , optionally, the touch-sensitive surface unit  3904 , and optionally, the wireless communication unit  3912 . In some embodiments, the processing unit  3906  includes a receiving unit  3908  and a display enabling unit  3910 . 
     The processing unit  3906  is configured to enable display (e.g., with display enabling unit  3910 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  3902 ), of a user interface screen, the user interface screen including: a background based on an image, the background comprising a plurality of pixels, wherein a subset of the pixels are modified in appearance relative to the image such that the subset of pixels represents one or more of: a first user interface object indicating a date; and a second user interface object indicating a time of day. 
     In some embodiments, the subset of the pixels is modified by color blending. In some embodiments, the subset of the pixels is modified by color blurring. In some embodiments, the subset of the pixels is modified in appearance relative to the image such that the subset of pixels represents the first user interface object indicating the date. In some embodiments, the subset of the pixels is modified in appearance relative to the image such that the subset of pixels represents the second user interface object indicating the time of day. In some embodiments, one of the first user interface object indicating the date and the second user interface object indicating the time of day is a first color independent of the background. In some embodiments, the processing unit  3906  is further configured to: receive (e.g., with receiving unit  3908 ) data representing a background color of the background at a position of the displayed first user interface object or the displayed second user interface object, wherein the first color is different from the background color at the position of the displayed first user interface object or the displayed second user interface object. In some embodiments, the image is a photo. In some embodiments, the image is stored on the electronic device. In some embodiments, wherein the electronic device  3900  further comprises a wireless communication unit (e.g., wireless communication unit  3912 ), wherein the processing unit  3906  is coupled to the wireless communication unit, and the image is stored on an external device coupled to electronic device  3900  via the wireless communication unit (e.g., wireless communication unit  3912 ). In some embodiments, the processing unit  3906  is further configured to: before enabling display (e.g., with display enabling unit  3910 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  3902 ), of the user interface screen: enable receipt (e.g., with receiving unit  3908 ), via the wireless communication unit (e.g., wireless communication unit  3912 ) of data representing the background from the external device. In some embodiments, the processing unit  3906  is further configured to: enable receipt (e.g., with receiving unit  3908 ), via the wireless communication unit (e.g., wireless communication unit  3912 ) of data representing a current background of the external device, and enable display (e.g., with display enabling unit  3910 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  3902 ), of a second user interface screen on the display, the second user interface screen including: a second background, wherein the second background corresponds with the current background of the external device, the second background comprising a second plurality of pixels, wherein a second subset of the pixels are modified in appearance relative to the current background of the external device such that the second subset of pixels represents one or more of: a third user interface object indicating the date; and a fourth user interface object indicating the time of day. 
     The operations described above with reference to  FIG. 24  are, optionally, implemented by components depicted in  FIGS. 1A-1B  or  FIG. 39 . For example, displaying operation  2402  and optional receiving operation  2404  may be implemented by event sorter  170 , event recognizer  180 , and event handler  190 . Event monitor  171  in event sorter  170  detects a contact on touch-sensitive display  112 , and event dispatcher module  174  delivers the event information to application  136 - 1 . A respective event recognizer  180  of application  136 - 1  compares the event information to respective event definitions  186 , and determines whether a first contact at a first location on the touch-sensitive surface corresponds to a predefined event or sub event, such as activation of an affordance on a user interface. When a respective predefined event or sub-event is detected, event recognizer  180  activates an event handler  190  associated with the detection of the event or sub-event. Event handler  190  may utilize or call data updater  176  or object updater  177  to update the application internal state  192 . In some embodiments, event handler  190  accesses a respective GUI updater  178  to update what is displayed by the application. Similarly, it would be clear to a person having ordinary skill in the art how other processes can be implemented based on the components depicted in  FIGS. 1A-1B . 
     In accordance with some embodiments,  FIG. 40  shows an exemplary functional block diagram of an electronic device  4000  configured in accordance with the principles of the various described embodiments. In accordance with some embodiments, the functional blocks of electronic device  4000  are configured to perform the techniques described above. The functional blocks of the device  4000  are, optionally, implemented by hardware, software, or a combination of hardware and software to carry out the principles of the various described examples. It is understood by persons of skill in the art that the functional blocks described in  FIG. 40  are, optionally, combined or separated into sub-blocks to implement the principles of the various described examples. Therefore, the description herein optionally supports any possible combination or separation or further definition of the functional blocks described herein. 
     As shown in  FIG. 40 , an electronic device  4000  includes a display unit  4002  configured to display a graphic user interface, optionally, a wireless communication unit  4004  configured to send and/or receive wireless communications, and a processing unit  4006  coupled to the display unit  4002 , and optionally, the wireless communication unit  4004 . In some embodiments, device  4000  may further include a touch-sensitive surface unit configured to receive contacts and coupled to the processing unit  4006 . In some embodiments, the processing unit  4006  includes a receiving unit  4008 , a display enabling unit  4010 , an accessing unit  4012 , a selecting unit  4014 , an obtaining unit  4016 , and a preventing unit  4018 . 
     The processing unit  4006  is configured to access (e.g., with accessing unit  4012 ) a folder, the folder including two or more images; select (e.g., with selecting unit  4014 ) from the folder a first image; and enable display (e.g., with display enabling unit  4010 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  4002 ), of a user interface screen, the user interface screen comprising: a background based on the first image, the background comprising a plurality of pixels, wherein a subset of the pixels are modified in appearance relative to the image such that the subset of pixels represents one or more of: a first user interface object indicating a date; and a second user interface object indicating a time of day. 
     In some embodiments, the subset of the pixels is modified by color blending. In some embodiments, the subset of the pixels is modified by color blurring. In some embodiments, the subset of the pixels is modified in appearance relative to the image such that the subset of pixels represents the first user interface object indicating the date. In some embodiments, the subset of the pixels is modified in appearance relative to the image such that the subset of pixels represents the second user interface object indicating the time of day. In some embodiments, one of the first user interface object indicating the date and the second user interface object indicating the time of day is a first color independent of the background. In some embodiments, the processing unit  4006  is further configured to: receive (e.g., with receiving unit  4008 ) data representing a background color of the background at a position of the displayed first user interface object or the displayed second user interface object, wherein the first color is different from the background color at the position of the displayed first user interface object or the displayed second user interface object. In some embodiments, the processing unit  4006  is further configured to: after enabling display, on the display unit, of the first user interface screen, receive (e.g., with receiving unit  4008 ) first data representing a user input, and in response to receiving the first data representing the user input: obtain (e.g., with obtaining unit  4016 ) second data representing the displayed first background; select (e.g., with selecting unit  4014 ) a second image from the folder, wherein the second image is different from the first image; and enable display (e.g., with display enabling unit  4010 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  4002 ), of a second user interface screen, the second user interface screen comprising: a second background based on the second image, the second background comprising a second plurality of pixels, wherein a second subset of the pixels are modified in appearance relative to the second image such that the second subset of pixels represents one or more of: a third user interface object indicating a date; and a fourth user interface object indicating a time of day. In some embodiments, the processing unit  4006  is further configured to: receive (e.g., with receiving unit  4008 ) data representing a user prohibition of a third image from the folder; and in response to receiving the data: prevent (e.g., with preventing unit  4018 ) the display, on the display unit (e.g., display unit  4002 ), of the third image as a third background in response to a future user input. In some embodiments, at least one of the first background, the second background, and the third background is a photo. In some embodiments, the folder is stored on the electronic device  4000 . In some embodiments, the electronic device  4000  further includes a wireless communication unit (e.g., wireless communication unit  4004 ), the processing unit  4006  is coupled to the wireless communication unit, and the folder is stored on an external device coupled to the electronic device  4000  via the wireless communication unit (e.g., wireless communication unit  4004 ). In some embodiments, accessing the folder comprises: receiving (e.g., with receiving unit  4008 ), via the wireless communication unit (e.g., wireless communication unit  4004 ), data representing at least one of the two or more backgrounds. 
     The operations described above with reference to  FIG. 25  are, optionally, implemented by components depicted in  FIGS. 1A-1B  or  FIG. 40 . For example, accessing operation  2502 , selecting operation  2504 , and displaying operation  2506  may be implemented by event sorter  170 , event recognizer  180 , and event handler  190 . Event monitor  171  in event sorter  170  detects a contact on touch-sensitive display  112 , and event dispatcher module  174  delivers the event information to application  136 - 1 . A respective event recognizer  180  of application  136 - 1  compares the event information to respective event definitions  186 , and determines whether a first contact at a first location on the touch-sensitive surface corresponds to a predefined event or sub event, such as activation of an affordance on a user interface. When a respective predefined event or sub-event is detected, event recognizer  180  activates an event handler  190  associated with the detection of the event or sub-event. Event handler  190  may utilize or call data updater  176  or object updater  177  to update the application internal state  192 . In some embodiments, event handler  190  accesses a respective GUI updater  178  to update what is displayed by the application. Similarly, it would be clear to a person having ordinary skill in the art how other processes can be implemented based on the components depicted in  FIGS. 1A-1B . 
     In accordance with some embodiments,  FIG. 41  shows an exemplary functional block diagram of an electronic device  4100  configured in accordance with the principles of the various described embodiments. In accordance with some embodiments, the functional blocks of electronic device  4100  are configured to perform the techniques described above. The functional blocks of the device  4100  are, optionally, implemented by hardware, software, or a combination of hardware and software to carry out the principles of the various described examples. It is understood by persons of skill in the art that the functional blocks described in  FIG. 41  are, optionally, combined or separated into sub-blocks to implement the principles of the various described examples. Therefore, the description herein optionally supports any possible combination or separation or further definition of the functional blocks described herein. 
     As shown in  FIG. 41 , an electronic device  4100  includes a display unit  4102  configured to display a graphic user interface, optionally, a touch-sensitive surface unit  4104  configured to receive contacts, optionally, a movement detection unit  4120  configured to detect movement, and a processing unit  4106  coupled to the display unit  4102 , optionally, the touch-sensitive surface unit  4104  and optionally, the movement detection unit  4120 . In some embodiments, the processing unit  4106  includes a detecting unit  4108 , a display enabling unit  4110 , an animation enabling unit  4112 , a selecting unit  4114 , an accessing unit  4116 , and a substitution enabling unit  4118 . 
     The processing unit  4106  is configured to detect (e.g., with detecting unit  4108 ) a user input, wherein the user input is detected at a first time, and in response to detecting the user input: enable display (e.g., with display enabling unit  4110 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  4102 ), of a user interface screen, the user interface screen including: a first user interface object indicating the first time; and a second user interface object; and enable animation (e.g., with animation enabling unit  4112 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  4102 ), of the second user interface object, the animation comprising a sequential display of a first animated sequence, a second animated sequence after the first animated sequence, and a third animated sequence after the second animated sequence, wherein the first animated sequence, the second animated sequence, and the third animated sequence are different; after enabling animation of the second user interface object, detect (e.g., with detecting unit  4108 ) a second user input, wherein the second user input is detected at a second time, wherein the second time is after the first time, and in response to detecting the second user input: access (e.g., with accessing unit  4116 ) data representing the previously displayed second animated sequence; select (e.g., with selecting unit  4114 ) a fourth animated sequence, wherein the fourth animated sequence is different from the first animated sequence and the second animated sequence; enable display (e.g., with display enabling unit  4110 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  4102 ), of a second user interface screen, the second user interface screen including: the first user interface object, wherein the first user interface object is updated to indicate the second time; and a third user interface object related to the second user interface object; and enable animation (e.g., with animation enabling unit  4112 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  4102 ), of the third user interface object, the animation comprising a sequential display of the first animated sequence, the fourth animated sequence after the first animated sequence, and the third animated sequence after the fourth animated sequence. 
     In some embodiments, the third animated sequence is based on a reverse sequence of the first animated sequence. In some embodiments, the electronic device  4100  further comprises a movement detection unit (e.g., movement detection unit  4120 ), wherein the processing unit  4106  is coupled to the movement detection unit, and wherein the processing unit  4106  is further configured to enable detection of a movement of the electronic device via the movement detection unit (e.g., movement detection unit  4120 ), and wherein the user input represents a user movement of the electronic device  4100 . In some embodiments, the electronic device  4100  further comprises a movement detection unit (e.g., movement detection unit  4120 ), wherein the processing unit  4106  is coupled to the movement detection unit, and wherein the processing unit  4106  is further configured to enable detection of a movement of the electronic device via the movement detection unit (e.g., movement detection unit  4120 ), and wherein the second user input represents a second user movement of the electronic device  4100 . In some embodiments, the second user interface object and the third user interface object are the same. In some embodiments, the third user interface object is a reflection of the second user interface object. In some embodiments, the fourth animated sequence comprises a reflection of the second animated sequence about a horizontal axis. In some embodiments, the fourth animated sequence comprises a reflection of the second animated sequence about a vertical axis. In some embodiments, the processing unit  4106  is further configured to: detect (e.g., using detecting unit  4108 ) a contact on the touch-sensitive surface unit (e.g., touch-sensitive surface unit  4104 ), and in response to detecting the contact: enable substitution (e.g., with substitution enabling unit  4118 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  4102 ), of the second user interface object or the third user interface object with a display, on the display unit (e.g., display unit  4102 ), of a fourth user interface object, wherein the fourth user interface object is related to the second and the third user interface objects. In some embodiments, the first user interface object comprises a representation of a digital clock including a numerical indication of an hour and a numerical indication of a minute. In some embodiments, the first time is a current time. 
     The operations described above with reference to  FIG. 26  are, optionally, implemented by components depicted in  FIGS. 1A-1B  or  FIG. 41 . For example, detecting operation  4102 , displaying operation  4104 , and animating operation  4106  may be implemented by event sorter  170 , event recognizer  180 , and event handler  190 . Event monitor  171  in event sorter  170  detects a contact on touch-sensitive display  112 , and event dispatcher module  174  delivers the event information to application  136 - 1 . A respective event recognizer  180  of application  136 - 1  compares the event information to respective event definitions  186 , and determines whether a first contact at a first location on the touch-sensitive surface corresponds to a predefined event or sub event, such as activation of an affordance on a user interface. When a respective predefined event or sub-event is detected, event recognizer  180  activates an event handler  190  associated with the detection of the event or sub-event. Event handler  190  may utilize or call data updater  176  or object updater  177  to update the application internal state  192 . In some embodiments, event handler  190  accesses a respective GUI updater  178  to update what is displayed by the application. Similarly, it would be clear to a person having ordinary skill in the art how other processes can be implemented based on the components depicted in  FIGS. 1A-1B . 
     In accordance with some embodiments,  FIG. 42  shows an exemplary functional block diagram of an electronic device  4200  configured in accordance with the principles of the various described embodiments. In accordance with some embodiments, the functional blocks of electronic device  4200  are configured to perform the techniques described above. The functional blocks of the device  4200  are, optionally, implemented by hardware, software, or a combination of hardware and software to carry out the principles of the various described examples. It is understood by persons of skill in the art that the functional blocks described in  FIG. 42  are, optionally, combined or separated into sub-blocks to implement the principles of the various described examples. Therefore, the description herein optionally supports any possible combination or separation or further definition of the functional blocks described herein. 
     As shown in  FIG. 42 , an electronic device  4200  includes a display unit  4202  configured to display a graphic user interface, optionally, a touch-sensitive surface unit  4204  configured to receive contacts, optionally, a movement detection unit  4220  configured to detect movement, and a processing unit  4206  coupled to the display unit  4202 , optionally, the touch-sensitive surface unit  4204  and optionally, the movement detection unit  4220 . In some embodiments, the processing unit  4206  includes a detecting unit  4208 , a display enabling unit  4210 , a launching unit  4212 , an update enabling unit  4214 , a receiving unit  4216 , and a generating unit  4218 . 
     The processing unit  4206  is configured to detect, by the movement detection unit (e.g., movement detection unit  4220 ), a user movement of the electronic device  4200 ; and, in response to detecting the movement: enable display (e.g., with display enabling unit  4210 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  4202 ), of an animated reveal of a clock face, wherein the animation comprises: enabling display (e.g., with display enabling unit  4210 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  4202 ), of an hour hand and a minute hand; and enabling display (e.g., with display enabling unit  4210 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  4202 ), of a first hour indication; and after displaying the first hour indication, enabling display (e.g., with display enabling unit  4210 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  4202 ), of a second hour indication, wherein the second hour indication is displayed on the clock face at a position after the first hour indication in a clockwise direction. 
     In some embodiments, the processing unit  4206  is further configured to: after enabling display (e.g., with display enabling unit  4210 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  4202 ), of the second hour indication, enable display (e.g., with display enabling unit  4210 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  4202 ), of a first minute indication; and enable display (e.g., with display enabling unit  4210 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  4202 ), of a second minute indication, wherein the second minute indication is displayed on the clock face at a position after the first minute indication in a clockwise direction. In some embodiments, the hour hand and the minute hand are displayed before the first hour indication. In some embodiments, the processing unit  4206  is further configured to: enable display (e.g., with display enabling unit  4210 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  4202 ), of an animated reveal of an outline of the clock face, wherein the outline of the clock face is animated to be displayed progressively in a clockwise direction. In some embodiments, after the animation, the clock face indicates a current time. In some embodiments, the processing unit  4206  is further configured to: enable display (e.g., with display enabling unit  4210 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  4202 ), of an affordance as a complication on the clock face, wherein the affordance represents an application; detect (e.g., with detecting unit  4208 ) a contact on the affordance on the touch-sensitive surface unit touch-sensitive surface unit  4204 ), and in response to detecting the contact: launch (e.g., with launching unit  4212 ) the application represented by the affordance. In some embodiments, the processing unit  4206  is further configured to: enable update (e.g., with update enabling unit  4214 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  4202 ), of a color of the clock face, wherein updating the color comprises continuously changing the color of the clock face over time. In some embodiments, the color of the clock face is a background color of the clock face. In some embodiments, the clock face comprises a seconds hand, and the color of the clock face is a color of a seconds hand. In some embodiments, the processing unit  4206  is further configured to: detect (e.g., with detecting unit  4208 ), by the movement detection unit (e.g., movement detection unit  4220 ), a second user movement of the electronic device  4200 ; and, in response to detecting the second movement: enable display (e.g., with display enabling unit  4210 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  4202 ), of a second color of the clock face, wherein the second color is different from the first color; and enable update (e.g., with update enabling unit  4214 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  4202 ), of the second color of the clock face, wherein updating the second color comprises continuously changing the second color of the clock face over time. In some embodiments, the processing unit  4206  is further configured to: receive (e.g., with receiving unit  4216 ) data representing a name; and in response to receiving the data: generate (e.g., with generating unit  4218 ) a monogram; and enable display (e.g., with display enabling unit  4210 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  4202 ), of the monogram as a second affordance on the clock face. 
     The operations described above with reference to  FIG. 27A  are, optionally, implemented by components depicted in  FIGS. 1A-1B  or  FIG. 42 . For example, detecting operation  2702  and displaying operation  2704  may be implemented by event sorter  170 , event recognizer  180 , and event handler  190 . Event monitor  171  in event sorter  170  detects a contact on touch-sensitive display  112 , and event dispatcher module  174  delivers the event information to application  136 - 1 . A respective event recognizer  180  of application  136 - 1  compares the event information to respective event definitions  186 , and determines whether a first contact at a first location on the touch-sensitive surface corresponds to a predefined event or sub event, such as activation of an affordance on a user interface. When a respective predefined event or sub-event is detected, event recognizer  180  activates an event handler  190  associated with the detection of the event or sub-event. Event handler  190  may utilize or call data updater  176  or object updater  177  to update the application internal state  192 . In some embodiments, event handler  190  accesses a respective GUI updater  178  to update what is displayed by the application. Similarly, it would be clear to a person having ordinary skill in the art how other processes can be implemented based on the components depicted in  FIGS. 1A-1B . 
     In accordance with some embodiments,  FIG. 43  shows an exemplary functional block diagram of an electronic device  4300  configured in accordance with the principles of the various described embodiments. In accordance with some embodiments, the functional blocks of electronic device  4300  are configured to perform the techniques described above. The functional blocks of the device  4300  are, optionally, implemented by hardware, software, or a combination of hardware and software to carry out the principles of the various described examples. It is understood by persons of skill in the art that the functional blocks described in  FIG. 43  are, optionally, combined or separated into sub-blocks to implement the principles of the various described examples. Therefore, the description herein optionally supports any possible combination or separation or further definition of the functional blocks described herein. 
     As shown in  FIG. 43 , an electronic device  4300  includes a display unit  4302  configured to display a graphic user interface, optionally, a touch-sensitive surface unit  4304  configured to receive contacts, and a processing unit  4306  coupled to the display unit  4302 , and optionally, the touch-sensitive surface unit  4304 . In some embodiments, the processing unit  4306  includes a detecting unit  4308 , a display enabling unit  4310 , a launching unit  4312 , and an updating unit  4314 . 
     The processing unit  4306  is configured to enable display (e.g., with display enabling unit), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  4302 ), of a user interface screen, the user interface screen including: a clock face; and an affordance, wherein the affordance represents an application, wherein the affordance comprises a set of information obtained from the application, wherein the set of information is updated (e.g., with updating unit  4314 ) in accordance with data from the application, and wherein the affordance is displayed as a complication on the clock face; detect (e.g., with detecting unit  4308 ) a contact on the displayed affordance on the touch-sensitive surface unit (e.g., touch-sensitive surface  4304 ), and in response to detecting the contact: launch (e.g., with launching unit  4312 ) the application represented by the affordance. 
     The operations described above with reference to  FIG. 32  are, optionally, implemented by components depicted in  FIGS. 1A-1B  or  FIG. 43 . For example, displaying operation  3202 , detecting operation  3204 , and launching operation  3206  may be implemented by event sorter  170 , event recognizer  180 , and event handler  190 . Event monitor  171  in event sorter  170  detects a contact on touch-sensitive display  112 , and event dispatcher module  174  delivers the event information to application  136 - 1 . A respective event recognizer  180  of application  136 - 1  compares the event information to respective event definitions  186 , and determines whether a first contact at a first location on the touch-sensitive surface corresponds to a predefined event or sub event, such as activation of an affordance on a user interface. When a respective predefined event or sub-event is detected, event recognizer  180  activates an event handler  190  associated with the detection of the event or sub-event. Event handler  190  may utilize or call data updater  176  or object updater  177  to update the application internal state  192 . In some embodiments, event handler  190  accesses a respective GUI updater  178  to update what is displayed by the application. Similarly, it would be clear to a person having ordinary skill in the art how other processes can be implemented based on the components depicted in  FIGS. 1A-1B . 
     In accordance with some embodiments,  FIG. 44  shows an exemplary functional block diagram of an electronic device  4400  configured in accordance with the principles of the various described embodiments. In accordance with some embodiments, the functional blocks of electronic device  4400  are configured to perform the techniques described above. The functional blocks of the device  4400  are, optionally, implemented by hardware, software, or a combination of hardware and software to carry out the principles of the various described examples. It is understood by persons of skill in the art that the functional blocks described in  FIG. 44  are, optionally, combined or separated into sub-blocks to implement the principles of the various described examples. Therefore, the description herein optionally supports any possible combination or separation or further definition of the functional blocks described herein. 
     As shown in  FIG. 44 , an electronic device  4400  includes a display unit  4402  configured to display a graphic user interface, optionally, a touch-sensitive surface unit  4404  configured to receive contacts and to detect intensity of contacts, optionally, a rotatable input unit  4442  configured to receive rotatable input (e.g., from a rotatable input mechanism), optionally, a rotatable and depressible input unit  4444  configured to receive rotatable and depressible input (e.g., from a rotatable and depressible input mechanism), and a processing unit  4206  coupled to the display unit  4202 , optionally, the touch-sensitive surface unit  4204 , optionally, the rotatable input unit  4442 , and optionally, the rotatable and depressible input unit  4444 . In some embodiments, the processing unit  4406  includes a detecting unit  4408 , a display enabling unit  4410 , a determining unit  4412 , an entering unit  4414 , a visual distinguishment enabling unit  4416 , a visual indication enabling unit  4418 , a launching unit  4420 , an animation enabling unit  4422 , a changing unit  4424 , an editing unit  4426 , an obtaining unit  4428 , a removal enabling unit  4430 , a translation enabling unit  4432 , an exiting unit  4438 , a reduction enabling unit  4434 , an increase enabling unit  4436 , a selecting unit  4440 , an update enabling unit  4446 , and a receiving unit  4448 . 
     The processing unit  4406  is configured to enable display (e.g., with display enabling unit  4410 ), on the display unit (e.g.,  4402 ),of a user interface screen including a clock face; detect (e.g., with detecting unit  4408 ) a contact on the touch-sensitive surface unit (e.g.,  4404 ), the contact having a characteristic intensity, and in response to detecting the contact: determine (e.g., with determining unit  4412 ) whether the characteristic intensity is above an intensity threshold; and in accordance with a determination that the characteristic intensity is above the intensity threshold: enter (e.g., with entering unit  4414 ) a clock face edit mode of the electronic device; enable visual distinguishment (e.g., with visual distinguishment enabling unit  4416 , on the display unit (e.g., display unit  4402 ), of the displayed clock face to indicate the clock face edit mode; and detect (e.g., with detecting unit  4408 ) a second contact on the touch-sensitive surface unit, wherein the second contact is on the visually distinguished displayed clock face, and in response to detecting the second contact: enable visual indication (e.g., with visual indication enabling unit  4418 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  4402 ), of an element of the clock face for editing. 
     In some embodiments, the clock face includes an affordance representing an application, wherein the contact is on the affordance representing the application on the touch-sensitive surface unit, and wherein the processing unit  4406  is further configured to: in accordance with a determination that the characteristic intensity is not above the intensity threshold: launch (e.g., with launching unit  4420 ) the application represented by the affordance. In some embodiments, enabling visual distinguishment (e.g., with visual distinguishment enabling unit  4416 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  4402 ), of the displayed clock face comprises reducing size of the displayed clock face. In some embodiments, enabling visual indication (e.g., with visual indication enabling unit  4418 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  4402 ), of the element of the clock face for editing comprises: enabling visual distinguishment enabling unit  4416 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  4402 ), of an outline around the element of the clock face. In some embodiments, the processing unit  4406  is further configured to: enable animation (e.g., with animation enabling unit  4422 ), on the display unit (e.g.,  4402 ), of the outline around the element of the clock face to depict a rhythmic expansion and contraction of the outline. In some embodiments, visually indicating the element of the clock face for editing comprises: enabling animation (e.g., with animation enabling unit  4422 ), on the display unit (e.g.,  4402 ), of the element of the clock face to depict a rhythmic expansion and contraction of the element of the clock face. In some embodiments, visually indicating the element of the clock face for editing comprises: enabling animation (e.g., with animation enabling unit  4422 ), on the display unit (e.g.,  4402 ), of the element of the clock face to depict a flashing of the element of the clock face. In some embodiments, the processing unit  4406  is further configured to enable change (e.g., with changing unit  4424 ), on the display unit (e.g.,  4402 ), of a color of the element of the clock face, and wherein visually indicating the element of the clock face for editing comprises: changing the color of the element of the clock face. In some embodiments, the electronic device further comprises a rotatable input unit (e.g., rotatable input unit  4442 ), wherein the processing unit  4406  is coupled to the rotatable input unit, and wherein the processing unit  4406  is further configured to: after entering the clock face edit mode: detect (e.g., with detecting unit  4408 ) a movement corresponding to a rotatable input from the rotatable input unit (e.g., rotatable input unit  4442 ), and in response to detecting the movement: edit (e.g., with editing unit  4426 ) an aspect of the visually indicated element of the clock face. In some embodiments, the processing unit  4406  is further configured to enable change (e.g., with changing unit  4424 ), on the display unit (e.g.,  4402 ), of a color of the visually indicated element of the clock face, and wherein editing the aspect of the visually indicated element of the clock face comprises: enabling change (e.g., with changing unit  4424 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  4402 ), of the color of the visually indicated element of the clock face. In some embodiments, the processing unit  4406  is further configured to enable change (e.g., with changing unit  4424 ), on the display unit (e.g.,  4402 ), of a color of the visually indicated element of the clock face, wherein the visually indicated element of the clock face is a clock face background, and wherein editing (e.g., with editing unit  4426 ) the aspect of the visually indicated element of the clock face comprises: enabling change (e.g., with changing unit  4424 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  4402 ), of a color of the clock face background. In some embodiments, the processing unit  4406  is further configured to enable change (e.g., with changing unit  4424 ), on the display unit (e.g.,  4402 ), of a color of the visually indicated element of the clock face, wherein the clock face comprises a seconds hand, and wherein editing (e.g., with editing unit  4426 ) the aspect of the visually indicated element of the clock face comprises: enabling change (e.g., with changing unit  4424 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  4402 ) of a color of the seconds hand. In some embodiments, the clock face comprises an affordance representing an application, wherein the affordance is displayed, on the display unit (e.g., display unit  4402 ), as a complication on the clock face, wherein the affordance indicates a first set of information obtained from the application, and wherein editing (e.g., with changing unit  4424 ) the aspect of the visually indicated element of the clock face comprises enabling update (e.g., with updating unit  4446 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  4402 ), of the affordance to indicate a second set of information obtained from the application. In some embodiments, the clock face comprises an affordance representing an application, wherein the affordance is displayed as a complication on the clock face on the display unit, wherein the affordance indicates a set of information obtained from a first application, wherein editing the aspect of the visually indicated element of the clock face comprises enabling update (e.g., with updating unit  4446 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  4402 ), of the affordance to indicate a set of information obtained from a second application, and wherein the first and the second applications are different. In some embodiments, the clock face comprises a plurality of visible divisions of time, wherein the plurality comprises a first number of visible divisions of time, and wherein editing the aspect of the visually indicated element of the clock face comprises enabling change (e.g., with changing unit  4424 ), on the display unit, of the first number of visible divisions of time in the plurality to a second number of visible divisions of time in the plurality. In some embodiments, the second number is greater than the first number. In some embodiments, the second number is less than the first number. In some embodiments, the processing unit  4406  is further configured to: after entering the clock face edit mode: enable display (e.g., with display enabling unit  4410 ), on the display unit (e.g.,  4402 ),of an indicator of position along a series of positions, the indicator indicating a first position along the series; and in response to receiving the data indicating the rotatable input of the rotatable input unit (e.g., rotatable input unit  4442 ): enable update (e.g., with update enabling unit  4446 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  4402 ), of the indicator of position to indicate a second position along the series. In some embodiments, the indicator of position along a series of positions indicates a position of a currently selected option for the editable aspect along a series of selectable options for the editable aspect of the visually indicated element of the clock face. In some embodiments, the indicator is displayed on the display at a position adjacent to the rotatable input unit. In some embodiments, the editable aspect of the visually indicated element of the clock face is color, and wherein the indicator comprises a series of colors, wherein each position in the series depicts a color, and wherein the color of the currently indicated position along the series is representative of the color of the visually indicated element. In some embodiments, the processing unit  4406  is further configured to: after visually indicating the element of the clock face for editing: detect (e.g., with detecting unit  4408 ) a third contact on the touch-sensitive surface unit (e.g., touch-sensitive surface unit  4404 ) at a second displayed element of the clock face, and in response to detecting the third contact: enable removal (e.g., with removal enabling unit  4430 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  4402 ), of the visual indication of the first element of the clock face for editing; and enable visual indication (e.g., with visual indication enabling unit  4418 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  4402 ), of the second element of the clock face for editing. In some embodiments, before detecting the third contact, the indicated first element of the clock face is indicated by an outline around the element, wherein enabling removal (e.g., with removal enabling unit  4430 ) of the visual indication of the first element comprises: enabling translation (e.g., with translation enabling unit  4432 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  4402 ), of the outline on-screen away from the first element. In some embodiments, enabling visual indication (e.g., with visual indication enabling unit  4418 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  4402 ), of the second element of the clock face for editing comprises: enabling translation (e.g., with translation enabling unit  4432 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  4402 ), of a visible outline on-screen towards from the second element; and enabling display (e.g., with display enabling unit  4410 ), on the display unit (e.g.,  4402 ),of the visible outline around the second element, wherein the translating and the displaying comprise a continuous on-screen movement of the visible outline. In some embodiments, the processing unit  4406  is further configured to: after enabling visual indication (e.g., with visual indication enabling unit  4418 ), on the display (e.g., display unit  4402 ), of the first element of the clock face for editing, detect a swipe on the touch-sensitive surface unit, and in response to detecting the swipe: enable removal (e.g., with removal enabling unit  4430 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  4402 ), of the visual indication of the first element of the clock face for editing; enable visual indication (e.g., with visual indication enabling unit  4418 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  4402 ), of a second element of the clock face for editing; after visually indicating the second element of the clock face for editing, detect a user input, and in response to detecting the user input: edit (e.g., with editing unit  4426 ) a second aspect of the visually indicated second element of the clock face, wherein the second aspect of the second element is different from the first aspect of the first element of the clock face. In some embodiments, the processing unit  4406  is further configured to: enable display (e.g., with display enabling unit  4410 ), on the display unit (e.g.,  4402 ), of a paging affordance on the user interface screen, wherein the paging affordance indicates an editable aspect of the currently indicated element of the clock face, a position of the editable aspect of the currently indicated element within a sequence of editable aspects, and a total number of editable aspects within the sequence of editable aspects. In some embodiments, the processing unit  4406  is further configured to: after entering the clock face edit mode of the electronic device: detect (e.g., with detecting unit  4408 ) a fourth contact on the touch-sensitive surface unit (e.g., touch-sensitive surface unit  4404 ), the fourth contact having a second characteristic intensity, and in response to detecting the fourth contact; determine (e.g., with determining unit  4412 ) whether the second characteristic intensity is above a second intensity threshold; and in accordance with a determination that the second characteristic intensity is above the second intensity threshold: exit (e.g., with exiting unit  4438 ) the clock face edit mode; and enable cessation, on the display unit (e.g., display unit  4402 ), of the visual distinguishment (e.g., enabling the cessation of the visual distinguishment with visual distinguishment unit  4416 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  4402 ), of the displayed clock face. In some embodiments, enabling visual distinguishment (e.g., with visual distinguishment unit  4416 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  4402 ), of the displayed clock face to indicate the clock face edit mode further comprises reducing a size of the displayed clock face, and wherein enabling cessation, on the display unit, of the visual distinguishment of the displayed clock face comprises enabling an increase (e.g., with increase enabling unit  4436 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  4402 ), of the size of the displayed clock face. In some embodiments, the electronic device further comprises a rotatable and depressible input unit (e.g., rotatable and depressible input unit  4444 ), wherein the processing unit  4406  is coupled to the rotatable and depressible input unit, and wherein the processing unit  4406  is further configured to: after entering the clock face edit mode of the electronic device: detect (e.g., with detecting unit  4408 ) a depression corresponding to a rotatable and depressible input from the rotatable and depressible input unit (e.g., rotatable and depressible input unit  4444 ), and in response to detecting the depression: exit (e.g., with exiting unit  4438 ) the clock face edit mode; and enable cessation, on the display unit, of the visual distinguishment (e.g., enabling the cessation of the visual distinguishment with visual distinguishment unit  4416 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  4402 ), of the displayed clock face. In some embodiments, enabling visual distinguishment, on the display unit, of the displayed clock face to indicate the clock face edit mode comprises: enabling a reduction (e.g., with reduction enabling unit  4434 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  4402 ), of a size of the displayed clock face, and wherein enabling cessation, on the display unit, of the visual distinguishment (e.g., enabling the cessation of the visual distinguishment with visual distinguishment unit  4416 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  4402 ), of the displayed clock face comprises: enabling an increase (e.g., with increase enabling unit  4436 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  4402 ), of the size of the displayed clock face. In some embodiments, the processing unit  4406  is further configured to: receive (e.g., with receiving unit  4448 ) a user input, and in response to receiving the user input: enter (e.g., with entering unit  4414 ) a color selection mode of the electronic device  4400 ; while in the color selection mode of the electronic device  4400 , receive (e.g., with receiving unit  4448 ) data representing an image, and in response to receiving the data: select (e.g., with selecting unit  4440 ) a color of the image; and enable update (e.g., with update enabling unit  4446 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  4402 ), of the displayed clock face, wherein enabling update the displayed clock face comprises enabling change (e.g., with changing unit  4424 ), on the display unit (e.g.,  4402 ), of a color of the clock face to the color of the image. In some embodiments, selecting the color of the image comprises selecting a color with greatest prevalence in the image. 
     The operations described above with reference to  FIG. 28  are, optionally, implemented by components depicted in  FIGS. 1A-1B  or  FIG. 44 . For example, displaying operation  2802 , detecting operation  2804 , and determining operation  2806  may be implemented by event sorter  170 , event recognizer  180 , and event handler  190 . Event monitor  171  in event sorter  170  detects a contact on touch-sensitive display  112 , and event dispatcher module  174  delivers the event information to application  136 - 1 . A respective event recognizer  180  of application  136 - 1  compares the event information to respective event definitions  186 , and determines whether a first contact at a first location on the touch-sensitive surface corresponds to a predefined event or sub event, such as activation of an affordance on a user interface. When a respective predefined event or sub-event is detected, event recognizer  180  activates an event handler  190  associated with the detection of the event or sub-event. Event handler  190  may utilize or call data updater  176  or object updater  177  to update the application internal state  192 . In some embodiments, event handler  190  accesses a respective GUI updater  178  to update what is displayed by the application. Similarly, it would be clear to a person having ordinary skill in the art how other processes can be implemented based on the components depicted in  FIGS. 1A-1B . 
     In accordance with some embodiments,  FIG. 45  shows an exemplary functional block diagram of an electronic device  4500  configured in accordance with the principles of the various described embodiments. In accordance with some embodiments, the functional blocks of electronic device  4500  are configured to perform the techniques described above. The functional blocks of the device  4500  are, optionally, implemented by hardware, software, or a combination of hardware and software to carry out the principles of the various described examples. It is understood by persons of skill in the art that the functional blocks described in  FIG. 45  are, optionally, combined or separated into sub-blocks to implement the principles of the various described examples. Therefore, the description herein optionally supports any possible combination or separation or further definition of the functional blocks described herein. 
     As shown in  FIG. 45 , an electronic device  4500  includes a display unit  4502  configured to display a graphic user interface, optionally, a touch-sensitive surface unit  4504  configured to receive contacts and to detect intensity of contacts, optionally, a rotatable input unit  4534  configured to receive rotatable input (e.g., from a rotatable input mechanism), and a processing unit  4506  coupled to the display unit  4502 , optionally, the touch-sensitive surface unit  4504 , and, optionally, the rotatable input unit  4534 . In some embodiments, the processing unit  4506  includes a detecting unit  4508 , a display enabling unit  4510 , a determining unit  4512 , an entering unit  4514 , a visual distinguishment enabling unit  4516 , a centering enabling unit  4518 , a launching unit  4520 , a reduction enabling unit  4522 , a translation enabling unit  4524 , a simulation enabling unit  4526 , an exiting unit  4528 , a generating unit  4530 , an animation enabling unit  4532 , an update enabling unit  4536 , and a replacement enabling unit  4538 . 
     The processing unit  4506  is configured to enable display, on the display unit, on the touch-sensitive surface unit (e.g., touch-sensitive surface unit  4504 ) a user interface screen including a clock face; enable display (e.g., with display enabling unit  4510 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  4502 ), on the touch-sensitive surface unit (e.g., touch-sensitive surface unit  4504 ) a user interface screen including a clock face; detect a contact on the touch-sensitive surface unit (e.g., touch-sensitive surface unit  4504 ), the contact having a characteristic intensity, and in response to detecting the contact: determine (e.g., with determining unit  4512 ) whether the characteristic intensity is above an intensity threshold; and in accordance with a determination that the characteristic intensity is above the intensity threshold: enter (e.g., with entering unit  4514 ) a clock face selection mode of the electronic device; enable visual distinguishment (e.g., with visual distinguishment enabling unit  4516 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  4502 ),of the displayed clock face to indicate the clock face selection mode, wherein the displayed clock face is centered on the display; and detect (e.g., with detecting unit  4508 ) a swipe on the touch-sensitive surface unit (e.g., touch-sensitive surface unit  4504 ), and in response to detecting the swipe: enable centering (e.g., with centering enabling unit  4518 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  4502 ), of a second clock face. 
     In some embodiments, the clock face includes an affordance representing an application, wherein the contact is on the affordance representing the application on the touch-sensitive surface unit (e.g., touch-sensitive surface unit  4504 ), and the processing unit is further configured to: in accordance with a determination that the characteristic intensity is not above the intensity threshold: launch (e.g., with launching unit  4520 ) the application represented by the affordance. In some embodiments, visually distinguishing the displayed clock face to indicate the clock face selection mode comprises enabling reduction (e.g., with reduction enabling unit  4522 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  4502 ), of the size of the displayed clock face. In some embodiments, the first and the second clock faces are among a plurality of clock faces, the plurality including at least the first and the second clock face. In some embodiments, entering the clock face selection mode of the electronic device further comprises: enabling display (e.g., with display enabling unit  4510 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  4502 ), of at least the first and the second clock faces from the plurality of clock faces, wherein the displayed clock faces are shown at a reduced size and arranged in a sequence of clock faces, and wherein the clock faces in the sequence that are not currently centered are displayed in a partial view. In some embodiments, the second clock face is arranged after the first clock face in the sequence of clock faces, wherein enabling centering (e.g., with centering enabling unit  4518 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  4502 ), of the second clock face comprises: enabling translation (e.g., with translation enabling unit  4524 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  4502 ),of the first clock face on-screen; and enabling display (e.g., with display enabling unit  4510 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  4502 ), of a partial view of the first clock face. In some embodiments, centering the second clock face on the display comprises: enabling translation (e.g., with translation enabling unit  4524 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  4502 ), of the second clock face onto the displayed user interface screen; and enabling translation (e.g., with translation enabling unit  4524 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  4502 ), of the first clock face off of the displayed user interface screen. In some embodiments, enabling centering (e.g., with centering enabling unit  4518 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  4502 ), of the second clock face on the display comprises enabling simulation (e.g., with simulation enabling unit  4526 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  4502 ), of a movement of the second clock face towards the user on the display. In some embodiments, the processing unit is further configured to: after centering the second clock face on the display: detect (e.g., with detecting unit  4508 ) a contact on the displayed second clock face on the touch-sensitive surface unit (e.g., touch-sensitive surface unit  4504 ), and in response to detecting the contact: exit (e.g., with exiting unit  4528 ) the clock face selection mode; and enable display (e.g., with display enabling unit  4510 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  4502 ), of a second user interface screen including the second clock face. In some embodiments, the processing unit is further configured to: after entering the clock face selection mode: detect (e.g., with detecting unit  4508 ) a second swipe on the touch-sensitive surface unit (e.g., touch-sensitive surface unit  4504 ), and in response to detecting the second swipe: enable centering (e.g., with centering enabling unit  4518 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  4502 ), of a clock face generation affordance on the display; detect (e.g., with detecting unit  4508 ) a contact on the displayed clock face generation affordance, and in response to detecting the contact: generate (e.g., with generating unit  4530 ) a third clock face; and enable display (e.g., with display enabling unit  4510 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  4502 ), of the third clock face, wherein the third clock face is centered on the display. In some embodiments, the processing unit is further configured to: after entering the clock face selection mode, and before detecting the second swipe: enable display (e.g., with display enabling unit  4510 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  4502 ), of at least a partial view of the clock face generation affordance on the user interface screen. In some embodiments, the processing unit is further configured to: after entering the clock face selection mode: detect (e.g., with detecting unit  4508 ) a third swipe on the touch-sensitive surface unit (e.g., touch-sensitive surface unit  4504 ), and in response to detecting the third swipe: enable centering (e.g., with centering enabling unit  4518 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  4502 ), of a random clock face generation affordance on the display; detect (e.g., with detecting unit  4508 ) a contact on the displayed random clock face generation affordance on the touch-sensitive surface unit (e.g., touch-sensitive surface unit  4504 ), and in response to detecting the contact: generate (e.g., with generating unit  4530 ) a fourth clock face, wherein the fourth clock face is randomly generated; and enable display (e.g., with display enabling unit  4510 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  4502 ), of the fourth clock face, wherein the fourth clock face is centered on the display. In some embodiments, the fourth clock face is different from the first clock face, the second clock face, and the third clock face. In some embodiments, the processing unit is further configured to: after entering the clock face selection mode, and before detecting the third swipe: enable display (e.g., with display enabling unit  4510 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  4502 ), of at least a partial view of the random clock face generation affordance on the user interface screen. In some embodiments, enabling centering (e.g., with centering enabling unit  4518 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  4502 ), of the first clock face, the second clock face, the third clock face, or the fourth clock face further comprises: enabling visible distinguishment (e.g., with visual distinguishment enabling unit  4516 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  4502 ) of an outline around the centered clock face. In some embodiments, the processing unit is further configured to: enable animation (e.g., with animation enabling unit  4532 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  4502 ), of the outline around the centered clock face to depict a rhythmic expansion and contraction of the outline. In some embodiments, enabling centering (e.g., with centering enabling unit  4518 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  4502 ), of the first clock face, the second clock face, the third clock face, or the fourth clock face further comprises: enabling animation (e.g., with animation enabling unit  4532 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  4502 ), of the centered clock face to depict a rhythmic expansion and contraction of the centered clock face. In some embodiments, enabling centering (e.g., with centering enabling unit  4518 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  4502 ), of the first clock face, the second clock face, the third clock face, or the fourth clock face further comprises: enabling animation (e.g., with animation enabling unit  4532 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  4502 ), of the centered clock face to depict a flashing of the centered clock face. In some embodiments, the first clock face, the second clock face, the third clock face, or the fourth clock face is centered on the display unit (e.g., display unit  4502 ), the centered clock face comprises a representation of a first image, and the processing unit is further configured to: detect a contact (e.g., with detecting unit  4508 ) on the touch-sensitive surface unit (e.g., touch-sensitive surface unit  4504 ) on the displayed representation, and in response to detecting the contact on the displayed representation: enable display, on the display unit (e.g., display unit  4502 ), of a second user interface screen, the second user interface screen comprising: a background based on the first image; a first user interface object indicating a date; and a second user interface object indicating a time of day. In some embodiments, device  4500  further comprises a rotatable input unit (e.g., rotatable input unit  4534 ), the processing unit  4506  is coupled to the rotatable input unit (e.g., rotatable input unit  4534 ), and the processing unit is further configured to: while enabling display, on the display unit (e.g., display unit  4502 ), of the second user interface screen, detect a movement (e.g., with detecting unit  4508 ) of the rotatable input unit (e.g., rotatable input unit  4534 ) corresponding to a rotatable input from the rotatable and depressible input unit, wherein the movement is in a first direction of rotation, and in response to detecting the movement: enable display, on the display unit (e.g., display unit  4502 ), of a second image, wherein the second image is a cropped image based on the first image. In some embodiments, the processing unit is further configured to: detect a second contact (e.g., with detecting unit  4508 ) on the touch-sensitive surface unit (e.g., touch-sensitive surface unit  4504 ), the second contact having a second characteristic intensity, and in response to detecting the second contact: determine (e.g., with determining unit  4512 ) whether the second characteristic intensity is above a second intensity threshold; and in accordance with a determination that the second characteristic intensity is above the second intensity threshold: enable display (e.g., with display enabling unit  4510 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  4502 ), of a third user interface screen, the third user interface screen comprising: a second background based on the second image; a third user interface object indicating a date; and a fourth user interface object indicating a time of day. In some embodiments, the processing unit is further configured to: in accordance with a determination that the second characteristic intensity is not above the second intensity threshold: enable update (e.g., with update enabling unit  4536 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  4502 ), of the second image, wherein the update comprises one or more of: translating the second image on the display unit (e.g., display unit  4502 ); cropping the second image; or zooming the second image. In some embodiments, the processing unit is further configured to: while enabling display (e.g., with display enabling unit  4510 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  4502 ), of the second user interface screen, detect (e.g., with detecting unit  4508 ) a second movement of the rotatable input unit (e.g., rotatable input unit  4534 ) corresponding to a second rotatable input from the rotatable and depressible input unit, wherein the second movement is in a second direction of rotation different from the first direction of rotation, and in response to detecting the second movement: enable replacement (e.g., with replacement enabling unit  4538 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  4502 ), of the second user interface screen with a third user interface screen, the third user interface screen including two or more images. In some embodiments, the processing unit is further configured to: enable display (e.g., with display enabling unit  4510 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  4502 ), of a paging affordance on the user interface screen, wherein the paging affordance indicates the currently centered clock face, a position of the centered clock face within a sequence of clock faces, and a total number of clock faces within the sequence of clock faces. 
     The operations described above with reference to  FIGS. 29-30  are, optionally, implemented by components depicted in  FIGS. 1A-1B  or  FIG. 45 . For example, displaying operation  2902 , detecting operation  2904 , and determining operation  2906  may be implemented by event sorter  170 , event recognizer  180 , and event handler  190 . Event monitor  171  in event sorter  170  detects a contact on touch-sensitive display  112 , and event dispatcher module  174  delivers the event information to application  136 - 1 . A respective event recognizer  180  of application  136 - 1  compares the event information to respective event definitions  186 , and determines whether a first contact at a first location on the touch-sensitive surface corresponds to a predefined event or sub event, such as activation of an affordance on a user interface. When a respective predefined event or sub-event is detected, event recognizer  180  activates an event handler  190  associated with the detection of the event or sub-event. Event handler  190  may utilize or call data updater  176  or object updater  177  to update the application internal state  192 . In some embodiments, event handler  190  accesses a respective GUI updater  178  to update what is displayed by the application. Similarly, it would be clear to a person having ordinary skill in the art how other processes can be implemented based on the components depicted in  FIGS. 1A-1B . 
     In accordance with some embodiments,  FIG. 46  shows an exemplary functional block diagram of an electronic device  4600  configured in accordance with the principles of the various described embodiments. In accordance with some embodiments, the functional blocks of electronic device  4600  are configured to perform the techniques described above. The functional blocks of the device  4600  are, optionally, implemented by hardware, software, or a combination of hardware and software to carry out the principles of the various described examples. It is understood by persons of skill in the art that the functional blocks described in  FIG. 46  are, optionally, combined or separated into sub-blocks to implement the principles of the various described examples. Therefore, the description herein optionally supports any possible combination or separation or further definition of the functional blocks described herein. 
     As shown in  FIG. 46 , an electronic device  4600  includes a display unit  4602  configured to display a graphic user interface, optionally, a touch-sensitive surface unit  4604  configured to receive contacts, optionally, a rotatable input unit  4618  configured to receive rotatable input (e.g., from a rotatable input mechanism), optionally, an audio unit  4620  configured to generate audio, optionally, a haptic unit  4622  configured to generate haptic output, and a processing unit  4606  coupled to the display unit  4502 , optionally, the touch-sensitive surface unit  4504 , optionally, the rotatable input unit  4618 , optionally, the audio unit  4620 , and optionally, the haptic unit  4622 . In some embodiments, the processing unit  4606  includes a detecting unit  4608 , a display enabling unit  4610 , an entering unit  4612 , an update enabling unit  4614 , and a setting unit  4616 . 
     The processing unit  4606  is configured to enable display (e.g., with display enabling unit  4610 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  4602 ), of a user interface screen, the user interface screen including: a clock face; and an affordance on the clock face, the affordance indicating a first time of day; detect (e.g., with detecting unit  4608 ) a contact on the touch-sensitive surface unit (e.g., touch-sensitive surface unit  4604 ); and in response to detecting the contact: enter (e.g., with entering unit  4612 ) a user interaction mode of the electronic device; while the electronic device is in the user interaction mode, detect (e.g., with detecting unit  4608 ) a rotatable input from the rotatable input unit (e.g., rotatable input unit  4618 ), and in response to detecting the rotatable input: enable update (e.g., with update enabling unit  4614 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  4602 ), of the affordance to indicate a second time of day; detect (e.g., with detecting unit  4608 ) a second contact on the touch-sensitive surface unit (e.g., touch-sensitive surface unit  4604 ) at the affordance indicating the second time, and in response to detecting the second contact: set (e.g., with setting unit  4616 ) a user reminder for the second time of day. 
     In some embodiments, setting the user reminder for the second time of day comprises: enabling display (e.g., with display enabling unit  4610 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  4602 ), of a second affordance on the display, the second affordance representing a user prompt to set an alert for the second time of day. In some embodiments, the processing unit is further configured to enable display (e.g., with display enabling unit  4610 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  4602 ), of a visual alert for the second time of day, and wherein the user reminder for the third time of day comprises the visual alert for the second time of day. In some embodiments, the electronic device  4600  further comprises an audio unit (e.g., audio unit  4620 ), wherein the processing unit is coupled to the audio unit, and wherein the processing unit is further configured to enable an audio alert for the second time of day via the audio unit (e.g., with audio unit  4620 ), and wherein the user reminder for the third time of day comprises the audio alert for the second time of day. In some embodiments, the electronic device  4600  further comprises a haptic unit (e.g., haptic unit  4622 ), wherein the processing unit is coupled to the haptic unit, and wherein the processing unit is further configured to enable a haptic alert for the second time of day via the haptic unit (e.g., with haptic unit  4622 ), and wherein the user reminder for the second time of day comprises the haptic alert for the second time of day. 
     The operations described above with reference to  FIG. 31  are, optionally, implemented by components depicted in  FIGS. 1A-1B  or  FIG. 46 . For example, displaying operation  3102 , detecting operation  3104 , and entering operation  3106  may be implemented by event sorter  170 , event recognizer  180 , and event handler  190 . Event monitor  171  in event sorter  170  detects a contact on touch-sensitive display  112 , and event dispatcher module  174  delivers the event information to application  136 - 1 . A respective event recognizer  180  of application  136 - 1  compares the event information to respective event definitions  186 , and determines whether a first contact at a first location on the touch-sensitive surface corresponds to a predefined event or sub event, such as activation of an affordance on a user interface. When a respective predefined event or sub-event is detected, event recognizer  180  activates an event handler  190  associated with the detection of the event or sub-event. Event handler  190  may utilize or call data updater  176  or object updater  177  to update the application internal state  192 . In some embodiments, event handler  190  accesses a respective GUI updater  178  to update what is displayed by the application. Similarly, it would be clear to a person having ordinary skill in the art how other processes can be implemented based on the components depicted in  FIGS. 1A-1B . 
     In accordance with some embodiments,  FIG. 47  shows an exemplary functional block diagram of an electronic device  4700  configured in accordance with the principles of the various described embodiments. In accordance with some embodiments, the functional blocks of electronic device  4700  are configured to perform the techniques described above. The functional blocks of the device  4700  are, optionally, implemented by hardware, software, or a combination of hardware and software to carry out the principles of the various described examples. It is understood by persons of skill in the art that the functional blocks described in  FIG. 47  are, optionally, combined or separated into sub-blocks to implement the principles of the various described examples. Therefore, the description herein optionally supports any possible combination or separation or further definition of the functional blocks described herein. 
     As shown in  FIG. 47 , an electronic device  4700  includes a display unit  4702  configured to display a graphic user interface, optionally, a touch-sensitive surface unit  4704  configured to receive contacts, optionally, an audio unit  4738  configured to generate audio, optionally, a haptic unit  4740  configured to generate haptic output, optionally, a location sensing unit  4742  configured to sense location, optionally, a movement detection unit  4744 , and a processing unit  4706  coupled to the display unit  4702 , optionally, the touch-sensitive surface unit  4704 , optionally, the audio unit  4738 , optionally, the haptic unit  4740 , optionally, the location sensing unit  4742 , and optionally, the movement detection unit  4744 . In some embodiments, the processing unit  4706  includes a detecting unit  4708 , a display enabling unit  4710 , a substitution enabling unit  4712 , an animation enabling unit  4714 , a receiving enabling unit  4716 , a determining unit  4718 , a removal enabling unit  4720 , a launching unit  4722 , an accessing unit  4724 , an obtaining unit  4726 , an update enabling unit  4728 , a moving enabling unit  4730 , a starting unit  4732 , a stopping unit  4734 , and a providing unit  4736 . 
     The processing unit  4706  is configured to enable display (e.g., with display enabling unit  4710 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  4702 ), of a user interface screen, the user interface screen including a plurality of affordances, the plurality including a first affordance, wherein the first affordance indicates a clock face that includes: an indication of time; and an outline; detect (e.g., with detecting unit  4708 ) a contact on the displayed first affordance on the touch-sensitive surface unit (e.g., touch-sensitive surface unit  4704 ); and in response to detecting the contact: enable substitution (e.g., with substitution enabling unit  4712 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  4702 ), of the user interface screen with a second user interface screen, wherein the substitution comprises retaining one of the one or more of the indication of time and the outline, wherein the retained indication of time or outline is displayed on the second user interface screen at a size larger than on the first user interface screen. 
     In some embodiments, the processing unit  4706  is further configured to: enable animation (e.g., with animation enabling unit  4714 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  4702 ), of the one or more retained elements by progressively displaying the element on the second user interface screen. In some embodiments, the outline is retained, and wherein the outline is progressively displayed in a rotational motion. 
     In some embodiments, the processing unit  4706  is further configured to: receive (e.g., with receiving unit  4716 ) a notification; determine (e.g., with determining unit  4718 ) whether the notification has been missed; and in accordance with a determination that notification has been missed: enable display (e.g., with display enabling unit  4710 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  4702 ), of an affordance, the affordance indicating a missed notification. In some embodiments, an aspect of the displayed affordance represents a number of missed notifications received by the electronic device. In some embodiments, the processing unit  4706  is further configured to: receive data representing user viewing of the missed notification, and in response to receiving the data: enable removal (e.g., with removal enabling unit  4720 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  4702 ), of the affordance. In some embodiments, the processing unit  4706  is further configured to: enable display (e.g., with display enabling unit  4710 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  4702 ), of a stopwatch progress affordance, the stopwatch progress affordance indicating a currently running stopwatch application, wherein the stopwatch progress affordance comprises a representation of a digital stopwatch, and wherein the representation of the digital stopwatch is continuously updated (e.g., with update enabling unit  4728 ) to indicate a stopwatch time generated by the currently running stopwatch application; detect (e.g., with detecting unit  4708 ) a contact on the displayed stopwatch progress affordance, and in response to detecting the contact: launch (e.g., with launching unit  4722 ) the stopwatch application. In some embodiments, the electronic device comprises a location sensing unit (e.g., location sensing unit  4742 ), wherein the processing unit  4706  is coupled to the location sensing unit, and the processing unit  4706  is further configured to: while a clock face is displayed on the display unit, detect (e.g., with detecting unit  4708 ) a contact on the touch-sensitive surface unit (e.g., touch-sensitive surface unit  4704 ), and in response to detecting the contact: access (e.g., with accessing unit  4724 ) data representing a designated home location, the designated home location having an associated home time zone; obtain (e.g., with obtaining unit  4726 ) a current time zone of the electronic device from the location sensor; determine (e.g., with determining unit  4718 ) whether the current time zone is different from the home time zone; and in response to a determination that the current time zone is different from the home time zone: enable update (e.g., with update enabling unit  4728 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  4702 ), of the displayed clock face to indicate a current time at the home time zone. In some embodiments, the designated home location is user-designated. In some embodiments, the designated home location is a location designated by the system based on data representing one or more of: amount of time spent at the location; which times of day are spent at the location; and number of contact entries associated with the location stored on the electronic device. In some embodiments, the electronic device  4700  further includes a movement detection unit (e.g., movement detection unit  4744 ), the processing unit  4706  is coupled to the movement detection unit, and the processing unit  4706  is further configured to: enable display (e.g., with display enabling unit  4710 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  4702 ), of a clock face on the display, the displayed clock face comprising a plurality of pixels; detect (e.g., with detecting unit  4708 ) a movement of the electronic device  4700  via the movement detection unit (e.g., movement detection unit  4744 ); and in response to detecting the movement: enable moving (e.g., with moving enabling unit  4730 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  4702 ), of the displayed clock face on the display, wherein moving comprises modifying in appearance a subset of pixels in the plurality. In some embodiments, the processing unit  4706  is further configured to: enable display (e.g., with display enabling unit  4710 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  4702 ), of a tachymeter user interface object comprising a start/stop affordance; detect (e.g., with detecting unit  4708 ) a user input at a first time; in response to detecting the user input: start (e.g., with starting unit  4732 ) a virtual tachymeter; detect (e.g., with detecting unit  4708 ) a second user input at a second time, the second time separated from the first time by a tachymeter interval; in response to detecting the second user input: stop (e.g., with stopping unit  4734 ) the virtual tachymeter; and enable display (e.g., with display enabling unit  4710 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  4702 ), of a time value based on a number of units of time in a predetermined interval divided by the tachymeter interval. In some embodiments, the processing unit  4706  is further configured to: enable display (e.g., with display enabling unit  4710 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  4702 ), of a telemeter user interface object comprising a start/stop affordance; detect (e.g., with detecting unit  4708 ) a user input at a first time; in response to detecting the user input: start (e.g., with starting unit  4732 ) a virtual telemeter; detect (e.g., with detecting unit  4708 ) a second user input at a second time, the second time separated from the first time by a telemeter interval; in response to detecting the second contact: stop (e.g., with stopping unit  4734 ) the virtual telemeter; and enable display (e.g., with display enabling unit  4710 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  4702 ), of a distance based on the telemeter interval. In some embodiments, the processing unit  4706  is further configured to: enable display (e.g., with display enabling unit  4710 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  4702 ), of a repeated interval timer user interface; receive (e.g., with receiving unit  4716 ) data representing a user-designated time interval; and in response to receiving the data representing the user-designated time interval: provide (e.g., with providing unit  4736 ) a user alert, wherein the user alert is repeated at times based on the user-designated time interval. In some embodiments, the user alert comprises one or more of: a visual alert, enabled on the display unit (e.g., display unit  4702 ); an audio alert, wherein the electronic device further comprises an audio unit (e.g., audio unit  4738 ) coupled to the processing unit, and wherein the processing unit is further configured to enable an audio alert via the audio unit (e.g., audio unit  4738 ); and a haptic alert, wherein the electronic device further comprises a haptic unit (e.g., haptic unit  4740 ) coupled to the processing unit, and wherein the processing unit is further configured to enable a haptic alert via the haptic unit (e.g., haptic unit  4738 ). 
     The operations described above with reference to  FIG. 33  are, optionally, implemented by components depicted in  FIGS. 1A-1B  or  FIG. 47 . For example, displaying operation  3302 , detecting operation  3304 , and substituting operation  3306  may be implemented by event sorter  170 , event recognizer  180 , and event handler  190 . Event monitor  171  in event sorter  170  detects a contact on touch-sensitive display  112 , and event dispatcher module  174  delivers the event information to application  136 - 1 . A respective event recognizer  180  of application  136 - 1  compares the event information to respective event definitions  186 , and determines whether a first contact at a first location on the touch-sensitive surface corresponds to a predefined event or sub event, such as activation of an affordance on a user interface. When a respective predefined event or sub-event is detected, event recognizer  180  activates an event handler  190  associated with the detection of the event or sub-event. Event handler  190  may utilize or call data updater  176  or object updater  177  to update the application internal state  192 . In some embodiments, event handler  190  accesses a respective GUI updater  178  to update what is displayed by the application. Similarly, it would be clear to a person having ordinary skill in the art how other processes can be implemented based on the components depicted in  FIGS. 1A-1B . 
     In accordance with some embodiments,  FIG. 48  shows an exemplary functional block diagram of an electronic device  4800  configured in accordance with the principles of the various described embodiments. In accordance with some embodiments, the functional blocks of electronic device  4800  are configured to perform the techniques described above. The functional blocks of the device  4800  are, optionally, implemented by hardware, software, or a combination of hardware and software to carry out the principles of the various described examples. It is understood by persons of skill in the art that the functional blocks described in  FIG. 48  are, optionally, combined or separated into sub-blocks to implement the principles of the various described examples. Therefore, the description herein optionally supports any possible combination or separation or further definition of the functional blocks described herein. 
     As shown in  FIG. 48 , an electronic device  4800  includes a display unit  4802  configured to display a graphic user interface, optionally, a touch-sensitive surface unit  4804  configured to receive contacts, and a processing unit  4806  coupled to the display unit  4802 , and optionally, the touch-sensitive surface unit  4804 . In some embodiments, the processing unit  4806  includes an update enabling unit  4808 , a display enabling unit  4810 , and an indication enabling unit  4812 . 
     The processing unit  4806  is configured to enable display (e.g., with display enabling unit  4810 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  4802 ), of a character user interface object, the character user interface object comprising representations of a first limb and a second limb, wherein the processing unit  4806  is configured to enable the character user interface object to indicate (e.g., with indication enabling unit  4812 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  4802 ), a first time by: enabling indication (e.g., with indication enabling unit  4812 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  4802 ), of a first hour with the first limb and a first minute with the second limb; and enable update (e.g., with update enabling unit  4808 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  4802 ), of the character user interface object to indicate a second time, wherein the processing unit is configured to enable the character user interface object to indicate (e.g., with indication enabling unit  4812 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  4802 ), the second time by: enabling indication (e.g., with indication enabling unit  4812 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  4802 ), of a second hour with the second limb and a second minute with the first limb. 
     In some embodiments, enabling update (e.g., with update enabling unit  4808 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  4802 ), of the character user interface object to indicate a second time comprises enabling an extension of the first limb and a retraction of the second limb on the display unit. 
     The operations described above with reference to  FIG. 27B  are, optionally, implemented by components depicted in  FIGS. 1A-1B  or  FIG. 48 . For example, displaying operation  2712 , updating operation  2714 , and the optional updating operation within block  2714  may be implemented by event sorter  170 , event recognizer  180 , and event handler  190 . Event monitor  171  in event sorter  170  detects a contact on touch-sensitive display  112 , and event dispatcher module  174  delivers the event information to application  136 - 1 . A respective event recognizer  180  of application  136 - 1  compares the event information to respective event definitions  186 , and determines whether a first contact at a first location on the touch-sensitive surface corresponds to a predefined event or sub event, such as activation of an affordance on a user interface. When a respective predefined event or sub-event is detected, event recognizer  180  activates an event handler  190  associated with the detection of the event or sub-event. Event handler  190  may utilize or call data updater  176  or object updater  177  to update the application internal state  192 . In some embodiments, event handler  190  accesses a respective GUI updater  178  to update what is displayed by the application. Similarly, it would be clear to a person having ordinary skill in the art how other processes can be implemented based on the components depicted in  FIGS. 1A-1B . 
     In accordance with some embodiments,  FIG. 49  shows an exemplary functional block diagram of an electronic device  4900  configured in accordance with the principles of the various described embodiments. In accordance with some embodiments, the functional blocks of electronic device  4900  are configured to perform the techniques described above. The functional blocks of the device  4900  are, optionally, implemented by hardware, software, or a combination of hardware and software to carry out the principles of the various described examples. It is understood by persons of skill in the art that the functional blocks described in  FIG. 49  are, optionally, combined or separated into sub-blocks to implement the principles of the various described examples. Therefore, the description herein optionally supports any possible combination or separation or further definition of the functional blocks described herein. 
     As shown in  FIG. 49 , an electronic device  4900  includes a display unit  4902  configured to display a graphic user interface, optionally, a touch-sensitive surface unit  4904  configured to receive contacts, and a processing unit  4906  coupled to the display unit  4902 , and optionally, the touch-sensitive surface unit  4904 . In some embodiments, the processing unit  4906  includes an update enabling unit  4908 , a display enabling unit  4910 , and a moving enabling unit  4912 . 
     The processing unit  4806  is configured to enable display (e.g., with display enabling unit  4910 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  4902 ), of a character user interface object on the display, the character user interface object comprising a representation of a limb, the limb including: a first endpoint of the limb having a first position, wherein the first endpoint of the limb is an axis of rotation for the limb, and a second endpoint of the limb having a second position, wherein the position of the second endpoint of the limb indicates a first time value; and enable update (e.g., with update enabling unit  4908 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  4902 ), of the character user interface object to indicate a second time value, wherein enabling update, on the display unit, of the character user interface object comprises enabling moving (e.g., with moving enabling unit  4912 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  4902 ), of the first endpoint of the limb to a third position, and moving the second endpoint of the limb to a fourth position to indicate the second time value. 
     In some embodiments, the character user interface object further comprises a representation of a second limb, the second limb including: a first endpoint of the second limb having a first position, wherein the first endpoint of the second limb is an axis of rotation for the second limb, and a second endpoint of the second limb having a second position, wherein the position of the second endpoint of the second limb indicates a third time value, and the processing unit is further configured to: enable update (e.g., with update enabling unit  4908 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  4902 ), of the character user interface object to indicate a fourth time value, wherein enabling update, on the display unit, of the character user interface object to indicate the fourth time value comprises enabling moving (e.g., with moving enabling unit  4912 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  4902 ), of the first endpoint of the second limb to a third position, and enabling moving (e.g., with moving enabling unit  4912 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  4902 ), of the second endpoint of the second limb to a fourth position to indicate the fourth time value. 
     The operations described above with reference to  FIG. 27C  are, optionally, implemented by components depicted in  FIGS. 1A-1B  or  FIG. 49 . For example, displaying operation  2722  and updating operation  2724  may be implemented by event sorter  170 , event recognizer  180 , and event handler  190 . Event monitor  171  in event sorter  170  detects a contact on touch-sensitive display  112 , and event dispatcher module  174  delivers the event information to application  136 - 1 . A respective event recognizer  180  of application  136 - 1  compares the event information to respective event definitions  186 , and determines whether a first contact at a first location on the touch-sensitive surface corresponds to a predefined event or sub event, such as activation of an affordance on a user interface. When a respective predefined event or sub-event is detected, event recognizer  180  activates an event handler  190  associated with the detection of the event or sub-event. Event handler  190  may utilize or call data updater  176  or object updater  177  to update the application internal state  192 . In some embodiments, event handler  190  accesses a respective GUI updater  178  to update what is displayed by the application. Similarly, it would be clear to a person having ordinary skill in the art how other processes can be implemented based on the components depicted in  FIGS. 1A-1B . 
     In accordance with some embodiments,  FIG. 50  shows an exemplary functional block diagram of an electronic device  5000  configured in accordance with the principles of the various described embodiments. In accordance with some embodiments, the functional blocks of electronic device  5000  are configured to perform the techniques described above. The functional blocks of the device  5000  are, optionally, implemented by hardware, software, or a combination of hardware and software to carry out the principles of the various described examples. It is understood by persons of skill in the art that the functional blocks described in  FIG. 50  are, optionally, combined or separated into sub-blocks to implement the principles of the various described examples. Therefore, the description herein optionally supports any possible combination or separation or further definition of the functional blocks described herein. 
     As shown in  FIG. 50 , an electronic device  5000  includes a display unit  5002  configured to display a graphic user interface, optionally, a touch-sensitive surface unit  5004  configured to receive contacts, and a processing unit  5006  coupled to the display unit  5002 , and optionally, the touch-sensitive surface unit  5004 . In some embodiments, the processing unit  5006  includes an update enabling unit  5008 , a display enabling unit  5010 , an animation enabling unit  5012 , a translation enabling unit  5014 , a change enabling unit  5016 , and a moving enabling unit  5018 . 
     The processing unit  5006  is configured to enable display (e.g., with display enabling unit  5010 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  5002 ), of a character user interface object, the character user interface object comprising a representation of a limb, the limb including a first segment of the limb and a second segment of the limb, wherein the first segment of the limb connects a first endpoint of the limb to a joint of the limb, the first endpoint of the limb having a first position, and wherein the second segment of the limb connects a second endpoint of the limb to the joint of the limb, the second endpoint of the limb having a second position, wherein the joint of the limb is an axis of rotation for the second segment of the limb, and wherein the position of the second endpoint of the limb indicates a first time value; and enable update (e.g., with update enabling unit  5008 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  5002 ), of the character user interface object to indicate a second time value, wherein enabling update comprises enabling moving (e.g., with moving enabling unit  5018 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  5002 ), of the second endpoint of the limb along the axis of rotation for the second segment of the limb to a third position to indicate the second time. 
     In some embodiments, enabling update (e.g., with update enabling unit  5008 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  5002 ), of the character user interface object further comprises enabling moving (e.g., with moving enabling unit  5018 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  5002 ), of the first endpoint. In some embodiments, the character user interface object further comprises a representation of a second limb, the second limb including a first segment of the second limb and a second segment of the second limb, wherein the first segment of the second limb connects a first endpoint of the second limb to a joint of the second limb, the first endpoint of the second limb having a first position, wherein the second segment of the second limb connects a second endpoint of the second limb to the joint of the second limb, the second endpoint of the second limb having a second position, wherein the joint of the second limb is an axis of rotation for the second segment of the second limb, and wherein the position of the second endpoint of the second limb indicates a third time, and wherein the processing unit  5006  is further configured to: enable update (e.g., with update enabling unit  5008 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  5002 ), of the character user interface object to indicate a fourth time, wherein enabling update comprises enabling moving (e.g., with moving enabling unit  5018 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  5002 ), of the second endpoint of the second limb along the axis of rotation for the second segment of the second limb to a third position to indicate the fourth time value. In some embodiments, the first limb indicates an hour and the second limb indicates a minute. In some embodiments, the first limb indicates a minute and the second limb indicates an hour. In some embodiments, enabling update (e.g., with update enabling unit  5008 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  5002 ), of the character user interface object to indicate the second time further comprises: enabling animation (e.g., with animation enabling unit  5012 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  5002 ), of the character user interface object, wherein enabling animation, on the display unit, of the character user interface object comprises a motion of the first endpoint on-screen. In some embodiments, enabling update (e.g., with update enabling unit  5008 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  5002 ), of the character user interface object further comprises: enabling animation (e.g., with animation enabling unit  5012 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  5002 ), of the character user interface object, wherein enabling animation, on the display unit, of the character user interface object comprises a rotation of the second segment at the joint on-screen. In some embodiments, the processing unit is further configured to: enable translation (e.g., with translation enabling unit  5014 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  5002 ), of the character user interface object on-screen towards a center of the display. In some embodiments, enabling translation (e.g., with translation enabling unit  5014 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  5002 ), of the character user interface object comprises animating the character user interface object to represent walking. In some embodiments, the processing unit is further configured to: enable change (e.g., with change enabling unit  5016 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  5002 ), of a visual aspect of the display to highlight the character user interface object. In some embodiments, the processing unit is further configured to: enable animation (e.g., with animation enabling unit  5012 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  5002 ), of the character user interface object in response to being highlighted. In some embodiments, the character user interface object further comprises a representation of a foot. In some embodiments, the processing unit is further configured to: enable animation (e.g., with animation enabling unit  5012 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  5002 ), of the foot to indicate passage of time. In some embodiments, the first time and the second time are the same. In some embodiments, the processing unit is further configured to: enable display (e.g., with display enabling unit  5010 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  5002 ), of a numerical indication of a time value. 
     The operations described above with reference to  FIG. 27D  are, optionally, implemented by components depicted in  FIGS. 1A-1B  or  FIG. 50 . For example, displaying operation  2732  and updating operation  2734  may be implemented by event sorter  170 , event recognizer  180 , and event handler  190 . Event monitor  171  in event sorter  170  detects a contact on touch-sensitive display  112 , and event dispatcher module  174  delivers the event information to application  136 - 1 . A respective event recognizer  180  of application  136 - 1  compares the event information to respective event definitions  186 , and determines whether a first contact at a first location on the touch-sensitive surface corresponds to a predefined event or sub event, such as activation of an affordance on a user interface. When a respective predefined event or sub-event is detected, event recognizer  180  activates an event handler  190  associated with the detection of the event or sub-event. Event handler  190  may utilize or call data updater  176  or object updater  177  to update the application internal state  192 . In some embodiments, event handler  190  accesses a respective GUI updater  178  to update what is displayed by the application. Similarly, it would be clear to a person having ordinary skill in the art how other processes can be implemented based on the components depicted in  FIGS. 1A-1B . 
     In accordance with some embodiments,  FIG. 51  shows an exemplary functional block diagram of an electronic device  5100  configured in accordance with the principles of the various described embodiments. In accordance with some embodiments, the functional blocks of electronic device  5100  are configured to perform the techniques described above. The functional blocks of the device  5100  are, optionally, implemented by hardware, software, or a combination of hardware and software to carry out the principles of the various described examples. It is understood by persons of skill in the art that the functional blocks described in  FIG. 51  are, optionally, combined or separated into sub-blocks to implement the principles of the various described examples. Therefore, the description herein optionally supports any possible combination or separation or further definition of the functional blocks described herein. 
     As shown in  FIG. 51 , an electronic device  5100  includes a display unit  5102  configured to display a graphic user interface, optionally, a touch-sensitive surface unit  5104  configured to receive contacts, optionally, a movement detection unit  5120  configured to detect movement, and a processing unit  5106  coupled to the display unit  5102 , optionally, the touch-sensitive surface unit  5104  and optionally, the movement detection unit  5120 . In some embodiments, the processing unit  5106  includes a receiving unit  5108 , a display enabling unit  5110 , a determining unit  5112 , an update enabling unit  5114 , an animation enabling unit  5116 , a detecting unit  5118 , an animation enabling unit  5122 , and a change enabling unit  5124 . 
     The processing unit  5106  is configured to enable display (e.g., with display enabling unit  5110 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  5102 ), of a character user interface object, wherein the character user interface object indicates a current time; receive (e.g., with receiving unit  5108 ) first data indicative of an event; determine (e.g., with determining unit  5112 ) whether the event meets a condition; and in accordance with the determination that the event meets the condition: enable update (e.g., with update enabling unit  5114 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  5102 ), of the displayed character user interface object by changing (e.g., with change enabling unit  5124 ) a visual aspect of the character user interface object. 
     In some embodiments, after enabling update (e.g., with update enabling unit  5114 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  5102 ), of the displayed character user interface object, the character user interface object still indicates the current time. In some embodiments, after enabling update (e.g., with update enabling unit  5114 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  5102 ), of the displayed character user interface object, the character user interface object no longer indicates the current time. In some embodiments, the first data indicates a calendar event; the condition corresponds to a duration of the calendar event; and determining whether the event meets the condition comprises determining whether the current time is within the duration of the calendar event. In some embodiments, the calendar event is a birthday, and wherein enabling update (e.g., with update enabling unit  5114 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  5102 ), of the displayed character user interface object comprises enabling animation (e.g., with animation enabling unit  5122 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  5102 ), of the character user interface object to display a birthday greeting. In some embodiments, the calendar event is a holiday, and wherein updating the displayed character user interface object comprises enabling change (e.g., with change enabling unit  5124 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  5102 ), of a visual aspect of the character user interface object to reflect the holiday. In some embodiments, the first data indicates a notification, and wherein the processing unit is further configured to: enable display (e.g., with display enabling unit  5110 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  5102 ), of the notification on the display; and enable animation (e.g., with animation enabling unit  5122 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  5102 ), of the character user interface object to react to the displayed notification. In some embodiments, the first data indicates a time of day; the condition corresponds to a nighttime portion of the day; determining whether the event meets the condition comprises determining whether the time of day is within the nighttime portion of the day; and enabling update (e.g., with update enabling unit  5114 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  5102 ), of the displayed character user interface object comprises enabling change (e.g., with change enabling unit  5124 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  5102 ), of the visual aspect of the character user interface object to represent nighttime. In some embodiments, the first data indicates the current time; the condition corresponds to an hour on the hour; determining whether the event meets the condition comprises determining whether the current time is an hour on the hour; and enabling update (e.g., with update enabling unit  5114 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  5102 ), of the displayed character user interface object comprises enabling animation (e.g., with animation enabling unit  5122 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  5102 ), of the character user interface object to announce the hour on the hour for one or more hours. In some embodiments, the first data indicates current or forecasted weather; the condition corresponds to one or more designated weather conditions; determining whether the event meets the condition comprises determining whether the current or forecasted weather is one of the one or more designated weather conditions; and enabling update (e.g., with update enabling unit  5114 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  5102 ), of the displayed character user interface object comprises enabling change (e.g., with change enabling unit  5124 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  5102 ), of the visual aspect of the character user interface object to reflect the current or forecasted weather. In some embodiments, the first data indicates a second electronic device; the condition corresponds to a threshold proximity to the first electronic device; determining whether the event meets the condition comprises determining whether the second electronic device is within the threshold proximity to the first electronic device; and enabling update (e.g., with update enabling unit  5114 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  5102 ), of the displayed character user interface object comprises enabling animation (e.g., with animation enabling unit  5122 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  5102 ), of the character user interface object to react to the second electronic device. In some embodiments, the first data indicates user activity; the condition corresponds to a threshold interval after a previous user activity; determining whether the event meets the condition comprises determining whether the first data is received outside of the threshold interval after the previous user activity; and enabling update (e.g., with update enabling unit  5114 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  5102 ), of the displayed character user interface object comprises enabling animation (e.g., with animation enabling unit  5122 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  5102 ), of the character user interface object to reflect inactivity. In some embodiments, the first data indicates user activity; the condition corresponds to current user activity; determining whether the event meets the condition comprises determining whether the user activity is current user activity; and updating the displayed character user interface object comprises enabling animation (e.g., with animation enabling unit  5122 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  5102 ), of the character user interface object to represent exercise. In some embodiments, the first data indicates user movement of the device (e.g., from movement detection unit  5120 ); the condition corresponds to a threshold interval after a previous user movement of the device; determining whether the event meets the condition comprises determining whether the first data is received outside of the threshold interval after the previous user movement of the device (e.g., from movement detection unit  5120 ); and enabling update (e.g., with update enabling unit  5114 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  5102 ), of the displayed character user interface object comprises enabling animation (e.g., with animation enabling unit  5122 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  5102 ), of the character user interface object to represent fatigue. In some embodiments, the first data indicates user contact on the touch-sensitive surface unit (e.g., touch-sensitive surface unit  5104 ); the condition corresponds to a user contact on the displayed character user interface object; determining whether the event meets the condition comprises determining whether the user contact on the touch-sensitive surface unit is on the displayed character user interface object; and enabling update (e.g., with update enabling unit  5114 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  5102 ), of the displayed character user interface object comprises enabling animation (e.g., with animation enabling unit  5122 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  5102 ), of the character user interface object to react to the contact. In some embodiments, the processing unit  5106  is further configured to: detect (e.g., with detecting unit  5118 ) a user input; and in response to detecting the user input, enable display (e.g., with display enabling unit  5110 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  5102 ), of the character user interface object. In some embodiments, the user input comprises a user movement of the device, wherein the electronic device further comprises a movement detection unit (e.g., movement detection unit  5120 ), wherein the processing unit  5106  is coupled to the movement detection unit, and wherein the processing unit  5106  is further configured to: detect, by the movement detection unit (e.g., movement detection unit  5120 ), the user movement of the device  5100 . In some embodiments, the user input comprises a contact on the touch-sensitive surface unit (e.g., touch-sensitive surface unit  5104 ), and wherein the processing unit  5106  is further configured to detect (e.g., with detecting unit  5118 ) the contact on the touch-sensitive surface unit. 
     The operations described above with reference to  FIG. 27E  are, optionally, implemented by components depicted in  FIGS. 1A-1B  or  FIG. 51 . For example, displaying operation  2742 , receiving operation  2744 , and determining operation  2746  may be implemented by event sorter  170 , event recognizer  180 , and event handler  190 . Event monitor  171  in event sorter  170  detects a contact on touch-sensitive display  112 , and event dispatcher module  174  delivers the event information to application  136 - 1 . A respective event recognizer  180  of application  136 - 1  compares the event information to respective event definitions  186 , and determines whether a first contact at a first location on the touch-sensitive surface corresponds to a predefined event or sub event, such as activation of an affordance on a user interface. When a respective predefined event or sub-event is detected, event recognizer  180  activates an event handler  190  associated with the detection of the event or sub-event. Event handler  190  may utilize or call data updater  176  or object updater  177  to update the application internal state  192 . In some embodiments, event handler  190  accesses a respective GUI updater  178  to update what is displayed by the application. Similarly, it would be clear to a person having ordinary skill in the art how other processes can be implemented based on the components depicted in  FIGS. 1A-1B . 
     In accordance with some embodiments,  FIG. 52  shows an exemplary functional block diagram of an electronic device  5200  configured in accordance with the principles of the various described embodiments. In accordance with some embodiments, the functional blocks of electronic device  5200  are configured to perform the techniques described above. The functional blocks of the device  5200  are, optionally, implemented by hardware, software, or a combination of hardware and software to carry out the principles of the various described examples. It is understood by persons of skill in the art that the functional blocks described in  FIG. 52  are, optionally, combined or separated into sub-blocks to implement the principles of the various described examples. Therefore, the description herein optionally supports any possible combination or separation or further definition of the functional blocks described herein. 
     As shown in  FIG. 52 , an electronic device  5200  includes a display unit  5202  configured to display a graphic user interface, optionally, a touch-sensitive surface unit  5204  configured to receive contacts, optionally, a movement detection unit  5216  configured to detect movement, optionally, a button input unit  5218  configured to receive input from a button, and a processing unit  5206  coupled to the display unit  5202 , optionally, the touch-sensitive surface unit  5204 , optionally, the movement detection unit  5216 , and optionally, the button input unit  5218 . In some embodiments, the processing unit  5206  includes a setting unit  5208 , a display enabling unit  5210 , an animation enabling unit  5212 , and a receiving unit  5214 . 
     The processing unit  5206  is configured to set (e.g., with setting unit  5208 ) the display unit (e.g., display unit  5202 ) to an inactive state; receive (e.g., with receiving unit  5214 ) first data indicative of an event; in response to receiving the first data: set (e.g., with setting unit  5208 ) the display unit (e.g., display unit  5202 ) to an active state; enable display (e.g., with display enabling unit  5210 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  5202 ), of a character user interface object on a side of the display; enable animation (e.g., with animation enabling unit  5212 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  5202 ), of the character user interface object towards a center of the display; and enable display (e.g., with display enabling unit  5210 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  5202 ), of the character user interface object at the center of the display in a position that indicates a current time. 
     In some embodiments, enabling animation (e.g., with animation enabling unit  5212 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  5202 ), of the character user interface object provides the impression of walking. In some embodiments, the electronic device  5200  includes a movement detection unit (e.g., movement detection unit  5216 ), wherein the movement detection unit is coupled to the processing unit  5206 , and the processing unit  5206  is further configured to receive (e.g., with receiving unit  5214 ) input from the movement detection unit, and wherein the event includes a motion raising the electronic device  5200  into a viewing position. In some embodiments, the electronic device  5200  includes a button input unit (e.g., button input unit  5218 ), wherein the button input unit is coupled to the processing unit  5206 , and the processing unit  5206  is further configured to receive input from the button input unit, and wherein the event includes a press on the button input unit on the device  5200 . In some embodiments, the event includes a touch on the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., touch-sensitive surface unit  5204 ). 
     The operations described above with reference to  FIG. 27F  are, optionally, implemented by components depicted in  FIGS. 1A-1B  or  FIG. 52 . For example, setting operation  2752 , receiving operation  2754 , and setting operation  2756  may be implemented by event sorter  170 , event recognizer  180 , and event handler  190 . Event monitor  171  in event sorter  170  detects a contact on touch-sensitive display  112 , and event dispatcher module  174  delivers the event information to application  136 - 1 . A respective event recognizer  180  of application  136 - 1  compares the event information to respective event definitions  186 , and determines whether a first contact at a first location on the touch-sensitive surface corresponds to a predefined event or sub event, such as activation of an affordance on a user interface. When a respective predefined event or sub-event is detected, event recognizer  180  activates an event handler  190  associated with the detection of the event or sub-event. Event handler  190  may utilize or call data updater  176  or object updater  177  to update the application internal state  192 . In some embodiments, event handler  190  accesses a respective GUI updater  178  to update what is displayed by the application. Similarly, it would be clear to a person having ordinary skill in the art how other processes can be implemented based on the components depicted in  FIGS. 1A-1B . 
     Attention is now directed toward embodiments of user interfaces and associated processes that may be implemented on an electronic device, such as device  100 ,  300 , or  500 . 
       FIGS. 53A-53F  illustrate exemplary user interfaces.  FIGS. 54A-54E  are flow diagrams illustrating exemplary methods. The user interfaces in  FIGS. 53C-53F  are used to illustrate the processes in  FIGS. 54A-54E . 
       FIGS. 53A-53F  depict device  5300 , which in some embodiments includes some or all of the features described with respect to devices  100 ,  300 , and/or  500 . In some embodiments, device  5300  has touch-sensitive and pressure-sensitive display  5302  (sometimes simply called a touch-screen). In some embodiments, device  5300  has rotatable and depressible input mechanism  5304 . In some embodiments, device  5300  has depressible input mechanism  5306 . Display  5302  and input mechanisms  5304  and  5306  may share some or all characteristics, respectively, with display  504  and input mechanisms  506  and  508 . 
     In some embodiments, device  5300  includes an attachment mechanism for attaching, affixing, or connecting a device to a body part or to clothing of a user. In this manner, device  5300  may be considered a “wearable device,” sometimes simply referred to as a “wearable.” In the examples of  FIGS. 53A and 53B , device  5300  may comprise a wrist strap (not pictured), which may be used to affix the device to the wrist of a user. In some embodiments, device  5300  takes the form factor of a “smart watch,” a portable electronic device configured to be affixed by a strap to the wrist of a user. 
     Attention is now directed toward techniques for accessing and presenting information corresponding to past times and future times. In some embodiments, a user interface is configured to present information in the form of complications, which may be visually displayed user interface objects sharing any or all of the characteristics of complications discussed above in this disclosure. 
     In some embodiments, a user may access a “time scrubbing” mode or a “time travel” mode, and associated user interfaces. In “time scrubbing” or “time travel” mode, a user may advance or rewind a non-current time, also called a “scrubbing time.” “Scrubbing” may refer to the action of progressing through time forward, or progressing through time backward. A user may “scrub forward” as he causes a scrubbing time to advance further into the future (as if fast-forwarding), and a user may “scrub backward” as he causes a scrubbing time to move further into the past (as if rewinding). Rather than corresponding to the current time of day (or to a time somewhere else in the world), the scrubbing time may be set in accordance with a user input. As the user sets and updates the scrubbing time (e.g., as the user scrubs), the information displayed in interfaces associated with time-scrubbing mode may be updated in accordance with the scrubbing time. Namely, the scrubbing time may be displayed on the time scrubbing interface, and a difference between the scrubbing time and the current time may be displayed on the time scrubbing interface. In some embodiments, an indicator of the difference between the current time and the scrubbing time is displayed. In some embodiments, one or more complications may be updated in accordance with the scrubbing time, such that the complications, while the device is in time-scrubbing mode, display information corresponding to the scrubbing time rather than information corresponding to the current time. In this way, the device may appear to “travel” through time as the scrubbing time advances into the future or rewinds into the past, and the displayed complications are updated accordingly. In some embodiments, the complications may display forecasted or predicted information corresponding to a scrubbing time in the future, and may display recorded or historical information corresponding to a scrubbing time in the past. 
     Features described can allow a user to use time-scrubbing mode to quickly, easily, and intuitively access past and future information corresponding to a plurality of displayed complications; the user may easily view information corresponding to more than one complication for the same point in the future or point in the past, and may appreciate the manner in which the information corresponding to different complications did or will interrelate by virtue of corresponding to the same scrubbing time. For example, a user may scrub forward in time to see that a calendar event later in the day corresponds to a forecasted thunderstorm; information which the user may not have appreciated if the user viewed the future event in a calendar application interface and the forecasted weather in a separate weather application interface. 
     Attention is now specifically directed to interfaces for time scrubbing a likeness of an analog clock face. 
       FIG. 53A  depicts exemplary user interface  5340 , displayed on display  5302  of device  5300 . In some embodiments, user interface  5340  is a watch face interface screen, such as a home interface of a wearable smart-watch portable electronic device. Interface  5340  includes watch face  5308 , which is a displayed likeness of an analog watch face. Watch face  5308  includes hour hand  5310   a  and minute hand  5310   b.  In some embodiments, watch face  5308  may further include a second hand. In  FIG. 53A , hour hand  5310   a  and minute hand  5310   b  indicate that the current time is 11:09. 
     Interface  5340  further includes weather complication  5312 , which is a complication configured to indicate weather data for a user-selected location. In some embodiments, weather complication  5312  may be associated with a weather application from which it draws weather data. In some embodiments, weather complication  5312  may be a selectable affordance, such that detection of a user input at a location on display  5302  corresponding to weather complication  5312  may cause an associated interface to be displayed, additional information to be displayed, or an associated application (e.g., a weather application) to be accessed or opened. In some embodiments, weather complication  5312  may display information about the temperature, the precipitation, the wind speed, the cloud cover, or any other relevant or useful weather information. 
     In some embodiments, weather complication  5312  may display information corresponding to present information, to future information (e.g., future scheduled events, predicted/forecasted information, etc.), or to past information (e.g., historical information, recorded events, past events, past predictions/forecasts, etc.). In the depicted example, weather complication  5312  is displaying current weather information, indicating that the current air temperature is 72°. 
     Interface  5340  further includes stock-market complication  5314 , which is a complication configured to indicate stock-market data. In some embodiments, stock-market complication  5314  may be associated with a stock-market application from which it draws stock-market data. In some embodiments, stock-market complication  5314  may be a selectable affordance, such that detection of a user input at a location on display  5302  corresponding to stock-market complication  5314  may cause an associated interface to be displayed, additional information to be displayed, or an associated application (e.g., a stock-market application) to be accessed or opened. In some embodiments, stock-market complication  5314  may display information about one or more stocks, one or more markets or indexes, one or more portfolios, or any other relevant or useful stock-market information. 
     In some embodiments, stock-market complication  5314  may display information corresponding to present information or to past information (e.g., historical information, recorded events, past events, or past predictions/forecasts). In some embodiments, stock-market complication  5314  may be incapable of displaying information corresponding to future information, as future stock-market information may be un-knowable. In some embodiments, stock-market complication  5314  may be configured to display certain future information, such as scheduled future purchases or sales, scheduled future events (e.g., markets opening), or projected or predicted future stock market performances. In the depicted example, stock-market complication  5314  is displaying current stock-market information, indicating that the NASDAQ is up 2.45 points on the day. 
       FIG. 53A  further depicts user input  5316   a,  which is a touch contact detected by touch-sensitive display  5302 . Touch contact input  5316   a  may be a single-touch input, a multi-touch input, a single-tap input, and/or a multi-tap input detected by touch- and/or pressure-sensitive elements in display  5302 . In the displayed example, input  5316   a  is a single-finger, single-tap input detected at a location on display  5302  corresponding to displayed watch face  5308 . Device  5300  may be configured, in some embodiments, to, in response to detecting user input  5316   a  (or any other suitable predefined user input, including rotation of a rotatable input mechanism) activate a time-scrubbing mode. 
       FIG. 53B  depicts exemplary user interface  5350 , displayed on display  5302  of device  5300 . Exemplary user interface  5350  shows the manner in which, in some embodiments, device  5300  responds to the detection of input  5316   a  in  FIG. 53A . Namely, user interface  5350  shows the activation, by device  5300 , of a time-scrubbing mode and an associated time scrubbing interface in accordance with some embodiments. 
     In the depicted example, interface  5350  retains many of the same elements and features of interface  5340 , including the same prominent watch face  5308 , and the same complications  5312  and  5314 . In some embodiments, the visual appearance of one or more of the elements of interface  5350  differs from the appearance of a corresponding or associated element in interface  5340 , so as to indicate that time-scrubbing mode has been activated. 
     In some embodiments, time-scrubbing mode is a mode of operation of a device in which a user may indicate, by one or more user inputs, a time other than a current time. In accordance with the user&#39;s indication of a past or future time, a device may display an indication of the user&#39;s indicated time, and may update one or more user interface objects in accordance with the user&#39;s indicated time. The updated user interface objects, such as complications, affordances, icons, or the like, may be updated to show information that corresponds to the user&#39;s indicated time, which may be called a scrubbing time. Thus, in some embodiments, as a user “scrubs” forward or backward in time, the scrubbing time is continuously updated, and other information displayed on an interface is correspondingly continuously updated, such that the information displayed on the display continuously corresponds to the scrubbing time. In the depicted example of activating and using a time-scrubbing mode of  FIGS. 53A-53C , described in greater detail below, a user uses a rotational user input to scrub forward in time from 11:09 (the current time) to 11:34 (a future scrubbing time). In accordance with the forward scrubbing, complications  5312  and  5314  are updated to correspond to the future scrubbing time, with weather complication  5312  displaying a forecasted air temperature and stock-market complication  5314  ceasing to be displayed (to indicate that future information is unavailable). 
     In the depicted example, interface  5350  differs from interface  5340  in that, in the place of clock hands  5310   a  and  5310   b,  interface  5350  includes scrubbing hour hand  5322   a  and scrubbing minute hand  5322   b.  In some embodiments, scrubbing hands may be displayed in place of or in addition to non-scrubbing hands (e.g., hands indicating the current time). In some embodiments, scrubbing hands may have the same visual appearance as current-time hands, or may have a different appearance from current-time hands. For example, scrubbing hands may be displayed in a different size, shape, color, highlighting, or animation style as current-time hands. In some embodiments, for example, current-time hands (e.g., hands  5310   a  and  5310   b  in  FIG. 53A ) may be displayed in white, while scrubbing hands (e.g., hands  5322   a  and  5322   b ) may be displayed in green. 
     In the depicted example, interface  5350  further differs from interface  5340  by including digital clock face  5317 , which displays the current time (11:09). Interface  5350  further differs from interface  5340  by including time difference indicator  5318 , which displays an indication of the difference between the current time and the scrubbing time. In the example shown, the scrubbing time is 11:09 and the current time is also 11:09, as the scrubbing time has not yet been moved away from the current time. Therefore, time difference indicator  5318  indicates that there is no difference between the current time and the scrubbing time by indicating a difference of “+0” minutes. 
       FIG. 53B  further depicts rotational input  5320   a,  which is a rotational user input detected by rotational input mechanism  5304  of device  5300 . Rotational user input  5320   a  may include one or more rotations of rotational input mechanism  5304 , the one or more rotations each having one or more speeds, accelerations, directions, durations, and spacings relative to one another. The one or more rotations may together form a predefined rotation pattern constituting an input. In the depicted example, rotational input  5320   a  is a single rotation of rotatable input mechanism  5304  in a clockwise direction as defined if looking at the face of the rotatable input mechanism from in the plane of the page to the left of the figure. (That is, the illustrated direction of rotation is such that rotatable input mechanism  5304  is being rotated into the plane of the page in the z-axis direction at the top of rotatable input mechanism  5304 , while it is being rotated out of the plane of the page in the z-axis direction at the bottom of rotatable input mechanism  5304 .) In some embodiments, rotational input  5320   a  is an input for scrubbing forward to a future time. 
       FIG. 53C  depicts exemplary user interface  5360  displayed on display  5302  of device  5300 . Exemplary user interface  5360  shows the manner in which, in some embodiments, device  5300  responds to the detection of input  5320   a  in  FIG. 53B . Namely, user interface  5360  shows time scrubbing to a future time, by device  5300 , and an associated interface in accordance with some embodiments. Specifically, interface  5360  depicts how watch face  5308  (and hands  5310   a,    5310   b,    5322   a,  and  5322   b ) and complications  5312  and  5314  are updated in accordance with time scrubbing. 
     First, in the depicted example, in accordance with user input  5320   a,  scrubbing hands  5322   a  and  5322   b  are moved forward to indicate the scrubbing time. In some embodiments, scrubbing hands may be moved continuously, smoothly, or regularly to match a rotational user input, such that the further and faster a rotational input rotates, the further and faster scrubbing hands may advance. In some embodiments, scrubbing hands may sweep from a previous position into a current position, simulating the appearance of watch hands sweeping into a new position as the watch is set to a new time by rotating a watch crown. In the depicted example, scrubbing hour hand  5322   a  and scrubbing minute hand  5322   b  have swept from their previous position in interface  5350  to their new position in interface  5360  (as indicated by the arced arrow showing the movement of scrubbing hour hand  5322   b ) in accordance with the detection of rotational user input  5320   a  in  FIG. 53B . 
     Further, in the depicted example, as scrubbing hands  5322   a  and  5322   b  sweep forward as the scrubbing time is advanced into the future, hands  5310   a  and  5310   b,  which are current-time hands, are revealed in their place. In some embodiments, hands  5310   a  and  5310   b  are identical in appearance as they were in interface  5340  in  FIG. 53A . In some embodiments, hands  5310   a  and  5310   b  are displayed in a manner to visually indicate that time-scrubbing mode is active, such as by visually distinguishing the hands  5310   a  and  5310   b  from their appearance when time-scrubbing mode was not active, such as by being displayed in a different size, shape, color, highlighting, or animation style. In the depicted embodiment, hands  5310   a  and  5310   b  are displayed in a white color before the activation of time-scrubbing mode, while they are displayed in a gray, partially translucent color in time-scrubbing mode; this gray translucent color is indicated by the hash pattern on hands  5310   a  and  5310   b  in  FIG. 53C . In the depicted example, hands  5310   a  and  5310   b  are displayed as being “behind” scrubbing hands  5322   a  and  5322   b,  as shown by hour scrubbing hand  5322   a  occluding hour hand  5310   a  where the two hands partially overlap; this arrangement may help emphasize scrubbing hands while in time-scrubbing mode, as the scrubbing hands may be central to the functionality of time scrubbing and may correspond to other information displayed on a scrubbing interface. 
     Further, in the depicted example, digital clock face  5317  and time difference indicator  5318  have been updated in accordance with the scrubbing time. In the depicted example of interface  5360 , digital clock face  5317  has been updated to indicate the new scrubbing time of 11:34, and time difference indicator has been updated to indicate the difference between the current time (11:09) and the scrubbing time (11:34) of “+25” minutes. In some embodiments, user interface objects such as digital clock face  5317  and time difference indicator  5318  may be continuously or intermittently updated as a user scrubs forward or backward in time. Updates may be displayed for each changing second, 15 seconds, minute, 5 minutes, hour, or the like. In some embodiments, one or more animations may be used to depict text or numerals changing as the user scrubs forward or backward in time. In some embodiments, text, numerals, or other characters or elements of a user interface object may be suddenly replaced by a new character as scrubbing is performed, such that the “09” in 11:09 would cease to be displayed and be immediately replaced by a “10.” In some embodiments, one or more characters or other elements of a user interface object may transition by way of an animation; for example, old elements or characters may fade away by becoming increasingly translucent, may shrink in size, may translate in one or more directions, and/or may be displayed as “flipping” out of view to simulate the appearance of a flap-display, split-flap display, or arrival/departure board; new elements or characters may, for example, fade into view by becoming decreasingly translucent, may grow in size, may translate in one or more directions, and/or may be displayed as “flipping” into view to simulate the appearance of a flap-display, split-flap display, or arrival/departure board. In some embodiments, any of the animations described above or elsewhere in this disclosure may be reversed, such that an animation may be displayed in a first order when a user is scrubbing in a first direction, and the animation may be displayed in the opposite order (as if rewinding a video) when a user is scrubbing in the opposite direction. 
     Further, in the depicted example of  FIG. 53C , complications  5312  and  5314  have been updated in accordance with the scrubbing to a future time, such that the displayed (or newly undisplayed) complications correspond to the displayed scrubbing time by displaying information related to the displayed scrubbing time. Complications may be updated in time-scrubbing mode such that the information displayed by the complication corresponds to the currently displayed scrubbing time, rather than the current time. An update to a complication may include, as compared to when the device was not in time-scrubbing mode or was scrubbed to a different scrubbing time, displaying different information, ceasing to display information, or beginning to display information after having ceased to display information. 
     For example, when a scrubbing time is a future time, displayed complications may display future scheduled events such as future calendar events, may display forecasted or projected information (such as a weather forecast) or may indicate a lack of availability of information corresponding to the future time. In the case of a lack of availability of information corresponding to a future time, a complication may affirmatively indicate that no information is available via displayed text or symbol, the complication may cease to be displayed to indicate that no information is available, or the complication may be “freeze” and/or be displayed in a manner so as to indicate that the information displayed in the frozen state does not correspond to the future time (e.g., a complication may be grayed out or faded out with the future-most available information displayed, if the complication is scrubbed so far into the future that no information for the scrubbing time is available). 
     When a scrubbing time is a past time, displayed complications may display past scheduled events such as a past calendar event, may display previously projected information such as a past weather forecast (e.g., in the absence of available historical data), or may indicate a lack of availability of information corresponding to the past time. In the case of a lack of availability of information corresponding to a past time, a complication may affirmatively indicate that no information is available via displayed text or symbol, the complication may cease to be displayed to indicate that no information is available, or the complication may be “freeze” and/or be displayed in a manner so as to indicate that the information displayed in the frozen state does not correspond to the past time (e.g., a complication may be grayed out or faded out with the oldest available information displayed, if the complication is scrubbed so far into the past that no information for the scrubbing time is available). 
     In some embodiments, a complication may cease to display information when no information is available for or relevant to a certain period of time. For example, if a complication relates to a daily performance of a stock index, then, as a user scrubs backwards through time, the complication may cease to display any information when the user scrubs to the early morning hours, or to a weekend, when the stock market was not open and no daily performance is considered relevant. As a user continues to scrub in the same direction, relevant information may again be displayed as the user scrubs through additional scrubbing times, such as reaching another period when the stock market was open and beginning to display a daily performance for the stock index for that day and time. 
     In the example depicted in  FIG. 53C , a user is scrubbing forward in time (the current time being 11:09, as indicated by hands  5310   a  and  5310   b ) and has reached 11:34 (as indicated by digital clock face  5317  and scrubbing hands  5322   a  and  5322   b ) with a time offset of plus 25 minutes (as indicated by time difference indicator  5318 ). As the user has scrubbed forward in time by 25 minutes, weather complication  5312  has been updated to reflect a weather forecast for 25 minutes in the future, when it is predicted to be one degree warmer, at 73° rather than the current 72° (as indicated in interface  5350  in  FIG. 53B ). As the user has scrubbed forward in time by 25 minutes, stock-market complication  5314  has been updated to reflect the fact that information about the future performance of the NASDAQ is unavailable; the lack of information is conveyed by the stock-market complication  5314 , as shown in interface  5350  in  FIG. 53B , ceasing to be displayed in interface  5360  in  FIG. 53C . 
       FIG. 53C  further depicts user input  5336   a,  which is a touch contact detected by touch-sensitive display  5302 . Touch contact input  5336   a  may be a single-touch input, a multi-touch input, a single-tap input, and/or a multi-tap input detected by touch- and/or pressure-sensitive elements in display  5302 . In the displayed example, input  5336   a  is a single-finger, single-tap input detected at a location on display  5302  corresponding to displayed weather complication. In some embodiments, in response to detecting user input  5336   a,  device  5300  may provide additional information, additional interfaces, or additional modes corresponding to weather complication  5312 . For example, device  5300  may launch a weather application associated with weather complication  5312 . In some embodiments, device  5300  may provide additional information, additional interfaces, or additional modes corresponding to a selected complication and to the scrubbing time. For example, in response to a user tapping a weather complication when the device is scrubbed to a past time, an interface of a weather application showing historical weather data for the scrubbed-to past time may be displayed; in response to a user tapping a weather complication when the device is scrubbed to a future time, an interface of a weather application showing forecasted weather for the scrubbed-to future time may be displayed. In the depicted example, in response to detecting user input  5336   a,  device  5300  may provide current weather information (because the scrubbing time is so close to the present, e.g., below a predefined threshold amount of time into the future) in some embodiments, or it may provide forecasted weather information associated with the scrubbing time of 11:34 in some embodiments. 
       FIG. 53C  further depicts user inputs  5324   a  and  5324   b,  both of which are user inputs configured to cause device  5300  to exit time-scrubbing mode and return to a non-time-scrubbing interface. In some embodiments, any suitable user input may be predetermined to cause a device to exit time-scrubbing mode. In the depicted example, user input  5324   a  is a touch contact detected on display  5302 . In some embodiments, user input  5324   a  may be a single-touch input, a multi-touch input, a single-tap input, and/or a multi-tap input detected by touch- and/or pressure-sensitive elements in display  5302 . In some embodiments, user input  5324   a  is a single-tap input detected at a location corresponding to digital clock face  5317  and/or time difference indicator  5318 . In the depicted example, user input  5324   b  is a depression input detected by rotatable and depressible input mechanism  5304 . In some embodiments, user input  5324   b  may be a single-press input or a multi-press input detected by a rotatable and depressible input mechanism. In some embodiments, user input  5324   b  is a single-press input detected by depressible and rotatable input mechanism  5304 . 
     In response to detecting either user input  5324   a  or  5324   b,  or any other suitable predetermined user input, device  5300  may cause time-scrubbing mode to be ceased and may cease to display time scrubbing interfaces. In some embodiments, updated complications may return to their original appearance before time-scrubbing mode was engaged, or may change to an appearance corresponding to a new current time other than the current time that was current when time-scrubbing mode was engaged. In some embodiments, indications that time-scrubbing mode is active, such as digital clock face  5317 , time difference indicator  5318 , and scrubbing hands  5322   a  and  5322   b  may cease to be displayed. In some embodiments, hands corresponding to a current time, such as hands  5310   a  and  5310   b,  may return to their original visual appearance and style from before time-scrubbing mode was engaged. Any of these changes may be made by way of any of the animations described above, including a reversed and/or accelerated version of any such animation. In the depicted example, in response to detecting user input  5324   a  or  5324   b,  device  5300  ceases to display user interface  5360  and displays user interface  5340  again; user interface  5340  indicates that the current time is still 11:09 and that the information corresponding to both weather complication  5312 )(72°) and stock-market complication  5314  (NASDAQ +2.45) has not changed since time-scrubbing mode was activated. 
     Attention is now specifically directed to interfaces for time scrubbing a digital clock face. In the depicted example of activating and using a time-scrubbing mode of  FIGS. 53D-53F , described in greater detail below, a user uses a rotational user input to scrub forward in time from 11:09 (the current time) to 11:34 (a future scrubbing time). In accordance with the forward scrubbing, complications  5312  and  5314  are updated to correspond to the future scrubbing time, with weather complication  5312  displaying a forecasted air temperature and stock-market complication  5314  ceasing to be displayed (to indicate that future information is unavailable). 
       FIG. 53D  depicts exemplary user interface  5370 , displayed on display  5302  of device  5300 . In some embodiments, user interface  5370  is a watch face interface screen, such as a home interface of a wearable smart-watch portable electronic device. In some embodiments, interface  5370  may be displayed by device  5300  in response to a user (such as a user of a device displaying interface  5340  as described in  FIG. 53A ) selecting a different “face” for device  5300 , for example causing interface  5340  to cease to be displayed and interface  5370  to begin to be displayed. Interface  5370  may share some common elements with interface  5340 , namely weather complication  5312  and stock-market complication  5314 . In some embodiments, complications  5312  and  5314  in interface  5370  may have some or all of the attributes as described above with reference to interface  5340  in  FIG. 53A . 
     Interface  5370  includes digital watch face  5328 , which is indicating that the current time is 11:09. Interface  5370  also includes day/date object  5326 , which is indicating that the current day of the week is Tuesday and that the current date is July 10. In some embodiments, day/date object  5326  may be considered a complication, and may be referred to as a day/date complication. 
       FIG. 53D  further depicts user input  5316   b,  which is a touch contact detected by touch-sensitive display  5302 . Touch contact input  5316   b  may be a single-touch input, a multi-touch input, a single-tap input, and/or a multi-tap input detected by touch- and/or pressure-sensitive elements in display  5302 . In the displayed example, input  5316   b  is a single-finger, single-tap input detected at a location on display  5302  corresponding to digital clock face  5328 . Device  5300  may be configured, in some embodiments, to, in response to detecting user input  5316   b  (or any other suitable predefined user input, including rotation of a rotatable input mechanism), activate a time-scrubbing mode. 
       FIG. 53E  depicts exemplary user interface  5380 , displayed on display  5302  of device  5300 . Exemplary user interface  5380  shows the manner in which, in some embodiments, device  5300  responds to the detection of input  5316   b  in  FIG. 53D . Namely, user interface  5380  shows the activation, by device  5300 , of a time-scrubbing mode and an associated time scrubbing interface in accordance with some embodiments. 
     In the depicted example, interface  5380  includes object  5326  and complications  5312  and  5314  in the same manner as described above with reference to interface  5370  in  FIG. 53D . In some embodiments, object  5326  and complications  5312  and  5314  may be visually distinguished in one or more ways from their respective appearances in interface  5370  in  FIG. 53D  to indicate that time-scrubbing mode is active. 
     In the depicted example, interface  5380  differs from interface  5370  in several ways that indicate that time-scrubbing mode has been activated. In the depicted example, interface  5380  differs from interface  5370  in that digital clock face  5328  has translated to the top right corner of display  5302  (as indicated by the diagonal arrow) and has decreased in size. In some embodiments, this transition may include an animation of the translation and the resizing. In some embodiments, when digital clock face  5328  is moved from its position in interface  5370  to its position in interface  5380 , it may be displayed in a different size, shape, color, highlighting, or animation style. In some embodiments, the shape, color, highlighting, and/or animation style of digital clock face  5328  may remain unchanged as digital clock face translates and is resized between interface  5370  in  FIG. 53D  and interface  5380  in  FIG. 53E . In some embodiments, digital clock face  5328  may appear in a white color in both interfaces  5370  and interface  5380 . 
     In some embodiments, when digital clock face  5328  transitions to the top corner of display  5302  as time-scrubbing mode is activated, a visual indicator indicating that digital clock face  5328  indicates a current time may be displayed. In the depicted example, the word “NOW” is displayed on display  5302  near the top left corner of display  5302 . In some embodiments, the visual indicator, such as the word “NOW,” may be displayed in a similar or identical visual style as digital clock face  5328  following its transition into its position in interface  5380 . For example, the word “NOW” may be displayed in a similar size, font, color, highlighting, and/or animation style as digital clock face  5328  in interface  5380 . In the depicted example, the word “NOW” or another indicator may appear in a white color when digital clock face  5328  appears in a white color. 
     In the depicted example, interface  5380  further differs from interface  5370  by including digital clock face  5332 , which is a second digital clock face that has appeared in the position on display  5302  that was previously occupied by digital clock face  5328  (before its transition and resizing) in interface  5370  in  FIG. 53D . In some embodiments, digital clock face  5332  displays the scrubbing time of time-scrubbing mode, which currently is 11:09, the same as the current time, as the user has not entered any input causing the scrubbing time to advance into the future or rewind into the past. In some embodiments, digital clock face  5332  may be displayed in the same or similar visual style as digital clock face  5328 , including by being displayed in the same size, font, color, highlighting, and/or animation style. In some embodiments, digital clock face  5332  may be displayed in a different visual style than digital clock face  5328  in interface  5370 , to indicate to the user that digital clock face  5332  indicates a scrubbing time rather than a current time, such as by being displayed in a green color rather than a white color. In some embodiments, digital clock face  5332  may appear on interface  5380  in response to the activation of time-scrubbing mode in accordance with any of the animations discussed above with reference to complications being updated during scrubbing. 
     In some embodiments, the animation of digital clock face  5332  appearing in interface  5380  may include digital clock face  5380  increasing in size and/or gradually becoming less translucent (e.g., fading in). 
       FIG. 53E  further depicts rotational input  5320   b,  which is a rotational user input detected by rotational input mechanism  5304  of device  5300 . In some embodiments, rotational user input  5320   b  may have one or more characteristics in common with rotational input  5320   a  described above with reference to  FIG. 53B . In some embodiments, rotational input  5320   b  is an input for scrubbing forward to a future time. 
       FIG. 53F  depicts exemplary user interface  5390  displayed on display  5302  of device  5300 . Exemplary user interface  5390  shows the manner in which, in some embodiments, device  5300  responds to the detection of input  5320   b  in  FIG. 53E . Namely, user interface  5390  shows time scrubbing to a future time by device  5300  and an associated interface in accordance with some embodiments. Specifically, interface  5390  depicts how digital clock face  5332  and complications  5312  and  5314  are updated in accordance with time scrubbing. 
     First, in the depicted example, in accordance with user input  5320   b,  digital clock face  5332  has changed from displaying “11:09” to instead displaying “11:24,” thereby indicating the scrubbing time. In some embodiments, a digital clock face may be stepped forward in accordance with a rotational user input, such that the further and faster a rotational input rotates, the further and faster a digital clock face indicating a scrubbing time may advance. In some embodiments, displayed numerals on a digital clock face may change iteratively, such as once for every minute scrubbed, once for every five minutes scrubbed, or the like. Updates may be displayed for each changing second, 15 seconds, minute, 5 minutes, hour, or the like. In some embodiments, displayed numerals on a digital clock face may change gradually or smoothly, such as by fading into and out of view or translating into or out of view. In some embodiments, displayed numerals on a digital clock face may be animated as changing individually (e.g., number by number), and in some embodiments displayed numerals on a digital clock face may be animated as changing as a group (e.g., part of, or the entire, digital clock face changes together). In some embodiments, one or more of the numerals or other elements displayed as part of a digital clock face, including digital clock face  5332 , may change in any of the manners described above with reference to digital clock face  5317  and  FIG. 53C , including by way of an animation simulating the appearance of a flap-display, split-flap display, or arrival/departure board. 
     Further, in the depicted example, as digital clock face  5332  advances further as the scrubbing time is advanced into the future, digital clock face  5328  may remain fixed and continue to display the current time. (If the current time advances with the passage of time, digital clock face  5328  may accordingly advance, and a scrubbing clock face such as digital clock face  5332  may also accordingly advance to maintain the same offset between the current time and the scrubbing time.) In some embodiments, a time difference indicator may be displayed as part of user interface  5390  (and/or  5380  in  FIG. 53E ), and the time difference indicator may be updated (in accordance, in some embodiments, with any of the animations or display styles discussed above, including those discussed with reference to digital clock face  5332  and/or those discussed with reference to digital clock face  5317  and  FIG. 53C ) to display an updated time difference in accordance with the scrubbing time advancing further into the future. If user interface  5390  included a time difference indicator, for example, it would be updated in accordance with the time being scrubbed forward to indicate a positive 25 minute difference between the scrubbing time of 11:34 and the current time of 11:09. 
     Further, in the depicted example of  FIG. 53F , complications  5312  and  5314  have been updated in the same manner as described above with reference to interface  5360  in  FIG. 53C , so as to correspond to the scrubbing time of 11:34 rather than the current time of 11:09. In some embodiments, day/date object  5326  may also be updated in accordance with a scrubbing time in time-scrubbing mode; for example, if a user scrubs far enough into the future or the past to reach a different day, then day/date object  5326  may be updated in a same or similar manner as a complication may be updated to reflect the change to the day and date. 
       FIG. 53F  further depicts user input  5336   b,  which is a touch contact detected by touch-sensitive display  5302 . Touch contact input  5336   b  may be a single-touch input, a multi-touch input, a single-tap input, and/or a multi-tap input detected by touch- and/or pressure-sensitive elements in display  5302 . In the displayed example, input  5336   b  is a single-finger, single-tap input detected at a location on display  5302  corresponding to displayed weather complication. In some embodiments, in response to detecting user input  5336   a,  device  5300  may provide additional information, additional interfaces, or additional modes corresponding to weather complication  5312 , including in any of the manners described above with respect to input  5336   a  and  FIG. 53C . 
       FIG. 53F  further depicts user inputs  5334   a  and  5334   b,  both of which are user inputs configured to cause device  5300  to exit time-scrubbing mode and return to a non-time-scrubbing interface. In some embodiments, any suitable user input may be predetermined to cause a device to exit time-scrubbing mode. In some embodiments, user inputs  5334   a  and  5334   b  may share some or all characteristics with user inputs  5324   a  and  5324   b  described above, respectively. 
     In response to detecting either user input  5334   a  or  5334   b,  or any other suitable predetermined user input, device  5300  may cause time-scrubbing mode to be ceased and may cease to display time scrubbing interfaces. In some embodiments, updated complications may return to their original appearance before time-scrubbing mode was engaged, or may change to an appearance corresponding to a new current time other than the current time that was current when time-scrubbing mode was engaged. In some embodiments, indications that time-scrubbing mode is active, such as digital clock face  5332 , may cease to be displayed, and user interface objects that moved position and/or changed appearance, such as digital clock face  5328 , may return to their original visual appearance and style from before time-scrubbing mode was activated. Any of these changes may be made by way of any of the animations described above, including a reversed and/or accelerated version of any such animation. In the depicted example, in response to detecting user input  5334   a  or  5334   b,  device  5300  ceases to display user interface  5390  and displays user interface  5370  again; user interface  5370  indicates that the current time is still 11:09 and that the information corresponding to both weather complication  5312 )(72°) and stock-market complication  5314  (NASDAQ +2.45) has not changed since time-scrubbing mode was activated. 
       FIGS. 54A-54E  are flow diagrams illustrating a method for accessing and presenting information corresponding to past times and future times. Method  700  is performed at a device (e.g.,  100 ,  300 ,  500 ,  5300 ) with a display and a rotatable input mechanism. Some operations in method  700  may be combined, the order of some operations may be changed, and some operations may be omitted. 
     As described below, method  700  provides an intuitive way to access and present information corresponding to past times and future times. The method reduces the cognitive burden on a user for accessing and presenting information corresponding to past times and future times, thereby creating a more efficient human-machine interface. For battery-operated computing devices, enabling a user to access and present information corresponding to past times and future times, such as in a time-scrubbing mode in which displayed complications may be scrubbed forward and/or backward in time, conserves power and increases the time between battery charges, by reducing the number of inputs required, reducing processing power used, and/or reducing the time of usage of the device. 
     In some embodiments, a device may display a current-time indicator displaying a current time. In response to a user input (such as a tap on a touch-sensitive display on the current-time indicator), the device may display, in addition to the current-time indicator, a non-current-time indicator. In response to and in accordance with a user input (such as a rotation of a rotatable input mechanism such as a crown of a smart watch), the time displayed by the non-current-time indicator may be scrubbed forward or backward. In accordance with the scrubbing of the non-current time to a future or past time, one or more complications or other user interface objects may be updated to correspond to the non-current time, by displaying information relating to the complication and correlating to the non-current time rather than the current time. 
     In  FIG. 54A , at block  5402 , method  700  is performed at an electronic device having a display and a rotatable input mechanism. An exemplary device is device  5300  of  FIGS. 53A-53F , which has display  5302  and has a rotatable input mechanism  5304 . 
     A block  5404 , the device displays a first current-time indicator indicating a current time. In some embodiments, a current-time indicator is any watch face, clock face, or other indication of a time that is configured, designed, or understood to display a current time, such as the current time of day in the timezone in which a user is currently located. In some situations, a current-time indicator may be displaying a non-current time, such as when the watch is not set for the correct time; however, in most situations, a current-time indicator will display the correct current time. In the example of interface  5340  in  FIG. 53A , watch face  5308  and clock hands  5310   a  and  5310   b  together form a current-time indicator, indicating that the current time is 11:09. In the example of interface  5370  in  FIG. 53D , digital clock face  5328  is a current-time indicator, indicating that the current time is 11:09. 
     At block  5406 , the device displays a first user interface object configured to display information corresponding to the current time, wherein the information corresponding to the current time pertains to a first information source and is information other than a day, time, or date of the current time. In some embodiments, the first user interface object may be a complication, as described above, and may be configured to display information corresponding to a certain subject matter or a certain information source. In some embodiments, complications may correspond to weather information, to stock market information, to calendar information, to day/date information, to time information, to world clock information, to social media information, to message information, to email information, to pedometer information, to health/fitness information, to exercise information, to alarm information, to stopwatch information, to information associated with third-party applications, or to any other suitable information that may be visually presented as part of a complication or other user interface object. In the examples of interfaces  5340  and  5370  in  FIGS. 53A and 53D , weather complication  5312  is a user interface object configured to display information corresponding to the current time (e.g., current information), the information pertaining to a weather application and/or a source of weather data in some embodiments. In some embodiments, weather complication  5312  may be configured to display current weather information for the current time, such as a current air temperature (e.g., 72°). In the examples of interfaces  5340  and  5370  in  FIGS. 53A and 53D , stock-market complication  5314  is a user interface object configured to display information corresponding to the current time (e.g., current information), the information pertaining to a stock-market application and/or a source of stock-market data, in some embodiments. In some embodiments, stock-market complication  5314  may be configured to display a current performance of the NASDAQ, such as points gained or lost on the current day of trading (e.g., plus 2.45 points). 
     In some embodiments, user interface objects or complications may be configured to display information that is the most current information available, such as a most recent temperature reading or a most recent stock score. In some embodiments, user interface objects or complications may be configured to display information that explicitly relates to the current time, such as a calendar event that is occurring at the current time, or a proximate calendar event that is occurring at a time in the near future or a time in the near past with reference to the current time. 
     At block  5408 , optionally, the device detects a first touch contact at a location corresponding to the first current-time indicator. In some embodiments, the input may be one or more touch contacts detected by a touch-sensitive and/or pressure-sensitive surface, such as a touch-screen. In some embodiments, the first touch contact may be detected at a location on a touch-screen at which the first current-time indicator is currently displayed. In some embodiments, a user may tap a current-time indicator such as a displayed watch face or a digital clock face, and a device may responsively activate a time-scrubbing mode and display associated time-scrubbing interfaces. In the example of interface  5340  in  FIG. 53A , device  5300  detects user input  5316   a,  which is a touch contact detected by touch-sensitive display  5302 . In some embodiments, user input  5316   a  is a single-finger single-tap gesture detected at a location of display  5302  at which watch face  5308  is currently displayed. In the example of interface  5370  in  FIG. 53D , device  5300  detects user input  5316   b,  which is a touch contact detected by touch-sensitive display  5302 . In some embodiments, user input  5316   b  is a single-finger single-tap gesture detected at a location of display  5302  at which digital clock face  5328  is currently displayed. 
     At block  5410 , optionally, in response to detecting the first touch contact, the device displays a non-current-time indicator indicating the current time. In some embodiments, when time-scrubbing mode is activated, a non-current-time indicator is displayed. A non-current-time indicator may be any watch face, clock face, or other indication of a time that is configured, designed, or understood to display a non-current time. In some embodiments, a non-current-time indicator may indicate a “scrubbing time” that is displayed when time-scrubbing mode is activated; the scrubbing time may be a time that is set in accordance with user inputs and is used to change what information is displayed by complications or other user interface objects during time-scrubbing mode. In some embodiments, the non-current-time indicator may suddenly appear upon the activation of time-scrubbing mode, while in some embodiments the non-current-time indicator may appear by way of animation such as translating into position or gradually becoming less transparent (e.g., fading in). 
     In some embodiments, a scrubbing time, such as one displayed on a scrubbing watch face or a scrubbing clock face, may be set in accordance with user inputs, and may also be set to the current time (such that the scrubbing time and the current time may be the same time). In some embodiments, when a time-scrubbing mode is initially activated and a user input or instruction has not yet been received to set a scrubbing time, the scrubbing time is automatically set to the current time as a starting point. In this way, in some embodiments, a non-current-time indicator such as a scrubbing watch face or a scrubbing clock face may sometimes display the current time. In such instances, despite the non-current-time indicator displaying a time that is the same as the current time, a user may understand that the non-current-time indicator is not an indication of the current time per se, but rather an indication that a scrubbing time is set to a time that is the same as the current time. 
     In the depicted example of interface  5350  of  FIG. 53B , time-scrubbing mode has been activated and, accordingly, scrubbing hands  5322   a  and  5322   b  have been displayed in the same position that hands  5310   a  and  5310   b  were displayed prior to the activation of time-scrubbing mode. In some embodiments, scrubbing hands  5322   a  and  5322   b  are non-current-time indicators configured to indicate a scrubbing time, although in the example of interface  5350  of  FIG. 53B , they are presently indicating a scrubbing time that is the same as the current time of 11:09. 
     In the depicted example of interface  5380  in  FIG. 53E , time-scrubbing mode has been activated and, accordingly, digital clock face  5332  has been displayed in the same position that digital clock face  5328  was displayed prior to the activation of time-scrubbing mode. In some embodiments, digital clock face  5332  is a non-current-time indicator configured to indicate a scrubbing time, although in the example of interface  5380  in  FIG. 53E , it is presently indicating a scrubbing time that is the same as the current time of 11:09. 
     In some embodiments, such as when a user executes multiple user inputs to scrub a scrubbing time forward and then backward, or backward and then forward, to return the scrubbing time to zero, a non-current-time indicator indicating the current time may also be responsively displayed. 
     At block  5412 , the device detects a first rotation of the rotatable input mechanism. In some embodiments, a first rotation of the rotatable input mechanism may comprise one or more rotations in one or more directions, having one or more speeds, having one or more durations, and having one or more spacings relative to one another. In some embodiments, a first rotation of the rotatable input mechanism may comprise a single rotation of a rotatable input mechanism in a predefined rotational direction. In some embodiments, a user may rotate a rotatable input mechanism in a first direction, and a device may responsively scrub a scrubbing time forward into the future (or, in some embodiments, backward into the past). In some embodiments, the first rotation of a rotatable input mechanism may begin to be detected when a time-scrubbing mode is inactive, while in some embodiments it may begin to be detected while a time-scrubbing mode is already activated. In the depicted examples of  FIGS. 53B and 53E , rotational inputs  5320   a  and  5320   b  are detected by device  5300  when a user rotates rotatable input mechanism  5304  in a first direction. 
     In  FIG. 54B , block  5402  is continued, such that the additional method blocks are also performed at an electronic device with a display and a rotatable input mechanism. In  FIG. 54B , block  5414  follows from block  5412 . 
     At block  5414 , blocks  5416  to  5442  (some of which are optional), shown in  FIGS. 54B and 54C , are performed in response to detecting the first rotation of the rotatable input mechanism. In discussing blocks  5416  to  5442  below, the phrase “in response to detecting the first rotation of the rotatable input mechanism” may or may not be repeated for clarity. In some embodiments, method steps are performed in response to detecting rotation of a rotatable input mechanism, which may be the primary input mechanism for driving functionality in a time-scrubbing mode. That is, in some embodiments, rotation of a rotatable input mechanism may be the core manner in which a user scrubs time forward or scrubs time backward, and various elements of the user interface objects may react accordingly to the user&#39;s rotational input commands 
     At block  5416 , in response to detecting the first rotation of the rotatable input mechanism, the device displays a non-current-time indicator indicating a first non-current time determined in accordance with the first rotation. In some embodiments, the first non-current-time indicator may be any of the non-current-time indicators described above with reference to block  5410 , or may share some or all of the characteristics of the non-current-time indicators described above. In some embodiments, in contrast to the non-current-time indicator in block  5410 , the non-current-time indicator displayed in block  5414  (which may be a different non-current-time indicator or the same non-current-time indicator) indicates a non-current time that is determined in accordance with the first rotation. In some embodiments, the indicated non-current time is a scrubbing time, and the scrubbing time is determined in accordance with a user&#39;s rotational scrubbing input. 
     In some embodiments, when the rotational input is detected before the activation of time-scrubbing mode, a non-current-time indicator, such as a scrubbing-time digital clock face or scrubbing hands on an analog clock face, may begin to be displayed and display a user-selected scrubbing time. In some embodiments, when the rotational input is detected once a time-scrubbing mode has already been activated, then a previously displayed non-current-time indicator may be modified to display a newly selected scrubbing time. 
     In some embodiments, a scrubbing time for a time-scrubbing mode may be selected in accordance with a characteristic of the rotational input, and the selected scrubbing time may be displayed by the non-current-time indicator. In some embodiments, the non-current-time indicator may display an animation of the indicator changing to the newly selected scrubbing time, including any of the animation styles discussed above with reference to digital clock face  5317  and  FIG. 53C . In some embodiments, an animation may include displaying clock hands (e.g., a minute hand and an hour hand) sweeping into new positions. 
     In some embodiments, a rotation of a rotational input mechanism in one direction may cause scrubbing forward, while a rotation of the rotational input mechanism in a direction substantially opposite to the one direction may cause scrubbing backward. In some embodiments, the rate of scrubbing (forward or backward) may be proportionally related to the rate of rotation; in some embodiments, the amount of time scrubbed may be proportionally related to the distance (e.g., angular rotation) of rotation. In some embodiments, the scrubbing rate and amount of time scrubbed may simulate the effect of a watch crown, where clock hands are physically connected to the crown by a series of gears, and accordingly the movement of the hands follows a user&#39;s twisting of the crown, reflecting a rotation of the crown by way of a predefined gear ratio. (In some embodiments, the rate and distance of scrubbing of a digital clock face may be the same as the rate and distance of scrubbing of a displayed likeness of an analog clock face.) 
     In some embodiments, a device may provide different “gearings” for different available faces. That is, a user may select between more than one watch or clock interface, and, depending on the interface selected, the speed and distance of scrubbing in response to a given rotational input may vary. For example, in some embodiments, an interface displaying (as a time indicator) a likeness of the globe may display one rotation of the globe (approximately 24 hours) in response to a first rotation of the rotational input. Meanwhile, in some embodiments, an interface displaying (as a time indicator) a likeness of the solar system may display one revolution of the Earth (approximately 365 days) in response to the same first rotation of the rotational input. Differences in the amount of time scrubbed in response to a given rotational input may similarly be provided between other watch faces, such as an analog face like the one shown in interface  5340  in  FIG. 53A , or a digital face such as the one shown in interface  5370  in  FIG. 53D . 
     In some embodiments, the rate of time scrubbing and/or the amount of time scrubbed in response to a rotational input may not have a fixed relationship to the angular magnitude of the rotational input. That is, in some embodiments, a rotational input of a given angular magnitude may result in different amounts of time scrubbed, depending on various other factors. As discussed above, in some embodiments, different interfaces may be associated with different default gearings. In some embodiments, a user may manually select different gearings, for example by executing an input on a displayed user interface object or by executing an input by actuating a hardware button (e.g., executing one or more presses of a rotatable and depressible input mechanism). 
     In some embodiments, a gearing may not be fixed, such that, during the course of an ongoing rotational input, the relative rate (e.g., instantaneous rate) of time scrubbing as compared to the rate (e.g., instantaneous rate) of rotation of the rotatable input mechanism may be increased and/or decreased. For example, a variable gearing may be configured such that rotation below a threshold speed (e.g., angular rotation per second) causes time scrubbing at a first rate or a first gearing, while rotation above the threshold speed causes time scrubbing at an accelerated rate or an accelerated fearing. In this way, when a user wishes to scrub by a large amount of time, the device may recognize their rapid rotation of the rotational input mechanism and accordingly accelerate the time scrubbing rate, helping the user to more easily scrub by a large distance. In some embodiments, during an ongoing rotational input, if the speed of a rotational input drops below a predefined speed threshold after the time scrubbing rate has been accelerated, then the time scrubbing rate may be decelerated and/or returned to its original rate; this deceleration may aid a user who has used accelerated scrubbing to move the scrubbing time by a large amount, enabling the user to more precisely set the final desired scrubbing time as the user begins to slow his rotational input. In some embodiments, gearing may be dynamically varied in accordance with any characteristic of a user input, such as a speed, a direction, a distance (e.g., angular distance), and/or a pressure. 
     In some embodiments in which a time scrubbing speed is accelerated, it should be noted that an animation of time scrubbing may be different for accelerated scrubbing than for non-accelerated scrubbing. For example, in some embodiments, for non-accelerated scrubbing, a device may provide a first animation of numbers on a digital clock face changing (with or without an accompanying animation such as a translation or a flipping effect) or a first animation of a minute hand and an hour hand sweeping around a clock face. Meanwhile, in some embodiments, for accelerated scrubbing, a device may provide one or more different animations, such as blurring numbers on a digital clock face to signify that they are being changed rapidly, or by providing an animation of a blurred minute hand (or hiding a minute hand altogether) in order to avoid the minute hand appearing to “jump” from one position to another on a display without sweeping through intermediate positions. In some embodiments, such alternate animations for accelerated scrubbing may be provided as part of an accelerated scrubbing mode, sometimes called a “turbo mode.” 
     In some embodiments, a scrubbing time may be set partially in accordance with a user&#39;s input and partially in accordance with predefined scrubbing times. For example, in some embodiments, predefined scrubbing times may be configured such that, when a user executes an input that would set a scrubbing time to a predefined range of times, the actual scrubbing time is set to a predefined time. For example, if a predefined scrubbing time is 12:00 noon, and the user rotates a rotational input mechanism an appropriate distance and speed to set the scrubbing time to 11:58, then the scrubbing time may be rounded to 12:00 noon and set to 12:00 noon. The range of scrubbing times that will “snap” to a predefined scrubbing time may be set to any suitable length of time, such as one minute, five minutes, 15 minutes, 30 minutes, one hour, six hours, 12 hours, 24 hours, 2 days, one week, one month, one year, etc. In some embodiments, a device may snap to different predefined scrubbing times depending on what interface a user is using; for example, in an interface featuring a likeness of the Earth or a representation of the sun, the device may be configured to “snap” to scrubbing times to times corresponding to sunset, sunrise, or high noon. As another example, in interfaces featuring a likeness of the solar system, the device may be configured to “snap” to scrubbing times corresponding to astronomical events such as planet alignments or eclipses. 
     In some embodiments, predefined scrubbing times may be determined in accordance with user input. In some embodiments, a user may manually set predefined scrubbing times, such as by setting “snap” times or selecting a “snap” interval. In some embodiments, predefined scrubbing times may be set in accordance with data or information relating to one or more user interface objects or complications. For example, a device may be configured to round a scrubbing time to the time at which a calendar event begins or ends. In some embodiments, a device may be configured to round a scrubbing time to times at which data for a complication changes, becomes available, or ceases to be available. In some embodiments, a device may be configured to slow or stop a scrubbing rate in accordance with a calendar event or other scheduled event being reached while scrubbing forward or backward, and a device may be configured to snap or round a scrubbing time to a time corresponding to the calendar event or scheduled event. 
     In the depicted example of interface  5360  in  FIG. 53C , scrubbing hands  5322   a  and  5322   b  have swept smoothly forward from their previous position in interface  5350  in  FIG. 53B , moving forward in time in accordance with the speed and magnitude of user input  5320   a  in  FIG. 53B , to indicate in user interface  5360  that the scrubbing time has been set to the non-current time of 11:34, which is 25 minutes ahead of the current time of 11:09. In the depicted example of interface  5390  in  FIG. 53F , the numerals in digital clock face  5332  have changed in accordance with the speed and magnitude of user input  5320   b  in  FIG. 53C  to indicate in user interface  5390  that the scrubbing time has been set to the non-current time of 11:34, which is 25 minutes ahead of the current time of 11:09. 
     At block  5418 , optionally, the first non-current time is a future time. In some embodiments, a non-current scrubbing time may be a time that is in the future as compared to the current time. In some embodiments, a user may scrub to a future time in a time-scrubbing mode by executing a rotation of a rotatable input mechanism in a predefined direction. A predefined direction of rotation for scrubbing into the future may be substantially opposite to a predefined direction of rotation for scrubbing into the past. In the examples of interfaces  5360  and  5390  in  FIGS. 53C and 53F , respectively, the scrubbing time is a future time of 11:34, which is 25 minutes ahead of the current time of 11:09. 
     At block  5420 , optionally, the first non-current time is a past time. In some embodiments, a non-current scrubbing time may be a time that is in the past as compared to the current time. In some embodiments, a user may scrub to a past time in a time-scrubbing mode by executing a rotation of a rotatable input mechanism in a predefined direction. A predefined direction of rotation for scrubbing into the past may be substantially opposite to a predefined direction of rotation for scrubbing into the future. 
     At block  5421 , the non-current-time indicator is displayed at a location at which the first current-time indicator was displayed before the detection of the first rotation of the rotatable input mechanism. In some embodiments, a non-current-time indicator, such as one that is newly displayed upon the activation of time-scrubbing mode, may be displayed at a location at which a current-time indicator was previously displayed before the activation of time-scrubbing mode. In some embodiments, the non-current-time indicator may appear in its displayed position by way of any of the animations discussed above with reference to digital clock face  5317  and  FIG. 53C . In some embodiments, a current-time indicator such as a digital clock face may be animated as translating out of the way, and a non-current-time indicator, such as a different digital clock face with numerals displayed in a different color, may be animated as increasing in size as if appearing from the distant z-axis and moving toward the viewer. In some embodiments, a scrubbing time indicator may replace the current-time indicator on the display. In the example depicted in interfaces  5380  and  5390  of  FIG. 53E and 53F , digital clock face  5332  is displayed at the same location on display  5302  that digital clock face  5323  (which is reduced in size and translated to the upper corner upon the activation of time-scrubbing mode) was displayed in interface  5370  in  FIG. 53D  before the activation of time-scrubbing mode. In the example of interface  5350  in  FIG. 53B , scrubbing hands  5322   a  and  5322   b  are displayed in the same position and same orientation as hands  5310   a  and  5310   b  were previously displayed, though scrubbing hands  5322   a  and  5322   b  may be displayed in the depicted position in response to a touch contact activating time-scrubbing mode; after a rotational input while in time-scrubbing mode, scrubbing hands  5322   a  and  5322   b  may be displayed at a different orientation (e.g., indicating a different time) though in the same general position (e.g., with the same center/anchor point) as hands  5310   a  and  5310   b  were previously displayed, as depicted in interface  5360  of  FIG. 53C . 
     At block  5422 , in response to detecting the first rotation of the rotatable input mechanism, the device updates the first user interface object to display information corresponding to the first non-current time, wherein the information corresponding to the first non-current time pertains to the first information source and is information other than a day, time, or date of the first non-current time. In some embodiments, when a user executes a rotational input as a command to scrub time forward or backward, one or more user interface objects displayed on a user interface, such as one or more complications, may be updated in accordance with the newly selected scrubbing time. In some embodiments, a user interface object or a complication may be predetermined to correspond to a first information source, subject matter, and/or a first application, and scrubbing time forward or backward will not change the information source, subject matter, or application to which a complication or user interface object pertains. For example, in some embodiments, when a complication is configured to display information pertaining to the weather obtained from a weather application, scrubbing the time forward or backward may not change that the complication displays weather information obtained from a weather application—rather, the change may be with respect to the time (rather than subject matter or information source) to which the displayed information pertains. That is, if the weather complication is configured to display current weather information (e.g., the most up-to-date temperature reading available) when a device is not in time-scrubbing mode, then scrubbing the time forward may cause the weather complication to instead display forecasted or projected weather information, while scrubbing the time backward may cause the device to display historical weather information (or past projected weather information) in some embodiments. 
     In some embodiments, information may be considered to correspond to a time when the information is stored, linked, tagged, or associated with metadata indicating that the information corresponds to that time. For example, a piece of information (such as a weather forecast) may be stored locally or remotely from the device, and may be associated with a metadata or other tag that indicates a future time to which the weather forecast data corresponds (e.g., the time for the weather forecast). In some embodiments, as a user scrubs forward or backward through time, the device may determine when to display the weather forecast data by comparing the displayed scrubbing time to the time associated with the tag or metadata of the stored weather forecast (or other stored data entry). 
     In some embodiments, a user interface object such as a complication may be updated dynamically as a user scrubs time forward and/or scrubs time backward. In some embodiments, information displayed by a complication may be updated with each displayed change to the non-current-time indicator, or it may be updated in accordance with predefined periods of scrubbing time (e.g., 5 minutes, 15 minutes, 1 hour, 1 day, etc.). In some embodiments, information displayed by a complication may be updated as frequently as new or different information from the currently displayed information is available; for example, if a weather forecast predicts a steady temperature for the next hour, and then an increase by one degree, then a complication displaying a weather temperature may not display any change as the user scrubs through the first hour, then may display the increased temperature when the scrubbing time reaches the time at which the forecasted temperature changes. 
     In some embodiments, a user interface object such as a complication may be updated by way of an animation, including any of the animations described above with reference to digital clock face  5317  and  FIG. 53C . In some embodiments, when a numeral displayed by an animation is changed, a sudden cut or a hard cut transition may be used. In some embodiments, when a change other than a single numeral being changed is made to a complication, a transition animation may be displayed in which a previous portion of (or all of) the complication is displayed as translating upwards (e.g., as if being flipped and rotated upward about a point of connection at the top of the complication, in the manner in which a page may be flipped upward on a notepad), shrinking in size, and/or fading away (e.g., becoming increasingly transparent in time); while a new portion of (or all of) the complication may be displayed as increasing in size (as if translating in from the distant z-axis and moving toward the viewer) and/or fading into view (e.g., becoming decreasingly transparent in time). 
     In the example of interfaces  5360  and  5390  in  FIGS. 53C and 53F , respectively, weather complication  5312  has been updated in accordance with the time being scrubbed forward by 25 minutes to 11:34. Before the time was scrubbed forward, weather complication  5312  displayed a current weather temperature of 72°, while after the time has been scrubbed forward, weather complication  5312  has been updated to display a forecasted weather temperature of 73°, the forecasted weather temperature being a forecast corresponding to the future scrubbing time of 11:34. 
     At block  5424 , optionally, the information corresponding to the first non-current time comprises projected data. In some embodiments, the information displayed by a user interface object or complication that has been updated in a time-scrubbing mode may include projected or forecasted information, such as a weather forecast. In some embodiments, when forecasted or projected information (rather than known or scheduled information) is displayed, an indication (such as a visual symbol, a display stylization, etc.) may be provided to alert the user that the information is a forecast or a projection. In the example of interfaces  5360  and  5390  in  FIGS. 53C and 53F , respectively, the information displayed by weather complication  5312  is projected data in the form of a forecasted weather prediction for a future time. 
     In some embodiments, forecasted or projected information may pertain to a future scrubbing time, in that the prediction or forecast was made about a future time, such that the user is provided with a forecast or a prediction for the future. In some embodiments, forecasted or projected information may pertain to a past time, in that the prediction or forecast was made at a past time, such that the user is provided with a previous prediction or forecast. 
     At block  5426 , optionally, the information corresponding to the first non-current time comprises a scheduled event. In some embodiments, information displayed by a complication may include calendar information such as the name of a scheduled event, the time of a scheduled event, the place of a scheduled event, participants or invitees to a scheduled event, or other information about a scheduled event. For example, a complication may be configured to display information from a user&#39;s personal calendar; in some embodiments, the complication may display the name of a current calendar event, such as “Conference Call.” In some embodiments, the complication may display the name of a nearest upcoming calendar event. In some embodiments, when a user scrubs forward or backward in time, such a calendar complication may change to display information corresponding to a calendar event scheduled for the scrubbing time, or to display information corresponding to a nearest upcoming calendar event with respect to the scrubbing time. 
     In some embodiments, when scrubbing into the future and/or the past, the device may determine what information to display in a different manner than the device determines what information to display for the current time when time-scrubbing mode is not activated. For example, if a meeting is scheduled for 12:00 noon, then a calendar complication may, in some embodiments, display information pertaining to the 12:00 noon meeting starting at a time before 12:00 noon, such as 11:00 a.m. or 9:00 a.m., or whenever a previous calendar event concludes. In this way, the user may see the calendar event regarding the 12:00 noon meeting before the time of the meeting, and is less likely to forget about the meeting and be late. Thus, information may be displayed about the meeting for a period of time that extends beyond (e.g., before) the time of the calendar event in the user&#39;s calendar. In some embodiments, the same thing may not be true in time-scrubbing mode. For example, in some embodiments, when a user enters time-scrubbing mode, a calendar complication may suppress display of information pertaining to calendar events when the scrubbing time is not set to a time for which the calendar event is actually scheduled. Thus, for a noon meeting, despite the device displaying the meeting, in some embodiments, outside time-scrubbing mode when the current time is 11:09, display of the meeting may be suppressed in time-scrubbing mode when the scrubbing time is set to 11:09. In some embodiments, suppressing display of calendar events in time-scrubbing mode when the scrubbing time is not set to a time for which the calendar event is actually scheduled may aid a user&#39;s quick comprehension of the time for which calendar events are scheduled when a user is scrubbing through time quickly. (Note that, in other embodiments, time-scrubbing mode may display calendar information when the scrubbing time is not set to a time for which the calendar event is scheduled; in some such embodiments, the device may display a time for the calendar event to aid a user&#39;s understanding of the time of the calendar event as the user is scrubbing through time.) 
     At block  5428 , optionally, the information corresponding to the first non-current time comprises historical data. In some embodiments, information displayed by a complication may include historical information such as recorded data or other information. Recorded data or other information, in some embodiments, may include recorded measurements, figures, readings, statistics, or events. Recorded data or other information, in some embodiments, may include recorded forecasts or recorded predictions. Recorded data or other information, in some embodiments, may include any information regarding the previous state of a device and/or of a user interface. In some embodiments, as a user scrubs through past times, a device may display historical data that pertains to the past scrubbing time. In some embodiments, historical information may pertain to a past scrubbing time in that the information itself concerns the past scrubbing time (e.g., a weather temperature reading at the time). In some embodiments, historical information may pertain to a past scrubbing time in that the information was recorded or created at the past scrubbing time (e.g., a weather forecast made at the past scrubbing time). 
     Block  5430  optionally follows from blocks  5416 - 5420 . At block  5430 , optionally, in response to detecting the first rotation of the rotatable input mechanism, the device updates the first user interface object to indicate a lack of information corresponding to the first non-current time. In some embodiments, as a user is scrubbing forward or backward in time in a time-scrubbing mode, a user interface object or complication may cease to be displayed to indicate that there is no information to be displayed corresponding to the selected scrubbing time. For example, when a user scrubs a stock-market complication to a future time, stock information may not be available for the future time; accordingly, the complication (or part of the complication) may cease to be displayed. A similar result could occur when a user scrubs so far forward in time that reliable projection or forecast data is not available; for example, a user may scrub so far into the future that no weather forecast is available, and a weather complication could cease to be displayed. A similar result could occur when a user scrubs so far backward in time that historical data is no longer available; for example, a device (or an information source to which the device has access) may only cache or otherwise store a limited amount of historical information, and when a user scrubs beyond that point, a complication may cease to be displayed. A similar result could also occur when a user scrubs to a time to which no calendar data applies; for example, if a user scrubs to a time at which no events are scheduled on a calendar, then a device may cease to display a calendar complication. 
     In some embodiments, when a user scrubs to a time for which no relevant information is available for display by a complication, a complication may fade to a translucent appearance, may be displayed in a faded or muted color scheme, or may be displayed in a grayed-out color scheme, to indicate to the user that no information is available for the selected scrubbing time. In some such embodiments, the complication may continue to display, in the altered (e.g., faded or grayed-out) manner, the information that was most recently displayed by the complication. This may help the user to know that information pertaining to the selected scrubbing time is not available, while allowing the user to remain oriented to, and aware of, the complication&#39;s presence. 
     In  FIG. 54C , block  5402  is continued, such that the additional method blocks are also performed at an electronic device with a display and a rotatable input mechanism. In  FIG. 54C , block  5414  is continued, such that blocks  5432 - 5442  (some of which are optional) are performed “in response to detecting the first rotation of the rotatable input mechanism.” In discussing blocks  5432  to  5442  below, the phrase “in response to detecting the first rotation of the rotatable input mechanism” may or may not be repeated for clarity. 
     Block  5432  follows from blocks  5422 - 5428 , or optionally from block  5430 . At block  5432 , in response to detecting the first rotation of the rotatable input mechanism, the device displays one of the first current-time indicator and a second current-time indicator. In some embodiments, block  5432  may optionally be performed in response to detecting a user input that activates a time-scrubbing mode, such as the user input detected at block  5408 . In some embodiments, when a time-scrubbing mode is activated (whether by a touch contact detected on a touch-sensitive surface or by a rotation of a rotatable input mechanism), in addition to displaying a non-current-time indicator indicating a scrubbing time, the device may also display a current-time indicator. In some embodiments, the current-time indicator displayed in time-scrubbing mode may be the same current-time indicator that was displayed before the activation of time-scrubbing mode, such as the current-time indicator displayed at block  5404 , such that the same current-time indicator continues to be displayed. In some embodiments, the current-time indicator displayed in time-scrubbing mode may be a second current-time indicator different from the current-time indicator that was displayed before the activation of time-scrubbing mode. 
     At block  5434 , optionally, displaying the first current-time indicator in response to detecting the first rotation comprises displaying the first current-time indicator with a modified visual appearance. In some embodiments, upon the activation of time-scrubbing mode, the visual appearance of the first current-time indicator may be altered in such a way so as to signal to the user that time-scrubbing mode has been activated and to direct the user&#39;s focus to the non-current-time indicator rather than the current-time indicator. For example, a size, shape, color, highlighting, and/or animation style of a current-time indicator may be altered upon the activation of time-scrubbing mode. 
     In some embodiments, a current-time indicator may be displayed in a faded, muted, partially transparent, or grayed-out color scheme while time-scrubbing mode is active. In the depicted example of interface  5360  in  FIG. 53C , clock hands  5310   a  and  5310   b  are displayed in a grayed-out color scheme, as indicated by the hashing shown in the figure. This grayed-out color scheme may signal to a user that time-scrubbing mode is active, and may direct a user&#39;s attention to scrubbing hands  5322   a  and  5322   b  instead, which may be displayed in a brighter or more noticeable color, such as green. 
     In the example of interface  5380  in  FIG. 53E , digital clock face  5328  may be displayed in green when time-scrubbing mode is activated, whereas it may have been displayed in white before time-scrubbing mode was activated. In some embodiments, displaying more user interface objects, including current-time indicators, in a bright color such as green may signal to a user that the device is in a time-scrubbing mode of operation. 
     In some embodiments, a current-time indicator may be displayed in a smaller size than it was displayed before the activation of a time-scrubbing mode. In the depicted example of interface  5380  in  FIG. 53E , digital clock face  5328  has been translated to the top corner of display  5302  (as indicated by the diagonal arrow) and is displayed in a smaller size than the size at which it was displayed (in interface  5370  in  FIG. 53D ) before the activation of time-scrubbing mode. The smaller display size of the current-time indicator may signal to a user that time-scrubbing mode is active, and may direct a user&#39;s attention to digital clock face  5332 , which may be displayed in a larger size and may display a scrubbing time. 
     At block  5436 , optionally, displaying the first current-time indicator in response to detecting the first rotation comprises displaying the first current-time indicator in a different position on the display than a position at which it was displayed prior to detecting the first rotation. In some embodiments, upon the activation of time-scrubbing mode, a current-time indicator may cease to be displayed in one position and instead be displayed in another position. The position at which the current-time indicator is displayed during time-scrubbing mode may be a less prominent position than the prior position, such as a position closer to an edge or corner of the display. In the example of interface  5390  in  FIG. 53F , digital clock face  5328  is displayed at a different position than the position at which it was displayed (in interface  5370  in  FIG. 53D ) prior to the activation of time-scrubbing mode, having been moved closer to the upper right-hand corner of display  5302 . 
     At block  5438 , optionally, displaying the first current-time indicator in response to detecting the first rotation comprises animating the first current-time indicator from its initial position to the different position on the display. In some embodiments, the animation may comprise the indicator fading away (e.g., becoming more transparent) from its old position and/or fading into (e.g., becoming less transparent) its new position. In some embodiments, the animation may include translating the object across the display. In some embodiments, the animation may include displaying the object increasing or decreasing in size. In some embodiments, the animation may include any of the animations described above with respect to digital clock face  5317  and  FIG. 53C  or with respect to block  5422 . In some embodiments, the current-time indicator may suddenly cease to be displayed at its initial position and immediately begin to be displayed at the different position. 
     At block  5440 , optionally, in response to detecting the first rotation of the rotatable input mechanism, the device displays a time difference indicator indicating a time difference between the current time and the first non-current time. In some embodiments, a time difference indicator may be any user interface object that indicates a difference between one time and another time, such as the difference between a current time and a scrubbing time. In some embodiments, a time difference indicator may indicate a number of seconds, minutes, hours, days, weeks, months, years, etc. In some embodiments, a time difference indicator may indicate whether a scrubbing time is in the future or in the past relative to a current time. In some embodiments, a time difference indicator is automatically displayed upon activation of time-scrubbing mode. In some embodiments, explicitly displaying the difference between the scrubbing time and the current time may help a user to more easily understand and contextualize how far away from the current time the scrubbing time (and the corresponding information displayed in the complications) is. In the example of interfaces  5350  and  5360  in  FIGS. 53B and 53C , respectively, time difference indicator  5318  uses numerals to indicate the number of minutes difference between the current time and the scrubbing time, which is zero minutes in  FIG. 53B  and 25 minutes in  FIG. 53C . In the example depicted, time difference indicator  5318  uses a “+” symbol to indicate that the scrubbing time is in the future as compared to the current time (and defaults to using a “+” symbol when the scrubbing time is equal to the current time). In some embodiments, if the scrubbing time is in the past as compared to the current time, then time difference indicator  5318  may display a “−” symbol to indicate that the scrubbing time is a past time. 
     In some embodiments, when time-scrubbing mode is activated, elements previously displayed on the display may be removed from the display. For example, in some embodiments, complications or other user interface objects displayed at a portion of the display where a time difference indicator is displayed may be removed from the display (e.g., the device may cease to display them) during time-scrubbing mode. In some embodiments, the same may be true of interface objects or complications that are displayed at a location on the display where a current-time indicator (or an accompanying object such as the displayed word “NOW”) is displayed when time-scrubbing mode is active. In some embodiments, complications may be removed from the display upon the activation of time-scrubbing mode without regard for whether any other object will be displayed at the same location on the display during time-scrubbing mode. In some embodiments, when a current-time indicator or a time-difference indicator is displayed at or moved to a location of a display at which numbers on a likeness of an analog clock face were displayed, the numbers on the likeness of the analog clock face may be hidden; for example, if a current-time indicator or time-difference indicator is displayed near the bottom of a clock interface in a time-scrubbing mode, then the numbers “5,” “6,” and “7” may be hidden on the clock face. In some embodiments, dials or sub-dials displayed in a device interface (such as any dial described elsewhere in this disclosure) may cease to be displayed upon the activation of time-scrubbing mode when a time-difference indicator or a current-time indicator is displayed at a portion of the display at which the dial or sub-dial was previously displayed. 
     In some embodiments, user interface elements displayed before the activation of a time-scrubbing mode may change in size or appearance in order to make room for the display of a time-difference indicator or a current-time indicator in time-scrubbing mode. For example, in some embodiments, previously-displayed tick marks may be replaced by or animated as transitioning into dots, which may be smaller in size and/or may have more empty space between them on the display. In some embodiments, any suitable user interface object may shrink in size and/or change locations on the display upon the activation of time-scrubbing mode, including to create space on the display for the display of a time-difference indicator and/or a current-time indicator or associated user interface objects. 
     In  FIG. 54D , block  5402  is continued, such that the additional method blocks are also performed at an electronic device with a display and a rotatable input mechanism. 
     Blocks  5442 ,  5444 - 5446 , and  5448  each follow, optionally, from blocks  5414 - 5440 . 
     At block  5442 , optionally, in response to a passage of time, the device updates the non-current-time indicator to indicate a second non-current time in accordance with the passage of time, such that a time difference between the current time and a presently indicated non-current time remains fixed. In some embodiments, as time passes, the current time is accordingly updated to keep time. Additionally to updating the current time, the device, in some embodiments, also updates a non-current time, such as a scrubbing time for time-scrubbing mode, in accordance with the passage of time. In this way, in some embodiments, once a user has set a scrubbing time, the difference between the scrubbing time and the current time may remain fixed even as time passes. Thus, in some embodiments, when a scrubbing time is set to the future, the current time will not “catch up” to the scrubbing time, because the scrubbing time will advance in time in parallel to the current time. 
     In some embodiments, as the scrubbing time is advanced in accordance with the passage of time, complications and other user interface objects may be accordingly updated, in accordance with any of the methods explained above, to reflect the newly updated scrubbing time. Thus, a complication in time-scrubbing mode may be updated, in some embodiments, both in accordance with the scrubbing time being altered by user input and in accordance with the scrubbing time being altered by the passage of time. 
     At block  5444 , optionally, while displaying the updated first user interface object displaying information corresponding to the first non-current time, the device detects a second touch contact at a location corresponding to the updated first user interface object, and in response to detecting the second touch contact, displays a user interface corresponding to the first user interface object. The touch contact detected may be a single-touch input, a multi-touch input, a single-tap input, and/or a multi-tap input detected by touch- and/or pressure-sensitive elements in any touch- and/or pressure-sensitive surface, including a touch-screen. In some embodiments, complications or other user interface objects that are updated in accordance with a scrubbing time in time-scrubbing mode may be selectable affordances, such that if a device detects an input at a location corresponding to the complication, then an interface or application associated with the complication may be accessed. For example, a user may tap on a weather complication, in some embodiments, such as weather complication  5312 , to cause an associated weather application to be opened. In another example, a user may tap on a stock-market complication such as stock-market complication  5314 , and, in some embodiments, a stock-market application may be opened. In the depicted example of  FIGS. 53C and 53F , user inputs  5336   a  and  5336   b  are detected on display  5302  at a location at which weather complication  5312  is displayed; in some embodiments, in response to detecting user input  5336   a  or  5336   b,  a weather application may be accessed and a weather interface may be displayed. 
     At block  5446 , optionally, the user interface displayed in accordance with the detection of a second touch contact at a location corresponding to the updated first user interface object corresponds to the first non-current time. In some embodiments, the functionality of tapping or otherwise selecting complications or other user interface objects may vary in accordance with the displayed scrubbing time, such that a different application or interface may be provided depending on what the scrubbing time is set to at the moment of the user&#39;s selection. For example, in response to a user tapping a weather complication when the device is scrubbed to a past time, an interface of a weather application showing historical weather data for the scrubbed-to past time may be displayed; in response to a user tapping a weather complication when the device is scrubbed to a future time, an interface of a weather application showing forecasted weather for the scrubbed-to future time may be displayed. In another example, in response to a user tapping a calendar complication, a calendar event that is scheduled for the scrubbed-to time may be opened, and an interface for that specific event may be displayed. In the depicted example of  FIGS. 53C and 53F , in response to detecting user input  5336   a  or  5336   b,  device  5300  may provide an interface corresponding to forecasted weather information associated with the scrubbing time of 11:34 in some embodiments. 
     In some embodiments, a displayed complication may correspond to an interface of the device that is configured to display a likeness of the Earth, the moon, and/or the solar system. In some embodiments, if a user scrubs time forward or backward on a scrubbing interface that contains such a complication, and then taps the complication to select it, then a corresponding Earth, moon, and/or solar system interface may be displayed, wherein the Earth, moon, and/or solar system interface is itself scrubbed forward to the scrubbing time of the previous interface. In some embodiments, a user may select complications corresponding to Earth, moon, and/or solar system interfaces to cause an animation to be displayed of the interface “flying” (e.g., smoothly zooming and panning) between views of the Earth, views of the moon, and/or views of the solar system. As the user flies between these various interfaces, in some embodiments, time scrubbing may be maintained, and the scrubbing time may be reflected in the complications displayed in each interface and/or in the displayed likenesses of the Earth, the moon, and/or the solar system. 
     At block  5448 , optionally, the device detects a third touch contact at a location corresponding to the first current-time indicator, and in response to detecting the third touch contact, ceases to display the non-current-time indicator and updates the first user interface object to display information corresponding to the current time. The touch contact detected may be a single-touch input, a multi-touch input, a single-tap input, and/or a multi-tap input detected by touch- and/or pressure-sensitive elements in any touch- and/or pressure-sensitive surface, including a touch-screen. In some embodiments, when a user taps on the current-time indicator, the device may responsively exit time-scrubbing mode. Upon exiting time-scrubbing mode, in some embodiments, the device may cease to display the scrubbing time. Upon exiting time-scrubbing mode, in some embodiments, display of the current time may return to an original visual appearance (e.g., position, size, color, style, etc.) that was displayed before time-scrubbing mode was activated. Upon exiting time-scrubbing mode, in some embodiments, complications or other user interface object that were updated, in accordance with any of the above methods, to correspond to a scrubbing time, may be again updated to correspond to the current time. In some embodiments, this may involve returning to their original appearance from before time-scrubbing mode was activated, while in some embodiments it may involve displaying new and/or different information (such as information corresponding to a new current time that is different from when time-scrubbing mode was activated, or information that is newly available or has been updated since time-scrubbing mode was activated). The displayed complications or user interface objects may be updated, upon deactivating time-scrubbing mode, in accordance with any of the animations discussed above with reference to digital clock face  5317  in  FIG. 53C . In the depicted example of  FIGS. 53C and 53F , touch contacts  5324   a  and  5334   a  are each detected at a location on display  5302  at which a current-time indicator is displayed; in response to detecting either input, device  5300  may cause time-scrubbing mode to be deactivated, and the displayed time indicators and complications may be accordingly updated. In the depicted example, if no information has changed and the time has not changed since the activation of time-scrubbing mode, exiting time-scrubbing mode in  FIGS. 53C and 53F  may cause the display, respectively, of interface  5340  in  FIG. 53A  and of interface  5370  in  FIG. 53C . 
     In some embodiments, other user inputs may be operable to cause the device to exit a time-scrubbing mode. In some embodiments, alternate user inputs that may cause a device to exit a time-scrubbing mode may include a depression of a rotatable and depressible input mechanism, such as user inputs  5324   b  and  5334   b  in  FIGS. 53C and 53F , respectively. Allowing a user to exit a time-scrubbing mode by depressing a rotatable and depressible input mechanism may increase the ease of scrubbing time forward or backward and then easily exiting time-scrubbing mode when a user is finished with time-scrubbing mode, as commands to execute both functions can be entered with a single input mechanism. In some embodiments, a device may exit a time-scrubbing mode after a predefined period of time of inactivity, such as when a device times out and a display is darkened. 
     At block  5450 , optionally, the device detects a second rotation of the rotatable input mechanism, and, in response to detecting the second rotation of the rotatable input mechanism, the device updates the non-current-time indicator to indicate a third non-current time, determined in accordance with the second rotation, and updates the first user interface object to display information corresponding to the third non-current time, wherein the information corresponding to the third non-current time pertains to the first information source and is information other than a day, a time, or a date of the first non-current time; and displays one of the first current-time indicator and the second current-time indicator. In some embodiments, after detecting a first rotation and setting a first scrubbing time, as described above, a device may then detect another rotation of the same rotational input mechanism, and may set another scrubbing time in accordance with the second rotation. The device may set a second scrubbing time in accordance with any of the methods described above, and may update the displayed user interface object and complications to correspond to the second scrubbing time in accordance with any of the methods described above. In some embodiments, a user may scrub forward or backward in time, pause, and then scrub forward or backward in time again, with or without leaving time-scrubbing mode. In some embodiments, displayed complications may be dynamically updated throughout the process to always reflect the displayed scrubbing time as the user scrubs, pauses, and then scrubs again. In some embodiments, this process may be wholly or partially repeated or iterated any number of times. 
     In  FIG. 54E , block  5402  is continued, such that the additional method blocks are also performed at an electronic device with a display and a rotatable input mechanism. 
     Blocks  5452  and  5454  follow, optionally, from blocks  5414 - 5440 . 
     At block  5452 , optionally, the device displays a second user interface object configured to display second information corresponding to the current time, wherein the second information corresponding to the current time pertains to a second information source and is information other than a day, time, or date of the current time; and, in response to detecting the first rotation of the rotatable input mechanism: updates the second user interface object to display second information corresponding to the first non-current time, wherein the second information corresponding to the first non-current time pertains to the second information source and is information other than a day, time, or date of the first non-current time. 
     At block  5454 , optionally, the first and second information sources are separate applications. 
     In some embodiments, a device may display more than one complication or other user interface object, wherein the complications or other user interface objects pertain to separate subject matters, separate information sources, or separate applications of the device. For example, in some embodiments, an interface of a device such as a watch face interface or a home screen interface may display two distinct complications, each complication being associated with a distinct application of the device and each complication drawing information from the respective associated application and displaying the information on the interface. In the depicted example of  FIG. 53A , weather complication  5312  and stock-market complication  5314  are distinct complications that may each be associated with a distinct information source and/or application (e.g., a weather application and a stock-market complication, respectively). 
     In some embodiments, when a user scrubs time forward or backward in any of the manners described above, not just one but both (and, in some embodiments, more than two) of the displayed complications or other user interface objects are simultaneously updated in accordance with the time scrubbing. A second displayed complication or user interface object (in addition to a third, fourth, etc.) may be updated in accordance with scrubbing by any of the methods described above. In some embodiments, all of the complications displayed on an interface may be simultaneously updated in accordance with the displayed non-current time as a user scrubs through time. This may be advantageous because, in some embodiments, a user may be able to observe past information and/or future information of more than one information source or of more than one application without having to separately open each application; this may allow a user to observe and recognize contextual relationships between temporally-related data provided by different applications or different information sources by being able to see information from all applications at once, the information displayed all corresponding to the same past time or to the same future time. 
     In the depicted example of  FIG. 53C , in response to the user scrubbing forward in time by 25 minutes to a scrubbing time of 11:34, weather complication  5312  has been updated in accordance with the scrubbing time to display a forecasted weather temperature of 73° for the scrubbing time of 11:34. At the same time, stock-market complication  5314  has been updated by being removed from interface  5360 , in accordance with the fact that no information is available from the stock-market application or information source associated with stock-market complication  5314 . (In some embodiments, a second complication having access to information, from an associated application or information source, corresponding to the scrubbing time of 11:34, could display the information alongside the information displayed by weather complication  5312 .) Thus, in some embodiments, in order to view future information (or to be informed of a lack of future information) from the distinct and separate applications that are associated with complications  5312  and  5314 , a user may not need to separately access each application or separately instruct each application to access and/or display future information; rather, simply by scrubbing to a future time, both complications may be caused to simultaneously access and display future information corresponding to the selected scrubbing time. 
     It should be understood that the particular order in which the operations in  FIG. 54  have been described is merely exemplary and is not intended to indicate that the described order is the only order in which the operations could be performed. One of ordinary skill in the art would recognize various ways to reorder the operations described herein. 
     Note that details of the processes described above with respect to method  5400  (e.g.,  FIG. 54 ) are also applicable in an analogous manner to the methods and techniques described elsewhere in this application. For example, other methods described in this application may include one or more of the characteristics of method  5400 . For example, the devices, hardware elements, inputs, interfaces, modes of operation, faces, time indicators, and complications described above with respect to method  5400  may share one or more of the characteristics of the devices, hardware elements, inputs, interfaces, modes of operation, faces, time indicators, and complications described elsewhere in this application with respect to other methods. Moreover, the techniques described above with respect to method  5400  may be used in combination with any of the interfaces, faces, or complications described elsewhere in this application. For brevity, these details are not repeated elsewhere in this application. 
     In accordance with some embodiments,  FIG. 55  shows an exemplary functional block diagram of an electronic device  5500  configured in accordance with the principles of the various described embodiments. In accordance with some embodiments, the functional blocks of electronic device  5500  are configured to perform the techniques described above. The functional blocks of the device  5500  are, optionally, implemented by hardware, software, or a combination of hardware and software to carry out the principles of the various described examples. It is understood by persons of skill in the art that the functional blocks described in 
       FIG. 55  are, optionally, combined or separated into sub-blocks to implement the principles of the various described examples. Therefore, the description herein optionally supports any possible combination or separation or further definition of the functional blocks described herein. 
     As shown in  FIG. 55 , electronic device  5500  includes a display unit  5502  configured to display a graphic user interface including complications, current-time indicators, and non-current-time indicators; electronic device  5500  further includes a rotatable input mechanism unit  5504  configured to receive rotational inputs. Optionally, device  5500  also includes a touch-sensitive surface unit  5506  configured to receive contacts. Device  5500  further includes processing unit  5508  coupled to display unit  5502 , rotatable input mechanism unit  5504 , and, optionally, touch-sensitive surface unit  5506 . Processing unit  5508  contains display enabling unit  5510 , detecting unit  5512 , and updating unit  5514 . Optionally, processing unit  5508  further ceasing display enabling unit  5516 . 
     Processing unit  5512  is configured to: enable display (e.g., with display enabling unit  5510 ) on display unit  5502  of a first current-time indicator indicating a current time; 
     enable display (e.g., with display enabling unit  5510 ) on display unit  5502  of a first user interface object configured to display information corresponding to the current time, wherein the information corresponding to the current time pertains to a first information source and is information other than a day, time, or date of the current time; detect (e.g., with detecting unit  5512 ) a first rotation of rotatable input mechanism unit  5504 ; in response to detecting the first rotation of rotatable input mechanism unit  5504 : enable display (e.g., with display enabling unit  5510 ) on display unit  5502  of a non-current-time indicator indicating a first non-current time determined in accordance with the first rotation; update (e.g., with updating unit  5514 ) the first user interface object to display information corresponding to the first non-current time, wherein the information corresponding to the first non-current time pertains to the first information source and is information other than a day, time, or date of the first non-current time; and enable display (e.g., with display enabling unit  5510 ) on display unit  5502  of one of the first current-time indicator and a second current-time indicator. 
     In some embodiments, processing unit  5508  is further configured to: in response to detecting the first rotation of the rotatable input mechanism unit  5504 : update (e.g., with updating unit  5514 ) the first user interface object to indicate a lack of information corresponding to the first non-current time. 
     In some embodiments, the first non-current time is a future time. 
     In some embodiments, the information corresponding to the first non-current time comprises projected data. 
     In some embodiments, the information corresponding to the first non-current time comprises a scheduled event. 
     In some embodiments, the first non-current time is a past time. 
     In some embodiments, the information corresponding to the first non-current time comprises historical data. 
     In some embodiments, enabling display (e.g., with display enabling unit  5510 ) on display unit  5502  of the first current-time indicator in response to detecting the first rotation comprises enabling display on display unit  5502  of the first current-time indicator with a modified visual appearance. 
     In some embodiments, enabling display (e.g., with display enabling unit  5510 ) on display unit  5502  of the first current-time indicator in response to detecting the first rotation comprises enabling display on display unit  5502  of the first current-time indicator in a different position on the display than a position at which it was displayed prior to detecting the first rotation. 
     In some embodiments, enabling display (e.g., with display enabling unit  5510 ) on display unit  5502  of the first current-time indicator in response to detecting the first rotation comprises animating the first current-time indicator from its initial position to the different position on the display. 
     In some embodiments, the non-current-time indicator is displayed at a location at which the first current-time indicator was displayed before the detection of the first rotation of rotatable input mechanism unit  5504 . 
     In some embodiments, processing unit  5508  is further configured to: in response to detecting the first rotation of rotatable input mechanism unit  5504 , enable display (e.g., with display enabling unit  5510 ) on display unit  5502  of a time difference indicator indicating a time difference between the current time and the first non-current time. 
     In some embodiments, processing unit  5508  is further configured to: before detecting the first rotation of rotatable input mechanism unit  5504 , detect (e.g., with detecting unit  5512 ) a first touch contact at a location corresponding to the first current-time indicator; and in response to detecting the first touch contact: enable display (e.g., with display enabling unit  5510 ) on display unit  5502  of the non-current-time indicator indicating the current time. 
     In some embodiments, processing unit  5508  is further configured to: in response to a passage of time, update (e.g., with updating unit  5514 ) the non-current-time indicator to indicate a second non-current time in accordance with the passage of time, such that a time difference between the current time and a presently indicated non-current time remains fixed. 
     In some embodiments, processing unit  5508  is further configured to: while enabling display on display unit  5502  of the updated first user interface object displaying information corresponding to the first non-current time, detect (e.g., with detecting unit  5512 ) a second touch contact at a location corresponding to the updated first user interface object; and in response to detecting the second touch contact, enable display (e.g., with display enabling unit  5510 ) on display unit  5502  of a user interface corresponding to the first user interface object. 
     In some embodiments, the user interface corresponds to the first non-current time. 
     In some embodiments, processing unit  5508  is further configured to: after detecting the first rotation of rotatable input mechanism unit  5504 , detect (e.g., with detecting unit  5512 ) a third touch contact at a location corresponding to the first current-time indicator; and in response to detecting the third touch contact: cease to enable display (e.g., with ceasing display enabling unit  5518 ) on display unit  5502  of the non-current-time indicator; and update (e.g., with updating unit  5514 ) the first user interface object to display information corresponding to the current time. 
     In some embodiments, processing unit  5508  is further configured to: detect (e.g., with detecting unit  5512 ) a second rotation of rotatable input mechanism unit  5504 ; in response to detecting the second rotation of rotatable input mechanism unit  5504 : update (e.g., with updating unit  5514 ) the non-current-time indicator to indicate a third non-current time determined in accordance with the second rotation; update (e.g., with updating unit  5514 ) the first user interface object to display information corresponding to the third non-current time, wherein the information corresponding to the third non-current time pertains to the first information source and is information other than a day, time, or date of the first non-current time; and enable display (e.g., with display enabling unit  5510 ) on display unit  5502  of one of the first current-time indicator and the second current-time indicator. 
     In some embodiments, processing unit  5508  is further configured to: enable display (e.g., with display enabling unit  5510 ) on display unit  5502  of a second user interface object configured to display second information corresponding to the current time, wherein the second information corresponding to the current time pertains to a second information source and is information other than a day, time, or date of the current time; and in response to detecting the first rotation of rotatable input mechanism unit  5504 : update (e.g., with updating unit  5514 ) the second user interface object to display second information corresponding to the first non-current time, wherein the second information corresponding to the first non-current time pertains to the second information source and is information other than a day, time, or date of the first non-current time. 
     In some embodiments, the first and second information sources are separate applications. 
     The operations described above with reference to  FIGS. 54A-54E  are, optionally, implemented by components depicted in  FIGS. 1A, 1B, 2, 3, 4A, 4B, 5A, 5B, 53A, 53B or 55 . For example, displaying operations  5404 ,  5406 ,  5416 , and  5432 ; detecting operation  5412 ; and updating operation  5422  may be implemented by event sorter  170 , event recognizer  180 , and event handler  190 . Event monitor  171  in event sorter  170  detects a contact on touch-sensitive display  112 , and event dispatcher module  174  delivers the event information to application  136 - 1 . A respective event recognizer  180  of application  136 - 1  compares the event information to respective event definitions  186 , and determines whether a first contact at a first location on the touch-sensitive surface corresponds to a predefined event or sub event, such as activation of an affordance on a user interface. When a respective predefined event or sub-event is detected, event recognizer  180  activates an event handler  190  associated with the detection of the event or sub-event. Event handler  190  may utilize or call data updater  176  or object updater  177  to update the application internal state  192 . In some embodiments, event handler  190  accesses a respective GUI updater  178  to update what is displayed by the application. Similarly, it would be clear to a person having ordinary skill in the art how other processes can be implemented based on the components depicted in  FIGS. 1A, 1B, 2, 3, 4A, 4B, 5A, 5B . 
     The foregoing description, for purpose of explanation, has been described with reference to specific embodiments. However, the illustrative discussions above are not intended to be exhaustive or to limit the scope of the disclosure to the precise forms disclosed. Many modifications and variations are possible in view of the above teachings. The embodiments were chosen and described in order to best explain the principles of the techniques and their practical applications. Others skilled in the art are thereby enabled to best utilize the techniques and various embodiments with various modifications as are suited to the particular use contemplated. 
     Although the disclosure and examples have been fully described with reference to the accompanying drawings, it is to be noted that various changes and modifications will become apparent to those skilled in the art. Such changes and modifications are to be understood as being included within the scope of the disclosure and examples as defined by the claims. 
       FIGS. 56A-56I  show exemplary context-specific user interfaces that may be operated on device  5600 . Device  5600  may be device  100 ,  300 , or  500  in some embodiments. In some embodiments, the electronic device has a touch-sensitive display (e.g., touchscreen  504 ). 
     Device  5600  displays user interface screen  5602  which includes a plurality of affordances representing various event data from two or more distinct applications (e.g., email, calendar, notification). Event data include any data that are associated with a time or a time period, such as, non-exclusively, meeting data from a calendar application, messaging data from a messaging application, email data from an email application, notification data for certain events from a notification application. Affordances representing event data from the different applications are arranged to serve as an immediate notification to the user of times and schedules associated with the event data. 
     In some embodiments, as shown in  FIG. 56A , user interface screen  5602  includes a timeline (e.g.,  5606 ) with a plurality of columns (e.g.,  5606 - a ) and rows (e.g.,  5606 - b ). The plurality of columns  5606 - a  represent applications (e.g., a calendar application, an email application, a notification application, etc.), and the plurality of rows  5606 - b  represent times (e.g., 9 am, 10 am, 11 am, 12 pm, 1 pm, 2 pm, 3 pm, etc.). By placing affordances representing events at appropriate columns and rows, the timeline can easily and efficiently inform the user of the upcoming events and their associated times and applications. 
     In  FIG. 56A , each column includes an affordance (e.g.,  5603 ,  5604 , or  5605 ) that represents an application. For example, the first column includes affordance  5603  representing a calendar application. The second column includes affordance  5604  representing an email application. The third column includes affordance  5605  representing a notification application. There are additional columns to the right and/or left of the displayed portion of timeline  5606  representing further applications than the displayed applications. Further, a part of the fourth column is displayed in user interfaces screen  5602 , suggesting that there is at least one additional column to the left of the displayed portion in the timeline. 
     Similarly, each row includes an affordance (e.g., number  5607 , or other graphics or texts) that represents a time or a time period. The first row is displayed between affordance  5607  representing 9:00 am and affordance representing 10 am, thus representing a one-hour time block from 9 am to 10 am. Subsequent rows are displayed between affordances representing the later hours to represent different time blocks at an interval of a one-hour time period (e.g., second row representing a one-hour time block from 10 am to 11 am, third row representing from 11 am to 12 pm, etc.). There may be additional rows below and above the displayed portion of the timeline  5606  representing times beyond the displayed hours (such as, for example, 8 am, 7 am, 6 am, etc., above the displayed portion, and 4 pm, 5 pm, 6 pm, 7 pm etc., below the displayed portion). 
     In  FIG. 56A , representations of event data obtained from the two or more different applications (e.g., affordances  5609 ,  5610 ,  5611 ,  5612 ) are arranged relative to each other according to their associated times and applications. In the illustrated example, affordance  5609  represents a meeting event from a calendar application, which is scheduled from 9 am to 10 am. Thus, affordance  5609  is displayed at a first column indicating the calendar application (with affordance  5603 ) and at a first row representing an hour block from 9 am to 10 am. Affordances for additional meeting(s) from the calendar application (e.g., affordances for “Meeting 2” and “Meeting 3”) are arranged in the first column and at appropriate rows representing the respective times associated with those additional meeting data. For example, the illustrated user interface screen  5602  notifies the user that “Meeting 2” from the calendar application is scheduled for an hour from 12 pm to 1 pm, and “Meeting 3” from the calendar application is scheduled for half an hour from 2:30 pm to 3 pm. As such, an appropriate arrangement of the affordances in a grid timeline may immediately notify the user of any upcoming events along with the nature of those events as well as the times scheduled for each event. 
     Similarly, in the illustrated example, affordance  5610  represents email data obtained from an email application which is associated with time 10:30 am (e.g., a time at which the email was received). Thus, affordance  5610  is displayed at a second column indicating the email application (with affordance  5604 ) and at a row indicating 10:30 am. Although the email data is associated with a specific time point, rather than a time block, the affordance representing the email data may be displayed, as shown in the illustrated example, to occupy a time block (e.g., 30 minutes, 15 minutes) starting from the specific time point associated with the email data. Affordances for additional email data from the email application are arranged in the second column and at appropriate rows representing the respective times associated with those additional email data. For example, the illustrated user interface screen  5602  notifies the user that “Email 2” from the email application was received at 1:00 pm. 
     Further, affordance  5611  represents notification data for a particular event (e.g., a software update, a backup schedule, etc.) obtained from a notification application where the event is scheduled to run at 10:30 am. The event represented by the notification data may be, non-exclusively, a software update schedule, a backup schedule, or any other device schedules that may warrant a forewarning. In the illustrated example, affordance  5611  representing the notification data is displayed at a third column indicating the notification application (with affordance  5605 ) and at a row indicating a 30-minute time block from 10:30 am. The notification data may be associated with a specific time point (e.g., a time at which the associated event is scheduled to start) or a time block (e.g., if the device has information regarding an estimated duration for which the associated event is scheduled to run, etc.). Affordances for additional notification data from the notification application are arranged in the third column and at appropriate rows representing the respective times associated with the additional notification data. For example, the illustrated user interface screen  5602  notifies the user that “Notification  2 ” (e.g., for another event such as a software update, a backup, etc.) from the notification application is scheduled at 12:00 pm. 
     Further, in some embodiments, as shown in  FIG. 56A , the user interface (e.g., timeline  506 ) provides the user with the ability to correlate and cross-reference information from different applications, by time. For example, one can see that Email 2 was received right after Meeting 2 and may be related to the meeting. 
     In some embodiments, as shown in  FIG. 56A , user interface screen  5602  displays a portion of the user interface (e.g., timeline  5606 ) due to limitations on the display size. The display of a portion of the fourth column with representation  5612  suggests that there is at least one additional column representing an additional application to the left of the displayed portion of the user interface (e.g., timeline  5606 ). As such, in cases where the user interface screen  5602  displays a portion smaller than the entirety of the user interface (e.g., timeline  5606 ), a user can scroll the user interface to navigate through different portions (e.g., replace the current portion with display of a different portion). For example, a user may provide an input to scroll the user interface using a finger gesture (e.g., a swipe gesture) on a touch sensitive display of device  5600 , a stylus gesture, a hand motion, or a rotatable input mechanism (e.g.,  5601 ) of device  5600 , etc. 
     In  FIG. 56A , a user provides an input corresponding to a request to scroll the user interface (e.g., timeline  5606 ) in a rightward direction, by making a rightward finger swipe gesture (e.g.,  5613  in  FIG. 56A ) on a touch-sensitive display of device  5600 . In response to detecting the finger swipe gesture  5613 , device  5600  scrolls the user interface (e.g., timeline  5606 ) such that the portion shown in the user interface screen  5602  is replaced with the portion shown in  5602   b  in  FIG. 56B . 
     In  FIG. 56B , user interface screen  5602   b  displays a different portion of the user interface (e.g., timeline  5606 ) that includes a full view of the fourth column (which was only partially displayed in the previous portion shown in  FIG. 56A ). The fourth column includes representation of “X” application (e.g., affordance  5615 ). The “X” application is, optionally, a second calendar application, a second email application, a messaging application, a health-related application, a game application, or any other application that can create an event or provide data associated with a time or a time period. Event data from the “X” application are represented with affordances (e.g., affordance  5612  for “Event 1” and affordance for “Event 2”) which are arranged in the fourth column and at appropriate rows according to the respective times associated with the event data. 
     Optionally, a user is allowed to modify settings associated with the user interface (e.g., timeline  5606 ) to remove, add or change applications from which device  5600  obtains the event data and to ultimate organize and display on the user interface (e.g., timeline). For example, a user may change the settings so that device  5600  obtains event data only from the default email application and default calendar application to simplify the timeline, etc. Further, a user may modify the settings to rearrange the order of the applications represented by the columns of the timeline. For example, a user may rearrange the order of the applications so that the first column (the leftmost column in  FIG. 56A ) represents an email application not a calendar application, etc. 
     Further, device  5600  may obtain event data from various applications not only running on device  5600  but also running on different devices that are connected to device  5600  via a communication medium (e.g., Bluetooth, Wi-Fi, cellular data network, mobile satellite network, wireless sensor network, wired or wireless communication medium). For example, a wearable device  5600  is connected to a second device (e.g., a mobile phone, a tablet, a computer) via a wireless medium and obtains event data from applications on the second device. In some embodiments, device  5600  may download event data from a cloud storage connected to a plurality of different devices. 
     Moreover, a user is further allowed to modify the settings associated with the user interface (e.g., timeline  5606 ) to selectively obtain the event data from the applications (e.g., device  5600  is set to obtain only the event data that meet certain criteria from a certain application). For example, a user adjusts the setting to obtain only the event data from the notification application that meet priority criteria, which are met, for example, when the associated events (e.g., software update, backup, etc.) are scheduled to start within 24 hours from the current time, require a turn-off of device  5600 , require Internet connection, and/or otherwise require user actions, etc. In another example, the device obtains only the event data from the calendar application that meet priority criteria which are met, for example, when the associated meetings are scheduled to start within 24 hours from the current time, and/or require the user attendance, etc. Optionally, priority criteria are different for different applications. 
     Referring back to  FIG. 56B , device  5600  detects an input corresponding to a request to scroll the user interface (e.g., timeline  5606 ) in a left direction (e.g., detecting a leftward finger swipe gesture  5617 ). In response to detecting the leftward finger swipe gesture  5617 , device  5600  scrolls the user interface (e.g., timeline  5606 ) in a left direction, for example, to return to the display  5602  shown in  FIG. 56A . 
     Optionally, as shown in the illustrated examples, an input corresponding to a request to scroll the user interface is a finger swipe gesture on a touch sensitive display of device  5600 . A finger swipe gesture in a first direction (e.g., left, right, up and down) corresponds to a request to scroll the user interface in that first direction. 
     In some embodiments, horizontal scrolling allows a user to navigate through columns of different applications (e.g., swiping through columns of applications while being fixed on one or more displayed times), while vertical scrolling allows a user to navigate through rows of different times (e.g., swiping through rows of times while being fixed on displayed one or more applications). Optionally, a concurrent vertical and horizontal scrolling (e.g., a two-dimensional scrolling, a diagonal scrolling) allows a user to navigate through columns and rows at the same time. 
     For example, as shown in  FIG. 56C , a user provides an input corresponding to a request to scroll the user interface (e.g., timeline  5606 ) in a vertical direction by making an upward finger swipe gesture (e.g.,  5619 ). In response to detecting the upward finger swipe gesture  5619 , device  5600  scrolls the user interface (e.g., timeline  5606 ) in the direction of the finger swipe (the upward direction) to display additional rows of times representing later hours than the previously displayed portion, as shown in  FIG. 56D . 
     As shown in  FIG. 56D , scrolling in response to the upward finger swipe gesture  5619  causes the display of the portion shown in the previous user interface screen  5602  in  FIG. 56C  to be replaced with display of a different portion shown in the new user interface screen  5602   d  in  FIG. 56D . The new user interface screen  5602   d  displays rows representing the additional rows of time below the previously displayed portion, representing the later hours such as 4 pm, 5 pm, 6 pm, etc. Additional affordances (e.g., affordances for “Meeting 3,” “Meeting 4,” “Email 3,” and “Notification 3”) associated with the later hours are also displayed in the new portion shown in  FIG. 56D . 
     In some embodiments, device  5600  detects an input corresponding to a request to scroll the user interface in the opposite direction (e.g., downward finger swipe gesture  5620 ), as shown in  FIG. 56D . In response to detecting the downward finger swipe gesture  5620 , device  5600  scrolls the user interface in the downward direction, for example, to return to the screen  5602  shown in  FIG. 56C . As will be apparent to persons of ordinary skill in the art, the amount by which the user interface (e.g., timeline  5606 ) is scrolled can be determined based on various factors of the scroll input (e.g., the amount by which the finger is swiped, the velocity of the finger swipe, the amount by which the rotatable input mechanism is rotated, etc.), which are deemed within the scope of the present application. 
     In some embodiments, as shown in the illustrated examples, an input corresponding to a request to scroll the user interface is a finger swipe gesture (e.g., a finger swipe in a first direction corresponds to a request to scroll the user interface in the first direction). Alternatively or additionally, an input corresponding to a request to scroll the user interface is rotation of rotatable input mechanism  5601  provided on a side of device  5600 . 
     In some embodiments, rotatable input mechanism  5601  can be pulled out to have different positions (e.g., a first position if pulled out by a first amount, a second position if pulled out by a second amount, etc.). If a user rotates rotatable input mechanism  5601  while rotatable input mechanism  5601  is in a first position, the rotation causes the user interface (e.g., timeline  5606 ) to scroll in a vertical direction (e.g., upward rotation causes upward scrolling, and downward rotation causes downward scrolling). If a user rotates input mechanism  5601  while rotatable input mechanism  5601  is in a second position, the rotation causes the user interface (e.g., timeline  5606 ) to scroll in a horizontal direction (e.g., upward rotation causes rightward scrolling, and downward rotation causes leftward scrolling). 
     Further, in some embodiments, a user may provide an input corresponding to a request to zoom in or out the user interface (e.g., timeline  5606 ), as shown in  FIGS. 56E-56G . For example, the user interface (e.g., timeline  5606 ), which displays representations of event data arranged relative to each other based on their associated times and applications, includes a plurality of views (e.g., a first level view, a second level view, a third level view, etc.). The plurality of views of the user interface (e.g., timeline) can be navigated from one to another by zooming in or out the view of the user interface. 
     In some embodiments, the different views of the user interface (e.g., timeline) have rows representing time blocks of a different interval. For example, a gap of two adjacent rows in a first level view of the timeline (e.g.,  5602  in  FIG. 56E ) represents an interval of an one-hour time period; a gap of two adjacent rows in a second level view represents an interval of a two-hour time period; a gap of two adjacent rows in a third level view (e.g.,  5602   f  in  FIG. 56F ) represents an interval of a three-hour time period; a gap of two adjacent rows in a fourth level view represents an interval of a four-hour time period; and so on. One or more views of the plurality of views of the user interface (e.g., timeline) may have a view that is different from a grid timeline, including, non-exclusively, a list view listing events in a chronological order (e.g.,  5602   i  in  FIG. 56I ), or any other view properly formatted to notify the user of upcoming events aggregated from two or more distinct application. 
     In some embodiments, as shown in  FIG. 56E , a user provides an input corresponding to a request to zoom out the user interface (e.g., timeline  5606 ) by making a multi-point finger gesture on a touch-sensitive display of device  5600  (e.g., a pinch-in gesture including two touch points  5621 - a  and  5621 - b  moving closer to each). In response to detecting the input corresponding to a request to zoom out the user interface (e.g., timeline  5606 ), device  5600  replaces the view  5602  in  FIG. 56E  with display of a different view  5602   f  of the user interface shown in  FIG. 56F . The zoomed-out view  5602   f  in  FIG. 56F  includes rows representing a bigger time gap (e.g., a gap of two adjacent rows in the view  5602   f  represents a time gap of three hours, whereas a gap of two adjacent rows in the previous view  5602  in  FIG. 56E  represents a time gap of only one hour). 
     Optionally, in accordance with the zoomed-out view  5602   f  in  FIG. 56F , the size of the corresponding representations of the event data are also reduced, as shown in the reduced scale affordances  5622 - a  through  5652 - e,    5623 - a  through  5623 - c,    5624 - a,  and partial affordance  5625 - a  in  FIG. 56F . For example, in the first column associated with the calendar application, affordance  5622 - a  is a reduced scale representation of the “Meeting 1” associated with a one-hour time block from 9:00 am to 10:00 am (e.g., in  FIG. 56E ); affordance  5622 - b  is a reduced scale representation of the “Meeting 2” associated with a one-hour time block from 12:00 pm to 1:00 pm (e.g., in  FIG. 56E ); affordance  5622 - c  is a reduced scale representation of the “Meeting 3” associated with a 30-minute time block from 2:30 pm to 3:00 pm (e.g., in  FIG. 56E ); affordance  5622 - d  is a reduced scale representation of the “Meeting 4” associated with a one-hour time block from 6:00 pm to 7:00 pm (e.g., in  FIG. 56D ); affordance  5622 - e  is a reduced scale representation of a first meeting the next day associated with a one-hour time block from 6:00 am to 7:00 am. 
     In the second column associated with the email application, affordance  5623 - a  is a reduced scale representation of the “Email 1” associated with time 10:30 am (e.g., in FIG.  56 E); affordance  5623 - b  is a reduced scale representation of the “Email 2” associated with time 1:00 pm (e.g., in  FIG. 56E ); affordance  5623 - c  is a reduced scale representation of the “Email 3” associated with time 6:00 pm (e.g., in  FIG. 56D ). Further, in the third column, affordances representing events from the notification application from 3 am until 6 am of the next day are provided in the user interface screen  5602  (e.g., affordance  5624 - a  is a reduced scale representation of the “Notification 1” associated with time 10:30 am in  FIG. 56E ). In the partially-displayed fourth column, the reduced scale representations for the events are similarly provided (e.g., affordance  5625 - a  is a reduced scale representation of the “Event 1” from the “X” application shown in  FIG. 56B ). 
     In some embodiments, as shown in the illustrated example in  FIG. 56F , the zoomed-out view may include representations of event data associated with more than a single day. The view  5602   f  covers from 3 am to 6 am of the next day. Optionally, the change of day is visually indicated using a day separator (e.g.,  5626 ). By way of example, day separator  5626  is a line having different visual characteristics (e.g., thickness, color, shape such as solid or dotted, etc.) than other lines representing the rows of times (e.g., dotted lines in  FIG. 56F ). 
     In some embodiments, as shown in the illustrated example in  FIG. 56F , a reduced scale representation (e.g., affordances  5622 - a  to  5622 - e,    5623 - a  to  5623 - c,    5624 - a,  and  56245 - a  in  FIG. 56F ) includes less textual information about the associated event data than a regular scale representation (e.g., affordances  5609 ,  5610 ,  5611 , and  5612  in  FIG. 56E ), due to the reduced size. Optionally, reduced scale representations include no textual information. 
     However, in some embodiments, the zoomed-out view  5602   f  can allow a user to see more detailed information about a respective event by requesting to display a callout view of the respective event. As shown in  FIG. 56F , a user provides an input corresponding to a request to display a callout view of a selected event by making a finger tap gesture (e.g.,  5627 ) on affordance  5622 - d  (which is a reduced scale representation of the “Meeting 4” associated with a one-hour time block from 6:00 pm to 7:00 pm as shown in  FIG. 56D ). 
     In response to detecting the input corresponding to a request to display more detailed information about the respective event  5622 - d,  device  5600  displays a callout view (e.g.,  5628 ), as shown in  FIG. 56G , containing the detailed information about the “Meeting 4” represented by the touched affordance  5622 - d.  The detailed information about a calendar event includes, for example, a meeting title, a meeting time, a location, a subject, etc., as shown in callout view  5628  in  FIG. 56G . Optionally, the callout view  5628  is displayed proximate to the touched affordance  5622 - d  and overlying at least a portion of the affordance  5622 - d.    
     In some embodiments, an input corresponding to a request to display more detailed information about a respective event is a finger tap gesture, as shown in the illustrated examples. Optionally, an input corresponding to a request to display more detailed information about a respective event is a push gesture on a depressible crown  5601  of device  5600 . For example, a user may move a current focus (e.g., an affordance with a current focus is highlighted) among the displayed affordances, and as the crown  5601  is depressed, the affordance with a current focus is selected. 
     Moreover, device  5600  allows a user to provide an input corresponding to a request to replace the user interface (e.g., timeline  5606 ) with an application view, as shown in  FIGS. 56G and 56H . In  FIG. 56G , a user provides an input to end the timeline view and enter an application view by making a tap and hold gesture (e.g.,  5631 ) on affordance  5623 - a  representing the “Email 1” data from the email application. Optionally, the tap and hold gesture is a touch contact held for more than a predetermined time period (e.g., 2 seconds, 3 seconds, 4 seconds, etc.). 
     In response to detecting the input corresponding to a request to replace the timeline user interface with an application user interface (e.g., tap and hold gesture  5631  in  FIG. 56G ), device  5600  replaces the display of the user interface screen  5602   f  in  FIG. 56G  with display of an email application user interface (e.g.,  5637  in  FIG. 56H ) associated with the selected “Email 1” event data. The email application user interface  5637  includes information related to the selected event data “Email 1,” such as the subject field, from/to field, received time field, at least a portion of the body of message field, etc. 
     Optionally, an input corresponding to a request to replace the user interface (e.g., timeline) with an associated application user interface is a sustained push gesture on a depressible button of crown  5601  for more than a predetermined time period. 
     Referring to back to  FIG. 56G , in response to detecting an input (e.g., pinch-in gesture  5630 ) corresponding to a request to further zoom out the view  5602   f,  device  5600  brings up a next level view (e.g.,  5602   i ) shown in  FIG. 56I . This view  5602   i  is not a grid timeline view, but a list view listing events in a chronological order. Optionally, the view  5602   i  displays a list of events for a first day (e.g., May 30, 2015) concurrently with a list of events for a second day (e.g., May 31, 2015), as shown in  FIG. 56I . 
     In some embodiments, as shown in the illustrated example in  FIG. 56I , each listed event is displayed with its associated time(s) (e.g.,  5633 ), brief summary (e.g.,  5634 ), and/or affordance representing the associated application (e.g.,  5635 ). Optionally, each list is separately scrollable such that a user can scroll the top list without affecting the bottom list in  FIG. 56I . 
     Further, in the illustrated examples, device  5600  replaces the zoomed out view with a lower level view (e.g., zoomed-in view) in response to detecting an input corresponding to a request to zoom in the view (e.g., pinch out gesture (not shown)). 
       FIGS. 57A-57F  illustrate a flow diagram illustrating process  5700  for providing context-specific user interfaces (e.g., user interface including timeline  5606  shown in  FIGS. 56A-56I ). In some embodiments, process  5700  may be performed at an electronic device with a touch-sensitive display, such as device  100  ( FIG. 1A ),  300  ( FIG. 3 ),  500  ( FIG. 5 ) or  600  ( FIGS. 6A and 6B ). Some operations in process  5700  may be combined, the order of some operations may be changed, and some operations may be omitted. Process  5700  provides context-specific user interfaces that give the user an immediate indication of various event data and associated times from at least two different applications, thus, providing a comprehensive and organized schedule of a day for the user. 
     At block  5702 , the device with a display, a memory and one or more processors is turned on. At block  5704 , the device obtains first event data from a first application (e.g., event data of “Meeting 1” from a calendar application in  FIG. 56A ). At block  5706 , the device obtains second event data from a second application distinct from the first application (e.g., event data of “Email 1” from an email application in  FIG. 56A ). At block  5708 , the device determines a first time value (e.g., 9 am-10 am associated with the “Meeting 1”) associated with the first event data and a second time value (e.g., 10:30 am associated with the “Email 1”) associated with the second event data, and a relative order of the first time value and the second time value. 
     At block  5710 , the device displays, on the display, a user interface (e.g., user interface screen  5602  in  FIG. 56A ) including a representation of the first event data (e.g., affordance  5609 ) with a representation of the first time value (e.g., row  5606 - b  representing 9 am-10 am with corresponding text  5607 ); and a representation of the second event data (e.g., affordance  5610 ) with a representation of the second time value (e.g., row  5606 - b  representing 10:30 am with corresponding text  5607 ), wherein the representation of the first event data and the representation of the second event data are displayed with respect to each other in accordance with the relative order of the first time value and the second time value and the respective values of the first time value and the second time value (e.g., affordances  5609 ,  5610  and  5611  are displayed relative to each other based on their respective times and relative order of the associated times as shown in user interface screen  5602  in  FIG. 56A ). 
     At block  5712 , the user interface further includes a representation of the first application in association with the representation of the first event data, and a representation of the second application in association with the representation of the second event data. 
     At block  5714 , the device displays the representation of the first event data and the representation of the second event data with respect to each other in accordance with the respective values of the first time value and the second time value includes displaying the representation of the first event data and the representation of the second event data on a timeline (e.g., timeline  5606 ). 
     At block  5716 , the timeline includes a plurality of rows and columns (e.g., rows  5606 - a  and columns  5606 - b ). The representation of the first event data is displayed at a first column and a first row of the timeline, the first column comprising the representation of the first application (e.g., column  5606 - a  with affordance  5603  representing the calendar application), and the first row comprising the representation of the first time value (e.g., row  5606 - b  representing 9 am-10 am with corresponding text  5607 ). The representation of the second event data is displayed at a second column and a second row of the timeline, the second column comprising the representation of the second application (e.g., column  5606 - a  with affordance  5604  representing the email application), and the second row comprising the representation of the second time value (e.g., row  5606 - b  representing 10:30 am with corresponding text  5607 ). 
     At block  5718 , the device detects an input corresponding to a request to scroll the user interface (e.g., timeline) in a first direction. At block  5720 , the display of the electronic device is touch sensitive, and detecting the input corresponding to a request to scroll in the first direction comprises detecting a first gesture on the touch sensitive display (e.g., horizontal finger swipe gesture  5613  or  5615 ). At block  5722 , the electronic device further comprises a rotatable input mechanism (e.g.,  5601 ), and detecting the input corresponding to a request to scroll in the first direction comprises detecting rotation of the rotatable input mechanism while the rotatable input mechanism is in a first configuration. 
     At block  5724 , in response to detecting the input corresponding to a request to scroll the user interface (e.g., timeline) in a first direction, the device scrolls the user interface (e.g., timeline) in the first direction in accordance with the input to display at least a representation of a third time value different from the first time value and the second time value. At block  5726 , scrolling the user interface in the first direction in accordance with the input to display at least a representation of a third time value different from the first time value and the second time value comprises replacing display of a portion of the user interface (e.g., a portion shown in user interface screen  5602  in  FIG. 56A ) with display of a different portion of the user interface (e.g., a different portion shown in user interface screen  5602   b  in  FIG. 56B ). 
     At block  5728 , in response to detecting the input corresponding to a request to scroll the timeline in a first direction, the device scrolls the timeline (e.g.,  5606 ) in the first direction in accordance with the input to display at least one row different from the first row and the second row. At block  5730 , scrolling the timeline in the first direction in accordance with the input to display at least one row different from the first row and the second row comprises replacing display of a portion of the timeline (e.g., a portion shown in user interface screen  5602  in  FIG. 56A ) with display of a different portion of the timeline (e.g., a different portion shown in user interface screen  5602   b  in  FIG. 56B ). 
     At block  5732 , the device detects a second input corresponding to a request to scroll the user interface (e.g., timeline) in a second direction. At block  5734 , the display of the electronic device is touch sensitive, and detecting the input corresponding to a request to scroll in the second direction comprises detecting a second gesture on the touch sensitive display (e.g., vertical finger swipe gestures  5619  or  5620 ). At block  5736 , the electronic device further comprises a rotatable input mechanism (e.g.,  5601 ), and detecting the input corresponding to a request to scroll in the second direction comprises detecting rotation of the rotatable input mechanism while the rotatable input mechanism is in a second configuration. 
     At block  5738 , in response to detecting the second input corresponding to a request to scroll the user interface (e.g., timeline) in a second direction, the device scrolls the user interface (e.g., timeline) in the second direction in accordance with the second input to display at least a representation of a third application different from the first application and the second application. At block  5740 , scrolling the user interface in the second direction in accordance with the second input to display at least a representation of a third application different from the first application and the second application comprises replacing display of a portion of the user interface (e.g., a portion shown in user interface screen  5602  in  FIG. 56C ) with display of a different portion of the user interface (e.g., a portion shown in user interface screen  5602   d  in  FIG. 56D ). 
     At block  5742 , in response to detecting the second input corresponding to a request to scroll the timeline (e.g.,  5606 ) in a second direction, the device scrolls the timeline in the second direction in accordance with the second input to display at least one column different from the first column and the second column At block  5744 , scrolling the timeline in the second direction in accordance with the second input to display at least one column different from the first column and the second column comprises replacing display of a portion of the timeline (e.g., a portion shown in user interface screen  5602  in  FIG. 56C ) with display of a different portion of the timeline (e.g., a portion shown in user interface screen  5602   d  in  FIG. 56D ). 
     At block  5746 , the user interface comprises a plurality of views, and while displaying a first level view out of the plurality of views of the user interface, the first level view with representations of times in an interval of a first time period, the device detects a third input corresponding to a request to display a second level view distinct from the first level view out of the plurality of views of the user interface (e.g., pinch-in or out gestures). At block  5748 , the display of the electronic device is touch sensitive; and detecting the third input corresponding to a request to display a second level view distinct from the first level view out of the plurality of views of the user interface comprises detecting two or more simultaneous touches on the touch-sensitive display that are continuously moved to vary the distance between the two or more touches (e.g., touch points  5621 - a  and  5621 - b  for a pinch-in gesture in  FIG. 56E ). 
     At block  5750 , in response to detecting the third input corresponding to a request to display a second level view distinct from the first level view out of the plurality of views of the user interface (e.g., pinch-in or out gestures), the device replaces the display of the first level view (e.g., a view shown in user interface screen  5602  in  FIG. 56E , with an interval of a one-hour timer period) with display of the second level view, wherein the second level view includes representations of times in an interval of a second time period that is distinct from the first time period (e.g., a zoomed-out view shown in user interface screen  5602   f  in  FIG. 56F , with an interval of a three-hour time period, or a list-view shown in user interface screen  5602   i  in  FIG. 56I ). 
     At block  5752 , while displaying the user interface with the representation of the first event data in association with the representation of the first time value and the representation of the second event data in association with the representation of the second time value, the device detects a fourth input corresponding to a request to select the representation of the first event data (e.g., a tap gesture). At block  5754 , the display of the electronic device is touch sensitive; and detecting the fourth input corresponding to a request to select the representation of the first event data comprises detecting a tap gesture on the representation of the first event data displayed on the touch sensitive display (e.g., tap gesture  5627  in  FIG. 56F ). 
     At block  5756 , in response to detecting the fourth input corresponding to a request to select the representation of the first event data (e.g., a tap gesture), the device displays a callout view (e.g.,  5628  in  FIG. 56G ) proximate to the representation of the first event data, the callout view including additional information about the first event data beyond the associated first time value and the first application, wherein the display of the callout view overlays at least a portion of the representation of the first event data. 
     At block  5757 , while displaying the user interface with the representation of the first event data in association with the representation of the first time value and the representation of the second event data in association with the representation of the second time value, the device detects a fifth input on the representation of the first event data (e.g., tap and hold gesture  5631  in  FIG. 56G ). 
     At block  5760 , in response to detecting the fifth input on the representation of the first event data (e.g., a tap and hold gesture), the device ceases to display the user interface, and displays a user interface of the first application in relation to the first event data (e.g., email application user interface  5602   i  in  FIG. 56H ). 
     Note that details of the processes described above with respect to method  5700  (e.g.,  FIG. 57 ) are also applicable in an analogous manner to the methods and techniques described elsewhere in this application. For example, other methods described in this application may include one or more of the characteristics of method  5700 . For example, the devices, hardware elements, inputs, interfaces, modes of operation, faces, time indicators, and complications described above with respect to method  5700  may share one or more of the characteristics of the devices, hardware elements, inputs, interfaces, modes of operation, faces, time indicators, and complications described elsewhere in this application with respect to other methods. Moreover, the techniques described above with respect to method  5700  may be used in combination with any of the interfaces, faces, or complications described elsewhere in this application. For brevity, these details are not repeated elsewhere in this application. 
     The operations in the information processing methods described above may be implemented by running one or more functional modules in information processing apparatus such as general purpose processors or application specific chips. These modules, combinations of these modules, and/or their combination with general hardware (e.g., as described above with respect to  FIGS. 1A, 1B, 3, 5A, and 5B ) are all included within the scope of the techniques described herein. 
     In accordance with some embodiments,  FIG. 58  shows an exemplary functional block diagram of an electronic device  5800  configured in accordance with the principles of the various described embodiments. In accordance with some embodiments, the functional blocks of electronic device  5800  are configured to perform the techniques described above (e.g., including process  5700 ). The functional blocks of the device  5800  are, optionally, implemented by hardware, software, or a combination of hardware and software to carry out the principles of the various described examples. It is understood by persons of skill in the art that the functional blocks described in  FIG. 58  are, optionally, combined or separated into sub-blocks to implement the principles of the various described examples. Therefore, the description herein optionally supports any possible combination or separation or further definition of the functional blocks described herein 
       FIG. 58  shows exemplary functional blocks of an electronic device  5800  that, in some embodiments, performs the features described above. As shown in  FIG. 58 , an electronic device  5800  includes a display unit  5802  configured to display graphical objects and a processing unit  5810  coupled to display unit  5802 . In some embodiments, device  5800  further includes a touch-sensitive surface unit  5804  configured to receive user gestures, a rotatable input mechanism  5806 , and or one or more RF units  5808  configured to detect and communicate with external electronic devices. In some embodiments, processing unit  5810  includes a detecting unit  5812  configured to detect various inputs provided by a user (e.g., touch inputs, mechanism inputs), and an obtaining unit  5814  configured to obtain event data from various applications (e.g., obtain meeting event data from a calendar application and email data from an email application, etc.). 
     In some embodiments, processing unit  5810  includes a display enabling unit  5816 , a determining unit  5818 , a scroll enabling unit  5820 , a zoom enabling unit  5822 , a callout view enabling unit  5824 , and/or an application view enabling unit  5826 . For example, the display enabling unit  5816  is configured to cause a display of a user interface (or portions of a user interface) in conjunction with the display unit  5802 . For example, the display enabling unit  5816  may be used for displaying a portion of a user interface (e.g., timeline  5606 ) and updating a displayed portion in accordance with various inputs from a user. The determining unit  5818  may be used for determining respective times associated with the obtained event data from various applications using the obtaining unit  5814 , as well as relative order of the times associated with such event data. 
     The scroll enabling unit  5820  may be used for scrolling the user interface (e.g., timeline  5606 ) in accordance with various scroll inputs from a user (e.g., horizontal finger swipe gesture  5613  and  5617  for horizontal scroll inputs, and vertical finger swipe gestures  5619  and  5620 ) for vertical scroll inputs). The scroll enabling unit  5820  enables the user to scroll through columns of applications in the timeline (e.g.,  5606 ) based on the horizontal scroll inputs. The scroll enabling unit  5820  enables the user to scroll through rows of times in the timeline (e.g.,  5606 ) based on the vertical scroll inputs. The zoom enabling unit  5822  may be used for zooming in or out the user interface (e.g., timeline  5606 ) in accordance with various inputs to zoom in or out the user interface (e.g., pinch-in gesture with two touch points  5621 - a  and  5621 - b  in  FIG. 56E ). The zoom enabling unit  5822  enables replacing a first level view of the timeline with a second level view of the timeline, wherein the first level view arranges the times in an interval of a first time period, and the second level view arranges the times in an interval of a second time period different from the first time period. 
     The callout view enabling unit  5824  may be used for displaying a callout view based on an input corresponding to a request to displayed a more detailed view of a selected event (e.g., tap gesture  5627  in  FIG. 56F ). The callout view enabling unit  5824  enables display of the callout view overlying at least a portion of the event affordance touched by the user (e.g., callout view  5628  overlying at least a portion of the affordance  5622 - d  in  FIGS. 56F and 56G ). The application view enabling unit  5826  may be used for replacing the display of the user interface (e.g., timeline) with display of an application user interface upon an input corresponding to a request to display the application view associated with the selected event (e.g., tap and hold gesture  5631  in  FIG. 56G ). The application view enabling unit  5826 , upon detecting the input  5631 , ceases the display of the timeline  5606  and starts displaying the email application view containing the selected email data (e.g.,  5602   i  in  FIG. 561 ). The units of  FIG. 58  may be used to implement the various techniques and methods described above with respect to  FIGS. 56A-56I and 57A-57F . 
     For example, the processing unit  5810  is configured to obtain first event data from a first application (e.g., with obtaining unit  5812 ) and obtain second event data from a second application distinct from the first application (e.g., with obtaining unit  5812 ). The processing unit  5810  is configured to determine (e.g., with determining unit  5818 ) a first time value associated with the first event data and a second time value associated with the second event data and a relative order of the first time value and the second time value. The processing unit  5810  is configured to display (e.g., with display enabling unit  5816 ), on the display (e.g., display unit  5802 ), a user interface including: a representation of the first event data with a representation of the first time value; and a representation of the second event data with a representation of the second time value. The representation of the first event data and the representation of the second event data are displayed with respect to each other in accordance with the relative order of the first time value and the second time value and the respective values of the first time value and the second time value. 
     The processing unit  5810  is configured to detect (e.g., with detecting unit  5812 ) an input corresponding to a request to scroll the user interface in a first direction. In response to detecting the input corresponding to a request to scroll the user interface in a first direction, the processing unit  5810  is configured to scroll (e.g., with scroll enabling unit  5820 ) the user interface in the first direction in accordance with the input to display at least a representation of a third time value different from the first time value and the second time value. The scroll enabling unit  5820 , for example, enables scrolling such that scrolling the user interface in the first direction in accordance with the input to display at least a representation of a third time value different from the first time value and the second time value comprises replacing display of a portion of the user interface with display of a different portion of the user interface. 
     The processing unit  5810  is configured to detect (e.g., with detecting unit  5812 ) a second input corresponding to a request to scroll the user interface in a second direction. In response to detecting the second input corresponding to a request to scroll the user interface in a second direction, the processing unit  5810  is configured to scroll (e.g., with scroll unit  5820 ) the user interface in the second direction in accordance with the second input to display at least a representation of a third application different from the first application and the second application. The scroll enabling unit  5820  enables scrolling such that scrolling the user interface in the second direction in accordance with the second input to display at least a representation of a third application different from the first application and the second application comprises replacing display of a portion of the user interface with display of a different portion of the user interface. 
     In some embodiments, the user interface comprises a plurality of views, and while displaying a first level view out of the plurality of views of the user interface, the first level view with representations of times in an interval of a first time period, the processing unit  5810  is configured to detect (e.g., with detecting unit  5812 ) a third input corresponding to a request to display a second level view distinct from the first level view out of the plurality of views of the user interface. In response to detecting a third input corresponding to a request to display a second level view distinct from the first level view out of the plurality of views of the user interface, the processing unit  5810  is configured to replace the display of the first level view with display of the second level view (e.g., with zoom enabling unit  5822 ), wherein the second level view includes representations of times in an interval of a second time period that is distinct from the first time period. 
     In some embodiments, while displaying the user interface with the representation of the first event data in association with the representation of the first time value and the representation of the second event data in association with the representation of the second time value, the processing unit  5810  is configured to detect (e.g., with detecting unit  5812 ) a fourth input corresponding to a request to select the representation of the first event data. In response to detecting the fourth input corresponding to a request to select the representation of the first event data, the processing unit  5810  is configured to display a callout view proximate to the representation of the first event data (e.g., with callout view enabling unit  5824 ), the callout view including additional information about the first event data beyond the associated first time value and the first application, wherein the display of the callout view overlays at least a portion of the representation of the first event data. 
     In some embodiments, while displaying the user interface with the representation of the first event data in association with the representation of the first time value and the representation of the second event data in association with the representation of the second time value, the processing unit  5810  is configured to detect (e.g., with detecting unit  5812 ) a fifth input on the representation of the first event data. In response to detecting the fifth input on the representation of the first event data, the processing unit  5810  is configured to cease to display the user interface and display a user interface of the first application in relation to the first event data (e.g., with application view enabling unit  5826 ). 
     The functional blocks of the device  5800  are, optionally, implemented by hardware, software, or a combination of hardware and software to carry out the principles of the various described examples. It is understood by persons of skill in the art that the functional blocks described in  FIG. 58  are, optionally, combined or separated into sub-blocks to implement the principles of the various described examples. Therefore, the description herein optionally supports any possible combination or separation or further definition of the functional blocks described herein. 
     The operations described above with reference to  FIGS. 57A-57F  are, optionally, implemented by components depicted in  FIGS. 1A-1B  or  FIG. 58 . For example, obtaining operations  5704  and  5706 , determining operation  5708 , displaying operation  5710 , detecting operations  5718 ,  5732 ,  5746 ,  5752  and  5758 , scrolling operations  5724  and  5738 , zoom operation  5750 , callout view display operation  5756 , and application view display operation  5760  may be implemented by event sorter  170 , event recognizer  180 , and event handler  190 . Event monitor  171  in event sorter  170  detects a contact on touch-sensitive display  112 , and event dispatcher module  174  delivers the event information to application  136 - 1 . A respective event recognizer  180  of application  136 - 1  compares the event information to respective event definitions  186 , and determines whether a first contact at a first location on the touch-sensitive surface corresponds to a predefined event or sub event, such as activation of an affordance on a user interface. When a respective predefined event or sub-event is detected, event recognizer  180  activates an event handler  190  associated with the detection of the event or sub-event. Event handler  190  may utilize or call data updater  176  or object updater  177  to update the application internal state  192 . In some embodiments, event handler  190  accesses a respective GUI updater  178  to update what is displayed by the application. Similarly, it would be clear to a person having ordinary skill in the art how other processes can be implemented based on the components depicted in  FIGS. 1A-1B . 
       FIGS. 59A-59F  depict exemplary user interface screens for a typographic modular face interface and a corresponding interface for editing settings of the typographic modular face. A typographic modular interface may be a display interface that displays information arranged into modules or platters or slots, wherein the information is displayed in typographic form, without any use (or with limited use) of non-standard symbols, logos, and glyphs. The information displayed may correspond to or be related to the present time, such that the information is regularly updated to reflect the most recent information. The edit interface may provide an interface for selecting color settings for the interface, for selecting which complications (if any) are to be displayed in which platters, and for selecting the amount of information that is displayed as a part of one or more of the complications. In a lower-density, higher-privacy setting, less information may be displayed in each complication, and the information may be displayed in a larger font size; in a higher-density, lower-privacy setting, additional information may be displayed in each complication, and some or all of the information may be displayed in a smaller font size. Changes to color settings, complication platter assignments, and density/privacy settings may be made by rotating a rotatable input mechanism while in an edit interface, and the edit interface may be accessed from the typographic modular interface by executing a hard press (e.g., executing a touch contact having a characteristic intensity above an intensity threshold). 
       FIG. 59A  shows exemplary user interface screen  5950  that device  5900  can display on display  5902 . In some embodiments, device  5900  may be one or more of devices  100  ( FIG. 1 ),  300  ( FIG. 3 ), and/or  500  ( FIG. 5 ). The electronic device has touch-sensitive display  5902  (e.g., touchscreen  504 ). 
     Users rely on personal electronic devices to keep time throughout the day and to quickly reference time-dependent information, such as information about messages, appointments, the weather, news, and other data. It is becoming increasingly desirable to present the user with interactive user interfaces that promote user interaction with a personal electronic device. Indicating the time alongside a typographic representation of time-dependent information may enhance a user&#39;s interaction with the device. Furthermore, allowing a user to set a privacy or density setting that controls the level of detail with which information is displayed on a device may enhance privacy and encourage a user to more freely and comfortably interact with the device. Increasing the level of simplicity, versatility, customizability, and privacy of the interface screen may enhance and prolong user interactions with the device. 
     Accordingly, provided herein are context-specific user interfaces that include a time-indicator as well as a plurality of slots (e.g., platters, modules) for displaying time-dependent information such as complications or notifications. A user may wish for such an interface to be customizable such that the content, location, privacy level, and appearance of each of the complications can be modified by the user. A user may wish for all information to be displayed in typographic form, without the use (or with minimal use) of non-standard symbols, logos, or glyphs, so that the user does not have to learn the meaning of custom symbols. A user may wish for a privacy or density setting of an interface to be modifiable so that it may be used in different settings when the user desires additional information to be presented or less information to be presented. 
     Device  5900  may display interface screen  5950  on display  5902 . Interface screen  5950  may be referred to as a typographic modular face, because it may display typographic information (as opposed to symbols, logos, graphics, or glyphs) on a customizable modular face (e.g., an interface having a plurality of modules, platters, or slots). Interface screen  5950  comprises clock  5908 , which may indicate the current time (or, in some embodiments, a non-current time). Interface screen  5950  further comprises complications  5910   a,    5912   a,    5914   a,  and  5916   a,  which are displayed in a first platter, a second platter, a third platter, and a fourth platter, respectively. Each of the platters may correspond to a predefined location on interface screen  5950  on display  5902 , with each platter being configured to display information about a respective subject matter. 
     In the embodiment shown in  FIG. 59A , complication  5910   a  is a date complication that indicates a day of the week and the date of the month (Friday the 23rd). Complication  5912   a  is a calendar complication that indicates the time of day of the next appointment or event in a calendar (11:30 a.m.). Complication  5914   a  is a weather complication that indicates a temperature of the weather)(72°). Complication  5916   a  is a world clock complication that indicates a time in another time zone (6:09 p.m.). 
     In the embodiment shown, the complications  5910   a - 5916   a  are displayed in a first density state that displays less information than a second density state. The first density state may correspond to a first privacy state, which may be used to enhance privacy such that onlookers can see only a minimal amount of information on the display of the device, while the user himself may be aware of the context that gives meaning to the minimal information displayed in the first density state. For example, an onlooker might not know what “11:30” means in complication  5912   b,  but the user may know, simply from being reminded of the time, that 11:30 is the time of an upcoming meeting. 
       FIG. 59A  further depicts user input  5918 , which is a hard-press user input (a touch contact whose characteristic intensity is above an intensity threshold) detected at the depicted location. In other embodiments, any other suitable user input may be used. In response to detecting user input  5918 , device  5900  may display an edit interface for editing the typographic modular interface (e.g., for editing interface screen  5940  or  5950 ). 
       FIG. 59B  depicts edit interface screen  5960  for editing display settings for a typographic modular interface such as the interfaces depicted by interface screens  5950  and  5960 . An edit interface screen may include some or all of the elements of a typographic modular face screen, and in some embodiments may be considered or referred to as a typographic modular face screen. In some embodiments, an edit interface screen may include one or more visual indications that indicate that the interface is an edit interface screen and/or that indicate that the device is in an editing state. 
     Edit interface screen  5960 , for example, is identical to interface screen  5950  except for paging affordances  5919  displayed at the top of edit interface screen  5960 . Paging affordances  5919  indicate that edit interface screen  5960  is an edit interface screen. That is, dots  5919  may signal to the user that the device is in a state configured to edit the device face, rather than in a state configured merely to display the face itself. Paging affordances  5919  further indicate that the edit interface comprises two pages or screens (as indicated by the number of paging affordances), and that interface screen  5960  is the leftmost of two screens (as indicated by the leftmost dot being solid/filled and the rightmost dot being hollow). In the example shown, leftmost edit interface screen  5960  is a screen for modifying color settings of the typographic modular interface. The manner in which color settings may be modified is discussed in further detail below. 
       FIG. 59B  further depicts user input  5920 , which is a rotation of rotatable input mechanism  5904 . In other embodiments, any other suitable user input may be used. In response detecting user input  5920 , device  5900  may edit a density/privacy setting of the typographic modular face, and may display the result of the edited setting. 
       FIG. 59C  depicts the result of the detection of user input  5920 . In response to detecting user input  5920 , the device displays interface screen  5970 , which is an updated version of interface screen  5960 ; interface screen  5970  is still the leftmost of two pages in the edit interface for the typographic modular face, but now reflects the change made to the density setting in response to the detection of user input  5920 . 
     In response to detecting the rotation of the rotatable input mechanism  5904 , device  5900  has changed the privacy/density setting from a first density state to a second density state, and the complications  5910 - 5916  are displayed in a second density state corresponding to additional information and a reduction in privacy. 
     In some embodiments, a device may be capable of displaying complications, other user interface objects, or other information in multiple density settings. In some embodiments, a second density setting may correspond to displaying additional information in the same platter as compared to the first density setting, making the presentation of information by complications in the second density setting denser. In some embodiments, the second density state may correspond to a second privacy state, and may be used to display more information when a user would rather have access to more information than hide the information for the sake of privacy. The additional information may correspond to the same subject matter as the information that is displayed in the first density state; in some embodiments, it may represent a different portion (or additional portions) of the same underlying data from which the first information was derived. The additional information may be predetermined to be more sensitive than the information that is displayed in the first density state. Because the additional information displayed in the second density state may be more sensitive information corresponding to more sensitive data, the additional information may be displayed at a smaller font size than the first information, to enhance security by making it more difficult for onlookers to read the text of the additional information. 
     In the example shown, in the second density setting, date complication  5910   b  additionally displays a month and year (April 2015). Calendar complication  5912   b  additionally displays a name of the next appointment (“Design Meeting”). Weather complication  5914   b  additionally displays the location for which the weather is being displayed (Cupertino, Calif.) and additional information about the weather (“Partly Cloudy”). World clock complication  5916   b  additionally displays the city for which the world clock time is displayed (London, England) and a difference between the time in that city and the time displayed on clock  5908  (“+8 hours”). 
     In some embodiments, a user may rotate a rotatable input mechanism while in the edit state (regardless of page) in either direction in order to cycle through or scroll through two or more density/privacy states/settings. In some embodiments, the density/privacy settings of all displayed complications are updated together, while in other embodiments the density/privacy setting of each complication may be individually modifiable. In some embodiments, there may more than two density states. 
     For example, in some embodiments there may be three density/privacy states/settings, such that a further rotation of rotatable input mechanism  5904  in the direction of input  5920  may cause additional supplemental information to be displayed in one or more of the platters. The additional supplemental information displayed in the third density/privacy state may correspond, for each platter, to the same underlying subject matter or information source as the information displayed in the first two density states. In some embodiments, the information corresponding to the third density state may be predetermined to be of a higher sensitivity than the information displayed in the first two states, thereby corresponding to an even higher privacy setting. In some embodiments, the additional supplemental information displayed in the third density state may be displayed in an even smaller font size than the information corresponding to the second density state, thereby being even more difficult for onlookers to read. 
       FIG. 59C  further depicts user input  5922 , which is a tap input detected on display  5902  at a location corresponding to complication  5912   b  in the second of four complication platters. In other embodiments, any other suitable user input may be used. In response detecting user input  5922 , device  5900  may select a complication and/or a platter for editing, and may display the selected complication/platter in a highlighted manner 
     In  FIG. 59D , complication  5912   b  is selected for editing in edit interface screen  5980 , which is an updated version of edit interface screen  5970 . Edit interface screen  5980  is an interface screen for editing a color setting associated with one or more of the displayed complications. In the example shown, complication  5912   b  is displayed as highlighted by being displayed in a larger size than the other complications, and by having the text of the complication bolded. In other embodiments, the selected complication may be displayed with a box or outline around it, in a different position, in a different size, in a highlight text color, with a background color, in italics, underlined, in a different font, or in any other manner suitable to visually distinguish it. 
       FIG. 59D  further depicts user input  5924 , which is a rotation of rotatable input mechanism  5904 . In other embodiments, any other suitable user input may be used. In response to detecting user input  5924 , device  5900  may modify a color setting of a selected complication/platter. 
     For example, there may be a predefined selection of color settings each corresponding to a color, series of colors, pattern of colors, or animation by which a color setting changes in time. In some embodiments, one or more of the color settings is a gradient color setting or a pattern color setting that renders the complication text (in the first or second density state) as a continuous color gradient or pattern across the different letters and numbers in the complication. The predefined color settings may be arranged into an ordered progression. When the user selects a complication for editing and rotates the rotatable input mechanism, the setting may be modified by cycling or scrolling through the ordered progression to a next or previous color setting in accordance with a direction of the rotation of the input. In some embodiments, the ordered progression may loop around from the last setting to the first. 
     In some embodiments, a user may edit a color setting of more than one of the complications/platters, or of all of the complications/platters, at the same time. For example, color themes may be predetermined and saved on the device (or available to the device by network communication), such that a user may select a single theme that assigns a color setting to more than one or all of the complications/platters. In some embodiments, themes may assign a predetermined color setting to a predetermined platter. In some embodiments, themes may assign a predetermined color setting to a predetermined type of complication, regardless of the platter in which it appears. In some embodiments, a theme may be a gradient theme or a pattern theme that renders more than one of the complications/platters, or all of the complications/platters, as a continuous gradient or a continuous pattern across the letters and numbers in the multiple complications/platters. 
     In the example shown in  FIG. 59C , the modification to a color setting affects only the selected complication, selected complication  5912   b,  although the modification itself is not shown by the black-and-white figure. 
       FIG. 59D  further depicts user input  5926 , which is a leftward swipe gesture applied to the touch-sensitive screen  5902 . In other embodiments, any other suitable user input may be used. In response to detecting user input  5926 , device  5900  may display a page of the edit interface that is located to the right of the current page. 
       FIG. 59E  depicts edit interface screen  5990 , which is displayed as a result of the detection of user input  5926  in  FIG. 59D . In response to detecting user input  5926 , the device displays edit interface screen  5990 . Edit interface screen  5990  is the rightmost of two edit interface screens in the depicted edit interface, as indicated by paging affordances  5919  displayed at the top of edit interface screen  5990 . Paging affordances  5919  have been updated such that the left dot is hollow and the right dot is solid/filled, showing that the right of two pages is the currently displayed page. In some embodiments, an animation may display a transition from the one page to another, while in some embodiments, the page may remain substantially unchanged and the paging affordances may be the only displayed element that changes when the user pages left or right. In the displayed example, edit interface screen  5990  is otherwise identical to edit interface  5980 , depicting clock  5908  and complications  5910   b - 5916   b.  In the depicted example, complication  5912   b  is selected for editing and is highlighted by being displayed at a larger size than the other complications. In the example depicted, the selection of complication  5912   b  for editing has been maintained from the previous edit interface screen  5980 ; however, in some other embodiments, paging between edit interface screens may cause a complication that is selected for editing to be deselected. 
       FIG. 59E  further depicts user input  5928 , which is a rotation of rotatable input mechanism  5904 . In other embodiments, any other suitable user input may be used. In response to detecting user input  5928 , device  5900  may modify the type of complication that is displayed in the platter in which the selected complication is currently displayed. That is, the device may replace the selected complication with another type of complication. 
     For example, there may be a predefined selection of complications that are available to be displayed in one or more of the platters. In some embodiments, the one or more complications are arranged into an ordered progression. When the user selects a complication for editing and rotates the rotatable input mechanism, the complication may be replaced by a next or previous complication in the ordered progression of complications by cycling or scrolling through the ordered progression to a next or previous complication in accordance with a direction of the rotation of the input. In some embodiments, the ordered progression may loop around from the last complication to the first. 
     In some embodiments, a complication that is selected to be displayed in a platter may retain the color setting of the complication that was previously displayed in the platter. In some embodiments, such as those in which certain colors are associated with certain types of complications, a newly selected complication may be displayed in a different color than the complication that was previously displayed in the platter. 
     The complications available to be displayed may include one or more complications relating to one or more of the following: date, calendar, weather, world clock, sunrise/sunset, time, stocks, alarm, stopwatch, activity, exercise, standing, the moon, music, Nike, Tesla charge, charge of device (e.g., device  5900 ), other device charge, city manager, MLB, other sports, Twitter, other social media, and messages. The foregoing list of complications is merely exemplary, not exhaustive. In some embodiments, an option available for one or more of the platters may further be to display no complications in the platter. The “blank” option may be included as an option in the ordered progression of complications and may be accessible in the edit interface in the same manner as complications are accessible. 
     In some embodiments, a user may select a complication for a given platter on a slot-by-slot basis, by tapping platters/complications to select the platter, and then using the rotatable input mechanism to cycle through available complications and assign them to the platter. In some embodiments, a user may assign a complication to more than one platter at a time, or to all of the platters at one time, for example by selecting a predetermined or curated “complication set.” The device may have complication sets saved on the device, or they may be accessible by the device via a network connection, and the user may select a set that assigns more than one complication to more than one respective platter. For example, a user may select a “stocks” complication set, and the device may assign complications pertaining to the NASDAQ, the Dow Jones, and the S&amp;P 500 to respective platters. 
       FIG. 59F  displays edit interface screen  5992 , which is an updated version of edit interface screen  5990  reflecting the response by device  5900  to the detection of user input  5928  in  FIG. 59E . In response to detecting user input  5928 , which is a rotation of rotatable input mechanism  5902 , device  5900  updates the complication that is assigned to the second platter by assigning a next complication in the ordered progression of complications to the slot. In the depicted example, the complication that follows previously displayed calendar complication  5912   b  in the ordered progression is S&amp;P 500 complication  5930   b,  which displays information about the performance of the Standard &amp; Poor&#39;s stock market index (e.g., a gain of 54.48 points). Note that S&amp;P 500 complication  5930   b  is displayed in a second density/privacy state, as are the other complications in  FIG. 59F . In some embodiments, if the density/privacy state were changed to the first state, then the complication would display less information, such as by suppressing display of the name of the stock index. In some embodiments, if the density/privacy state were changed to an even higher density setting, then the complication would display additional information, such as highly sensitive information pertaining to a user&#39;s personal portfolio performance 
     In some embodiments, users may be able to modify settings pertaining to other aspects of the typographic modular face, including but not limited to: the number of modules/slots, the position of the modules, the alignment and justification of text within the modules, the font of the text, and the size of the font. In some embodiments, these and other setting may be modified in similar manners as described above by accessing additional edit interface screens that may be represented by additional paging affordances. 
       FIGS. 60A-60F  are flow diagrams illustrating a method for providing and supplementing information in accordance with user inputs in accordance with some embodiments. Method  6000  is performed at a device (e.g.,  100 ,  300 ,  500 ,  5900 ) with a display, a rotatable input mechanism, and one or more processors. Some operations in method  6000  may be combined, the order of some operations may be changed, and some operations may be omitted. 
     As described below, method  6000  provides an intuitive way to providing and supplementing information. The method reduces the cognitive burden on a user for accessing information pertaining to various density settings, various privacy levels, and various subject matters, thereby creating a more efficient human machine interface. For battery-operated computing devices, enabling a user to more quickly and more efficiently access, configure, and navigate a user interface for providing and supplementing information, including information corresponding to various privacy levels, conserves power and increases the time between battery charges. 
     In  FIG. 60A , at block  6002 , method  6000  is performed at an electronic device having a display, a battery, and one or more processors. An exemplary device is device  5900  of  FIGS. 59A-6F , which has display  5902  and a rotatable input mechanism  5904 . 
     A block  6004 , the device receives data relating to a first subject matter. In some embodiments, the received data may be any data that is stored on the device or accessed by the device through network communications, including data received through applications or programs run by the device. In some embodiments, the received data may be data corresponding to a first application and/or first subject matter that may be presented, by the device, in a complication or other user interface object. 
     At block  6006 , the device displays information relating to a first portion of the received data. In some embodiments, the data is logically divided into multiple portions, segments, sections, or the like, upon being received or initially accessed by the device. In some embodiments, the device may divide the received data into multiple portions, segments, sections, or the like in accordance with predefined rules or dynamic analysis. In some embodiments, the received data may be divided or assigned into multiple portions, segments, sections, or the like in accordance with user inputs or instructions. 
     In some embodiments, information relating to a first portion of the received data may be displayed in any visual format that is suitable to be viewed by a user, including in textual, numerical, image-based, animation-based, and/or video-based format. 
     In the depicted example of  FIG. 59A , device  5900  receives, among other information, information from a calendar application. The subject matter of the information received from the calendar application is calendar data, events, and the like. In the depicted example, a first portion of the calendar data comprises information about a time of an upcoming calendar event, the time of which is 11:30. In the depicted example, complication  5912   a  displays the text “11:30” in accordance with the first portion of the received data. 
     At block  6008 , optionally, displaying the first information comprises displaying the first information in a first predetermined portion of a user interface. In some embodiments, a user interface may have one or more predefined portions in which information may be displayed. In some embodiments, the portions may be predefined by the device, while in some embodiments the portions may be defined in accordance with user input. In some embodiments, a user interface may have multiple slots, platters, or modules that may each be configured to display information relating to a respective subject matter. In the displayed example of  FIG. 59A , interface screen  5950  includes four platters displaying, respectively, complications  5910   a - 5910   d,  each of which correspond to a distinct subject matter. 
     At block  6010 , optionally, the first portion of the data corresponds to a first privacy level. In some embodiments, different portions of the received data may correspond to different privacy levels or different privacy settings. For example, one portion of the data may be determined to be less private and less sensitive, while another portion of the data may be determined to be more private and more sensitive, while yet another portion of the data may be determined to be most private and most sensitive. In some embodiments, portions of the received data may be defined or determined in accordance with a privacy or sensitivity level of the data. Dividing data into portions according to privacy levels may allow users to choose a privacy setting, thereby allowing users to choose the privacy/sensitivity level of the data that they wish for a device to display. This may be useful in allowing users to customize use of a device for different situations and settings, such as allowing display of more sensitive information when a user is home, and suppressing display of more sensitive information when a user is in public and the display of his device may be viewed by others. 
     In the example depicted in  FIG. 59A , the first portion of the received data displayed by complication  5912   a  may correspond to a first privacy level, which in some embodiments corresponds to least sensitive data. For example, device  5900  may have received various pieces of information about an upcoming calendar event, and may have divided the information into portions. One portion of the data may relate to the time of the upcoming event, and this portion may be considered least sensitive. Another portion of the data may relate to the name of the upcoming event, and this information may be considered more sensitive. Yet another portion of the data may relate to the name of invitees or participants in the upcoming event, and this information may be considered most sensitive. In the example depicted in  FIG. 59A , device  5900  is in a first density state that corresponds to a first privacy state, and, accordingly, only the information corresponding to the portion of the data corresponding to the least sensitive data is displayed; that is, the time of the upcoming calendar event is displayed in complication  5912   a,  but the name of the upcoming event and participants/invitees to the upcoming event are suppressed from display. 
     At block  6012 , optionally, the first information is displayed in a first font size. In some embodiments, the manner in which information corresponding to one portion of received data is displayed may be distinguished from the manner in which information corresponding to another portion of the received data is displayed. In some embodiments, the manner of display may be distinguished by different display “densities,” which may correspond to different density settings of a device. In some embodiments, density settings may correspond to displaying a different amount of information and/or a different number of user interface objects in the same area of a user interface, thereby defining more and less dense user interfaces. In some embodiments, one portion of data displayed in a first density state may be displayed in a first manner, while another portion of information displayed in a second density state may be displayed in a second manner In some embodiments, one portion of information displayed in a first density state may be displayed in a first size, while another portion of information displayed in a second density state may be displayed in a second size. In some embodiments, information corresponding to more sensitive data may be displayed in a smaller size, making it more difficult for onlookers to observe the information, while information corresponding to less sensitive information may be displayed in a larger size, making it easier for a user to observe the information. Font size chosen for display, in some embodiments, may thus correspond inversely to the sensitivity of data. 
     In some embodiments, information corresponding to different portions of data may be distinguished by different font size settings, with each font size setting corresponding to one or more than one font size. For example, a larger font size setting may include font sizes of size  12  and  14 , while a smaller font size setting may include font sizes of size 10 and 12. 
     In the depicted example of  FIG. 59A , as explained above, device  5900  may be in a first density setting corresponding to a lowest density; and the first portion of the received data displayed by complication  5912   a  may correspond to a first privacy level, which in some embodiments corresponds to least sensitive data. In the depicted example, the information displayed corresponding to the first information may be displayed in a first font size or in a first font size setting. 
     At block  6014 , optionally, the first information comprises a single line of text. As described above, information presented in accordance with different density settings may be visually distinguished. Furthermore, information presented as part of a higher-density setting may be configured to present a greater amount of information per display area on a display. In some embodiments, in order to present more information on the same area of a display (and the same area of a user interface), in addition to smaller font sizes being used, information may be presented with different numbers of lines of text. In some embodiments, when different font sizes are used for information corresponding to different density settings, using different numbers of lines of text may be facilitated by the different font sizes, such that more lines of text in a smaller font size may fit in the same vertical space as fewer lines of text in a larger font size. 
     In some embodiments, information corresponding to a lower privacy setting and a less dense density state may be displayed in a larger font size and may comprise a single line of text. In some embodiments, information corresponding to a higher privacy setting and a denser density state may be displayed in a smaller font size and may comprise more than one line of text (or a greater number of lines of text than the information corresponding to a less dense density setting). 
     In the depicted example of  FIG. 59A , as explained above, device  5900  may be in a first density setting corresponding to a lowest density; and the first portion of the received data displayed by complication  5912   a  may correspond to a first privacy level, which in some embodiments corresponds to least sensitive data. In some embodiments, the information displayed corresponding to the first information may be displayed in a first font size or in a first font size setting. In the depicted example, the information displayed corresponding to the first information comprises a single line of text (e.g., the text “11:30” in complication  5912   a  does not have any other lines of text above or below it). 
     At block  6016 , optionally, the first information does not include icons, images, glyphs, or logos. In some embodiments, information relating to received data may be presented without the use, or with minimal use, of icons, images, glyphs, logos, or non-standard symbols. In some embodiments, information may be presented primarily or exclusively by way of text and numerals. In some embodiments, presenting information primarily or exclusively by text and numerals may include the limited use of standard typographic symbols, such as punctuation. In some embodiments, standard symbols may include widely used typographical symbols that may not be considered punctuation, such as the degree symbol “°” used in complication  5914   a  in  FIG. 59A . In some embodiments, minimizing or avoiding use of non-standard symbols, icons, images, glyphs, or logos may aid users who wish for information to be displayed in typographic form, so that the user does not have to learn the meaning of custom symbols. Exclusively or primarily presenting typographic information may shorten a learning curve for a device and allow users to more intuitively grasp a user interface, including the meaning of user interface objects that they have not seen before. 
     In the depicted example of  FIG. 59A , the first information presented in complication  5912   a  makes use only of numerals and punctuation, while the information presented in the other complications  5910   a,    5914   a,  and  5916   a  makes use only of letters, numerals, punctuation, and the standard typographical symbol “°”. None of the complications in  FIG. 59A  include icons, images, glyphs, logos, or non-standard symbols. 
     At block  6018 , optionally, the device receives data relating to a second subject matter. The second subject matter may be any subject matter, including any subject matter of the types described above with reference to block  6004 . In some embodiments, the second subject matter is different from the first subject matter, and the data received by the device relating to the second subject matter may be associated with a different program or application than the information relating to the first subject matter. 
     At block  6020 , optionally, the device displays, in a second predetermined portion of the user interface, third information relating to a first portion of the data relating to the second subject matter. 
     In some embodiments, the second data received by the device may be divided into portions in any of the manners described above with reference to block  6006 . In some embodiments, a first portion of the data relating to the second subject matter may correspond to a same privacy setting and/or a same density setting as the first portion of the data relating to the first subject matter. For example, in some embodiments, for each application or subject matter or data source for which data is received, the device may assign a portion of the data to predetermined privacy settings, such that portions of data relating to different subject matters may have corresponding privacy levels or sensitivity levels. In some embodiments, when a device is in a first privacy state and/or a first density state, information corresponding to portions of data associated with the same privacy level or sensitivity level may simultaneously be displayed. 
     In some embodiments, a user interface may be configured such that various platters (e.g., predefined areas of the user interface) may display information relating to respective subject matters. In some embodiments, predetermined portions of each platter may be configured to display information associated with a predetermined privacy or sensitivity level. For example, in some embodiments, platters may be portions of a user interface that are arranged as rows on the user interface. In the example depicted in  FIG. 59A , four platters contain complications  5910   a - 5914   a,  respectively, which are arranged as rows on interface  5950 , stacked atop one another. 
     In the depicted example of  FIG. 59A , device  5900  receives, among other information, information from a weather application. The subject matter of the information received from the weather application is weather data, records, forecasts, and the like. In the depicted example, a first portion of the weather data comprises information about a time of a forecasted weather temperature, which is 72°. In the depicted example, complication  5914   a  displays the text “72°” in accordance with the first portion of the received data. In the depicted example, complication  5914   a  is displayed in a different predetermined platter than complication  5912   a.    
     At block  6022 , optionally, device  5900  displays a first editing interface for editing first display settings corresponding to the first information and third displayed information, wherein the third information corresponds to a different subject matter than the first subject matter. In some embodiments, the third information is information displayed as part of a complication in a different platter from the first information displayed as part of a complication in a first platter. In some embodiments, the third information may be the same as the second information discussed above with reference to  FIG. 6020 . 
     It should be noted that the editing interfaces and methods described below may be freely combined with and modified by any of the editing interfaces discussed above in this application in the “Editing Context-Specific User Interfaces” section of this disclosure, or elsewhere. 
     In some embodiments, an editing interface may take the form of a clock face, or of a typographic modular interface, such that a user may edit display settings of a clock face or typographic modular face while being provided with a preview of what the edited interface will look like. In some embodiments, an editing interface may be a different interface from an interface that displays information as discussed above with reference to blocks  6007 - 6020 . In some embodiments, an editing interface may be any interface allowing a user to modify one or more display settings of an interface, including display settings of the editing interface or display settings of any of the interfaces discussed above with reference to blocks  6007 - 6020 . In some embodiments, an editing interface may include more than one user interface screen. 
     In some embodiments, an editing interface may be caused to be displayed when a device detects a touch contact whose characteristic intensity is above an intensity threshold. 
     In the depicted example, device  5900  detects touch contact  5918  in  FIG. 59A . In some embodiments, device  5900  determines, via pressure-sensitive display  5902 , whether a characteristic intensity of touch contact  5918  exceeds an intensity threshold. In accordance with the determination that a characteristic intensity of touch contact  5918  exceeds an intensity threshold, device  5900  causes interface screen  5960  in  FIG. 59B  to be displayed. In the depicted example, interface screen  5960  is an editing interface screen that is identical to interface screen  5950  with the exception of the presence of paging affordances  5919 . In some embodiments, interface screen  5960  is an editing interface screen for editing one or more color settings and/or one or more density/privacy settings of device  5900 , the color settings and/or density settings corresponding to the first displayed information (e.g., complication  5912   a  in  FIG. 59B ) and third displayed information (e.g., any other displayed complication, such as complication  5914   a  in  FIG. 59B ). 
     In  FIG. 60B , block  6002  is continued, such that method  6000  is further performed at an electronic device having a display, a battery, and one or more processors. 
     Block  6024  optionally follows from block  6022 . At block  6024 , optionally, blocks  6026 - 6052  (some of which are optional, and some of which are depicted in  FIG. 60C ) are performed while displaying the first editing interface. In the depicted example, blocks  6026 - 6052  may be performed while displaying editing interface screen  5960  or a related interface screen that is further a part of the same editing interface as editing interface screen  5960 , as will be explained in further detail below. 
     At block  6026 , the device detects a first rotation of the rotatable input mechanism. In some embodiments, a first rotation of the rotatable input mechanism may comprise one or more rotations in one or more directions, having one or more speeds, having one or more durations, and having one or more spacings relative to one another. In some embodiments, a first rotation of the rotatable input mechanism may comprise a single rotation of a rotatable input mechanism in a predefined rotational direction. In the example depicted in  FIG. 59B , device  5900  detects user input  5920 , which is a rotation of rotatable input mechanism  5904 . 
     At block  6028 , in response to detecting the first rotation of the rotatable input mechanism, the device supplements the first information with second information relating to a second portion of the received data. 
     In some embodiments, a first rotation of the rotatable input mechanism may be predetermined to be registered by the device as a command to change a density/privacy setting of the device. In some embodiments, when the device is in an edit state or an edit interface, and the device detects a rotation of the rotatable input mechanism, the device may edit a density/privacy state by cycling through two or more available privacy/density settings; for example, a device may change from a first privacy/density setting to a second, then a second to a third, then a third back to a first, each change coming in accordance with the device detecting rotation of the rotatable input mechanism of greater than a predefined threshold rotation angle and/or speed. In this way, a user may twist a rotatable input mechanism to cycle through available density settings. Rotating a rotatable input mechanism in substantially opposite directions may cause cycling through available density/privacy states in an opposite direction, such as from a first to a third, a third to a second, and then a second to a first. 
     In some embodiments, when a device changes from a first, lower density state to a second, higher density state (e.g., less dense to denser), displayed information such as user interface objects or complications may be supplemented with additional information. In some embodiments, supplemental information displayed by a previously displayed complication may include information relating to a portion of the underlying data that has been determined to be of a higher sensitivity than the portion of the data relating to the previously displayed information. Thus, in some embodiments, when a user changes a privacy/density setting of a device, displayed embodiments may display information relating to portions of underlying data having a higher sensitivity. In some embodiments, because the information relating to portions of underlying data having a higher sensitivity may be taken from the same underlying data, the second displayed information may thus concern the same subject matter as the first displayed information. 
     In the depicted example of  FIG. 59C , in response to detecting user input  5920  in  FIG. 59B , device  5900  supplements each of the four displayed complications with additional information, the additional information relating to respective second portions of the same underlying data and subject matter. In  FIG. 59C , the complications are all displayed in a second density state (and are accordingly denoted by reference numerals  5910   b - 5916   b ) that is more dense than the density state of the same complications in  FIG. 59B  (as denoted by reference numerals  5910   a - 5916   a ). In the particular example of the second platter of four (from the top) in interface screen  5970  in  FIG. 59C , complication  5912   b  is displayed in a second density state, and has accordingly been supplemented with second information relating to a second portion of the underlying data corresponding to the upcoming calendar event. The second information displayed in complication  5912   b  (the text “Design Meeting”) is information relating to the name of the upcoming calendar event. 
     At block  6030 , optionally, supplementing the first information with second information comprises displaying the second information in the first predetermined portion of the user interface. As described above with reference to block  6020 , a user interface may be configured such that various platters (e.g., predefined areas of the user interface) may display information relating to respective subject matters. In some embodiments, predetermined portions of each platter may be configured to display information associated with a predetermined privacy or sensitivity level. For example, in some embodiments, less sensitive information may be displayed on the left side of a platter, while more sensitive information may be displayed on the right side of a platter. (This arrangement may be advantageous because onlookers may naturally start reading from the left side, and may only have time to observe less sensitive information if they are only observing the device for a short time.) In some embodiments, different pieces of information in complications may be divided into separate sections in the complication (such as the way in which the text “11:30” and the text “Design Meeting” are separated in complication  5912   b  in  FIG. 59C ). In some embodiments, separate sections in a complication may be justified to one side, having a predefined spacing from one another (such as the way in which the text “Design Meeting” is the same distance from the text “11:30” in complication  5912   b  in  FIG. 59B  as the text “Cupertino Partly Cloudy” is from the text “72°” in complication  5914   b ). In some embodiments, separate sections in a complication may be arranged into fixed columns, such that information relating to the same density/privacy setting may be displayed in a cohesive vertical column. 
     In the displayed example of  FIG. 59C , the second information in the form of the text “Design Meeting” is displayed in the same platter, as part of the same complication, as the first information in the form of the text “11:30.” 
     At block  6032 , optionally, supplementing the first information with second information comprises maintaining display of the first information at a position of the display at which it was displayed before detection of the rotatable input mechanism. In some embodiments, rather than replacing, displacing, or otherwise disturbing information already displayed in a first privacy/density setting, information displayed in a second privacy/density setting may be displayed in addition to information that was already displayed when a device was in a first privacy/density setting. In some embodiments, information that was already displayed when a device was in a first privacy/density setting may be maintained in the same position on a display and/or in the same position on a user interface when the device is set to a second privacy/density setting. In the depicted example of interface  5970  in  FIG. 59C , when device  5900  is set to a second privacy/density setting and the complications each enter a second density state, the information that was originally displayed by complications  5910   a - 5916   b  in  FIG. 59B  is not displaced, moved, occluded, or replaced in complications  5910   b - 5916   b  in  FIG. 59C , but is rather maintained at the same position on the displayed interface and at the same position on display  5902 . 
     At block  6034 , optionally, the second portion of the data corresponds to a second privacy level. As described above with reference to block  6010 , different portions of the received data may correspond to different privacy levels or different privacy settings. As the first information displayed, as explained above with reference to block  6010 , may correspond to a first privacy level, the second information may correspond to a second privacy level. In some embodiments, the second privacy level may correspond to the display of more sensitive information that the first privacy level, while in some embodiments the second privacy level may correspond to the display of less sensitive information that the first privacy level. 
     In the example depicted in  FIG. 59C , the second portion of the received data displayed by complication  5912   b  may correspond to a second privacy level, which in some embodiments corresponds to more sensitive data than the data to which the first privacy level corresponds. For example, device  5900  may have received various pieces of information about an upcoming calendar event, and may have divided the information into portions. One portion of the data may relate to the time of the upcoming event, and this portion may be considered least sensitive. Another portion of the data may relate to the name of the upcoming event, and this information may be considered more sensitive. Yet another portion of the data may relate to the name of invitees or participants in the upcoming event, and this information may be considered most sensitive. In the example depicted in  FIG. 59C , device  5900  is in a second density state that corresponds to a second privacy state, and, accordingly, information corresponding to the portion of the data corresponding to the more sensitive data is displayed in addition to information corresponding to the least sensitive portion of the data; that is, in addition to the time of the upcoming calendar event, the name of the upcoming calendar event is also displayed is displayed in complication  5912   b.    
     At block  6036 , optionally, the second information is displayed in a second font size smaller than the first font size. As described above with reference to block  6012 , in some embodiments, information corresponding to different privacy or sensitivity levels, or information corresponding to different density states, may be displayed in different font sizes or different font size settings. In some embodiments, less sensitive information corresponding to a lower density setting may be displayed in a larger font size setting, while more sensitive information corresponding to a higher density setting may be displayed in a smaller font size setting. In the depicted example of  FIG. 59C , the second information, in the form of the text “Design Meeting” in complication  5912   b,  is displayed in a smaller font size than the font size in which the first information, in the form of the text “11:30” in complication  5912   b,  is displayed. 
     At block  6038 , optionally, the second information comprises two or more lines of text. As explained above with reference to block  6014 , in some embodiments, information corresponding to different privacy or sensitivity levels, or information corresponding to different density states, may be displayed in differing numbers of lines of text, which may in some embodiments be facilitated by their being displayed in differing font size settings. In some embodiments, less sensitive information corresponding to a lower density setting may be displayed by a single line of text, while more sensitive information corresponding to a higher density setting may be displayed by more than one line of text (or by more lines of text than are used for the less sensitive information). In the depicted example of  FIG. 59C , the second information, in the form of the text “Design Meeting” in complication  5912   b,  is displayed by two lines of text. 
     At block  6040 , optionally, the second information does not include icons, images, glyphs, or logos. As described above with reference to block  6016 , displayed information may be presented primarily or exclusively in the form of letters, numerals, and standard typographical symbols. In the depicted example of  FIG. 59C , the second information presented in complication  5912   b  makes use only of letters (“Design Meeting”), while the second information presented in the other complications  5910   b,    5914   b,  and  5916   b  also makes use only of letters, numerals, punctuation, and the standard typographical symbol “+”. None of the complications in  FIG. 59C  include icons, images, glyphs, logos, or non-standard symbols. 
     In  FIG. 60C , block  6002  is continued, such that method  6000  is further performed at an electronic device having a display, a battery, and one or more processors. In  FIG. 60C , block  6024  is, optionally, continued, such that blocks  6042 - 6052  are, optionally, performed while displaying the first editing interface. In the depicted example, blocks  6042 - 6052  may be performed while displaying editing interface screen  5960  or a related interface screen that is further a part of the same editing interface as editing interface screen  5960 , as will be explained in further detail below. 
     At block  6042 , optionally, the device detects a first touch input at a location corresponding to the first information. The touch input detected may be a single-touch input, a multi touch input, a single-tap input, and/or a multi-tap input detected by touch- and/or pressure sensitive elements in any touch- and/or pressure-sensitive surface, including a touchscreen. In some embodiments, a device may detect a touch contact at a location that corresponds to the first information. In some embodiments, the touch input may be detected on a touchscreen, such as display  5902 . In some embodiments, the touch input may be detected at a location at which the first information is displayed. In some embodiments, the touch input may be detected at a location of a platter in which the first information is displayed, such that the touch contact may be detected at a location corresponding to information associated with the first information, such as second or third information included in the same complication in the same platter as the first information. 
     In the depicted example of  FIG. 59C , device  5900  detects user input  5922 , which is a tap input detected on display  5902  at a location corresponding to complication  5912   b  in the second of four complication platters on interface screen  5970 . 
     At block  6044 , optionally, in response to detecting the first touch input at the location corresponding to the first information, the device highlights the first information. In some embodiments, a touch input detected at a location corresponding to first information, detected while a device is in an editing state, may be predetermined to cause the device to select the first information for editing of one or more display settings. In some embodiments, when a user taps on a displayed complication when a device is in an editing state, the complication may be selected for editing of one or more display settings, such as a color setting. In some embodiments, once selected, a user may use one or more inputs to modify a color setting of the selected complication and/or the selected displayed information. 
     In some embodiments, highlighting first information may include displaying the first information in accordance with any distinct visual appearance suitable to distinguish it from other displayed information in an interface, or suitable to distinguish it from a previous visual appearance of the same information. In some embodiments, highlighting may be achieved by changing a display size, display color, background color, outline setting, underline setting, italic setting, bold setting, font size setting, font setting, outline setting, animation style, or any other suitable aspect of the visual appearance of displayed information. In the depicted embodiment in  FIG. 59D , in response to detecting input  5922  in  FIG. 59C , device  5900  highlights complication  5912   b  by displaying the text of complication  5912   b  at a larger size and in a bolded font as compared to the appearance of the other complications  5910   b,    5914   b,  and  5916   b  in editing interface screen  5980  in  FIG. 59D  (and as compared to the previous appearance of complication  5912   b  in editing interface screen  5970  in  FIG. 59C ). 
     At block  6046 , optionally, while the first information is highlighted, the device detects a second rotation of the rotatable input mechanism. In some embodiments, a second rotation of the rotatable input mechanism may comprise one or more rotations in one or more directions, having one or more speeds, having one or more durations, and having one or more spacings relative to one another. In some embodiments, a second rotation of the rotatable input mechanism may comprise a single rotation of a rotatable input mechanism in a predefined rotational direction. In the example depicted in  FIG. 59D , while device  5900  is displaying the information in complication  5912   b  in a highlighted (bold and larger font size) appearance, device  5900  detects user input  5924 , which is a rotation of rotatable input mechanism  5904 . 
     At block  6048 , optionally, in response to detecting the second rotation of the rotatable input mechanism, the device edits a first color setting corresponding to the first information. In some embodiments, color settings may be modified by a user using an edit interface such as the one depicted in part by editing interface screens  5960 ,  5970 , and  5980  in  FIGS. 59B, 59C, and 59D , respectively. In some embodiments, after a user has selected certain information, such as a one or more complications or platters, for editing, the user may then execute a rotational input through a rotatable input mechanism to edit a color setting of the selected information. In some embodiments, there may be a predefined selection of color settings each corresponding to a color, series of colors, pattern of colors, or animation by which a color setting changes in time. In some embodiments, one or more of the color settings are a gradient color setting or a pattern color setting that renders the complication text (in the first or second density state) as a continuous color gradient or pattern across the different letters and numbers in the complication. The predefined color settings may be arranged into an ordered progression. When the user selects a complication for editing and rotates the rotational input mechanism, the setting may be modified by cycling or scrolling through the ordered progression to a next or previous color setting in accordance with a direction of the rotation of the input. The color setting may be changed in response to the rotatable input mechanism being rotated at least through a predefined minimum rotation angle, such that one long continuous rotation may cause the device to progress sequentially through a series of color settings. In some embodiments, the ordered progression may loop around from the last setting to the first. 
     In the depicted example of  FIG. 59D , a color setting of complication  5912   b  may be modified in accordance with user input  5924 , although the change to a color setting is not depicted by the black-and-white figure. 
     At block  6050 , optionally, in response to detecting the second rotation of the rotatable input mechanism, the device maintains a second color setting corresponding to the third information. As explained above with reference to block  6022 , the third information, in some embodiments, is information displayed as part of a complication in a different platter from the first information displayed as part of a complication in a first platter. Thus, in some embodiments, when a color setting of one platter, complication, or other displayed information is edited, the color setting of another platter, complication, or other displayed information may be maintained and not changed. In some embodiments, users may wish to be able to individually customize the color settings of complications on an interface, which may help users to assign meaningful color-complication relationships in accordance with their chosen arrangement of complications. 
     Block  6052  optionally follows from block  6048 . At block  6052 , optionally, in response to detecting the second rotation of the rotatable input mechanism, the device edits a second color setting corresponding to the third information. As explained above with reference to block  6022 , the third information, in some embodiments, is information displayed as part of a complication in a different platter from the first information displayed as part of a complication in a first platter. Thus, in some embodiments, when a color setting of one platter, complication, or other displayed information is edited, the color setting of another platter, complication, or other displayed information may be edited in accordance with the same input that caused the editing of the first platter, complication, or other displayed information. 
     In some embodiments, a user may edit a color setting of more than one of the complications/platters, or of all of the complications/platters, at the same time. For example, color themes may be predetermined and saved on the device (or available to the device by network communication), such that a user may select a single theme that assigns a color setting to more than one or all of the complications/platters. In some embodiments, themes may assign a predetermined color setting to a predetermined platter. In some embodiments, themes may assign a predetermined color setting to a predetermined type of complication, regardless of the platter in which it appears. In some embodiments, a theme may be a gradient theme or a pattern theme that renders more than one of the complications/platters, or all of the complications/platters, as a continuous gradient or a continuous pattern across the letters and numbers in the multiple complications/platters. In some embodiments, selecting a predefined color setting scheme or theme may be advantageous because it may allow a user to assign color settings to complications such that adjacent colors are adequately contrasting, making distinction between complications easier. In some embodiments, themes that assign predefined color settings to predefined complications or types of complications (rather than to platters) may be advantageous because they may help a user to quickly identify a complication or complication type based on its color. 
     In  FIG. 60D , block  6002  is continued, such that method  6000  is further performed at an electronic device having a display, a battery, and one or more processors. 
     Block  6054  optionally follows from blocks  6024 - 6052 . At block  6054 , while displaying the first editing interface, the device detects a horizontal swipe gesture. In some embodiments, the horizontal swipe gesture may be detected at any location on a touch-sensitive surface or at any location on a touch-sensitive surface corresponding to the first editing interface. In this way, the horizontal swipe gesture may be said, in some embodiments, to be location independent. In the depicted example of  FIG. 59D , device  5900  detects user input  5926 , which is a leftward swipe gesture applied to the touch-sensitive screen  5902 . 
     At block  6056 , optionally, in response to detecting the horizontal swipe gesture, the device displays a second editing interface for editing second display settings corresponding to the first information and the third information. In some embodiments, the second editing interface may be an interface for editing a different display setting or a different display characteristic of the same underlying user interface. In some embodiments, the second editing interface may be a second page among several editing interface pages that are accessible by paging from side to side. In some embodiments, a user may swipe from side to side to navigate between one editing interface or editing page and other editing interfaces or editing pages, for example, by swiping to the left to access a page to the right, or by swiping to the right to access a page to the left. In some embodiments, editing interface pages which may be paged through by a user may each correspond to editing a different display setting; a page may be configured to edit a color setting, a font setting, a text size setting, a text style (e.g., underline, bold, italics, etc.), a location setting (e.g., the location at which information is displayed), a privacy setting, a density setting, and/or a complication identity setting (e.g., the underlying data or information which is displayed in a given slot, location, or platter). In some embodiments, editing interface pages may be configured to edit more than one display setting in accordance with predefined user inputs. 
     In the depicted example of  FIGS. 59D and 59F , editing interface screen  5980  in  FIG. 59D  may, in some embodiments, be considered a first editing interface, while editing interface screen  5990  in  FIG. 59E  may, in some embodiments, be considered a second, distinct editing interface. In the depicted example, editing interface  5980  in  FIG. 59D  is configured to allow a user to edit color settings (as explained above with reference to blocks  6042 - 6052 ) by selecting a platter for editing and then rotating rotatable input mechanism  5904 . In the depicted example, editing interface  5990  in  FIG. 59E  is configured to allow a user to edit complication identity settings. In a similar manner as described above with reference to editing color settings in blocks  6042 - 6052 , a user may, in some embodiments, tap a platter on display  5902  to select the platter for editing, and execute one or more rotational inputs of rotatable input mechanism  5904  in order to cycle through available complications that may be displayed in each platter (including selecting to display no complication in a platter). In some embodiments, a user may edit the complication identity setting of more than one platter at once, for example, by selecting more than one platter for editing, or by selecting a predefined or curated theme or scheme of complications to be displayed in predefined platters. In some embodiments, one or more of the first and second editing interface may be configured to allow a user to edit a density setting of device  5900  (as described above with reference to blocks  6026 - 6040 ) by rotating rotatable input mechanism  5904  when no complication or platter is selected for editing. 
     In  FIG. 60E , block  6002  is continued, such that method  6000  is further performed at an electronic device having a display, a battery, and one or more processors. 
     Block  6058  optionally follows from blocks  6024 - 6052 . At block  6058 , optionally, the device displays a third editing interface for editing third display settings corresponding to the first information and third displayed information, wherein the third information corresponds to a different subject matter than the first subject matter. In some embodiments, the third editing interface may share some or all of the characteristics of the first and/or second editing interfaces described above with reference to blocks  6022  and  6056 , respectively. In some embodiments, the third editing interface may be the same interface as the second editing interface described above with reference to block  6056 , including that it may be accessed by executing a swipe gesture while displaying the first editing interface, as described above with reference to blocks  6054 - 6056 . In the depicted example of  FIG. 59E , editing interface screen  5990  is displayed by device  5900 . 
     At block  6060 , optionally, blocks  6062 - 6070  are optionally performed while displaying the third editing interface. In the depicted example of  FIGS. 59E-59F , blocks  6062 - 6070  may be performed while displaying editing interface screen  5990  or a related interface screen that is further a part of the same editing interface as editing interface screen  5990 , as will be explained in further detail below. 
     At block  6062 , the device detects a second touch input at a location corresponding to the first information. The touch input detected may be a single-touch input, a multi touch input, a single-tap input, and/or a multi-tap input detected by touch- and/or pressure sensitive elements in any touch- and/or pressure-sensitive surface, including a touch-screen. In some embodiments, a device may detect a touch contact at a location that corresponds to the first information. In some embodiments, the touch input may be detected on a touchscreen, such as display  5902 . In some embodiments, the touch input may be detected at a location at which the first information is displayed. In some embodiments, the touch input may be detected at a location of a platter in which the first information is displayed, such that the touch contact may be detected at a location corresponding to information associated with the first information, such as second or third information included in the same complication in the same platter as the first information. 
     At block  6064 , optionally, in response to detecting the second touch input at the location corresponding to the first information, the device highlights the first information. In some embodiments, the device may highlight the first information in any of the manners described above with reference to block  6044 . 
     In some embodiments, rather than detecting a touch input while the third editing interface is displayed and responsively highlighting a complication or a platter, a complication or platter may already be highlighted when the third editing interface is accessed. This may occur, in some embodiments, when a user has already selected a platter/complication for editing in a previous editing interface, and pages to a new editing interface. In some embodiments, paging between editing interfaces may cause previously selected platters/complications to no longer be highlighted, while, in some embodiments, paging between editing interfaces may cause previously selected platters/complications to remain selected for editing and remain highlighted upon displaying the new editing interface. 
     In the depicted example of  FIG. 59E , complication  5912   b  is selected for editing and accordingly highlighted by being displayed in a bold font and at an increased font size as compared to the other complications  5910   b,    5914   b,  and  5916   b  in interface  5990 . In the depicted example, complication  5912   b  was highlighted in accordance with having been previously selected for editing by touch input  5922  in  FIG. 59C , rather than in the manner described above by blocks  6062  and  6064 . 
     At block  6066 , optionally, while the first information is highlighted, the device detects a second rotation of the rotatable input mechanism. In some embodiments, a second rotation of the rotatable input mechanism may comprise one or more rotations in one or more directions, having one or more speeds, having one or more durations, and having one or more spacings relative to one another. In some embodiments, a second rotation of the rotatable input mechanism may comprise a single rotation of a rotatable input mechanism in a predefined rotational direction. In the example depicted in  FIG. 59E , while device  5900  is displaying the information in complication  5912   b  in a highlighted (bold and larger font size) appearance, device  5900  detects user input  5928 , which is a rotation of rotatable input mechanism  5904 . 
     At block  6068 , optionally, in response to detecting the third rotation of the rotatable input mechanism, the device replaces the first information with fourth information corresponding to a different subject matter than the first subject matter. In some embodiments, complication identity settings may be edited by a user in an analogous manner to the way in which color settings may be edited, as described above with reference to block  6048 . Just as a user may cycle through color settings for one or more complications by selecting a complication for editing and rotating the rotatable input mechanism in some editing interfaces, a user may similarly cycle through complication identity settings for one or more platters by selecting a complication/platter for editing and rotating the rotatable input mechanism in some interfaces. Rather than editing a color setting, however, (or, in some embodiments, in addition to editing a color setting), the device may cycle through different complications by replacing the complication displayed in a selected platter with one or more next or previous available complications in accordance with a magnitude and/or speed of a user&#39;s rotation. In some embodiments, a user may select from any available complication to be displayed in the selected platter, or may select an option for displaying no complication in the selected platter. 
     In the depicted example of  FIG. 59F , in response to detecting user input  5928  in  FIG. 59E , device  5900  replaces complication  5912   b  in  FIG. 59E  with complication  5930   b  in  FIG. 59F . In the depicted example, complication  5930   b  is a stock-market complication which displays information about the performance of the Standard &amp; Poor&#39;s stock market index (e.g., a gain of 54.48 points). Note that complication  5930   b  is displayed in a second density/privacy state, as are the other complications in  FIG. 59F . Further note that complication  5930   b  is displayed in a highlighted state with bolded font and font of a larger size than the other complications  5910   b,    5914   b,  and  5916   b  in interface  5992 , so as to signify that complication  5930   b  and or its associated platter remain selected for editing. 
     At block  6070 , optionally, in response to detecting the third rotation of the rotatable input mechanism, the device maintains display of the third information. As explained above with reference to block  6022 , the third information, in some embodiments, is information displayed as part of a complication in a different platter from the first information displayed as part of a complication in a first platter. Thus, in some embodiments, when a complication identity setting of one platter is edited, the complication identity setting of another platter may be maintained and not changed. In the depicted example of  FIG. 59F , when complication  5930   b  replaces complication  5912   b  from  FIG. 59E , the other complications  5910   b,    5914   b,  and  5916   b  are maintained on display  5902 . 
     In some embodiments, when a complication identity setting of one platter is edited, the complication identity setting of another platter may be edited in accordance with the same input that caused the editing of the first platter. This may occur, in some embodiments, when a user selects a predefined theme or scheme of related or otherwise curated complications, each one being assigned to a predefined platter. 
     In  FIG. 60F , block  6002  is continued, such that method  6000  is further performed at an electronic device having a display, a battery, and one or more processors. In  FIG. 60C , block  6024  is, optionally, continued from  FIG. 60B , such that blocks  6072 - 6074  are, optionally, performed while displaying the first editing interface. 
     Block  6074  optionally follows from blocks  6028 - 6040 . At block  6074 , the device detects a fourth rotation of the rotatable input mechanism In some embodiments, a first rotation of the rotatable input mechanism may comprise one or more rotations in one or more directions, having one or more speeds, having one or more durations, and having one or more spacings relative to one another. In some embodiments, a first rotation of the rotatable input mechanism may comprise a single rotation of a rotatable input mechanism in a predefined rotational direction. 
     At block  6076 , optionally, in response to detecting the fourth rotation of the rotatable input mechanism, the device supplements the first information and the second information with fourth information relating to a third portion of the received data. In some embodiments, the fourth information may correspond to a third portion of the same data used by the device to present the first information and the second information. As described above with reference to block  6010 , the received information may be divided into portions; in some embodiments, the third portion of the data may be determined to be even more private and even more sensitive than the first and second portions of the data. In some embodiments, the fourth information relating to the third portion of the received data may be presented when the device is set to a third privacy/density state, such as by a user executing an additional rotational input or a further rotational input in any of the manners described above with reference to blocks  6026 - 6040 . That is, in some embodiments, a user may execute a first rotation to supplement the first, less sensitive information with the second, more sensitive information; the user may then continue the rotation or execute an additional rotation in the same direction to supplement the first and second information with the fourth, even more sensitive information. In some embodiments, the even more sensitive information may be displayed in the same platter as the first and second information, simply further to the right. In some embodiments, the even more sensitive information may be displayed in an even smaller font size setting than the font size setting corresponding to the second information. In some embodiments, the even more sensitive information may include even more lines of text than the second information. In some embodiments, the even more sensitive information may be presented without the use (or with limited use) of icons, images, glyphs, or logos. 
     It should be understood that the particular order in which the operations in  FIG. 60  have been described is merely exemplary and is not intended to indicate that the described order is the only order in which the operations could be performed. One of ordinary skill in the art would recognize various ways to reorder the operations described herein. 
     Note that details of the processes described above with respect to method  6000  (e.g.,  FIG. 60 ) are also applicable in an analogous manner to the methods described elsewhere in this application. For example, other methods described in this application may include one or more of the characteristics of method  6000 . For example, the devices, hardware elements, inputs, interfaces, modes of operation, faces, time indicators, and complications described above with respect to method  6000  may share one or more of the characteristics of the devices, hardware elements, inputs, interfaces, modes of operation, faces, time indicators, and complications described elsewhere in this application with respect to other methods. Moreover, the techniques described above with respect to method  6000  may be used in combination with any of the interfaces, faces, or complications described elsewhere in this application. For brevity, these details are not repeated elsewhere in this application. 
     In accordance with some embodiments,  FIG. 61  shows an exemplary functional block diagram of an electronic device  6100  configured in accordance with the principles of the various described embodiments. In accordance with some embodiments, the functional blocks of electronic device  6100  are configured to perform the techniques described above. The functional blocks of the device  6100  are, optionally, implemented by hardware, software, or a combination of hardware and software to carry out the principles of the various described examples. It is understood by persons of skill in the art that the functional blocks described in  FIG. 61  are, optionally, combined or separated into sub-blocks to implement the principles of the various described examples. Therefore, the description herein optionally supports any possible combination or separation or further definition of the functional blocks described herein. 
     As shown in  FIG. 61 , electronic device  6100  includes display unit  6102  configured to display a graphic user interface such as a typographic modular interface and/or an editing interface, and rotatable input mechanism unit  6104  configured to receive rotational inputs. Optionally, device  6100  also includes a touch-sensitive surface unit  6106  configured to receive contacts. Device  6100  further includes processing unit  6108  coupled to display unit  6102 , rotatable input mechanism unit  6104 , and, optionally, touch-sensitive surface unit  6106 . Processing unit  6108  contains receiving unit  6110 , display enabling unit  6112 , detecting unit  6114  and supplementing unit  6116 . Optionally, processing unit  6108  further includes highlighting unit  6118 , editing unit  6120 , maintaining unit  6122 , and replacing unit  6124 . 
     Processing unit  6112  is configured to: receive (e.g., with receiving unit  6110 ) data relating to a first subject matter; enable display (e.g., with display enabling unit  6112 ) on the display unit  6102  of first information relating to a first portion of the received data; detect (e.g., with detecting unit  6114 ) a first rotation of the rotatable input mechanism unit  6104 ; and, in response to detecting the first rotation of the rotatable input mechanism unit  6104 , supplement (e.g., with supplementing unit  6116 ) the first information with second information relating to a second portion of the received data. 
     In some embodiments, enabling display (e.g., with display enabling unit  6112 ) on the display unit  6102  of first information comprises enabling display on the display unit  6102  of the first information in a first predetermined portion of a user interface. 
     In some embodiments, supplementing the first information with second information comprises enabling display on the display unit  6102  of the second information in the first predetermined portion of the user interface. 
     In some embodiments, wherein supplementing (e.g., with display enabling unit  6112 ) the first information with second information comprises maintaining display of the first information at a position of the display unit  6102  at which it was displayed before detection of the rotatable input mechanism unit  6104 . 
     In some embodiments, processing unit  6108  is further configured to: receive (e.g., with receiving unit  6110 ) data relating to a second subject matter; enable display (e.g., with display enabling unit  6112 ) on the display unit  6102 , in a second predetermined portion of the user interface, of third information relating to a first portion of the data relating to the second subject matter. 
     In some embodiments, the first portion of the data corresponds to a first privacy level; and the second portion of the data corresponds to a second privacy level. 
     In some embodiments, the first information is displayed on the display unit  6102  in a first font size; and the second information is displayed on the display unit  6102  in a second font size smaller than the first font size. 
     In some embodiments, the first information comprises a single line of text; the second information comprises two or more lines of text. 
     In some embodiments, processing unit  6108  is further configured to: enable display (e.g., with display enabling unit  6112 ) on the display unit  6102  of a first editing interface for editing first display settings corresponding to the first information and the third information, while enabling display (e.g., with display enabling unit  6112 ) on the display unit  6102  of the first editing interface: detect (e.g., with detecting unit  6114 ) a first touch input at a location corresponding to the first information; in response to detecting the first touch input at the location corresponding to the first information, highlight (e.g., with highlighting unit  6118 ) the first information; while the first information is highlighted, detect (e.g., with detecting unit  6114 ) a second rotation of the rotatable input mechanism unit  6104 ; and in response to detecting the second rotation of the rotatable input mechanism unit  6104 , edit (e.g., with editing unit  6120 ) a first color setting corresponding to the first information. 
     In some embodiments, processing unit  6108  is further configured to: while enabling display (e.g., with display enabling unit  6112 ) on the display unit  6102  of the first editing interface: in response to detecting the second rotation of the rotatable input mechanism unit  6104 , maintain (e.g., with maintaining unit  6122 ) a second color setting corresponding to the third information. 
     In some embodiments, processing unit  6108  is further configured to: while enabling display (e.g., with display enabling unit  6112 ) on the display unit  6102  of the first editing interface: in response to detecting the second rotation of the rotatable input mechanism unit  6104 , edit (e.g., with editing unit  6120 ) a second color setting corresponding to the third information. 
     In some embodiments, processing unit  6108  is further configured to: while enabling display (e.g., with display enabling unit  6112 ) on the display unit  6102  of the first editing interface, detect (e.g., with detecting unit  6114 ) a horizontal swipe gesture; and in response to detecting the horizontal swipe gesture, enable display (e.g., with display enabling unit  6112 ) on the display unit  6102  of a second editing interface for editing second display settings corresponding to the first information and the third information. 
     In some embodiments, processing unit  6108  is further configured to: enable display (e.g., with display enabling unit  6112 ) on the display unit  6102  of a third editing interface for editing third display settings corresponding to the first information and the third information; while enabling display (e.g., with display enabling unit  6112 ) on the display unit  6102  of the third editing interface: detect (e.g., with detecting unit  6114 ) a second touch input at a location corresponding to the first information; in response to detecting the second touch input at the location corresponding to the first information, highlight (e.g., with highlighting unit  6118 ) the first information; while the first information is highlighted, detect (e.g., with detecting unit  6114 ) a third rotation of the rotatable input mechanism unit  6104 ; and in response to detecting the third rotation of the rotatable input mechanism unit  6104 , replace (e.g., with replacing unit  6124 ) the first information with fourth information corresponding to a different subject matter than the first subject matter. 
     In some embodiments, processing unit  6108  is further configured to: while enabling display (e.g., with display enabling unit  6112 ) on the display unit  6102  of the third editing interface: in response to detecting the third rotation of the rotatable input mechanism unit  6104 , maintain (e.g., with maintaining unit  6122 ) display on the display unit  6102  of the third information. 
     In some embodiments, processing unit  6108  is further configured to: detect a fourth rotation of the rotatable input mechanism unit  6104 ; in response to detecting the fourth rotation of the rotatable input mechanism unit  6104 , supplement the first information and the second information with fourth information relating to a third portion of the received data. 
     In some embodiments, the first information and the second information do not include icons, images, glyphs, or logos. 
     The functional blocks of the device  6100  are, optionally, implemented by hardware, software, or a combination of hardware and software to carry out the principles of the various described examples. It is understood by persons of skill in the art that the functional blocks described in  FIG. 61  are, optionally, combined or separated into sub-blocks to implement the principles of the various described examples. Therefore, the description herein optionally supports any possible combination or separation or further definition of the functional blocks described herein. 
     The operations described above with reference to  FIGS. 60A-60F  are, optionally, implemented by components depicted in  FIGS. 1A-1B  or  FIG. 59 . For example, receiving operation  6004 , displaying operation  6006 , detecting operation  6026 , and supplementing operation  6028  may be implemented by event sorter  170 , event recognizer  180 , and event handler  190 . Event monitor  171  in event sorter  170  detects a contact on touch-sensitive display  112 , and event dispatcher module  174  delivers the event information to application  136 - 1 . A respective event recognizer  180  of application  136 - 1  compares the event information to respective event definitions  186 , and determines whether a first contact at a first location on the touch-sensitive surface corresponds to a predefined event or sub event, such as activation of an affordance on a user interface. When a respective predefined event or sub-event is detected, event recognizer  180  activates an event handler  190  associated with the detection of the event or sub-event. Event handler  190  may utilize or call data updater  176  or object updater  177  to update the application internal state  192 . In some embodiments, event handler  190  accesses a respective GUI updater  178  to update what is displayed by the application. Similarly, it would be clear to a person having ordinary skill in the art how other processes can be implemented based on the components depicted in  FIGS. 1A-1B . 
       FIG. 62A  shows exemplary user interface screen  6202  displayed by device  6200 . In some embodiments, device  6200  can be one or more of devices  100  ( FIG. 1A ),  300  ( FIG. 3 ), and/or  500  ( FIG. 5A ). The electronic device has a touch-sensitive display (e.g., touchscreen  504 ). In some embodiments, device  6200  is a wearable electronic device, such as a smartwatch. 
     Users may wish to rely on personal electronic devices to keep time throughout the day and to quickly reference other information, such as information about messages, appointments, the weather, news, and other information obtained from an application that can be displayed as a part of a complication. It is becoming increasingly desirable to display such information in a way that is clearly visible to the user. For example, for portable multifunction devices with a reduced size display (such as wearable devices), it is important to present information to the user in a way that maximizes visibility and efficiency of display “real estate.” Maximizing the size of displayed information while avoiding overlap between different displayed items can enhance user interactions with the device. Advantageously, it can also allow the user to view more information on the display while still presenting the information in a visibly perceptible way, potentially shortening the time that the user needs to view the display to comprehend the information and thereby saving battery usage. 
     Accordingly, provided herein are context-specific user interfaces that include a numeral indicating the time (e.g., a current time) and a complication (e.g., a complication that displays a set of information obtained from an application). The numeral indicates the hour and is displayed at different positions, based on the current time, throughout the day corresponding to hour positions on a clock face (thereby facilitating user recognition of the time). The complication is also displayed at different positions throughout the day to avoid overlap with the numeral position. This allows both the numeral and the complication to be displayed at a suitably visible size, since they are displayed in different regions of the display. As described in greater detail below, further provided herein are techniques for using the complication as an affordance representing an application, for editing the complication and/or the numeral, and for applying the techniques described herein related to “time scrubbing” mode or “time travel” mode to the context-specific user interfaces illustrated and described with respect to device  6200 . 
     Device  6200  displays user interface screen  6202 , which in this example includes numeral  6208 , complication  6210 , hour hand  6212   a,  and minute hand  6212   b.  The display of hour hand  6212   a  and minute hand  6212   b  can be updated, e.g., to indicate a time such as the current time (or a scrubbing time, as described in greater detail herein). In some embodiments, device  6200  includes rotatable input mechanism  6204  (e.g.,  506 ) and/or input mechanism or button  6206  (e.g.,  508 ). 
     To begin the example illustrated in  FIG. 62A  at (A), the current time is 10 o&#39;clock (am or pm). At this first time, numeral  6208  is displayed at an hour position corresponding to the 10 o&#39;clock position and indicates the current hour. It will be appreciated that, in this example, clock face positions (other than the position occupied by numeral  6208 ) are not graphically depicted on user interface screen  6202  (e.g., the 1 o&#39;clock position is not graphically depicted by the number “1”). Thus, the relative placement of the numeral is indicated without requiring graphical depiction(s) of additional hour or minute indicia. In some embodiments, only one numeral is displayed (e.g., the numeral corresponding to the hour of the current time, or a numeral corresponding to the hour of a scrubbing time, as described herein). In some embodiments, only one complication is displayed. 
     Complication  6210  is displayed at a complication position that does not overlap with the hour position of numeral  6208 . In this example, complication  6210  is opposite numeral  6208  on screen  6202 . In some embodiments, complication  6210  is displayed at a position that is not adjacent to numeral  6208  on screen  6202 . In some embodiments, complication  6210  is displayed opposite numeral  6208 , e.g., such that a line intersecting the numeral and the complication approximately intersects the center of the display. 
     At a second time (5 o&#39;clock in this example), as shown in  FIG. 62A  at (B), device  6200  updates screen  6202  by ceasing to display numeral  6208  and displaying numeral  6214 . Numeral  6214  is displayed on screen  6202  at the hour position corresponding to 5 o&#39;clock and indicates the hour. The position of complication  6210  is updated by ceasing to display complication  6210  at the first complication position and displaying complication  6210  at a new complication position. It will be appreciated that had complication  6210  remained in the position shown in  FIG. 62A  at (A), it would overlap with numeral  6214 . Importantly, the updated position of complication  6210  at (B) does not overlap with the position of numeral  6214 . 
     At a third time (6 o&#39;clock in this example), as shown in  FIG. 62A  at (C), device  6200  updates screen  6202  by ceasing to display numeral  6214  and displaying numeral  6216 . Numeral  6216  is displayed on screen  6202  at the hour position corresponding to 6 o&#39;clock and indicates the hour. The position of complication  6210  is updated by ceasing to display complication  6210  at the second complication position and displaying complication  6210  at a new complication position that does not overlap with the position of numeral  6216 . As shown in  FIG. 62A , the position of complication  6210  is displayed at different positions throughout the day to avoid overlap with the numeral shown concurrently on the display. 
     In some embodiments, the possible complication positions can be arranged on the display at different positions than the hour positions. This is illustrated in  FIG. 62B . In this example, a variety of potential complication positions are marked on screen  6202  of device  6200 . These complication positions (labeled  6220   a,    6220   b,    6220   c,    6220   d,    6220   e,    6220   f,    6220   g,  and  6220   h ) are arranged around the perimeter of screen  6202 . The circumference of clock face  6222  is also illustrated, around which the 12 hour positions can be arrayed. In some embodiments, the complication positions can be arranged around clock face  6222  (as shown in  FIG. 62B ) and/or within the circumference of clock face  6222 . 
     In some embodiments, the position of a complication can be maintained when the numeral is updated, as illustrated in  FIGS. 62C and 62D . Thus, transitions between certain numeral positions can be associated with updating the complication position, whereas other transitions between certain other numeral positions may be associated with maintaining the complication position. The updating and placements of the numeral and/or complication can be implemented according to one or more of a variety of potential rules. 
     In some embodiments, the complication position is updated as infrequently as possible, e.g., only when necessary to avoid overlap with the numeral, as shown in  FIG. 62C . In  FIG. 62C  at (A), device  6200  displays complication  6210 , hour hand  6212   a,  minute hand  6212   b,  and numeral  6230  on user interface screen  6202  at 12 o&#39;clock. The hour is indicated by numeral  6230  and its position on screen  6202 . Complication  6210  is displayed at a complication position that does not overlap with numeral  6230 . At 2 o&#39;clock, as shown in  FIG. 62C  at (B), the hour is indicated by numeral  6232  and its hour position (and by updating hour hand  6212   a ), and the position of complication  6210  is maintained on the display in the same complication position as at (A). The complication is not updated at (B) since its position does not overlap with numeral  6232 . However, the complication itself (e.g., data displayed by the complication) can be updated as depicted in  FIG. 62C  at (B), where complication  6210  is updated in accordance with updated current weather data obtained from the weather application. At 4 o&#39;clock, as shown in  FIG. 62C  at (C), device  6200  ceases to display numeral  6232  and displays numeral  6234 , which indicates the hour and is displayed at the 4 o&#39;clock position of the clock face. The position of complication  6210  is updated at (C) such that it does not overlap with numeral  6234 ; it would have overlapped with numeral  6234  had it been maintained in the same position as at (B). At 6 o&#39;clock, as shown  FIG. 62C  at (D), device  6200  ceases to display numeral  6234  and displays numeral  6236 . In this case, the position of complication  6210  is maintained at (D) since it does not overlap with numeral  6236  on screen  6202 . Updating the complication position as infrequently as possible, e.g., only when necessary to avoid overlap with the numeral, is desirable in some aspects since it minimizes the number of changes to the display at each update, thereby presenting a consistent display configuration to the user and potentially improving user comprehension of the displayed information. 
     In some embodiments, the complication position is updated to display the complication opposite, or nearly opposite, the numeral, as shown in  FIG. 62D . For example, the complication position can be updated when the numeral position is updated into a different quadrant of the clock face, and/or the complication position can be updated when the numeral position intersects with a quadrant boundary of the clock face (e.g., at 12, 3, 6, or 9 o&#39;clock). In  FIG. 62D  at (A), device  6200  displays complication  6210 , hour hand  6212   a,  minute hand  6212   b,  and numeral  6240  on user interface screen  6202  at 12 o&#39;clock. The hour is indicated by numeral  6240  and its position on screen  6202 . Complication  6210  is displayed at a complication position that does not overlap with numeral  6240 . In other embodiments, e.g., if only 4 complication positions are used at the 4 corners of the display, the complication position at (A) can be in the lower left or lower right corner of screen  6202 . At 1 o&#39;clock, as shown in  FIG. 62D  at (B), the hour is indicated by numeral  6242  and its hour position (and by updating hour hand  6212   a ), and the position of complication  6210  is updated to a new position on the display approximately opposite numeral  6242 . The complication itself (e.g., data displayed by the complication) can be updated as depicted in  FIG. 62D  at (B), where complication  6210  is updated in accordance with updated current weather data obtained from the weather application. At 2 o&#39;clock, as shown in  FIG. 62D  at (C), device  6200  ceases to display numeral  6242  and displays numeral  6244 , which indicates the hour and is displayed at the 2 o&#39;clock position of the clock face. The position of complication  6210  is maintained in the same position in (C) as in (B) because it is still nearly opposite numeral  6244 . Stated another way, the complication position is maintained because the numeral position has not been updated such that it moved into a different quadrant or quadrant boundary of the clock face. At 3 o&#39;clock, as shown  FIG. 62C  at (D), device  6200  ceases to display numeral  6244  and displays numeral  6246 . In this case, the position of complication  6210  is updated because numeral  6244  is in a quadrant boundary of the clock face (e.g., 12, 3, 6, or 9 o&#39;clock). In other embodiments, e.g., if only 4 complication positions are used at the  4  corners of the display, the complication position at (D) can be maintained in the lower left corner or updated to the upper left corner of screen  6202 . Updating the complication position to be opposite or nearly opposite the numeral, e.g., when the numeral position is updated into a different quadrant of the clock face and/or when the numeral position intersects with a quadrant boundary of the clock face (e.g., at 12, 3, 6, or 9 o&#39;clock), is desirable in some aspects since it maintains the distance on the display between the complication and the numeral, thereby maximizing the potential display “real estate” available to each and potentially providing for improved visibility of the displayed information. It is to be understood that the rules illustrated and described in reference to  FIGS. 62C and 62D  are merely exemplary, and that other potential rules and combinations thereof are contemplated as within the scope of the present disclosure. 
     In some embodiments, a complication (e.g., complication  6210 ) is an affordance that represents an application. In some embodiments, the affordance displays a set of information obtained from the application. In some embodiments, the set of information is updated in accordance with updates to data from the application. For example, as described above in reference to  FIGS. 62C and 62D , complication  6210  represents a weather application and displays a set of information (e.g., the current weather conditions) obtained from the application. As illustrated in  FIGS. 62C and 62D  at (B) and (D), complication  6210  is updated in accordance with updates to the data from the weather application by showing day/night and cloud cover conditions corresponding to the hour indicated by the displayed numeral. In some embodiments, these conditions correspond to current conditions. In some embodiments, these conditions correspond to past or predicted conditions, as with the time scrubbing mode described herein. 
     In some embodiments, device  6200  has a touch-sensitive display and detects a contact on screen  6202  at complication  6210 . In response to detecting the contact, device  6200  launches the application represented by complication  6210  (e.g., the weather application) and optionally ceases to display complication  6210  and the numeral. For example, upon launching the weather application, device  6200  may display a screen from the weather application and cease to display the context-specific user interface. Advantageously, complication  6210  can provide data obtained from the weather application without requiring a launch of the full application but is also able to serve as an affordance for launching the application, e.g., if the user wishes to view additional weather information. Additional descriptions of complications that represent applications are provided herein, e.g., in reference to  FIGS. 18A-18C, 32, and 43 . 
     In some embodiments, the user can edit an aspect of the context-specific user interfaces shown on screen  6202 . Any of the techniques described herein for editing context-specific user interfaces, e.g., in reference to  FIGS. 15-16G, 28, 30, and 44 , may be used. In some embodiments, device  6200  receives a user input (e.g., a touch having a characteristic intensity above an intensity threshold, a long press, and the like) and in response to receiving the user input, device  6200  enters an edit mode and visually distinguishes the display to indicate the edit mode (e.g., by displaying a smaller version of the displayed user interface screen and/or an affordance for editing the user interface, by indicating an element for editing, by otherwise altering the display, and/or by providing a haptic output to the user). In some embodiments, device  6200  receives a second user input (e.g., a contact on a displayed affordance, such as an affordance for editing the user interface), and, in response to receiving the second user input, device  6200  visually indicates a displayed element for editing (e.g., by visibly distinguishing an outline around the element; animating the outline or a smaller and/or centered version of the screen to depict a rhythmic expansion and contraction and/or flashing; and/or by changing a color or color intensity, display size, display color, background color, underline setting, italic setting, bold setting, font size setting, font setting, outline setting, animation style, and/or any other suitable aspect of the visual appearance of displayed information). 
     In some embodiments, after visually indicating the element for editing, device  6200  receives a third user input (e.g., a movement of a rotatable input mechanism such as  6204 , a swipe or other touch gesture on the display, etc.), and, in response to receiving the third user input, device  6200  edits an aspect of the visually indicated element. For example, if the visually indicated element is a numeral, its color, font/typeface, or any other visual aspect may be changed. If the visually indicated element is a complication that represents an application (e.g.,  6210 ), the represented application may be changed (e.g., from representing a weather application to a calendar application), or the set of information obtained from the application may be changed (e.g., from showing cloud cover to air temperature data from the weather application). 
     In some embodiments, a user may access a “time scrubbing” mode or a “time travel” mode using the context-specific user interfaces described in reference to  FIGS. 62A-62F . Techniques for “time scrubbing” or “time travel” mode are provided herein in reference to  FIGS. 53A-55 . As such, rather than corresponding to the current time of day (or to a time somewhere else in the world), a scrubbing time can be set in accordance with a user input. As the user sets and updates the scrubbing time (e.g., as the user scrubs), the information displayed in interfaces associated with time-scrubbing mode can be updated in accordance with the scrubbing time. In some embodiments, an indicator of the difference between the current time and the scrubbing time is displayed. In some embodiments, one or more complications are updated in accordance with the scrubbing time, such that the complications, while the device is in time-scrubbing mode, display information corresponding to the scrubbing time rather than information corresponding to the current time. 
     As shown in  FIGS. 62E and 62F , device  6200  can include rotatable input mechanism  6204 . In response to detecting a movement or rotation of the rotatable input mechanism (e.g., rotation  6252 ) corresponding to user scrubbing from 6 o&#39;clock to 10 o&#39;clock, device  6200  updates displayed numeral  6250  to indicate the scrubbing time, e.g., by ceasing to display numeral  6250  at a position corresponding to an hour of the current or existing time (6 o&#39;clock) and displaying numeral  6254  at a position corresponding to an hour of the scrubbing time (10 o&#39;clock). Numeral  6254  itself also indicates the hour of the scrubbing time. 
     Device  6200  can also update hour hand  6212   a  and/or minute hand  6212   b  to indicate the scrubbing time in response to a user input (e.g., rotation  6240 ). In some embodiments, scrubbing hands may be moved continuously, smoothly, or regularly to match a rotational user input, such that the further and faster a rotational input rotates, the further and faster scrubbing hands may advance. In some embodiments, scrubbing hands may sweep from a previous position into a current position, simulating the appearance of watch hands sweeping into a new position as the watch is set to a new time by rotating a watch crown. In some embodiments, one or more animations may be used to depict text or numerals changing as the user scrubs forward or backward in time. 
     Complications may be updated in time-scrubbing mode such that the information displayed by the complication corresponds to the currently displayed scrubbing time, rather than the current time. An update to a complication can include, as compared to when the device was not in time-scrubbing mode or was scrubbed to a different scrubbing time, displaying different information, ceasing to display information, or beginning to display information after having ceased to display information. When a scrubbing time is a future time, displayed complications may display future scheduled events such as future calendar events, can display forecasted or projected information (such as a weather forecast), or can indicate a lack of availability of information corresponding to the future time. In some embodiments, device  6200  updates information displayed by a complication (e.g., complication  6210 ) to correspond with the scrubbing time in response to a user input (e.g., a movement or rotation of the rotatable input mechanism). In some embodiments, the information displayed by the complication is information other than a day, time, or date of the non-current hour. For example, the information may be data obtained from a weather application, such as temperature, day/night, or cloud cover, as illustrated in  FIGS. 62E and 62F . When the user scrubs the time from 6 o&#39;clock to 10 o&#39;clock, the weather data displayed by complication  6210  is updated, e.g., by changing the display of the weather at 6 o&#39;clock (partly cloudy) to the display of weather forecasted for 10 o&#39;clock (cloudy). 
     In some embodiments, device  6200  updates the complication by ceasing to display the complication at one complication position and displaying the complication at a complication position that is non-overlapping with the hour position of the numeral while the numeral indicates the scrubbing time. That is to say, the position of the complication can be updated during time scrubbing, e.g., to avoid overlap with the numeral as its hour position is updated. This is illustrated in  FIG. 62E . In response to detecting rotation  6252 , device  6200  updates the position of complication  6210  such that it is displayed on screen  6202  opposite the numeral indicating the scrubbing time, e.g., numeral  6254 . 
     In other embodiments, the complication can maintain its position (e.g., at the latest or current complication position) during time scrubbing. This is illustrated in  FIG. 62F . In response to detecting rotation  6252 , device  6200  maintains the position of complication  6210  as the same when numeral  6250  or numeral  6254  is displayed. Optionally, the information displayed by the complication can be updated independent of whether the position of the complication is maintained or updated. 
     Figures A-N are front views of a display screen or portion thereof with graphical user interface. Figures O-FZ are front views of a display screen or portion thereof with animated graphical user interface. The appearance of the animated images transitions between the images shown in Figures O-Z, Figures AA-AL, Figures AM-AX, Figures AY-BJ, Figures BK-BV, Figures BW-CH, Figures CI-CT, Figures CU-DF, Figures DG-DR, Figures DS-ED, Figures EE-EP, Figures EQ-FB, Figures FC-FN, and Figures FO-FZ. 
     In some embodiments, an element indicated by a dashed line in Figures A-FZ depicts an optional feature. 
       FIGS. 63A-63E  are flow diagrams illustrating process  6300  for providing context-specific user interfaces. In some embodiments, process  6300  can be performed at an electronic device with a touch-sensitive display configured to detect intensity of contacts, such as  500  ( FIG. 5 ) or  6200  ( FIGS. 62A-62F ). Some operations in process  6300  can be combined, the order of some operations may be changed, and some operations may be omitted. Process  6300  provides for context-specific user interfaces with a numeral that indicates the hour both numerically and by position and a complication that is updated to avoid overlap with the numeral, thus allowing the content to be displayed at a visible size without interference, enhancing the user visibility of the display and making user recognition of the information more efficient, potentially reducing display time and improving battery life. 
     In  FIG. 63A , at block  6302 , process  6300  is performed at an electronic device having a display, memory, and one or more processors. An exemplary device is device  6200  of  FIGS. 62A-62F , which has a display, a rotatable input mechanism  6204 , and a button  6206 . 
     At block  6304 , at a first hour, the device displays a first numeral at a first hour position and a complication at a first complication position. The first numeral indicates the first hour, and the first hour position corresponds to a position of the first hour on a clock face. This is illustrated throughout  FIGS. 62A-62F . For example,  FIG. 62A  at (A) displays numeral  6208 , which indicates 10 o&#39;clock and is displayed at the 10 o&#39;clock position on screen  6202 . The first complication position does not overlap with the first hour position (cf. the positions of numeral  6208  and complication  6210  on screen  6202 ). 
     At block  6306 , at a second hour different from the first hour, the device ceases to display the first numeral and displays a second numeral at a second hour position. For example,  FIG. 62A  at (B) has ceased to display numeral  6208  and displays numeral  6214 . Numeral  6214  indicates the second hour (in this example, 5 o&#39;clock) and is displayed at a position on screen  6202  corresponding to the 5 o&#39;clock position. 
     At block  6308 , at the second hour, the device ceases to display the complication at the first complication position and displays the complication at a second complication position (the second complication position does not overlap with the second hour position). For example,  FIG. 62A  at (B) displays complication  6210  at a different position than at (A), and complication  6210  does not overlap with the position of numeral  6214 . Optionally, as shown in  FIG. 62A  at (B), the second complication position may be opposite the displayed second numeral. 
     In accordance with some embodiments, at block  6310 , at a third hour different from the second hour, the device ceases to display the second numeral and displays a third numeral. The third numeral is displayed at a third hour position corresponding to a position of the third hour on the clock face, and the third numeral indicates the third hour. For example,  FIG. 62A  at (C) shows numeral  6216  at a third hour position (device  6200  has ceased to display numeral  6214 ). Numeral  6216  indicates the third hour (in this example, 6 o&#39;clock) and is displayed at the 6 o&#39;clock position. 
     Turning now to  FIG. 63B , in accordance with some embodiments, at block  6312 , the complication is maintained at the second complication position (e.g., when the third numeral is displayed), which does not overlap with the third hour position. As shown in  FIG. 62C  at (C) and (D), the numeral may be updated (cf. numerals  6234  and  6236 ) while the complication position is maintained (e.g.,  6210  at (C) and (D)). 
     In accordance with some embodiments, at block  6314 , the complication is an affordance that represents an application and displays a set of information obtained from the application. For example, complication  6210  in  FIG. 62C  represents a weather application and displays a set of information (e.g., weather data such as cloud cover and day/night conditions) obtained from the weather application. Optionally, the set of information is updated in accordance with updates to data from the application. As shown in  FIG. 62C , the weather conditions displayed by complication  6210  are updated at (A), (B), and (D), e.g., in accordance with updates to the weather data. 
     In accordance with some embodiments, at block  6316 , the device detects a contact on the displayed complication. In response to detecting the contact, at block  6318 , the device launches the application represented by the affordance and ceases to display the complication and the numeral. 
     In accordance with some embodiments, at block  6320 , the device receives a user input (e.g., a contact with a characteristic intensity above a predetermined threshold, a long press, and so forth). At block  6322  in  FIG. 63C , in response to receiving the user input, the device enters an edit mode (see, e.g., the descriptions of edit mode provided in reference to  FIG. 15 ). In accordance with some embodiments, at block  6324 , the device visually distinguishes the display to indicate edit mode. In accordance with some embodiments, at block  6326 , the device receives a second user input (e.g., a contact on a displayed edit mode affordance). In response to receiving the second input, as shown at block  6328 , the device visually indicates a displayed element for editing. In accordance with some embodiments, at block  6330 , the device receives a third user input after visually indicating the displayed element. In accordance with some embodiments, as depicted in  FIG. 63D  at block  6332 , in response to receiving the third user input, the device edits an aspect of the visually indicated element. For example, if the indicated element is the numeral, editing the aspect can include changing a color or font of the numeral. If the indicated element is the complication that is an affordance representing an application, editing the aspect can include changing the application represented by the affordance, or, if the affordance displays a set of information obtained from the application, editing the aspect can include changing the set of information obtained from the application. Optionally, visually indicating the element for editing can include visibly distinguishing an outline around the element (see, e.g.,  FIG. 15 ). 
     In accordance with some embodiments, the device comprises a rotatable input mechanism (e.g.,  6204 ), and, as depicted at block  6334 , the device detects a rotation (e.g.,  6252 ) of the rotatable input mechanism. Turning now to  FIG. 63E  at block  6336 , in accordance with some embodiments, the device updates the numeral to indicate a non-current hour determined in accordance with the rotation (e.g.,  6252 ), as illustrated in  FIGS. 62E and 62F  (cf. numerals  6250  and  6254 ). 
     In accordance with some embodiments, at block  6338 , the complication displays information corresponding to the non-current hour that pertains to a first information source. In response to detecting the rotation of the rotatable input mechanism (e.g.,  6252 ), the device updates the complication to display information corresponding to the non-current hour that pertains to the first information source (other than day, time, or date). For example, complication  6210  in  FIGS. 62E and 62F  displays information corresponding to 10 o&#39;clock, such as the weather data. Optionally, updating the complication comprises ceasing to display the complication at the first or second complication position and displaying the complication at a non-current complication position that does not overlap with the non-current hour position (see, e.g., complication  6210  in  FIG. 62E ). In other embodiments, the complication position is maintained (see, e.g., complication  6210  in  FIG. 62F ). 
     In accordance with some embodiments, at block  6340 , the device displays an hour hand and a minute hand (e.g.,  6212   a  and  6212   b ). 
     In accordance with some embodiments, at block  6342 , in response to detecting the rotation of the rotatable input mechanism (e.g.,  6252 ), the device updates the hour hand and/or the minute hand to indicate the non-current hour and/or minute (see, e.g., updates to  6212   a  and  6212   b  in  FIGS. 62E and 62F ). 
     It should be understood that the particular order in which the operations in  FIGS. 63A-63E  have been described is merely exemplary and is not intended to indicate that the described order is the only order in which the operations could be performed. One of ordinary skill in the art would recognize various ways to reorder the operations described herein. 
     Note that details of the processes described above with respect to method  6300  (e.g.,  FIGS. 63A-63E ) are also applicable in an analogous manner to the methods described elsewhere in this application. For example, other methods described in this application may include one or more of the characteristics of method  6300 . For example, the devices, hardware elements, inputs, interfaces, modes of operation, faces, time indicators, and complications described above with respect to method  6300  may share one or more of the characteristics of the devices, hardware elements, inputs, interfaces, modes of operation, faces, time indicators, and complications described elsewhere in this application with respect to other methods. Moreover, the techniques described above with respect to method  6300  may be used in combination with any of the interfaces, faces, or complications described elsewhere in this application. For example, the editing techniques described with respect to method  2800 , the application-based complication techniques described with respect to method  3200 , and/or the time scrubbing techniques described with respect to method  5400  may be combined with one or more of the steps in method  6300  by one of ordinary skill in the art. For brevity, these details are not repeated elsewhere in this application. 
     In accordance with some embodiments,  FIG. 64  shows an exemplary functional block diagram of an electronic device  6400  configured in accordance with the principles of the various described embodiments. In accordance with some embodiments, the functional blocks of electronic device  6400  are configured to perform the techniques described above. The functional blocks of the device  6400  are, optionally, implemented by hardware, software, or a combination of hardware and software to carry out the principles of the various described examples. It is understood by persons of skill in the art that the functional blocks described in  FIG. 64  are, optionally, combined or separated into sub-blocks to implement the principles of the various described examples. Therefore, the description herein optionally supports any possible combination or separation or further definition of the functional blocks described herein. 
     As shown in  FIG. 64 , an electronic device  6400  includes a display unit  6402  configured to display a graphic user interface, optionally, a touch-sensitive surface unit  6404  configured to receive contacts, optionally, a rotatable input unit  6422  configured to receive rotatable inputs, and a processing unit  6406  coupled to the display unit  6402 , optionally, the touch-sensitive surface unit  6404  and optionally, the rotatable input unit  6422 . In some embodiments, the processing unit  6406  includes a display enabling unit  6408 , a contact detecting unit  6410 , a launching unit  6412 , an edit mode entering unit  6414 , a receiving unit  6416 , an edit enabling unit  6418 , a rotation detecting unit  6420 , and an updating unit  6424 . 
     The processing unit  6406  is configured to enable display (e.g., with display enabling unit  6408 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  6402 ), at a first hour of a first numeral at a first hour position, wherein the first numeral indicates the first hour, and wherein the first hour position corresponds to a position of the first hour on a clock face; and a complication at a first complication position, wherein the first complication position does not overlap with the first hour position; enable ceasing of the display (e.g., with display enabling unit  6408 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  6402 ), at a second hour different from the first hour, of the first numeral and enable display (e.g., with display enabling unit  6408 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  6402 ), of a second numeral, wherein the second numeral is displayed at a second hour position, wherein the second numeral indicates the second hour, and wherein the second hour position corresponds to a position of the second hour on the clock face; and enable ceasing of the display (e.g., with display enabling unit  6408 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  6402 ), at a second hour different from the first hour, of the first complication at the first complication position and enable display (e.g., with display enabling unit  6408 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  6402 ), of the complication at a second complication position, wherein the second complication position does not overlap with the second hour position. 
     In some embodiments, the first complication position is opposite the first hour position on the display unit (e.g., display unit  6402 ). 
     In some embodiments, processing unit  6406  is further configured to: at a third hour different from the second hour, enable ceasing of the display (e.g., with display enabling unit  6408 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  6402 ), of the second numeral and enable display (e.g., with display enabling unit  6408 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  6402 ), of a third numeral, wherein the third numeral is displayed at a third hour position, wherein the third numeral indicates the third hour, and wherein the third hour position corresponds to a position of the third hour on the clock face; and enable maintaining the display (e.g., with display enabling unit  6408 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  6402 ), of the complication at the second complication position, wherein the second complication position does not overlap with the third hour position. 
     In some embodiments, processing unit  6406  is further configured to: at the first hour, enable display (e.g., with display enabling unit  6408 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  6402 ), of an hour hand and a minute hand on the clock face centered on the display unit, wherein the hour hand indicates the first hour, and wherein the minute hand indicates a first minute of the first hour; and at the second hour, enable update of the display (e.g., with updating unit  6424 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  6402 ), of the hour hand to indicate the second hour, and enable update of the display (e.g., with updating unit  6424 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  6402 ), of the minute hand to indicate a second minute of the second hour. 
     In some embodiments, the complication is an affordance that represents an application, and the affordance displays a set of information obtained from the application. 
     In some embodiments, the set of information is updated in accordance with updates to data from the application. 
     In some embodiments, processing unit  6406  is further configured to: detect a contact (e.g., with contact detecting unit  6410 ) on the touch-sensitive surface unit (e.g., touch-sensitive surface unit  6404 ) at the displayed complication; and in response to detecting the contact: enable launching (e.g., with launching unit  6412 ) the application represented by the affordance; and enable ceasing of the display (e.g., with display enabling unit  6408 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  6402 ), of the complication and the first or the second numeral. 
     In some embodiments, processing unit  6406  is further configured to: receive a user input (e.g., with receiving unit  6416 ); and in response to receiving the user input: enter an edit mode (e.g., with edit mode entering unit  6414 ) of device  6400 ; enable visual distinguishment (e.g., with display enabling unit  6408 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  6402 ), to indicate the edit mode; receive a second user input (e.g., with receiving unit  6416 ); and in response to receiving the second user input: enable visual indication (e.g., with display enabling unit  6408 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  6402 ), of a displayed element for editing. 
     In some embodiments, processing unit  6406  is further configured to: after enabling the visual indication, on the display unit, of the displayed element for editing, receive a third user input (e.g., with receiving unit  6416 ); and in response to receiving the third user input: enable editing (e.g., with edit enabling unit  6418 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  6402 ), of an aspect of the visually indicated element. 
     In some embodiments, the visually indicated element is the first or second numeral, and editing the aspect of the visually indicated element comprises changing a color of the first or second numeral. 
     In some embodiments, the visually indicated element is the first or second numeral, and editing the aspect of the visually indicated element comprises changing a font of the first or second numeral. 
     In some embodiments, the visually indicated element is the complication, the complication is an affordance that represents an application, and editing the aspect of the visually indicated element comprises changing the application represented by the affordance. 
     In some embodiments, the visually indicated element is the complication, the complication is an affordance that represents an application, the affordance displays a first set of information obtained from the application, and editing the aspect of the visually indicated element comprises updating the affordance to display a second set of information obtained from the application. 
     In some embodiments, visually indicating the displayed element for editing comprises visibly distinguishing an outline around the element. 
     In some embodiments, processing unit  6406  is further configured to: detect a rotation (e.g., with rotation detecting unit  6420 ) of the rotatable input unit (e.g., rotatable input unit  6422 ); and in response to detecting the rotation of the rotatable input unit: enable update (e.g., with updating unit  6424 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  6402 ), of the first or second numeral to indicate a non-current hour determined in accordance with the rotation, wherein the updated first or second numeral is displayed at a non-current hour position on the clock face corresponding to the non-current hour. 
     In some embodiments, the complication displays information corresponding to the current hour; the information corresponding to the current hour pertains to a first information source and is information other than a day, time, or date of the current hour; and processing unit  6406  is further configured to: in response to detecting the rotation of the rotatable input unit: enable update (e.g., with updating unit  6424 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  6402 ), of the complication to display information corresponding to the non-current hour, wherein the information corresponding to the non-current hour pertains to the first information source and is information other than a day, time, or date of the non-current hour. 
     In some embodiments, updating the complication further comprises displaying the complication at a non-current complication position and ceasing to display the complication at the first or second complication position, wherein the non-current complication position does not overlap with the non-current hour position. 
     In some embodiments, processing unit  6406  is further configured to: enable display (e.g., with display enabling unit  6408 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  6402 ), of an hour hand and a minute hand on the clock face centered on the display unit, wherein the hour hand indicates the first or second hour, and wherein the minute hand indicates a first minute; and in response to detecting the rotation of the rotatable input unit: enable update (e.g., with updating unit  6424 ), on the display unit (e.g., display unit  6402 ), of the hour hand and the minute hand to indicate the non-current hour. 
     The operations described above with reference to  FIG. 64  are, optionally, implemented by components depicted in  FIGS. 1A, 1B, 2, 3, 4A, 4B, 5A, 5B , or  63 A- 63 E. For example, displaying operation  6302 , ceasing/displaying operation  6304 , and ceasing/displaying operation  6306  may be implemented by event sorter  170 , event recognizer  180 , and event handler  190 . Event monitor  171  in event sorter  170  detects a contact on touch-sensitive display  112 , and event dispatcher module  174  delivers the event information to application  136 - 1 . A respective event recognizer  180  of application  136 - 1  compares the event information to respective event definitions  186  and determines whether a first contact at a first location on the touch-sensitive surface corresponds to a predefined event or sub event, such as activation of an affordance on a user interface. When a respective predefined event or sub-event is detected, event recognizer  180  activates an event handler  190  associated with the detection of the event or sub-event. Event handler  190  may utilize or call data updater  176  or object updater  177  to update the application internal state  192 . In some embodiments, event handler  190  accesses a respective GUI updater  178  to update what is displayed by the application. Similarly, it would be clear to a person having ordinary skill in the art how other processes can be implemented based on the components depicted in  FIGS. 1A, 1B, 2, 3, 4A, 4B, 5A, 5B , or  63 A- 63 E. 
     The foregoing description, for purpose of explanation, has been described with reference to specific embodiments. However, the illustrative discussions above are not intended to be exhaustive or to limit the scope of the disclosure to the precise forms disclosed. Many modifications and variations are possible in view of the above teachings. The embodiments were chosen and described in order to best explain the principles of the techniques and their practical applications. Others skilled in the art are thereby enabled to best utilize the techniques and various embodiments with various modifications as are suited to the particular use contemplated. 
     Although the disclosure and examples have been fully described with reference to the accompanying figures, it is to be noted that various changes and modifications will become apparent to those skilled in the art. Such changes and modifications are to be understood as being included within the scope of the disclosure and examples as defined by the appended claims.